diff --git a/locale/sources/administration.pot b/locale/sources/administration.pot index 26ed8008f1..9bcc94fc19 100644 --- a/locale/sources/administration.pot +++ b/locale/sources/administration.pot @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 10:43+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-20 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgid "These guides provide instructions on how to install, maintain and upgrade msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`History of Versions `" +msgid ":doc:`History of Versions `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration.rst:16 @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ msgid "Odoo Online is *not* compatible with **non-standard apps**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:21 -msgid "The database's current version must be :doc:`supported `." +msgid "The database's current version must be :doc:`supported `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:23 @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ msgid "Transferring an Odoo Online database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo Online's :ref:`intermediary versions ` are not supported by Odoo.sh or on-premise. Therefore, if the database to transfer is running an intermediary version, it must be upgraded first to the next :ref:`major version `, waiting for its release if necessary." +msgid "Odoo Online's :doc:`intermediary versions ` are not supported by Odoo.sh or on-premise. Therefore, if the database to transfer is running an intermediary version, it must be upgraded first to the next :doc:`major version `, waiting for its release if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:55 @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:3 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:121 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:29 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:14 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:109 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:330 @@ -558,9 +558,7 @@ msgid "Switch `pricing plans `_ by clicking :guila msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:78 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:521 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:123 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:168 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:526 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:3 msgid "Upgrade" msgstr "" @@ -639,7 +637,7 @@ msgid "Create a support ticket to request a database ownership transfer by click msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:803 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:818 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" @@ -664,7 +662,7 @@ msgid "To retrieve a list of all databases displayed under the `database manager msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:6 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:29 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:22 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 @@ -688,7 +686,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/first_module.rst:6 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:14 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:9 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:6 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" @@ -702,7 +699,7 @@ msgid "The base is an Ubuntu system, where all of Odoo's required dependencies, msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:14 -msgid "If your project requires additional Python dependencies, or more recent releases, you can define a :file:`requirements.txt` file in the root of your branches listing them. The platform will take care to install these dependencies in your containers. `The pip requirements specifiers `_ documentation can help you write a :file:`requirements.txt` file. To have a concrete example, check out the `requirements.txt file of Odoo `_." +msgid "If your project requires additional Python dependencies, or more recent releases, you can define a :file:`requirements.txt` file in the root of your branches listing them. The platform will take care to install these dependencies in your containers. `The pip requirements specifiers `_ documentation can help you write a :file:`requirements.txt` file. To have a concrete example, check out the `requirements.txt file of Odoo `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:22 @@ -865,7 +862,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, *via* the Odoo Shell, you can trigger the piece of code/function/method you want to debug." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:None msgid "Console screenshot showing ``pdb`` running in an Odoo.sh shell." msgstr "" @@ -934,7 +931,7 @@ msgid "Here is a pseudo-implementation example:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:6 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:266 msgid "Submodules" msgstr "" @@ -955,7 +952,7 @@ msgid "In Odoo.sh, the submodules give you the possibility to use and depend on msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:28 -msgid "If you add private repositories as submodules in your branches, you need to configure a deploy key in your Odoo.sh project settings and in your repository settings. Otherwise Odoo.sh won't be allowed to download them. The procedure is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Settings > Submodules `." +msgid "If you add private repositories as submodules in your branches, you need to configure a deploy key in your Odoo.sh project settings and in your repository settings. Otherwise Odoo.sh won't be allowed to download them. The procedure is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Settings > Submodules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:34 @@ -967,7 +964,7 @@ msgid "With Odoo.sh (simple)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:40 -msgid "For now it is not possible to add **private** repositories with this method. You can nevertheless do so :ref:`with Git `." +msgid "For now it is not possible to add **private** repositories with this method. You can nevertheless do so :ref:`with Git `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:43 @@ -1619,7 +1616,7 @@ msgid "Branches" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:5 -msgid "The branches view provides an overview of the different branches in your repository." +msgid "The :guilabel:`Branches` view provides an overview of the different branches in your repository." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:10 @@ -1647,7 +1644,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can change the stage of a branch by dragging and dropping it under the desired stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "Changing the stage of a branch" msgstr "" @@ -1664,9 +1661,9 @@ msgid "The production branch can only be moved under :guilabel:`Development`. If msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:37 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:499 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:504 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:48 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:149 msgid "Production" msgstr "" @@ -1703,9 +1700,9 @@ msgid "When using **trial projects**, the production branch and all staging bran msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:72 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:507 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:69 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:99 msgid "Staging" msgstr "" @@ -1754,53 +1751,57 @@ msgid "Unit tests are not performed. They rely on demo data, which is not loaded msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:110 -msgid "Staging databases are not automatically backed up. Nevertheless, you can restore a backup of the production database in a staging branch for testing purposes or to manually recover data that has been accidently deleted from the production database. It is possible to create manual backups of staging databases." +msgid "Staging databases are not automatically backed up. Nevertheless, you can restore a backup of the production database in a staging branch for testing purposes or to manually recover data that has been accidentally deleted from the production database. It is possible to create manual backups of staging databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:118 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:505 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:116 +msgid "Databases created for staging branches are intended to last up to three months. After that, they can be automatically blocked without prior notice. Only rebuilding the branch will allow you to use that specific branch again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:123 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:510 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:89 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 msgid "Development" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:125 msgid "Development branches create new databases using demo data to run the unit tests. The installed modules are those included in the branch. You can change this list of modules to install in the :doc:`project settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:129 msgid "When pushing a commit to a development branch, a new server is started, with a database created from scratch, and the branch is updated. The demo data is loaded, and the unit tests are performed by default to verify that the changes do not break any of the features being tested. You can disable the tests or allow specific tests to be run with custom tags by going to the :ref:`branch's settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:130 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:135 msgid "Similarly to staging branches, emails are not sent but are intercepted by a mail catcher, and scheduled actions are not triggered as long as the database is not in use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:138 msgid "Development databases are not automatically backed up, and manual backups are not possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:136 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:141 msgid "Databases created for development branches are intended to last approximately three days. After that, they can be automatically garbage-collected to make room for new databases without prior notice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:143 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:148 msgid "Merging branches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:150 msgid "You can merge your branches by dragging and dropping them into each other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "Merging branches into each other" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:155 msgid "To test the changes of development branches with the production data, you can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:157 msgid "Merge the development branch into a staging branch by dragging and dropping it onto the desired branch; or" msgstr "" @@ -1808,7 +1809,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Merging a development branch into a staging branch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:163 msgid "Drag and drop the development branch under the :guilabel:`Staging` section to make it a staging branch." msgstr "" @@ -1816,808 +1817,781 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Moving a development branch under staging" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:164 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:169 msgid "When the changes are ready for production, drag and drop the staging branch into the production branch to merge and deploy them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:168 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:173 msgid "You can merge development branches into the production branch directly. However, changes will not be validated against the production data through a staging branch, so there is a higher risk of encountering issues in the production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:176 msgid "You can merge development branches into each other, and staging branches into each other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:177 msgid "You can also use `git merge` directly on your workstation to merge your branches. Odoo.sh is notified when new revisions are pushed to your branches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:175 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:180 msgid "Merging a staging branch into the production branch only merges the source code. Any changes made to the staging database are not passed to the production database. However, if you modify the code in the repository, it will be passed to the production branch when merging." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:184 msgid "If you test configuration changes in staging branches, and want them to be applied to the production branch, you have to, either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:182 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:187 msgid "Write the configuration changes in XML data files to overide the default configuration or views in the branch, and then increase the version of the module in its manifest (:file:`__manifest__.py`) to trigger the module update when merging the staging branch in the production branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:192 msgid "This method is recommended for better scalability of your developments, as you will use the Git versioning features for all configuration changes, thereby ensuring traceability of your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:191 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:196 msgid "Pass them manually from the staging database to the production one by copying and pasting them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:196 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:201 msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:201 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:88 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:206 msgid "History" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:208 msgid "The :guilabel:`History` tab gives an overview of the branch history:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:205 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:210 msgid "The commit messages and their authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:211 msgid "The various events linked to the platform, such as stage changes, database imports, and backup restores" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The branches' history tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:217 msgid "A status in the top right corner of each event indicates the current operation on the database (e.g., installation, update, backup import) or its outcome (e.g., test feedback, successful backup import). If an operation is successful, a :guilabel:`Connect` button appears, allowing you to access the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:220 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:108 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:401 msgid "Mails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:222 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:227 msgid "The :guilabel:`Mails` tab contains the mail catcher, which provides an overview of emails sent by the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:231 msgid "The mail catcher is available for development and staging branches. Emails from the production database are actually sent and are not intercepted by the mail catcher." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The branches' mails tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:240 msgid "Shell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:237 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:242 msgid "The :guilabel:`Shell` tab provides shell access to the container." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:244 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Shell` opens a new browser tab where you can run basic Linux commands (`ls`, `top`). You can open a shell on the database by running `psql`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The branches' shell tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:251 msgid "You can open multiple shell tabs at once and arrange their layout by dragging and dropping them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:254 msgid "Production instance shells are highlighted in red to emphasize the danger of manipulating production instances directly, while staging/development instance shells are highlighted in yellow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:257 msgid "Long-running shell instances/idle shell sessions can be terminated at any time to free up resources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:263 msgid "Commands" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:260 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:265 msgid "Here is an overview of useful commands that you can run an Odoo.sh database terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:262 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:267 msgid "`odoo-bin shell`: to open an Odoo shell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:263 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:268 msgid "`odoo-update`: to update modules in the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:269 msgid "`odoosh-restart`: to restart Odoo.sh services (http or cron)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:270 msgid "`odoosh-storage`: to check the storage usage of your instance's container filesystem" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:271 msgid "`psql`: to open a database shell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:272 msgid "`mutt`: to check how emails appear on text clients (staging and development instances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:268 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:273 msgid "`lnav ~/logs/odoo.log`: to navigate in your instance's :file:`odoo.log` file" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:274 msgid "`ncdu`: to launch the disk usage analyzer with an interactive interface" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:270 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:275 msgid "`grep`: to filter and find information in log or configuration files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:280 msgid "Editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:277 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:282 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Editor` opens a new browser tab to access an online integrated development environment (IDE) to edit the source code. You can also open terminals, Python consoles, and Odoo shell consoles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The branches' editor tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:289 msgid "You can open multiple tabs and drag and drop them to arrange the layout as you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:287 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:292 msgid ":doc:`Online editor documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:297 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:294 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:299 msgid "The :guilabel:`Monitor` tab displays various performance monitoring metrics of the current build." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:296 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:301 msgid "Zoom in with your cursor to adjust the time range or select it manually from the time range selector. It is also possible to change the time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The time range selector in the branches monitor tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:303 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:308 msgid "Technical logs always use the :abbr:`UTC (Coordinated Universal Time)`. To analyze these logs together with your monitoring metrics, ensure :abbr:`UTC (Coordinated Universal Time)` is selected in the monitoring tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:306 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:311 msgid "Similarly, when sending a support ticket, ensure the information you share is based on :abbr:`UTC (Coordinated Universal Time)`, as Odoo uses this time zone to investigate performance issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:310 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:315 msgid "The information is aggregated periodically. When this is the case, a blue dotted line is displayed, along with the tag :guilabel:`Aggregate Date`. This means that the data before this date will appear flattened when compared to the data after this date. Therefore, when using the monitoring tool, it is recommended to focus on recent events to get the most detailed information possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:321 msgid "Dotted Lines of other colors help you relate to other changes on the build (database import, git push, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "CPU monitoring aggregated data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:323 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:328 msgid "On each graph, an 𝕚 (:guilabel:`information`) icon is displayed in the top-left corner. Hover your mouse over it to get more details about what the graph represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:329 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:334 msgid "Metrics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:339 msgid "System" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:336 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:341 msgid "The :guilabel:`Memory` graph displays information about memory consumption:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:343 msgid ":guilabel:`Memory container` represents Odoo workers and container processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:339 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:344 msgid ":guilabel:`Memory postgresql` represents the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The memory graph in the monitor tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:349 msgid "The :guilabel:`CPU` graph displays information about CPU consumption:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:351 msgid ":guilabel:`CPU http` represents Odoo workers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:347 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:352 msgid ":guilabel:`CPU cron/mail` represents scheduled actions and incoming emails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:348 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:353 msgid ":guilabel:`CPU postgresql` (database processes)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:354 msgid ":guilabel:`CPU other` represents webshells, the editor, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The cpu graph in the monitor tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:359 msgid "The :guilabel:`Storage` graph displays information about the storage used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:356 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:361 msgid ":guilabel:`Container` represents the filestore, log files, and user files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:362 msgid ":guilabel:`Postgresql` represents the database and indexes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The storage graph in the monitor tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:370 msgid "HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:372 msgid "The :guilabel:`Requests` graph displays information about the number of HTTP requests per second:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:369 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:374 msgid ":guilabel:`HTTP successes` represents successful requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:375 msgid ":guilabel:`HTTP errors` represents failed requests (check :file:`odoo.log`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:371 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:376 msgid ":guilabel:`HTTP rate limited` represents declined requests, possibly due to lack of workers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The requests graph in the monitor tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:381 msgid "The :guilabel:`Concurrent requests (max)` graph displays the maximum number of concurrent HTTP requests per second." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The concurrent rquests graph in the monitor tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:383 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:388 msgid "Database workers determine the number of concurrent requests that can be managed simultaneously. It is essential to have enough workers to handle all incoming requests as they arrive. However, having additional workers beyond this does not improve the speed at which requests are processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:387 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:392 msgid "The :guilabel:`Average Response time` displays the average response time to HTTP requests (in milliseconds)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The average response time graph in the monitor tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:398 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:403 msgid "The :guilabel:`Incoming` graph displays data about the daily number of incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:405 msgid ":guilabel:`Received Emails` represents emails successfuly received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:406 msgid ":guilabel:`Received Emails bounced` represents emails unsuccessfully received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The incoming graph in the monitor tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:411 msgid "The :guilabel:`Outgoing` graph displays data about the daily number of outgoing emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:408 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent Emails` represents emails successfully sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:414 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent Emails bounced` represents emails unsuccessfully sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The outgoing graph in the monitor tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:417 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:68 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:98 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:143 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:422 msgid "Logs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:419 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:424 msgid "The :guilabel:`Logs` tab offers a real-time view of your server's logs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The branches log tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:429 msgid "Different logs are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:431 msgid "`pip.log`: the Python dependencies installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:427 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:432 msgid "`install.log`: the database installation (for development branches, tests are included)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:428 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:433 msgid "`odoosh-import-database.log`: the last imported dump process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:434 msgid "`odoo.log`: the running server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:430 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:435 msgid "`update.log`: the database updates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:431 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:436 msgid "`pg_slow_queries.log`: psql queries that take an unusual amount of time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:432 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:437 msgid "`sh_webshell.log`: the actions taken in the webshell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:438 msgid "`sh_editor.log`: the actions taken in the editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:434 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:439 msgid "`neutralize.log`: the neutralization of the database (only staging)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "Logs scrolling automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:444 msgid "When new lines are added to the logs, they are displayed automatically. If you scroll to the bottom, the browser scrolls automatically each time a new line is added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:447 msgid "You can pause the logs fetching process by clicking the :icon:`fa-pause` (:guilabel:`pause`) button in the upper right corner. Otherwise, the process stops after five minutes. You can restart it by clicking the :icon:`fa-play` (:guilabel:`play`) button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:449 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:118 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:163 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:454 msgid "Backups" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:451 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:456 msgid "The :guilabel:`Backups` tab lists the available backups to download and restore, lets you perform a manual backup and import a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The branches backups tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:462 msgid "The production database is automatically backed up daily. Seven daily, four weekly, and three monthly backups are kept. Each backup includes the database dump, the filestore (attachments and binary fields), logs, and sessions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:462 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:467 msgid "You can refer to `the estimated scheduling of automatic backups `_ to gain a better understanding of how the system works. This file is updated daily, taking the current day as the departure point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:466 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:471 msgid "Staging and development databases are not automatically backed up. However, you can restore a backup of the production database in your staging branches, for testing purposes, or manually recover data that has been accidentally deleted from the production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:475 msgid "The list contains the backups kept on the server of your production database. This server only keeps one month of backups: seven daily and four weekly backups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:473 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:478 msgid "Dedicated backup servers keep the same backups, as well as three additional monthly backups. To restore or download one of these monthly backups, contact `Odoo Support `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "When merging a commit updating the version of one or several modules (in :file:`__manifest__.py`), or their linked Python dependencies (in :file:`requirements.txt`), then Odoo.sh performs an automatic backup (flagged with type `Update` in the list), as either the container will be changed by the installation of new pip packages, either the database itself will be changed with the module update triggered afterwards. In these two cases, a backup is triggered as it may break something." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:488 msgid "If the merged commit does not update the version of a module or linked dependencies, then no backup is triggered by Odoo.sh, as neither the container nor the database is modified; therefore, the platform considers this safe enough. As an extra precaution, you can make a manual backup before modifiyng production sources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:488 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:493 msgid "The purpose of manual backups is to create a specific snapshot of production or staging databases (not available for development). These remain available for seven days. However, there is a limit of five daily manual backups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:496 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:501 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:49 msgid "Stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:497 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:502 msgid "Automatic backup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:498 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:503 msgid "Manual backup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:505 msgid "Yes (up to 3 months)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:501 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:504 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:509 msgid "Yes (3 days)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:503 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:506 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:507 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:508 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:511 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:512 msgid "No" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:509 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:514 msgid "The :guilabel:`Import Database` feature accepts database archives from:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:511 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:516 msgid "the standard Odoo database manager (available for on-premise Odoo servers under `/web/database/manager`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:513 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:518 msgid "the Odoo Online databases manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:514 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:519 msgid "the Odoo.sh :guilabel:`Backups` tab (using the :icon:`fa-download` (:guilabel:`Download Options`) button)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:516 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:521 msgid "the Odoo.sh :doc:`Builds ` view (by clicking :guilabel:`Download DB dump`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:528 msgid "The :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab can be used to upgrade production and staging branches of valid projects. For more information about the upgrade process, refer to the :doc:`Upgrade documentation <../../upgrade>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The branches upgrade tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:533 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:538 msgid "Tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:535 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:540 msgid "The :guilabel:`Tools` tab contains the code profiler. It is used to start a profiling session, recording the activities of Odoo workers running in the instance for a maximum of five minutes. You can choose to terminate the session earlier, as running the tool for a shorter duration reduces the amount of noise in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "Using the code profiler" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:543 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:548 msgid "After each session, an interactive flame graph is created to help you visualize how the Odoo workers allocate their time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:547 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:552 msgid "Running the profiler consumes a lot of server resources, so avoid letting it run for too long. The goal is to record a specific action in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:553 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:558 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:3 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:83 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:128 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:173 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:182 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:555 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:560 msgid "The :guilabel:`Settings` tab lists the configuration options available for the currently selected branch. The options vary for each stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The branches settings tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:564 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:569 msgid "Behavior upon new commits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:566 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:571 msgid "You can change the branch's behavior upon receiving a new commit for **development** and **staging** branches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:574 msgid "By default, a **development** branch creates a new build and a staging branch updates the previous build. This is useful if the feature you are working on requires a specific configuration, as you would not need to manually configure it again after every commit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:578 msgid "If you select :guilabel:`New build` for a **staging** branch, a fresh copy of the production build is created every time a commit is pushed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:576 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:581 msgid "A branch that is moved from **staging** to **development** is set automatically to :guilabel:`Do nothing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:582 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:587 msgid "Module installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:584 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:589 msgid "You can choose which modules should be installed automatically for **development** branches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The settings tab module installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:589 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:594 msgid "To change the default behavior, untick the :guilabel:`Use Default` option under :guilabel:`Development build behavior` and select one of the following options under :guilabel:`Module Installation`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:593 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:598 msgid ":guilabel:`Install only my modules (does not include submodules)`: only installs the branch's modules, excluding :doc:`submodules <../advanced/submodules>`. This is the default option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:595 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:600 msgid ":guilabel:`Full installation (no test suite)`: installs the branch's modules, submodules, and all standard Odoo modules. When running the full installation, the test suite is disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:597 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:602 msgid ":guilabel:`Install a list of modules`: installs the specified modules. To do so, enter their technical name, and separate them using commas (e.g., `sale_management,website,accountant`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:601 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:606 msgid "If the test suite is enabled, installing all standard Odoo modules can take up to one hour." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:606 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:611 msgid "Test suite" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:608 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:613 msgid "By default, the test suite for **development** branches is enabled. You can restrict which tests are run by entering :ref:`test tags ` and separating them using commas (e.g., `custom_tags,at_install,post_install`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:612 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:617 msgid "To disable the test suite entirely, untick :guilabel:`Validate the test suite on new builds`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:617 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:622 msgid "Odoo version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:619 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:624 msgid "You can change the version of Odoo for **development** branches, for example, to test upgraded code or develop features while your production database is in the process of being upgraded to a newer version, by selecting another :guilabel:`Version`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:623 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:628 msgid "By default, :guilabel:`Latest` is selected as the :guilabel:`Revision`, and the sources of your Odoo server are updated weekly automatically to benefit from the latest bug, security, and performance fixes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:627 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:632 msgid "To choose a specific revision instead, select it using the :guilabel:`Revision` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:630 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:635 msgid "Revisions expire after three months. You will be notified by email when the revision's expiration date approaches. If you have not taken any action when it expires, the :guilabel:`Revision` field is automatically set back to :guilabel:`Latest`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The settings tab revisions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:640 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:645 msgid "Custom domains" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:642 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:647 msgid "You can configure additional `.odoo.com` domains or your own custom domains for all branch types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:645 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:650 msgid "To use your own custom domain, it is necessary to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:647 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:652 msgid "Own or purchase the domain name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:648 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:653 msgid "Enter the domain name under :guilabel:`Custom domains` (e.g., `www.mycompany.com`), then click :guilabel:`Add domain`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:650 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:655 msgid "Configure the domain name (e.g., `www.mycompany.com`) using your registrar's domain name manager with a **CNAME** record value set to your production database domain name (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:655 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:660 msgid "Bare domains (e.g., `mycompany.com`) are not accepted. They can only be configured using **A** records, which only accept IP addresses as their value. Therefore, a bare domain could suddenly cease to function, as the IP address of a database can change (e.g., following an upgrade, a hardware failure, a change of database hosting location)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:660 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:665 msgid "To have both your bare domain (e.g., `mycompany.com`) and *www* domain (e.g., `www.mycompany.com`) working, it is necessary to redirect the bare domain to the *www* domain. .com. Most domain managers provide a way to configure this redirection, commonly referred to as a web redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:667 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:672 msgid "HTTPS/SSL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:669 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:674 msgid "If the redirection is correctly set up, an SSL certificate is automatically generated using `Let's Encrypt `_ within the hour, meaning your domain will be accessible through HTTPS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:676 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:681 msgid "SPF and DKIM compliance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:678 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:683 msgid "If the domain of your email addresses uses the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` authentication protocol, it is necessary to authorize Odoo as a sending host in the domain name settings to increase the deliverability of outgoing emails. For more information, refer to the :doc:`Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo documentation <../../../applications/general/email_communication/email_domain>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:685 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:690 msgid "If Odoo is not authorized as a sending host, your outgoing emails may be flagged as spam." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:690 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:695 msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:692 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:697 msgid "In the top right corner of the view, several shell commands are displayed. The commands can be copied using the clipboard button and then used in a terminal. In addition, some of them can be used directly from Odoo.sh's interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:None msgid "The branches shell commands shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:702 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:707 msgid "Clone" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:704 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:709 msgid "The clone command is used to create a local copy of your Git repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:707 -msgid ":command:`git clone --recurse-submodules --branch development git@github.com:my-organization/my-repository.git`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:709 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:716 msgid "`--recurse-submodules` to download the submodules of your repository" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:710 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:717 msgid "`--branch main` to check out to a specific branch of the repository (e.g., `development`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:713 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:720 msgid "The run button is not available as the command is used to create a local copy on your machine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:718 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:725 msgid "Fork" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:720 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:727 msgid "The fork command is used to create a new branch based on the current one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:723 -msgid ":command:`git checkout -b main-1 development && git push -u origin development-1`" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:734 +msgid "`git checkout -b main-1 main` a command to create a new branch (e.g., `development-1`) based on the current branch (e.g., `development`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:725 -msgid ":command:`git checkout -b main-1 main` a command to create a new branch (e.g., `development-1`) based on the current branch (e.g., `development`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:727 -msgid ":command:`git push -u origin development-1` a command to upload the new branch (e.g., `development-1`) to the remote repository" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:733 -msgid "Merge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:735 -msgid "The merge command is used to combine changes on one branch into another branch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:738 -msgid ":command:`git merge staging-1 && git push -u origin staging`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:740 -msgid ":command:`git merge staging-1` a command to merge the changes of the current branch into another branch (e.g., `staging-1`)" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:736 +msgid "`git push -u origin development-1` a command to upload the new branch (e.g., `development-1`) to the remote repository" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:742 -msgid ":command:`git push -u origin staging` a command to upload the merged changes to the remote repository branch (e.g., `staging`)" +msgid "Merge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:748 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:744 +msgid "The merge command is used to combine changes on one branch into another branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:751 +msgid "`git merge staging-1` a command to merge the changes of the current branch into another branch (e.g., `staging-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:753 +msgid "`git push -u origin staging` a command to upload the merged changes to the remote repository branch (e.g., `staging`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:759 msgid "SSH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:750 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:761 msgid "The SSH command is used to connect to a build using SSH." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:752 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:763 msgid "To use the SSH command, it is necessary to set up an SSH key first. To do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:765 msgid "`Generate a new SSH key `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:766 msgid "`Copy the SSH key to your clipboard `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:767 msgid "On Odoo.sh, click your GitHub user in the top-right corner and select :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" @@ -2625,7 +2599,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Accessing a user's profile" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:761 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:772 msgid "Paste the SSH key under the :guilabel:`Add a key manually` field and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" @@ -2633,75 +2607,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding an SSH key manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:767 -msgid ":command:`ssh 25004381@my-user-my-repository-staging-25004381.dev.odoo.com`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:782 msgid "`25004381` the build ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:770 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:783 msgid "`my-user-my-repository-staging-25004381.dev.odoo.com` the domain used to connect to the build" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:772 -msgid "Provided you have the necessary :ref:`access rights ` on the project, you will be granted SSH access to the build." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:785 +msgid "Provided you have the necessary :ref:`access rights ` on the project, you will be granted SSH access to the build." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:776 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:789 msgid "Long-running SSH connections are not guaranteed. Idle connections can be disconnected to free up resources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:782 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:795 msgid "Submodule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:784 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:797 msgid "The submodule command is used to add a branch from another repository to your current branch as a submodule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:788 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:801 msgid ":doc:`Submodules documentation <../advanced/submodules>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:791 -msgid ":command:`git submodule add -b master && git commit -a && git push -u origin staging`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:793 -msgid ":command:`git submodule add -b master ` a command to add a specific branch (e.g., `master`) of a repository (``) as a submodule under the specified path (``) in your current branch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:796 -msgid ":command:`git commit -a` a command to commit all current changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:797 -msgid ":command:`git push -u origin staging` a command to upload the changes of the current branch (e.g., `staging`) to the remote repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:805 -msgid "The delete command is used to delete a branch from your repository." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:808 -msgid "Once you delete a branch, there is no way to retrieve it unless a backup exists. Staging branches are not automatically backed up, but can be manually. Development branches cannot be backed up." +msgid "`git submodule add -b master ` a command to add a specific branch (e.g., `master`) of a repository (``) as a submodule under the specified path (``) in your current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:811 +msgid "`git commit -a` a command to commit all current changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:812 -msgid ":command:`git push origin :staging && git branch -D staging`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:814 -msgid ":command:`git push origin :staging` a command to delete a specific branch (e.g., `staging`) on the remote repository" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:816 -msgid ":command:`git branch -D staging` a command to delete the specific branch on your local copy of the repository" +msgid "`git push -u origin staging` a command to upload the changes of the current branch (e.g., `staging`) to the remote repository." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:820 +msgid "The delete command is used to delete a branch from your repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:823 +msgid "Once you delete a branch, there is no way to retrieve it unless a backup exists. Staging branches are not automatically backed up, but can be manually. Development branches cannot be backed up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:831 +msgid "`git push origin :staging` a command to delete a specific branch (e.g., `staging`) on the remote repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:833 +msgid "`git branch -D staging` a command to delete the specific branch on your local copy of the repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:837 msgid "Before deleting a branch, refer to the :ref:`Backups section ` to better understand how they work and when you should create a manual backup." msgstr "" @@ -2713,12 +2675,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Odoo.sh, a build is a database loaded by an Odoo server (`odoo/odoo `_ and `odoo/enterprise `_) running on a specific revision of your project repository in a containerized environment. Its purpose is to test the proper behavior of the server, the database, and the features associated with that revision." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:None msgid "Overiew of the builds" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:19 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Builds` overview, a row represents a branch, and a cell within that row represents a build of that branch." +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Builds` view, a row represents a branch, and a cell within that row represents a build of that branch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:22 @@ -2813,7 +2775,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can filter branches using the search bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:None msgid "The branches menu" msgstr "" @@ -2849,7 +2811,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Access the same tools as in the branches view by clicking the :icon:`fa-caret-down` (:guilabel:`More Actions`) button next to :guilabel:`Connect` and selecting :guilabel:`Logs`, :guilabel:`Web Shell`, :guilabel:`Editor`, :guilabel:`Outgoing e-mails` (for the staging and development stages), :guilabel:`Monitoring`, and :guilabel:`Download DB dump` (for the production and staging stages)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:None msgid "A build's options" msgstr "" @@ -2954,7 +2916,7 @@ msgid "Import a database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:69 -msgid "Once your platform is deployed, you can import a database into your Odoo.sh project, provided it uses a :doc:`supported version <../../supported_versions>` of Odoo." +msgid "Once your platform is deployed, you can import a database into your Odoo.sh project, provided it uses a :doc:`supported version <../../standard_extended_support>` of Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:73 @@ -2987,6 +2949,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:101 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:5 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:156 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:364 @@ -3037,7 +3000,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In your Odoo.sh project, navigate to the :guilabel:`Backups` tab of your :guilabel:`Production` branch, and click :guilabel:`Import Database` to upload the backup you previously downloaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:None msgid "Importing a database backup on Odoo.sh" msgstr "" @@ -3277,313 +3240,435 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use `pandas `_ to display graphs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:8 -msgid "The settings allow you to manage the configuration of your project." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:5 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Settings` view allow you to manage the configuration of your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:10 msgid "Project name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:16 -msgid "The name of your project." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:12 +msgid "The name of your project defines the address used to access your production database. The addresses of your staging and development builds are automatically derived from this name. If you change the project name, only future builds will use the new name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:21 -msgid "This defines the address that will be used to access your production database." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:None +msgid "The project name setting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:23 -msgid "Addresses of your staging and development builds are derived from this name and assigned automatically. However, when you change your project name, only future builds will use the new name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:29 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:22 msgid "Collaborators" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:31 -msgid "Manage the Github users who can access your project." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:24 +msgid "To grant access to a GitHub user, enter their username and click :guilabel:`Add`. By default, the user is is granted the :guilabel:`Developer` role. Click the dropdown menu to select another one:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:36 -msgid "There are three levels of users:" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Admin`: full access to all Odoo.sh features and tools. This role is dedicated to project management and has exclusive access to the project's settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:38 -msgid ":guilabel:`Admin`: has access to all features of an Odoo.sh project." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tester`: access to staging and development databases and their tools. This role is intended for users performing user acceptance testing (UAT). Testers can work with copies of production data, but they cannot access the production database through Odoo.sh's tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tester`: has access to the *Staging* and *Development* databases and their tooling. This role is for users conducting User Acceptance Tests. Testers can work with copies of production data but cannot access the production database through the Odoo.sh tooling." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Developer`: no access to the production and staging databases. This role is intended for users who modify the code but should not access production data. Developers cannot connect to the production or staging databases and do not have access to the web shell or server logs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Developer`: has access only to the *Development* databases and their tooling. This role is for developers who propose code modifications but are not allowed to access production and staging databases through the Odoo.sh tooling." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:None +msgid "The collaborators setting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:42 +msgid "Feature access by stage and role" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:50 +msgid "Feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:51 msgid "Developer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 msgid "Tester" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:53 msgid "Admin" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:59 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:60 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:61 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:65 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:66 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:69 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:71 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:74 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:75 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:76 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:79 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:80 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:81 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:84 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:85 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:86 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:89 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:90 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:91 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:95 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:96 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:55 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:100 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:150 +msgid "Connect + / Connect as" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:67 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:68 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:73 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:83 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:92 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:93 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:96 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:98 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:101 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:105 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:102 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:103 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:106 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:110 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:111 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:115 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:116 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:121 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:125 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:126 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:130 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:131 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:134 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:135 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:136 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:141 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:112 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:113 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:117 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:118 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:127 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:128 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:137 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:138 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:142 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:143 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:146 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:147 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:148 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:151 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:153 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:156 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:161 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:166 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:171 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:176 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:179 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:181 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:186 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:59 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:60 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:61 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:65 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:66 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:157 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:163 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:168 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:173 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:178 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:183 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:188 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:196 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:197 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:35 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:59 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:66 msgid "|green|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:63 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:93 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:138 -msgid "1-click connect" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:105 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:155 +msgid ":ref:`History `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:73 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:103 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:148 -msgid "Shell/SSH" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:110 +msgid ":ref:`Mails `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:113 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:158 -msgid "Monitoring" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:165 +msgid ":ref:`Editor `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:75 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:125 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:170 +msgid ":ref:`Monitor `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:130 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:175 +msgid ":ref:`Logs `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:85 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:135 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:185 +msgid ":ref:`Upgrade `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`Settings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:195 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:3 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:189 -msgid "Those roles only apply to the usage of Odoo.sh. It is important to reflect the user roles attribution within the repository on GitHub. Please refer to the GitHub documentation section on `Managing a branch protection rule `_ for detailed guidance." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:111 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:116 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:121 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:126 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:131 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:136 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:141 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:166 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:176 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:181 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:182 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:186 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:191 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:83 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:84 +msgid "|red|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:207 -msgid "Public Access" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:115 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:160 +msgid ":ref:`Shell `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:209 -msgid "Allow public access to your development builds." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:180 +msgid ":ref:`Backups `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:214 -msgid "If activated, this option exposes the Builds page publicly, allowing visitors to view logs of development builds." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:200 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:88 +msgid "Legend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:202 +msgid "|green| : Available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:204 +msgid "|red| : Not available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:215 +msgid "Only admins can access the audit logs and the project settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:216 -msgid "Production and staging builds are excluded, visitors can only see their status." +msgid "All roles can access the :doc:`builds page `, but the features available are specific to each role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:221 -msgid "GitHub commit statuses" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:222 +msgid "Public access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:223 -msgid "This option enables Odoo.sh to push commit statuses to your GitHub repository when a build is created or updated. It requires a GitHub token with permissions to push commit statuses to the repository. Refer to `GitHub's documentation on personal access tokens `_ for instructions to create yours." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:224 +msgid "When enabling :guilabel:`Allow public access`, the :doc:`builds page ` becomes publicly accessible, allowing visitors to connect to development builds. Visitors can also access :ref:`logs `, the :ref:`shell `, and :ref:`mails ` for development builds. Production and staging builds remain private; visitors can only view their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:229 -msgid "GitHub's **fine-grained personal tokens** have an expiration date and will be disabled if they fail to update the commit status. You can replace the token at any time on Odoo.sh." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:232 -msgid "The commit statuses pushed to GitHub can have the following contexts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:234 -msgid ":guilabel:`ci/odoo.sh (dev)`: status of a development build" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:235 -msgid ":guilabel:`ci/odoo.sh (staging)`: status of a staging build" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:None +msgid "The public access setting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:236 -msgid ":guilabel:`ci/odoo.sh (production)`: status of a production build" +msgid "GitHub commit statuses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:237 -msgid ":guilabel:`ci/odoo.sh (test_ci)`: testing the token from the Settings page will push a test status on the last commit of your repository" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:238 +msgid "You can add a GitHub token to allow Odoo.sh to push commit statuses back to GitHub. The token must have the *commit statuses (write)* repository permission." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:243 -msgid "To configure additional domains please refer to the corresponding branch's :ref:`settings tab `." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:None +msgid "The GitHub commit statuses setting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:251 -msgid "Configure the deploy keys for the private repositories you use as submodules in your branches to allow Odoo.sh to download them." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:245 +msgid "For more information, refer to `GitHub’s documentation on managing access tokens `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:255 -msgid "These settings are required for **private repositories** only. If you are looking on how to set up your submodules, instructions are available in the chapter :ref:`Submodules ` of this documentation." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:250 +msgid "GitHub key and webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:262 -msgid "When a repository is private, it is not possible to publicly download its branches and revisions. For that reason, you need to configure a deploy key for Odoo.sh, so the remote Git server allows our platform to download the revisions of this private repository." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:252 +msgid "A deploy key and a webhook are automatically created on your GitHub repository to allow Odoo.sh to fetch code and receive commit notifications. As they can be unintentionally modified or deleted, you can use the :guilabel:`Verify Deploy Key` and :guilabel:`Verify Webhook` buttons below to verify their configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:267 -msgid "To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follows:" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:None +msgid "The GitHub key and webhook setting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:269 -msgid "in the input, paste the SSH URL of your private sub-repository and click on *Add*," +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:261 +msgid "Administrative rights on the GitHub repository are necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:271 -msgid "e.g. *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:268 +msgid "The `git submodule` command allows you to `integrate other Git projects `_ into your codebase without copying the code directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:272 -msgid "it can be another Git server than Github, such as Bitbucket, Gitlab or even your own self-hosted server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:275 -msgid "copy the public key," +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:None +msgid "The submodules setting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:277 -msgid "it should look like *ssh-rsa some...random...characters...here...==*" +msgid "A Git repository containing Odoo modules, for example from the `Odoo Apps Store `_ or `community modules `_, is necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:279 -msgid "in the settings of the private sub-repository, add the public key amongst the deploy keys." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:281 -msgid "Github.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys --> Add deploy key`" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:280 +msgid "Private repositories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:282 -msgid "Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`" +msgid "Before adding `private GitHub repository `_ as a submodule, it is necessary to add a deploy key:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:283 -msgid "Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:286 +msgid "Paste the SSH URL of the sub-repository (e.g., `git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git`) and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:284 -msgid "Self-hosted: append the key to the git user’s authorized_keys file in its .ssh directory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:287 -msgid "Storage Size" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:288 +msgid "Copy the generated :guilabel:`Public Key`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:289 -msgid "This section shows the storage size used by your project." +msgid "On the sub-repository's GitHub, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:294 -msgid "Storage size is computed as follows:" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:290 +msgid "Click :menuselection:`Add deploy key`, enter a :guilabel:`Title`, paste the public key into the :guilabel:`Key` field, and click :guilabel:`Add key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:296 -msgid "the size of the PostgreSQL database" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:293 +msgid "To add a public repository or private repository with a deploy key as a submodule:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:298 -msgid "the size of the disk files available in your container: database filestore, sessions storage directory..." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:295 +msgid "Add the submodule to your project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:301 -msgid "In case you want to analyze disk usage, you can run the tool `ncdu `_ in your Web Shell." +msgid "Commit and push the change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:304 -msgid "Should your production database size grow to exceed what's provisioned in your subscription, it will automatically be synchronized with it." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:307 +msgid "Wait for Odoo.sh to rebuild the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:308 -msgid "Database Workers" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:312 +msgid "Production database size" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:310 -msgid "Additional database workers can be configured here. More workers help increase the load your production database is able to handle. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:314 +msgid "This section displays the total storage used by the project. It includes the PostgreSQL database size and disk files in your container (database filestore, session storage, etc.). If the production database exceeds the storage included in your subscription, the plan will be automatically adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:318 -msgid "Adding more workers will not magically solve all performance issues. It only allows the server to handle more connections at the same time. If some operations are unusually slow, it's most likely a problem with the code, if it's not due to your own customizations you can open a ticket `here `_." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:None +msgid "The production database size setting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:324 -msgid "Staging Branches" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:322 +msgid "To analyze disk usage, run the `Ncdu tool `_ in the :ref:`web shell `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:326 -msgid "Additional staging branches allow you to develop and test more features at the same time. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:328 +msgid "Database workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:333 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:330 +msgid "Additional database workers can be configured to allow your production database to handle higher concurrent loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:None +msgid "The database workers setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:336 +msgid "To add more workers, contact your account manager. After payment, the new worker(s) will be added to your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:340 +msgid "Adding more workers does not automatically fix performance issues. It only increases the number of concurrent connections the server can handle. If some operations remain slow, the issue is likely code-related. If it is not due to your customizations, contact `Odoo Support `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:348 +msgid "Staging branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:350 +msgid "Additional staging branches allow you to develop and test multiple features simultaneously. To add more staging branches, request a product increase directly from your Odoo.sh project. A widget will guide you to the subscription portal to complete the purchase. After payment, synchronization with Odoo.sh will occur automatically, and the number of available staging branches will be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:None +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:None +msgid "The staging branches setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:361 msgid "Activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:335 -msgid "Shows the status of the project's activation. You can change the project's activation code if needed." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:363 +msgid "This section shows the activation status of the project. You can change the activation code if necessary, provided the new code is not already assigned to another project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:370 +msgid "You cannot change the activation code to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:372 +msgid "A code already used in another project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:373 +msgid "A trial code (downgrading from paid to trial is not allowed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:374 +msgid "An invalid code (not linked to an Odoo.sh custom plan)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:376 +msgid "For any other issue, contact `Odoo Support `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:8 @@ -3622,7 +3707,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In case of a registration error, the following message should be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:None msgid "Database registration error message" msgstr "" @@ -3646,7 +3731,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Verify that **no databases share the same UUID** (Universally Unique Identifier) by opening your `Odoo Contract `_. If two or more databases share the same UUID, their name will be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:None msgid "Database UUID error message" msgstr "" @@ -3678,7 +3763,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you have more users in a local database than provisioned in your Odoo Enterprise subscription, the following message should be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:None msgid "Too many users on a database error message" msgstr "" @@ -3711,7 +3796,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If your database expires before you renew your subscription, the following message should be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:None msgid "Database expired error message" msgstr "" @@ -3883,7 +3968,7 @@ msgid "Setting a proper :option:`--db-filter ` is an impor msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:76 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:196 msgid "PostgreSQL" msgstr "" @@ -4240,387 +4325,387 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:538 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:540 msgid "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with the :option:`--x-sendfile ` option and navigate to the ``/web/filestore`` URL directly via Odoo (don't navigate to the URL via NGINX). This logs a warnings, the message contains the configuration you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:547 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:549 msgid "Security" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:551 msgid "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:553 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:555 msgid "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the first important things you should be sure to include in your security action plan. The rest will come from best security practices for your operating system and distribution, best practices in terms of users, passwords, and access control management, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:561 msgid "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the following security-related topics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:562 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:564 msgid "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See :ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:567 msgid "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for day-to-day operations, only for controlling/managing the installation. *Never* use any default passwords like admin/admin, even for test/staging databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:570 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:572 msgid "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:574 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:576 msgid "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter `) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the hostname. See :ref:`dbfilter`. You may also use :option:`-d ` to provide your own (comma-separated) list of available databases to filter from, instead of letting the system fetch them all from the database backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:581 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:583 msgid "Once your ``db_name`` and ``dbfilter`` are configured and only match a single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to prevent listing databases entirely, and to block access to the database management screens (this is also exposed as the :option:`--no-database-list ` command-line option)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:587 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:589 msgid "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user `) is *not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. For example they could be owned by the ``postgres`` super-user if you are using a dedicated non-privileged ``db_user``. See also :ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:592 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:594 msgid "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:596 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:598 msgid "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:601 msgid "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. SSL certificates are cheap, and many free options exist. Configure the web proxy to limit the size of requests, set appropriate timeouts, and then enable the :option:`proxy mode ` option. See also :ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:606 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:608 msgid "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly recommended to entirely disable password-based authentication, and only allow public key authentication. Also consider restricting access via a VPN, allowing only trusted IPs in the firewall, and/or running a brute-force detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:612 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:614 msgid "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also :ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:616 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:618 msgid "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you should consult with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:620 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:622 msgid "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security precautions as for production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:624 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:626 msgid "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate firewall rules to protect those internal resources. This will ensure that the Odoo server cannot be used accidentally (or as a result of malicious user actions) to access or disrupt those internal resources. Typically this can be done by applying an outbound default DENY rule on the firewall, then only explicitly authorizing access to internal resources that the Odoo server needs to access. `Systemd IP traffic access control `_ may also be useful to implement per-process network access control." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:635 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:637 msgid "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a similar network-level device, you may wish to avoid direct access to the Odoo system. It is generally difficult to keep the endpoint IP addresses of your Odoo servers secret. For example they can appear in web server logs when querying public systems, or in the headers of emails posted from Odoo. In such a situation you may want to configure your firewall so that the endpoints are not accessible publicly except from the specific IP addresses of your WAF, load-balancer or proxy service. Service providers like CloudFlare usually maintain a public list of their IP address ranges for this purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:646 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:648 msgid "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:649 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:651 msgid "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:652 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:654 msgid "Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the scope of this guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:660 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:662 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:662 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:664 msgid "For internet-facing deployments, brute force attacks on user passwords are very common, and this threat should not be neglected for Odoo servers. Odoo emits a log entry whenever a login attempt is performed, and reports the result: success or failure, along with the target login and source IP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:666 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:668 msgid "The log entries will have the following form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:668 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:670 msgid "Failed login::" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:672 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:674 msgid "Successful login::" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:677 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:679 msgid "These logs can be easily analyzed by an intrusion prevention system such as `fail2ban`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:679 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:681 msgid "For example, the following fail2ban filter definition should match a failed login::" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:686 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:688 msgid "This could be used with a jail definition to block the attacking IP on HTTP(S)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:688 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:690 msgid "Here is what it could look like for blocking the IP for 15 minutes when 10 failed login attempts are detected from the same IP within 1 minute::" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:702 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:704 msgid "Database Manager Security" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:704 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:706 msgid ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` mentioned ``admin_passwd`` in passing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:706 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:708 msgid "This setting is used on all database management screens (to create, delete, dump or restore databases)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:709 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:711 msgid "If the management screens must not be accessible at all, you should set ``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to block access to all the database selection and management screens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:715 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:717 msgid "It is strongly recommended to disable the Database Manager for any internet-facing system! It is meant as a development/demo tool, to make it easy to quickly create and manage databases. It is not designed for use in production, and may even expose dangerous features to attackers. It is also not designed to handle large databases, and may trigger memory limits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:721 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:723 msgid "On production systems, database management operations should always be performed by the system administrator, including provisioning of new databases and automated backups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:724 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:726 msgid "Be sure to setup an appropriate ``db_name`` parameter (and optionally, ``dbfilter`` too) so that the system can determine the target database for each request, otherwise users will be blocked as they won't be allowed to choose the database themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:729 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:731 msgid "If the management screens must only be accessible from a selected set of machines, use the proxy server's features to block access to all routes starting with ``/web/database`` except (maybe) ``/web/database/selector`` which displays the database-selection screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:733 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:735 msgid "If the database-management screen should be left accessible, the ``admin_passwd`` setting must be changed from its ``admin`` default: this password is checked before allowing database-alteration operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:737 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:739 msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:745 msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 msgid "Reset the master password" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:750 msgid "There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually reset and re-encrypt the master password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 msgid ":doc:`../odoo_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:757 msgid "When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for any Odoo on-premise deployment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:760 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:762 msgid "When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:765 msgid "The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:768 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:770 msgid "Locate configuration file" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:770 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:772 msgid "First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden file))." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:774 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:776 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:130 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:211 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:242 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:331 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:136 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:183 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:337 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:469 msgid "Windows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:776 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:778 msgid "The configuration file is located at: `c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:778 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:780 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:202 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:274 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:155 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:237 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:459 msgid "Linux" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:780 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:782 msgid "Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration file is located in one of two different places:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:783 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:786 msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:787 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:789 msgid "Change old password" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:789 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:791 msgid "Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old password in the configuration file to a temporary password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:794 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:842 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:796 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:844 msgid "Graphical user interface" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:796 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:798 msgid "After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI (graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical user interface)` to open the file with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:800 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:802 msgid "Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all characters after the `=`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:805 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:824 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:807 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:826 msgid "The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:809 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:828 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:811 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:830 msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:811 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:851 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:813 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:853 msgid "Command-line interface" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:813 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:815 msgid "Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:815 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:817 msgid "Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:819 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:821 msgid "After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all characters after the `=`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:831 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:833 msgid "It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire password reset process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:836 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:838 msgid "Restart Odoo server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:838 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:840 msgid "After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:844 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:846 msgid "To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:848 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:850 msgid "Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or :guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:853 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:855 msgid "Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15 restart`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:856 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:858 msgid "Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is running on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:859 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:861 msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:861 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:863 msgid "First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or `http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:865 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:867 msgid "Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with the numbered port the database is accessible from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:868 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:870 msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The :guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the :guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:873 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:875 msgid "At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:877 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:879 msgid "For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: :ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:881 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:883 msgid "Supported Browsers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:883 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:885 msgid "Odoo supports the latest version of the following browsers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:885 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:886 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:888 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:888 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:893 msgid "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to provide more computing resources to both software." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:896 msgid "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX sockets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:898 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:900 msgid "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes usage of WiFi. Even over secure packet-switched networks, deployment over HTTPS is recommended, and possible costs are lowered as \"self-signed\" certificates are easier to deploy on a controlled environment than over the internet." msgstr "" @@ -4800,7 +4885,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:34 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:281 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 msgid "Debian/Ubuntu" msgstr "" @@ -4819,7 +4904,7 @@ msgid "Make sure that the `sudo` command is available and well configured and, o msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:423 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 msgid "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed manually in `version 0.12.6 `_ for it to support headers and footers. Check out the `wkhtmltopdf wiki `_ for more details on the various versions." msgstr "" @@ -4852,7 +4937,7 @@ msgid "Ubuntu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:103 -msgid "Odoo 19 'deb' package currently supports `Ubuntu Noble (24.04LTS) `_." +msgid "Odoo master 'deb' package currently supports `Ubuntu Noble (24.04LTS) `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:106 @@ -4860,7 +4945,7 @@ msgid "Once downloaded, execute the following commands **as root** to install Od msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:117 -msgid "Odoo 19 'rpm' package supports Fedora 42." +msgid "Odoo master 'rpm' package supports Fedora 42." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:119 @@ -4977,14 +5062,14 @@ msgid "Clone with SSH" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:88 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:141 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:164 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:216 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:256 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:354 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:412 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:144 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:222 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:262 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:418 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:480 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "" @@ -4997,261 +5082,269 @@ msgid "Python" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:121 -msgid "Odoo requires **Python 3.10** or later to run." +msgid "Odoo requires **Python 3.12** or later to run." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:123 msgid "Minimum requirement updated from Python 3.7 to Python 3.10." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:131 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:126 +msgid "Minimum requirement updated from Python 3.10 to Python 3.12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:134 msgid "Use a package manager to download and install Python 3 if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:135 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:138 msgid "`Download the latest version of Python 3 `_ and install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:138 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:141 msgid "During installation, check **Add Python 3 to PATH**, then click **Customize Installation** and make sure that **pip** is checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:143 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:146 msgid "Use a package manager (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts `_) to download and install Python 3 if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:147 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:150 msgid "If Python 3 is already installed, make sure that the version is 3.10 or above, as previous versions are not compatible with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:170 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:173 msgid "Verify that `pip `_ is also installed for this version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:195 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:198 msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as its database management system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:197 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:200 msgid "Minimum requirement updated from PostgreSQL 12 to PostgreSQL 13." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:204 -msgid "Use a package manager to download and install PostgreSQL (supported versions: 13.0 or above). It can be achieved by executing the following:" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:203 +msgid "Minimum requirement updated from PostgreSQL 13 to PostgreSQL 16." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 -msgid "`Download PostgreSQL `_ (supported versions: 13.0 or above) and install it." +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:210 +msgid "Use a package manager to download and install PostgreSQL (supported versions: 16.0 or above). It can be achieved by executing the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:218 -msgid "Use `Postgres.app `_ to download and install PostgreSQL (supported version: 13.0 or above)." +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:219 +msgid "`Download PostgreSQL `_ (supported versions: 16.0 or above) and install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:222 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:224 +msgid "Use `Postgres.app `_ to download and install PostgreSQL (supported version: 16.0 or above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 msgid "To make the command line tools bundled with Postgres.app available, make sure to set up the `$PATH` variable by following the `Postgres.app CLI tools instructions `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:232 msgid "By default, the only user is `postgres`. As Odoo forbids connecting as `postgres`, create a new PostgreSQL user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:270 msgid "Because the PostgreSQL user has the same name as the Unix login, it is possible to connect to the database without a password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:244 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:250 msgid "Add PostgreSQL's `bin` directory (by default: :file:`C:\\\\Program Files\\\\PostgreSQL\\\\\\\\bin`) to the `PATH`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:252 msgid "Create a postgres user with a password using the pg admin gui:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:254 msgid "Open **pgAdmin**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:255 msgid "Double-click the server to create a connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:250 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:256 msgid "Select :menuselection:`Object --> Create --> Login/Group Role`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:257 msgid "Enter the username in the **Role Name** field (e.g., `odoo`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:258 msgid "Open the **Definition** tab, enter a password (e.g., `odoo`), and click **Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:259 msgid "Open the **Privileges** tab and switch **Can login?** to `Yes` and **Create database?** to `Yes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:270 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:276 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:282 msgid "Using **distribution packages** is the preferred way of installing dependencies. Alternatively, install the Python dependencies with **pip**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:289 msgid "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required packages:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 -msgid "The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control `_ file and install the found packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 -msgid "Install with pip" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 -msgid "Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this if you know what you are doing." +msgid "The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control `_ file and install the found packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 -msgid "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system libraries to be installed." +msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:302 -msgid "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required libraries:" +msgid "Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +msgid "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system libraries to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:308 +msgid "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required libraries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:314 msgid "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:318 msgid "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo release. For example, for Odoo 15.0, the `python3-babel` package version is 2.8.0 in Debian Bullseye and 2.6.0 in Ubuntu Focal. The lowest version is then chosen in the :file:`requirements.txt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:319 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:341 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:325 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:366 msgid "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use `virtualenv `_ to create isolated Python environments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:323 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:329 msgid "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install the requirements for the current user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:333 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:339 msgid "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools for Visual Studio `_. Select **C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them when prompted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:337 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:356 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:343 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:362 msgid "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:345 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 msgid "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator privileges**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 msgid "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:377 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:389 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:392 msgid "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:394 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:403 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:422 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:408 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:415 msgid "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where `rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: :file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:414 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:431 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 msgid "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:436 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 msgid "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments ` or a :ref:`configuration file `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the `addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in `addons-path` for add-ons to be loaded correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:452 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:447 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:449 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:455 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:466 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:476 msgid "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, `dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:484 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:490 msgid "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log into the Odoo database with the base administrator account: use `admin` as the email and, again, `admin` as the password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:489 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:495 msgid "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users <../../applications/general/users>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:490 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:496 msgid "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the :option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:494 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:500 msgid ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" @@ -5403,186 +5496,155 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Please refer to our `Docker image documentation `_ for specific update instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:7 -msgid "Supported versions" +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:3 +msgid "Standard and extended support" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:9 -msgid "Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of Odoo." +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:6 +msgid "The information presented on this page is not intended to amend, modify, or replace any terms of the :doc:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement <../legal/terms/enterprise>`. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict, the Subscription Agreement shall govern." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:12 -msgid "Odoo releases intermediary versions called **Online versions** on the :doc:`Odoo Online ` hosting every two months. Odoo Online users can then benefit from the latest features of Odoo." +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:10 +msgid "Odoo provides **standard support** for all major versions for three years. It includes helpdesk support, bug fixing, and security updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:16 -msgid "Admins of Odoo Online databases are invited to :doc:`upgrade ` them regularly." +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:13 +msgid "Beyond those three years, you can benefit from **extended support** by paying an extra fee. It includes helpdesk support and bug fixes (depending on feasibility)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:17 -msgid "Online versions are *not* released for Odoo.sh and On-Premise installations." +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:17 +msgid "Odoo releases intermediary versions, called online or SaaS versions, every two to three months. These versions are only available on Odoo Online and are not eligible for extended support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:18 -msgid "Online versions are listed below as *SaaS*." +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:19 +msgid "You can `upgrade `_ from any version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:20 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:21 +msgid "The table below shows the support status of every version. Major releases are highlighted in bold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:22 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:31 msgid "Release date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "End of support" +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:32 +msgid "End of standard support" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:33 msgid "**Odoo 19.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:75 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:37 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:74 msgid "September 2025" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:39 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:38 msgid "September 2028 (planned)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:39 msgid "Odoo SaaS 18.4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:53 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:71 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:72 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:73 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:77 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:78 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:79 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:83 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:84 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:85 -msgid "|red|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:48 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:54 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:42 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:48 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:53 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:54 msgid "N/A" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:43 msgid "July 2025" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:45 msgid "Odoo SaaS 18.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:49 msgid "May 2025" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:51 msgid "Odoo SaaS 18.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:55 msgid "March 2025" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:57 msgid "**Odoo 18.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:62 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:80 msgid "October 2024" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:62 msgid "September 2027 (planned)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:63 msgid "**Odoo 17.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:68 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:67 msgid "November 2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:68 msgid "September 2026 (planned)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:69 msgid "**Odoo 16.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:73 msgid "October 2022" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:75 msgid "**Odoo 15.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:79 msgid "October 2021" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:81 msgid "Older versions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:85 msgid "Before 2021" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:86 msgid "Before 2024" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:89 -msgid "Legend" +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:90 +msgid "|green| : Standard support" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:91 -msgid "|green| Supported version" +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:92 +msgid "|red| : Extended support available (with an extra fee)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:93 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:95 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:98 -msgid "Even though we don't support older versions, you can always `upgrade from any version `_." +#: ../../content/administration/standard_extended_support.rst:94 +msgid "N/A : Never released for this platform" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:5 -msgid "An upgrade involves moving a database from an older version to a newer supported version (e.g., from Odoo 16.0 to Odoo 18.0). Regular upgrades are crucial as each version offers new features, bug fixes, and security patches. Using a :doc:`supported version ` is strongly recommended. Each major version is supported for three years." +msgid "An upgrade involves moving a database from an older version to a newer supported version (e.g., from Odoo 16.0 to Odoo 18.0). Regular upgrades are crucial as each version offers new features, bug fixes, and security patches. Using a :doc:`supported version ` is strongly recommended. Each major version is supported for three years." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:10 @@ -6130,5 +6192,5 @@ msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:432 -msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" +msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/essentials.pot b/locale/sources/essentials.pot index 127a496859..aa6eb3c926 100644 --- a/locale/sources/essentials.pot +++ b/locale/sources/essentials.pot @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 10:43+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-20 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activity` button, located at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:None msgid "Activity button in chatter field." msgstr "" @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:None msgid "Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click on the |clock| for the record the activity is being added to, and click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:None msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To open the activity view, click the |clock|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:None msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." msgstr "" @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:None msgid "Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Log a note`: add any additional information for the activity in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:None msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities setting --> Activity Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:None msgid "Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." msgstr "" @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the **CRM** application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:None msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." msgstr "" @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or :guilabel:`after completion date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:None msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Multiple addresses can be added on both :guilabel:`Person` and :guilabel:`Company` contacts. To do so, click :guilabel:`Add Contact` in the :guilabel:`Contacts` tab. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up form, in which additional addresses can be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:None msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form." msgstr "" @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Other`: adds an alternate address to the existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:None msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." msgstr "" @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts app`, and select the :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon. Select two or more duplicate contacts from the list, and tick the checkbox (on the far-left) for the contacts that should be merged. Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` icon, and select :guilabel:`Merge` from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts/merge.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts/merge.rst:None msgid "The merge contacts option in the Contacts application." msgstr "" @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the individual contact to open the record for that contact, and view additional information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts/merge.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts/merge.rst:None msgid "The merge pop-up window in the Contacts application." msgstr "" @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With Odoo, the values can be exported from any field in any record. To do so, activate the list view :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(List)` icon, on the items that need to be exported, and then select the records that should be exported. To select a record, tick the checkbox next to the corresponding record. Finally, click the :guilabel:`Action` button, and select :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:None msgid "View of the different things to enable/click to export data." msgstr "" @@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When clicking on :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export`, a :guilabel:`Export Data` pop-over window appears, with several options for the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:None msgid "Overview of options to consider when exporting data in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Activating :ref:`developer mode ` changes the visible import settings in the left menu. Doing so reveals an :menuselection:`Advanced` menu. Included in this advanced menu are two options: :guilabel:`Track history during import` and :guilabel:`Allow matching with subfields`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:None msgid "Advanced import options when developer mode is activated." msgstr "" @@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open the view of the object to which the data should be imported/populated, click on :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Action)` icon, and in the drop-down menu select :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`(Import records)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:None msgid "Action menu revealed with the import records option highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set a unique ID to every record by dragging down the ID sequencing in the :guilabel:`External ID` (ID) column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:None msgid "An animation of the mouse dragging down the ID column, so each record has a unique ID." msgstr "" @@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a new column is added, Odoo may not be able to map it automatically, if its label does not fit any field within Odoo. However, new columns can be mapped manually when the import is tested. Search the drop-down menu for the corresponding field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:None msgid "Drop-down menu expanded in the initial import screen on Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If this happens, check the :guilabel:`Show fields of relation fields (advanced) option`, then a complete list of fields becomes available for each column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:None msgid "Searching for the field to match the tax column." msgstr "" @@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Translate with AI`: Translate the content in the :doc:`installed languages ` with AI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/html_editor.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/html_editor.rst:None msgid "Text editor's toolbox" msgstr "" @@ -2136,7 +2136,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In-app purchases (IAP) are optional services that enhance Odoo databases. Each service provides its own specific features and functionality. A full list of services is available on the `Odoo IAP Catalog `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:None msgid "The IAP catalog with various services available on IAP.Odoo.com." msgstr "" @@ -2208,7 +2208,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This can be done by clicking the :icon:`fa-mobile` :guilabel:`SMS` icon within the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:None msgid "The SMS icon on a typical contact information form located within an Odoo database." msgstr "" @@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Expert Pack`: 1,000 credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:None msgid "Four different packs of credits for the SMS IAP service." msgstr "" @@ -2320,7 +2320,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, go to the :menuselection:`Settings application` and type `IAP` in the search bar. Alternatively users can scroll down to the :guilabel:`Contacts` section. Under the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, where it says :guilabel:`Odoo IAP`, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:None msgid "The Settings app showing the Odoo IAP heading and View My Services button." msgstr "" @@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`Account Information` page, click the :guilabel:`Buy Credit` button. Doing so loads a :guilabel:`Buy Credits for (IAP Account)` page in a new tab. From here, click :guilabel:`Buy` on the desired pack of credits. Then, follow the prompts to enter payment details, and confirm the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:None msgid "The SMS service page on IAP.Odoo.com with four packs of credits available for purchase." msgstr "" @@ -3135,7 +3135,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :ref:`graph view ` is used to visualize your records' data, helping you identify patterns and trends. The view is often found under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found elsewhere. Click the **graph view button** located at the top right to access it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/reporting.rst:None msgid "Selecting the graph view" msgstr "" @@ -3147,7 +3147,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :ref:`pivot view ` is used to aggregate your records' data and break it down for analysis. The view is often found under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found elsewhere. Click the **pivot view button** located at the top right to access it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/reporting.rst:None msgid "Selecting the pivot view" msgstr "" @@ -3404,7 +3404,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window displays the matching option, filter rule, and a toggle to :guilabel:`Include archived` records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst:None msgid "The Add Custom Filter pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -3544,7 +3544,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Additionally, some reports only allow use of the :guilabel:`Comparison` feature when the :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(Pie Chart)` graph type or the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(Pivot)` view, is selected. A :guilabel:`Comparison` option can be selected even if another view is enabled, but doing so does **not** change the way data is displayed on the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst:None msgid "The search bar for the production analysis report." msgstr "" @@ -3612,7 +3612,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the options are set, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the favorited search." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst:None msgid "Saving a favorite search on the Sales Analysis report." msgstr "" @@ -3680,7 +3680,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To change the order of the stages, click the :icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(draggable)` icon, to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/stages.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/stages.rst:None msgid "View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" "appear in the list." msgstr "" @@ -3697,7 +3697,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/stages.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/stages.rst:None msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -3713,7 +3713,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Days to rot* feature provides proactive notification when a specific card within that stage requires attention. When a card passes the defined rotting threshold, it becomes highlighted in red and the stage displays the total number of cards currently rotting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/stages.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/stages.rst:None msgid "Sample of a rotting card and stage in CRM app." msgstr "" @@ -3729,7 +3729,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Days to rot` field, enter the number of days that marks the threshold before action is needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/stages.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/stages.rst:None msgid "Sample of a configuration window with a rotting threshold in the CRM app." msgstr "" @@ -3753,7 +3753,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking a status color filters the stage to show only cards with that status. The card count for the selected status appears next to the progress bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/stages.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/stages.rst:None msgid "View of a stage's progress highlighting the activities that are due today." msgstr "" @@ -3781,7 +3781,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/stages.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/stages.rst:None msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -3833,7 +3833,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hover the cursor at the top of the desired stage to fold temporarily, then click the :icon:`fa-gear` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon that appears, and select :guilabel:`Fold` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/stages.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/stages.rst:None msgid "Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/finance.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot index c56f157ec5..c2e06004bc 100644 --- a/locale/sources/finance.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 10:43+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-20 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ msgid "Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:296 msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet `" msgstr "" @@ -352,66 +352,66 @@ msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:280 -msgid "Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, :abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgid "Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are supported in Odoo. The available methods are Standard Price, Average Cost (AVCO), and First In First Out (FIFO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:284 msgid ":doc:`../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/cheat_sheet`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:289 msgid "Retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:291 msgid "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported on the balance sheet report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:301 msgid "Fiduciaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:303 msgid "The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. When enabled:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:306 msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:307 msgid "The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:309 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when encoding a transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:310 msgid "A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:315 msgid "Accountant access rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:317 msgid "To grant access to the company's accountant, :ref:`add the accountant as a new user ` and configure the appropriate :doc:`access rights <../general/users/access_rights>` in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section to enable access to the company's financial data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:322 msgid ":guilabel:`Accounting`: Select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:323 msgid ":guilabel:`Bank`: Allow bank account validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:326 msgid "Adding an accountant as a new user in :doc:`Odoo Online <../../administration/odoo_online>` is free if the accountant has an Odoo account registered with the same email address as the one listed for the company user. However, :doc:`Odoo.sh <../../administration/odoo_sh>` and :doc:`Odoo On-premise <../../administration/on_premise>` may involve extra charges for each additional user. For more pricing information, see `Odoo's pricing `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:333 msgid "For a multi-company environment, set the appropriate :ref:`access `." msgstr "" @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank journals are displayed by default on the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the form of cards which include action buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:None msgid "Bank journals are displayed on the Accounting Dashboard and contain action buttons" msgstr "" @@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` and create a new one. Enter a :guilabel:`Journal Name` and set the :guilabel:`Type` to `Bank`. In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, enter a **short code**, a **currency**, and then finally click on the :guilabel:`Bank Account` field to create a new account. In the pop-up window of the account creation, enter a name, a code (ex.: 550007), set its type to `Bank and Cash`, set a currency type, and save. When you are back on the **journal**, click on the :guilabel:`Account Number` field, and in the pop-up window, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number`, :guilabel:`Bank` of your account, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:None msgid "Example of a created bank journal." msgstr "" @@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To pay a bill in a foreign currency, simply select the currency next to the :guilabel:`Journal` field and register the payment. Odoo automatically creates and posts the foreign **exchange gain or loss** as a new journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:None msgid "How to set a bill currency." msgstr "" @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This report gives an overview of all unrealized amounts in a foreign currency on your balance sheet, and allows you to adjust an entry or manually set an exchange rate. To access this report, go to :menuselection:`Reporting --> Management: Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses`. From here, you have access to all open entries in your **balance sheet**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:None msgid "View of the Unrealized Gains/Losses journal." msgstr "" @@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you wish to use a different currency rate than the one set in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`, click the :guilabel:`Exchange Rates` button and change the rate of the foreign currencies in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:None msgid "Menu to manually change exchange rates." msgstr "" @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When manually changing **exchange rates**, a yellow banner appears allowing you to reset back to Odoo's rate. To do so, simply click on :guilabel:`Reset to Odoo's Rate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:None msgid "Banner to reset back to Odoo's rates." msgstr "" @@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once posted, the :guilabel:`adjustment` column should indicate `0.00`, meaning all **unrealized gains/losses** have been adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:None msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses report once adjusted." msgstr "" @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "click the :guilabel:`x to reconcile` button to display only unreconciled transactions. To include previously reconciled transactions, remove the :guilabel:`Not Matched` filter from the search bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:None msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from the accounting dashboard" msgstr "" @@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Bank Matching` view is composed of lines for each transaction of the journal with the newest displayed first. Each transaction has a date, a label, a partner (if set), :ref:`action buttons `, and the transaction amount. Each line can be expanded to show additional information and buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:None msgid "The user interface of the bank matching view of a bank journal." msgstr "" @@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Bank Matching` view displays transactions from most recent to oldest and groups them by statement, with any recent transactions that do not belong to a statement at the top. To add transactions to a statement, hover on the most recent transaction that should be included in the statement, and click the :guilabel:`Statement` button that appears on the upper separator line. Doing so creates a statement from that transaction down to the oldest transaction that is not yet part of a statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:None msgid "A \"Statement\" button is visible when hovering on a transaction." msgstr "" @@ -2437,7 +2437,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cash discounts are defined on :doc:`payment terms `. Configure them to your liking by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, and make sure to fill out the discount percentage, discount days, and :ref:`tax reduction ` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:None msgid "Configuration of payment terms named \"2/7 Net 30\". The field \"Description on Invoices\"\n" "reads: \"Payment terms: 30 Days, 2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days\"." msgstr "" @@ -2572,7 +2572,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab, you can display the discount details by clicking on the \"toggle\" button and adding the :guilabel:`Discount Date` and :guilabel:`Discount Amount` columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:None msgid "An invoice of €100.00 with \"2/7 Net 30\" selected as payment terms. The \"Journal Items\" tab\n" "is open, and the \"Discount Date\" and \"Discount Amount\" columns are displayed." msgstr "" @@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The discount amount and due date are also displayed on the generated invoice report sent to the customer if the :guilabel:`Show installment dates` option is checked on the payment terms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:None msgid "An invoice of €100.00 with the following text added to the terms and conditions: \"30\n" "Days, 2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days. 118.58 € due if paid before 01/08/2023.\"" msgstr "" @@ -2947,7 +2947,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view the journal items of each account, click on the account name and then :guilabel:`Journal Items`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None msgid "Deferred revenue report" msgstr "" @@ -3309,7 +3309,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To verify the contact, enable :ref:`developer mode ` and click :guilabel:`Verify`. Its :guilabel:`Peppol endpoint verification` is marked as :guilabel:`Valid` if the contact is found on the Peppol network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:None msgid "verify contact registration" msgstr "" @@ -4781,7 +4781,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and :guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:None msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" msgstr "" @@ -4809,7 +4809,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:None msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" msgstr "" @@ -5362,7 +5362,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This makes for easier :doc:`follow-ups ` and :doc:`reconciliation ` since Odoo takes each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also helps to get an accurate :ref:`aged receivable report `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:None msgid "The amount debited to the account receivable is split into two journal items with\n" "distinct due dates" msgstr "" @@ -5463,8 +5463,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To customize the default sequence, open the last confirmed invoice, click :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`, and edit the invoice's reference number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/sequence.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/sequence.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/sequence.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/sequence.rst:None msgid "Editing the reference number of an invoice." msgstr "" @@ -5538,8 +5538,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Preview Modifications` and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/sequence.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/sequence.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/sequence.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/sequence.rst:None msgid "Resequence options window" msgstr "" @@ -5668,7 +5668,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter the terms and conditions in the text box below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:None msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" msgstr "" @@ -5684,7 +5684,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website ` app. If the Website app is activated, the :guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update Terms`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:None msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" msgstr "" @@ -5712,7 +5712,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:None msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -5806,6 +5806,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:300 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:121 @@ -5837,7 +5838,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the :guilabel:`Setup` button at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:None msgid "Setup of the Chart of Accounts and their opening balances in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -5861,7 +5862,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner consists of four main steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:None msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "" @@ -6533,7 +6534,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking :guilabel:`Create and Edit`. Then set the account :guilabel:`Type` as `Expenses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:None msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "" @@ -6541,7 +6542,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`. In the list, find the :guilabel:`Reference` that matches the warehouse reception operation for the relevant product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:None msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "" @@ -6549,7 +6550,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by `$80`. Conversely, the **Stock Input** account (set as `Stock Interim (Received)` account by default) is credited `$80`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:None msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "" @@ -6581,7 +6582,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`. :guilabel:`Confirm` the bill to record the payment to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:None msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "" @@ -6601,7 +6602,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:None msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "" @@ -6641,7 +6642,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:None msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "" @@ -6657,7 +6658,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and register the payment in their journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:None msgid "Return to get 10 dollars back." msgstr "" @@ -6672,6 +6673,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:179 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1099 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:42 @@ -6689,11 +6691,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When browsing your chart of accounts, you can sort the accounts by :guilabel:`Code`, :guilabel:`Account Name`, or :guilabel:`Type`, but other options are available in the drop-down menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:None msgid "Drop-down toggle button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:None msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -6790,6 +6792,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 @@ -7047,7 +7050,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new account group, activate :ref:`developer mode ` and head to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Account Groups`. Here, create a new group and enter the :guilabel:`name, code prefix, and company` to which that group account should be available. Note that you must enter the same code prefix in both :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`to` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:None msgid "Account groups creation." msgstr "" @@ -7055,7 +7058,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your account groups, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the :guilabel:`Options` menu and select :guilabel:`Hierarchy and Subtotals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:None msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -7465,7 +7468,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Account Mapping:** Similar accounts from different companies can be mapped together. This allows Odoo to combine them correctly in consolidated reports. To map accounts, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`. Click :guilabel:`View` on the account line. In the :guilabel:`Mapping` tab, enter a code in the corresponding company :guilabel:`Code` column to map the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/consolidation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/consolidation.rst:None msgid "Mapping different codes to different companies." msgstr "" @@ -7537,7 +7540,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "selector. Selecting the consolidating company as the current company and making the other companies visible in the selector, all the journal items are displayed from the consolidating company's perspective." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/consolidation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/consolidation.rst:None msgid "Selecting the main company and activating others." msgstr "" @@ -7569,7 +7572,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Create rules` window, add a :guilabel:`Field` and create a new :guilabel:`Domain` rule if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/consolidation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/consolidation.rst:None msgid "Using horizontal groups to see each company's contribution." msgstr "" @@ -7609,7 +7612,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use the merge tool, select all the companies with an account that needs to be merged in the company selector in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/consolidation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/consolidation.rst:None msgid "Selecting all companies that have accounts to be merged." msgstr "" @@ -7645,7 +7648,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An :guilabel:`Odoo Warning` confirmation pop-up window will appear, listing how the accounts will be split." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/consolidation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/consolidation.rst:None msgid "Confirmation wizard for the Unmerge Tool of the shared accounts feature." msgstr "" @@ -8024,7 +8027,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`, and enable the currencies you wish to use by toggling the :guilabel:`Active` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:None msgid "Enable the currencies you wish to use." msgstr "" @@ -8040,7 +8043,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To manually create and set a currency rate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`, click on the currency you wish to change the rate of, and under the :guilabel:`Rates` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to create a new rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:None msgid "Create or modify the currency rate." msgstr "" @@ -8088,7 +8091,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the journal you want to edit, and select a currency in the field :guilabel:`Currency`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:None msgid "Select the currency for the journal to handle." msgstr "" @@ -8104,7 +8107,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For all documents, you can select the currency and journal to use for the transaction on the document itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:None msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "" @@ -8116,7 +8119,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To register a payment in a currency other than your company's main currency, click on the :guilabel:`Register Payment` payment button of your document and, in the pop-up window, select a **currency** in the :guilabel:`Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:None msgid "Select the currency and journal to use before registering the payment." msgstr "" @@ -8128,7 +8131,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating or importing bank transactions, the amount is in the company's main currency. To input a **foreign currency**, select a currency in the :guilabel:`Foreign Currency`. Once selected, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` in your main currency for it to automatically get converted in the foreign currency in the :guilabel:`Amount in Currency field`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:None msgid "The extra fields related to foreign currencies." msgstr "" @@ -8144,7 +8147,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To see **exchange difference journal entries**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Accounting --> Journals: Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:None msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "" @@ -8202,6 +8205,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/tax_units.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:38 msgid "Tax report" msgstr "" @@ -8210,7 +8214,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the **tax unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, and selecting the **tax unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/tax_units.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/tax_units.rst:None msgid "tax unit tax report" msgstr "" @@ -8562,7 +8566,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled journal items and allows them to be processed individually, matching all payments and journal items. Go to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Reconcile` or click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`ellipsis`) button from the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` or :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` journals, and select :guilabel:`Payments Matching`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:None msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" @@ -9170,7 +9174,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue, you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:None msgid "Payment provider choice after having clicked on \"Pay Now\"" msgstr "" @@ -9194,7 +9198,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:None msgid "Email with a link to view the invoice online on the Customer Portal." msgstr "" @@ -9202,7 +9206,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "They can choose which Payment Provider to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:None msgid "\"Pay now\" button on an invoice in the Customer Portal." msgstr "" @@ -9443,7 +9447,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, open the vendor bank account and click on the :guilabel:`Send Money` toggle switch button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/trusted_accounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/trusted_accounts.rst:None msgid "Example of a vendor bank account with the \"Send Money\" toggle button switched to \"trusted.\"" msgstr "" @@ -9555,7 +9559,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To expand the lines of a report and view its details, click the :icon:`fa-caret-right` (:guilabel:`right arrow`) on the left. Then click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` (:guilabel:`down arrow`) to the right of the account, journal entry, payment, invoice, etc. to :guilabel:`Annotate` and view the details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:None msgid "Annotate reports." msgstr "" @@ -9567,7 +9571,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To compare values across periods, click the :guilabel:`Comparison` menu and select the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:None msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." msgstr "" @@ -9847,7 +9851,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Analytic` window, select the desired :guilabel:`Analytic Accounts` in the different :guilabel:`Analytic Plans` displayed in columns. Then, split the costs between the accounts by modifying the percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:None msgid "create a distribution template" msgstr "" @@ -10011,7 +10015,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To reveal the :guilabel:`Theoretical` amount or percentage, use the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` (:guilabel:`adjust settings`) icon in the :guilabel:`Budget Lines`' header. The :guilabel:`Theoretical` amount represents the amount of money that could theoretically have been spent or should have been received based on the current date relative to the start/end dates. Click :guilabel:`Details` to open a filtered view of the :ref:`budget report ` related to that specific budget line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:None msgid "open budget with committed, achieved, and theoretical amounts" msgstr "" @@ -10212,7 +10216,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After creating a report (either root or variant), the next step is to fill it with lines. To create a new line, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`. To modify an existing line, click on the line itself and edit the popup. All lines require a :guilabel:`Name` and can have an optional :guilabel:`Code` which allows using the line's value in formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:None msgid "Engine lines options." msgstr "" @@ -10245,7 +10249,7 @@ msgid "The subformula allows you to define how the move lines matching the domai msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" @@ -10281,7 +10285,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To **reverse** the sign of the result, put a `-` sign at the beginning of the subformula." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:None msgid "Expression line within a line report" msgstr "" @@ -10357,19 +10361,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 -msgid "`cross_report(xml_id | report_id)`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:175 +msgid "`cross_report(xml_id | report_id[, force_date_scope])`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 -msgid "Used to match an expression from another report targeted by the xml_id or the report ID itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 -msgid "Prefix of Account Codes computation engine" +msgid "Match an expression from another report targeted by the xml_id or the report ID itself. If `force_date_scope` is added, the :guilabel:`Date Scope` defined on the expression will be used to compute all the expressions used by the formula." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:178 +msgid "Prefix of Account Codes computation engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:180 msgid "The :guilabel:`Prefix of Account Codes` computation engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." msgstr "" @@ -10389,7 +10393,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This formula adds the balances of the move lines made on accounts whose codes start with `21` and `10`, and subtracts the balance of the ones on accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:192 msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" @@ -10401,15 +10405,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This formula works the same way as the previous example but ignores the prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:199 msgid "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and `D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix matches, *and* if the total balance of the move lines made on this account is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:204 msgid "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of 25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns 25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:208 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" @@ -10421,7 +10425,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This formula adds the balances of the move lines made on accounts whose code starts with `21` *if* it is debit (`D`) and `10` *if* it is credit (`C`), but ignores prefixes `101`, `102`, and subtracts the balance of the ones on accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:216 msgid "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use an empty exclusion `()`." msgstr "" @@ -10433,7 +10437,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This formula matches accounts whose code starts with `21D`, regardless of their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:222 msgid "In addition to using code prefixes to include accounts, you can also match them with **account tags**. This is especially useful, for example, if your country lacks a standardized chart of accounts, where the same prefix might be used for different purposes across companies." msgstr "" @@ -10445,7 +10449,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This formula matches accounts whose associated tags contain the one with ID *25*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:230 msgid "If the tag you reference is defined in a data file, an XMLID can be used instead of the ID." msgstr "" @@ -10457,7 +10461,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This formula matches accounts whose associated tags include the tag denoted by *my_module.my_tag*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 msgid "You can also use arithmetic expressions with tags, possibly combining them with prefix selections." msgstr "" @@ -10469,7 +10473,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The balances of accounts tagged as *my_module.my_tag* will be summed with those of accounts linked to the tag with ID *42* and accounts with the code prefix `10`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:244 msgid "`C` and `D` suffixes can be used in the same way with tags." msgstr "" @@ -10481,7 +10485,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This formula matches accounts with the tag *my_module.my_tag* and a credit balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:250 msgid "Prefix exclusion also works with tags." msgstr "" @@ -10493,55 +10497,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This formula matches accounts with the tag *my_module.my_tag* and a code not starting with `10`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 msgid "External Value computation engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 msgid "The :guilabel:`External Value` computation engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with `account.report.external.value`. Each of these objects directly points to the expression it impacts, so very little needs to be done about their selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:265 msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:271 msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:271 msgid "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:273 msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:276 msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:276 msgid "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:280 msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:279 msgid "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:283 msgid "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:285 msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" @@ -10553,91 +10557,99 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This subformula shows the correct way to mix both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:292 msgid "Custom Python Function computation engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:294 msgid "The :guilabel:`Custom Python Function` computation engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of expressions on a case-by-case basis. The :guilabel:`Formula` is the name of a **python function** to call, and the :guilabel:`Subformula` is a **key** to fetch in the **dictionary** returned by this function. Use this computation engine only if making a custom module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:301 +msgid "Date filtering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:303 +msgid "By default, the values computed for each expression will restrict the move lines they consider to the ones strictly within the interval selected on the report. To change that behavior, modify the :guilabel:`Date Scope` field of the expression." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:308 msgid "Columns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:310 msgid "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The field :guilabel:`expression_label` of the column gives the label of the expressions whose value is displayed. If a line has no **expression** in that field, then nothing is displayed for it in this column. If multiple columns are required, you must use different **expression** labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:None msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:319 msgid "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the :guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in and for each period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:325 msgid "Line grouping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:327 msgid "Non-standard grouping is possible by adding or using existing fields on the *Journal Item* model, provided that the fields are related and non-stored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:331 msgid "Grouping lines requires the report to have explicit report lines that can be edited. The deferred reports, for example, do not support grouping lines as they use dynamic lines that are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:335 msgid "Create a new field on journal item" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:337 msgid "To create a non-stored, related field in the *Journal Item* model, first go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Items`, and click the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Fields`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new field, and complete the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:342 msgid ":guilabel:`Field Name`: a technical name for the field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:343 msgid ":guilabel:`Field Label`: the label to be displayed for the field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:344 msgid ":guilabel:`Field Type`: the type of field that this related field should point to" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:345 msgid ":guilabel:`Stored`: Leave this field unchecked as only non-stored fields can be used to group lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:347 msgid ":guilabel:`Related Model`: If the field type is :guilabel:`one2many`, :guilabel:`many2many`, or :guilabel:`many2one`, select the model of the original field to group by." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:349 msgid ":guilabel:`Related Field Definition`: the technical path to the field you want to group by" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:352 msgid "To group by the sales team of the commercial partner, set the related field definition to `move_id.team_id`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:356 msgid "Group lines" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:358 msgid "To group lines, go to the :ref:`Lines ` tab of the desired report, click on the line you want to group, and edit the :guilabel:`Group by` field. Enter the technical name (:guilabel:`Field Name`) of the field to use as the grouping key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:363 msgid "To find a list of all the model's fields and their technical names, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Items`, and click the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Fields`. The technical name of each field is listed in the :guilabel:`Field Name` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:369 msgid ":ref:`Consolidation via grouping by account code `" msgstr "" @@ -10745,7 +10757,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The report's first section is an overview of all journal sequence prefixes containing hashed entries. In the :guilabel:`Restricted` column, you can see whether or not a journal has the :ref:`secure posted entries with hash ` option (V) activated or not (X). The :guilabel:`Check` column tells you whether all entries are correctly hashed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:None msgid "Configuration report for two journals" msgstr "" @@ -10753,7 +10765,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The second section gives a more detailed result of the data consistency check for each hashed journal sequence prefix. You can view the first hashed entry and its corresponding hash, as well as the last hashed entry and its corresponding hash." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:None msgid "Data consistency check report for a journal" msgstr "" @@ -10883,7 +10895,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set a transaction code on an invoice line, create an invoice or a bill, click the columns selection button, tick :guilabel:`Intrastat`, and use the newly-added :guilabel:`Intrastat` column to select a transaction code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:None msgid "Adding the Intrastat column to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" @@ -11063,7 +11075,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add an API key to a **single** database, connect to the database, enable the :ref:`developer mode `, click on the user menu, and then :guilabel:`My Profile` / :guilabel:`Preferences`. Under the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, click on :guilabel:`New API Key`, confirm your password, give a descriptive name to your new key, and copy the API key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:None msgid "creation of an Odoo external API key for a database" msgstr "" @@ -11083,7 +11095,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open the `database manager `_ to view all databases that will be linked to the single API key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:None msgid "creation of an Odoo external API key for an Odoo user" msgstr "" @@ -11107,7 +11119,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Let’s take an example of a Belgian company that created a credit note of 100 for one of their customers. The due tax is 21%." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:None msgid "Illustration with a credit note" msgstr "" @@ -11119,7 +11131,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If we go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, a pop-up on line 81 explains that the amount will be carried over in the next period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:None msgid "pop-up message stating the amount will be carried over to the next period" msgstr "" @@ -11127,7 +11139,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At the time of the tax closing period, the tax report shows that the amount was carried over from the previous period. It also indicates the amount that will be carried over to this line in the next period based on the existing transactions and the carryover from the previous period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:None msgid "Illustration of the tax return" msgstr "" @@ -11189,7 +11201,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Grids` are displayed in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of any invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:None msgid "example of tax grids used on an invoice" msgstr "" @@ -11280,7 +11292,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` menu for additional options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:None msgid "Tax return tool overview" msgstr "" @@ -11858,7 +11870,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Default taxes** define which taxes are automatically selected when creating a new product. They are also used to prefill the :guilabel:`Taxes` field when adding a new line on an invoice in :ref:`Accounting Firms ` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:None msgid "Odoo fills out the Tax field automatically according to the Default Taxes" msgstr "" @@ -11866,7 +11878,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To change your **default taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, select the appropriate default sales and purchase taxes in the :guilabel:`Default Taxes` field, and click on :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:None msgid "Define which taxes to use by default on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -11882,7 +11894,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As part of your :ref:`fiscal localization package `, most of your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. However, only a few taxes are activated by default. To activate taxes relevant to your business, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and enable the toggle button under the :guilabel:`Active` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:None msgid "Activate pre-configured taxes in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -11890,7 +11902,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To edit or create a **tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:None msgid "Edition of a tax in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -12135,7 +12147,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of the computed tax to multiple accounts and tax grids." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:None msgid "Allocate tax amounts to the right accounts and tax grids" msgstr "" @@ -12174,7 +12186,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The tax label is displayed on each invoice line in the :guilabel:`Taxes` column. This is visible to *front-end* users on exported invoices, in customer portals, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:None msgid "The label on invoices is displayed on each invoice line" msgstr "" @@ -12190,7 +12202,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful when you must record the same tax differently according to :doc:`fiscal positions `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:None msgid "The Tax Group name is different from the Label on Invoices" msgstr "" @@ -12282,7 +12294,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can configure a new :ref:`group of taxes ` to include this tax or add it directly to a product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:None msgid "The eco-tax is taken into the basis of the 21% VAT tax" msgstr "" @@ -12697,6 +12709,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 @@ -12731,6 +12744,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 @@ -12896,7 +12910,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:None msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" msgstr "" @@ -12938,7 +12952,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox `_ or `production `_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:None msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." msgstr "" @@ -13077,7 +13091,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search More...` to open the complete list of options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:None msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." msgstr "" @@ -13093,7 +13107,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:None msgid "Override product categories as needed." msgstr "" @@ -13131,7 +13145,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_ or `production `_ environment. This will depend on which type of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the management console." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:None msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." msgstr "" @@ -13143,7 +13157,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:None msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -13233,7 +13247,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:None msgid "Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -13385,7 +13399,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs duty` icon below the tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:None msgid "AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" "sales and use tax tab highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -13414,7 +13428,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the `management portal `_. Then, from the main dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:None msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -13455,7 +13469,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any product lines are edited on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:None msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -13552,7 +13566,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:None msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -13636,7 +13650,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:None msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -13688,7 +13702,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, define the :guilabel:`Tax Cash Basis Journal`. Click on the external link button next to the journal to update its default properties such as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`, :guilabel:`Type` or :guilabel:`Short Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:None msgid "Select your Tax Cash Basis Journal and click on the external link" msgstr "" @@ -13704,7 +13718,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Account` column reflects the proper transitional accounts to post taxes until the payment is registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:None msgid "Fill in the account column with a transitional accounts where taxes go until the payment\n" "is registered" msgstr "" @@ -13713,7 +13727,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, decide of the :guilabel:`Tax Exigilibity`. Select :guilabel:`Based on Payment`, so the tax is due when the payment of the invoice is received. You can then also define the :guilabel:`Cash Basis Transition Account` where the tax amount is recorded as long as the original invoice has not been reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:None msgid "Fill in the Cash Basis Transition Account where taxes amounts go until payment\n" "reconciliation." msgstr "" @@ -13809,7 +13823,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **EU Intra-community Distance Selling** feature helps you comply with this regulation by creating and configuring new **fiscal positions** and **taxes** based on your company's country. To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, tick :guilabel:`EU Intra-community Distance Selling`, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:None msgid "EU intra-community Distance Selling feature in Odoo Accounting settings" msgstr "" @@ -13833,7 +13847,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto the OSS portal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, click :guilabel:`Report: Generic Tax report`, and select either :guilabel:`OSS Sales` or :guilabel:`OSS Imports`. Once selected, click on :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`XLSX`, or :guilabel:`XML` in the top-left corner. This generates the currently-opened report in the selected format. Once generated, log into the platform of your competent federal authority to submit it onto the OSS portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:None msgid "OSS reports view" msgstr "" @@ -13881,7 +13895,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Account mapping is based on the income and expense accounts defined on the product or product category. To map to another account, select the account to be replaced in the left column (:guilabel:`Account on Product`) and select the account to use instead in the right column (:guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" msgstr "" @@ -13909,7 +13923,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" @@ -13937,7 +13951,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, purchase order, invoice, or bill, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" @@ -13949,7 +13963,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "" @@ -13973,7 +13987,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. To create one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and, in the :guilabel:`Amount` field, enter a negative amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:None msgid "negative tax amount in field" msgstr "" @@ -13981,7 +13995,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, go to the :menuselection:`Advanced Options` tab and create a retention :guilabel:`Tax Group`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:None msgid "tax group for retention tax." msgstr "" @@ -13997,7 +14011,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the retention tax has been created, it can be used on customer forms, sales orders, and customer invoices. Several taxes can be applied on a single customer invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:None msgid "invoice lines with taxes" msgstr "" @@ -14029,7 +14043,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Verify VAT Numbers` feature is enabled, if the contact's :guilabel:`Tax ID` field is populated *and* its country is different from your company's country, Odoo displays an :guilabel:`Intra-Community Valid` checkbox. Odoo tests the VAT number through the VIES and automatically checks or unchecks the :guilabel:`Intra-Community Valid` checkbox depending on the validity of the VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:None msgid "Intra-community valid checkbox on the contact record" msgstr "" @@ -14290,7 +14304,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:None msgid "Configuration of an Assets Account in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -14310,7 +14324,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:None msgid "Selection of an Assets Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -14322,7 +14336,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right **Expense Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:None msgid "Change of the Assets Account for a product in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -14338,7 +14352,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:None msgid "Modification of a posted journal item's account in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -14362,7 +14376,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:None msgid "Assets entry in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -14370,7 +14384,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:None msgid "Depreciation Board in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -14422,7 +14436,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:None msgid "Create Asset Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -14446,7 +14460,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart Button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:None msgid "Gross Increase smart button in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -14462,7 +14476,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:None msgid "Disposal of Assets in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -14502,7 +14516,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:None msgid "Assets model button in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -14530,7 +14544,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:None msgid "Automate Assets on an account in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -14606,7 +14620,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The deferred expense report computes an overview of the necessary deferral entries for each account. To access it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Deferred Expense`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None msgid "Deferred expense report" msgstr "" @@ -14912,8 +14926,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To customize the default sequence, open the last confirmed vendor bill, click :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`, and edit the vendor bill's reference number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/sequence.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/sequence.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/sequence.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/sequence.rst:None msgid "Editing the reference number of a vendor bill." msgstr "" @@ -15094,7 +15108,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the employee commuting emissions pivot table, go to :menuselection:`ESG --> Collect --> Employee Commuting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/esg.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/esg.rst:None msgid "The employee commuting emissions pivot table" msgstr "" @@ -15238,7 +15252,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Ensure the unit of measure set next to the product's :guilabel:`Cost` matches the emission factor's :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/esg.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/esg.rst:None msgid "A product's unit of measure" msgstr "" @@ -15421,7 +15435,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all expense reports with a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, :guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or :guilabel:`Done` appears. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are hidden, by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/approve_expenses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/approve_expenses.rst:None msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." msgstr "" @@ -15502,7 +15516,7 @@ msgid "The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers* of the sp msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/approve_expenses.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/approve_expenses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/approve_expenses.rst:None msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -15627,17 +15641,17 @@ msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expense_cards.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:123 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expense_cards.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:131 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expense_cards.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:132 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "" @@ -15826,7 +15840,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All expense cards pull payments from a single Stripe account. It is recommended to set card limits to avoid large charges or transactions that may prematurely deplete the expense Stripe account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expense_cards.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expense_cards.rst:None msgid "An expense card form filled out for transportation and food only." msgstr "" @@ -16046,7 +16060,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default expense categories allow creating expenses for common expenses, including communication costs, meals, gifts, miles driven, and other travel expenses. For expenses outside these default categories, the general expenses category, :guilabel:`EXP_GEN`, is used. If a company has specific expenses it commonly reimburses, and wants to track them separately, :ref:`new expense categories can be made ` or existing expense categories can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expense_categories.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expense_categories.rst:None msgid "Set expense costs on products." msgstr "" @@ -16142,7 +16156,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is considered good practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price `. Taxes are automatically configured if these are set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expense_categories.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expense_categories.rst:None msgid "A new expense category for tools." msgstr "" @@ -16202,7 +16216,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, select the desired expense to be added to the report on the :guilabel:`My Expenses` dashboard by ticking the checkbox next to each entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expense_reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expense_reports.rst:None msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "" @@ -16250,7 +16264,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, update the :guilabel:`Journal` field using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expense_reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expense_reports.rst:None msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." msgstr "" @@ -16294,7 +16308,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful, since only reports with a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted; reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not. The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are identifiable by the :guilabel:`To Submit` status, and by the blue text, while all other expense text appears in black." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expense_reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expense_reports.rst:None msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "" @@ -16326,7 +16340,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view the default *Expenses Analysis* report, navigate to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Reporting --> Expenses Analysis`. The :guilabel:`Expenses Analysis` report displays all expenses for the current year, in a stacked bar chart, grouped by month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expenses_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/expenses_analysis.rst:None msgid "The default stacked bar chart for annual expenses, grouped by month." msgstr "" @@ -16471,7 +16485,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed to clarify the expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/log_expenses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/log_expenses.rst:None msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" @@ -16651,7 +16665,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Only expense reports with an *Approved* status can post the expenses to a journal. To view all expense reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. Next, to view **only** approved expense reports that need to be posted, adjust the filters on the left side so only the :guilabel:`Approved` checkbox is ticked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/post_expenses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/post_expenses.rst:None msgid "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." msgstr "" @@ -16679,7 +16693,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After posting the expenses to an accounting journal, a :guilabel:`Journal Entry` smart button appears at the top of the screen. Click the :guilabel:`Journal Entry` smart button, and the details for the journal entry appear, with a status of :guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/post_expenses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/post_expenses.rst:None msgid "A single expense report to be approved." msgstr "" @@ -16703,7 +16717,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Post Entries` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/post_expenses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/post_expenses.rst:None msgid "Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the Approved filter." msgstr "" @@ -16767,7 +16781,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and click on the individual expense report to reimburse on the following paycheck. Click the :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip` button, and the expenses are added to the next payslip issued for that employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/reimburse.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/reimburse.rst:None msgid "The Report in Next Payslip button, visible with an expense report status of Approved." msgstr "" @@ -16822,7 +16836,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: The text entered in the :doc:`Expense Report Summary <../expenses/expense_reports>` field of the expense report populates this field, by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/reimburse.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/reimburse.rst:None msgid "The Register Payment pop-up window filled out for an individual expense report\n" "reimbursement." msgstr "" @@ -16863,7 +16877,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the fields on the :guilabel:`Pay` pop-up window are completed, click the :guilabel:`Create Payments` button to register the payments, and reimburse the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/reimburse.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/reimburse.rst:None msgid "The pay pop-up window filled out for multiple reimbursements via checks." msgstr "" @@ -16945,7 +16959,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Multiple projects can be selected, if desired. To add another :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`, click on the line to reveal the :guilabel:`Analytic` pop-over window. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, then select the desired :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/reinvoice_expenses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/reinvoice_expenses.rst:None msgid "An expense entry to reinvoice a project to the customer, for the gallery seating project." msgstr "" @@ -16981,7 +16995,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *only* until an expense report is **approved**. After an expense report is approved, the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field is no longer able to be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/reinvoice_expenses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/reinvoice_expenses.rst:None msgid "An expense report with a sales order smart button for reinvoicing." msgstr "" @@ -17033,7 +17047,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Draft`. Doing so creates a draft invoice for the customer. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the invoice, and the customer is invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/reinvoice_expenses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/reinvoice_expenses.rst:None msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." msgstr "" @@ -17326,122 +17340,126 @@ msgid "Norway" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:117 -msgid "Pakistan" +msgid ":doc:`Oman `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:118 -msgid "Panama" +msgid "Pakistan" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:119 -msgid ":doc:`Peru `" +msgid "Panama" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`Philippines `" +msgid ":doc:`Peru `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`Philippines `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:122 msgid "Poland" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:124 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`Romania `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:126 msgid "Rwanda" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`Saudi Arabia `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:128 msgid "Senegal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:129 msgid "Serbia" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`Singapore `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:133 msgid "South Africa" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`Spain `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:135 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:136 msgid ":doc:`Switzerland `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:137 msgid "Taiwan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:138 msgid "Tanzania" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:139 msgid ":doc:`Thailand `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:140 msgid "Tunisia" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:141 msgid "Türkiye" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:142 msgid "Uganda" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:143 msgid "Ukraine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`United Arab Emirates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`United Kingdom `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:146 msgid ":doc:`United States of America `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:147 msgid ":doc:`Uruguay `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:148 msgid "Venezuela" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:149 msgid ":doc:`Vietnam `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:150 msgid "Zambia" msgstr "" @@ -17556,8 +17574,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the localization modules are installed, the first step is to set up the company's data. In addition to the basic information, a key field to fill in is the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility Type`, which represents the fiscal obligation and structure of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Select AFIP Responsibility Type." msgstr "" @@ -17581,7 +17599,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Responsable Inscripto (298 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "" @@ -17609,7 +17627,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To select a database environment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinean Localization` and choose either :guilabel:`Prueba (Testing)` or :guilabel:`Produccion (Production)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Select AFIP database environment: Testing or Production." msgstr "" @@ -17662,7 +17680,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As part of the Argentinean localization, document types defined by the AFIP are now available in the **Partner form**. Information is essential for most transactions. There are six :guilabel:`Identification Types` available by default, as well as 32 inactive types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "A list of AR Localization document types in Odoo, as defined by AFIP." msgstr "" @@ -17682,7 +17700,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with their related financial account and configuration, e.g., 73 taxes for :guilabel:`Responsable Inscripto`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "A list of AR Localization taxes with financial amount and configuration in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -17714,7 +17732,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Some Argentinean taxes are not commonly used for all companies, and those less common options are labeled as inactive in Odoo by default. Before creating a new tax, be sure to check if that tax is not already included as inactive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "A list showing less common Argentinean tax options, which are labeled as inactive in Odoo\n" "by default." msgstr "" @@ -17742,7 +17760,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The information required for the :guilabel:`Document Types` is included by default so the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "A list of document types in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -17774,7 +17792,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The documents included in the localization already have the proper letter associated with each :guilabel:`Document Type`, so there is no further configuration necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "" @@ -17827,7 +17845,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "the structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "A AFIP POS System field which is available on Sales journals in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -17851,7 +17869,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice`: is used to generate invoices for international customers and transactions that involve exportation processes, the document type related is type \"E\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Web Services." msgstr "" @@ -17973,7 +17991,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Result:` indicates if the invoice has been :guilabel:`Aceptado en AFIP` and/or :guilabel:`Aceptado con Observaciones`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "AFIP Status." msgstr "" @@ -18030,7 +18048,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For electronic invoices that include :guilabel:`Services`, the AFIP requires to report the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the tab :guilabel:`Other Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Invoices for Services." msgstr "" @@ -18038,7 +18056,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the values will be filled automatically with the first and last day of the invoice's month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Service Dates." msgstr "" @@ -18050,7 +18068,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoices related to :guilabel:`Exportation Transactions` require that a journal uses the AFIP POS System **Expo Voucher - Web Service** so that the proper document type(s) can be associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Exporation journal." msgstr "" @@ -18078,7 +18096,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exempt Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Export invoice fields autofilled in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -18086,7 +18104,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Exportation Documents require Incoterms to be enabled and configured, which can be found in :menuselection:`Other Info --> Accounting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Export invoice - Incoterm." msgstr "" @@ -18174,7 +18192,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice cannot be validated, having an error message such as the following." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Bank account relation error." msgstr "" @@ -18182,7 +18200,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set up the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode`, go to settings and select either :guilabel:`SDC` or :guilabel:`ADC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Transmission Mode." msgstr "" @@ -18194,7 +18212,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Changing the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` will not change the mode selected in :guilabel:`Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Transmission Mode on Invoice." msgstr "" @@ -18214,7 +18232,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "the same currency as the source document must be used. When using a secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is different between the emission day and the payment date. It is possible to create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Credit & debit notes buttons." msgstr "" @@ -18230,7 +18248,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "the :guilabel:`Credit Note`, is created to annulate the FCE document, in this case the field :guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` must be *empty* (false)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "FCE: Es Cancelación?" msgstr "" @@ -18242,7 +18260,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`PDF Report` related to electronic invoices that have been validated by the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represents the CAE number. The expiration date is also displayed as it is a legal requirement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Invoice printed report." msgstr "" @@ -18254,11 +18272,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For auditing and troubleshooting purposes, it is possible to obtain detailed information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP. To retrieve this information, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to the :menuselection:`Accounting` menu and click on the button :guilabel:`Consult Invoice` button in AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Consult invoice in AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Details of invoice consulted in AFIP." msgstr "" @@ -18266,7 +18284,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is also possible to retrieve the last number used in AFIP for a specific document type and POS Number as a reference for any possible issues on the sequence synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Consult the last invoice number." msgstr "" @@ -18274,7 +18292,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the :guilabel:`Document Type` is now a required field. This value is auto-populated based on the AFIP Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be changed if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Changing journal and document type." msgstr "" @@ -18282,7 +18300,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Document Number` field needs to be registered manually and the format will be validated automatically. However, in case the format is invalid, a user error will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Vendor bill document number." msgstr "" @@ -18310,7 +18328,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Required:` the verification is done, and it does not allow the user to post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Verify Vendor Bills validity in AFIP." msgstr "" @@ -18322,7 +18340,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the vendor validation settings enabled, a new button shows up on the vendor bills inside of Odoo, labeled :guilabel:`Verify on AFIP`, which is located next to the :guilabel:`AFIP Authorization code` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Verify on AFIP." msgstr "" @@ -18330,7 +18348,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In case the vendor bill cannot be validated in AFIP, a value of :guilabel:`Rejected` will be displayed on the dashboard and the details of the invalidation will be added to the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "AFIP authorization Rejected." msgstr "" @@ -18346,7 +18364,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The vendor bill will be registered using one item for each product that is part of the VAT base amount, and an additional item to register the amount of the exempt concept." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "VAT exempt." msgstr "" @@ -18362,7 +18380,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To edit the VAT perception and set the correct amount, you should use the :guilabel:`Pencil` icon that is the next to the :guilabel:`Perception` amount. After the VAT perception amount has been set, the invoice can then be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Enter the perception amount." msgstr "" @@ -18378,7 +18396,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal entries are *not* created when payments are posted unless :ref:`outstanding accounts ` are set up. Thus, for this feature to work properly, it is important to verify that *all* payment methods within the bank journals have an outstanding payment and receipt account set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "An outstanding payment account must be set." msgstr "" @@ -18438,7 +18456,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Withholding Sequence`: This field helps to automate the capture of a withholding number under the payment line. If this field is not set, a number is manually captured while adding a withholding to a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Earnings withholding type." msgstr "" @@ -18514,7 +18532,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "More withholdings can be added, or computed withholdings can be edited if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Payment with applied withholdings." msgstr "" @@ -18534,7 +18552,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To install the *Third Party and Deferred/Electronic Checks Management* module, go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the module by its technical name `l10n_latam_check` and click the :guilabel:`Activate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "l10n_latam_check module." msgstr "" @@ -18586,7 +18604,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adds a field to allocate the payment date of the check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Bank journal configurations." msgstr "" @@ -18602,7 +18620,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the payment registration modal, select the bank journal from which the payment is to be made and set the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date`, and the :guilabel:`Amount`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Payment pop-up window with own check options enabled." msgstr "" @@ -18614,7 +18632,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To manage your existing own checks, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Own Checks`. This window shows critical information such as the dates when checks need to be paid, the total quantity of checks, and the total amount paid in checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Own checks menu location." msgstr "" @@ -18622,7 +18640,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is important to note that the list is pre-filtered by checks that are still *not reconciled* with a bank statement - that were not yet debited from the bank - which can be verified with the :guilabel:`Is Matched with a Bank Statement` field. If you want to see all of your own checks, delete the :guilabel:`No Bank Matching` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`X` symbol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Own checks menu organization and filtering." msgstr "" @@ -18634,7 +18652,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To cancel an own check created in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Own Checks` and select the check to be cancelled, then click on the :guilabel:`Void Check` button. This will break the reconciliation with the vendor bills and the bank statements and leave the check in a **cancelled** state." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Empty Check button to cancel Own Checks" msgstr "" @@ -18675,7 +18693,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, set :guilabel:`Cash Account`: to `1.1.1.02.010 Cheques de Terceros`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` of your choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Automatically created cash account." msgstr "" @@ -18695,7 +18713,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can delete pre-existing payment methods appearing by default when configuring the third party checks journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Payment methods automatically created." msgstr "" @@ -18731,7 +18749,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and fill in the :guilabel:`Check Number`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and :guilabel:`Check Bank`. Optionally, you can manually add the :guilabel:`Check Issuer Vat`, but this is automatically filled by the customer's VAT number related to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Payment pop-up window with New Third Party Check options enabled." msgstr "" @@ -18747,7 +18765,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select :guilabel:`Existing Third Party Checks` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and select a check from the :guilabel:`Check` field. The field shows all **available existing checks** to be used as payment for vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Payment pop-up window with Existing Third Party Check options enabled." msgstr "" @@ -18759,7 +18777,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, either go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Third Party Checks` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Own Checks` depending on the case, and click on a check. In the :guilabel:`Check Current Journal` field, click on :guilabel:`=> Check Operations` to bring up the check's history and movements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Check Operations menu." msgstr "" @@ -18824,7 +18842,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your website to generate electronic documents in the sales process by navigating to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activating the :guilabel:`Automatic Invoice` feature in the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section to automatically generate the required electronic documents when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Feature activated to invoice automatically." msgstr "" @@ -18864,7 +18882,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fiscal fields are available for input in the checkout process once the :guilabel:`Country` field is set as `Argentina`. Inputting the fiscal data enables the purchase to conclude in the corresponding electronic document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "Fiscal required fields for electronic invoicing." msgstr "" @@ -18924,7 +18942,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`AFIP POS Address`: is the field related to the commercial address registered for the POS, which is usually the same address as the company. For example, if a company has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then the AFIP will require the company to have one AFIP POS per location. This location will be printed in the invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "l10n_ar Purchase Journal Configuration." msgstr "" @@ -18948,7 +18966,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field on the journal to select the electronic document type (in this case the electronic invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "l10n_ar Sales Journal Configuration." msgstr "" @@ -18989,7 +19007,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This pivot table allows you to validate the gross income in each jurisdiction. It serves as an affidavit for the corresponding taxes due but is not submitted to the AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "IIBB Sales by jurisdiction." msgstr "" @@ -19001,7 +19019,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This pivot table allows you to validate the gross purchases in each jurisdiction. It serves as an affidavit for the corresponding taxes due but is not submitted to the AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:None msgid "IIBB Purchases by jurisdiction." msgstr "" @@ -19019,6 +19037,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:10 msgid "Modules" @@ -19094,7 +19113,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Australia, the standard **Goods and Services Tax (GST)** rate is 10%, but different rates and exemptions exist for specific categories of goods and services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Default GST rates" msgstr "" @@ -19389,7 +19408,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When importing goods from abroad, the GST liability can now be deferred for companies under the DGST scheme. On the purchase order, select the :guilabel:`0% TPS` tax (tax paid separately) for the relevant order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Setting the 0% TPS tax on a purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -19409,7 +19428,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries --> New`. On the first journal item line, add the :guilabel:`Account` `21340 Deferred GST Liability` and the deferred GST balance as a :guilabel:`Credit`. To resume the example shown above, we credit $2,000 and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Creating a journal entry with the DGST account" msgstr "" @@ -19417,7 +19436,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An auto-balancing line is created, along with journal items correctly assigning the right values in the BAS :guilabel:`Tax Grids`. Sections *G11*, *G18*, *7A*, and *ONLY* are updated correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "The journal entry with the auto-balancing line and BAS tax grids" msgstr "" @@ -19449,7 +19468,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Access the report from the Accounting dashboard by clicking :guilabel:`BAS Report (AU)` under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous Operations` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "BAS report example" msgstr "" @@ -19457,7 +19476,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The base and tax amounts are collected from the **tax grid**, which is pre-configured in the system. The tax grid can also be manually set up for any additional special use-case of GST (e.g., wine equalization tax). Once the tax for each account is set up, the system automatically slots journal items into the correct tax category. This ensures the BAS report is accurate and reflective of the business's financial activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "GST grids example" msgstr "" @@ -19465,7 +19484,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Besides the GST sections, the BAS report also includes the **PAYG** tax withheld components (*W1* to *W5*, then *summary, section 4*). This integration ensures that all payroll-related withholding taxes are accurately captured and reflected within the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "PAYG tax withheld and summary of BAS report example" msgstr "" @@ -19493,7 +19512,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before closing the entry for the first time, the default **GST payable account** and **GST receivable account** need to be set. A notification pops up and redirects the user to the tax groups configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "BAS report tax groups" msgstr "" @@ -19505,7 +19524,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The balance between GST receivable and payable is set against the tax clearing account defined on the tax group. The amount to be paid to or received from the ATO can be reconciled against a bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "BAS report tax payment" msgstr "" @@ -19529,7 +19548,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, it is required to assign fiscal positions to your contractors before billing them to update the TPAR. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Vendors`, select a contractor, and set a :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "TPAR fiscal position on a vendor" msgstr "" @@ -19537,7 +19556,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Based on the chosen fiscal position, the correct tax mapping will apply to the contractor's vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "TPAR vendor bill tax mapping" msgstr "" @@ -19574,7 +19593,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A remittance advice is a document used as proof of payment to a business. In Odoo, it can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Payments`, selecting the payment(s), and clicking :menuselection:`Print --> Payment Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Remittance advice example" msgstr "" @@ -19590,7 +19609,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo is compliant with Australia's `Peppol requirements `_. Set up your customers and vendors by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers` or :menuselection:`Vendors --> Vendors`, selecting one, clicking the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and configuring the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` section as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Electronic invoicing settings for a partner" msgstr "" @@ -20004,7 +20023,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To export the SAF-T report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> General Ledger`. Click the right side of the :guilabel:`PDF` button and select :guilabel:`SAF-T`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:None msgid "The SAF-T button to export the file in XML format" msgstr "" @@ -20157,7 +20176,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Print` to download the PDF file with DEP7 data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:None msgid "DEP7 Reports" msgstr "" @@ -20300,7 +20319,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the **book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Belgian version of reports" msgstr "" @@ -20356,8 +20375,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right percentage is applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" msgstr "" @@ -20377,7 +20396,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open :menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" msgstr "" @@ -20397,7 +20416,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Belgium: Open 325 forms`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" msgstr "" @@ -20413,7 +20432,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements. You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import file` from your :guilabel:`Bank` journal on your dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Import CODA files" msgstr "" @@ -20433,7 +20452,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically in your salary journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "" @@ -20790,7 +20809,7 @@ msgid "The Odoo POS system is certified for databases hosted on **Odoo Online**, msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:563 -msgid ":doc:`/administration/supported_versions`" +msgid ":doc:`/administration/standard_extended_support`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:565 @@ -20889,7 +20908,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" @@ -20897,7 +20916,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> Update Info`, and fill in the :guilabel:`VAT` field. Then, enter a national registration number for every staff member who operates the POS system. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Employees` app and open an employee form. There, go to :menuselection:`HR settings tab --> Attendance/Point of Sale`, and fill in the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS number` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" @@ -20933,7 +20952,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect <../../general/iot/connect>` it to your database. To verify that the IoT Box recognizes the FDM, go to the IoT homepage and scroll down the :guilabel:`IOT Device` section, which should display the FDM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" @@ -21122,6 +21141,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:34 msgid "Localization overview" msgstr "" @@ -21943,7 +21963,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the payment to calculate taxes and issue an NFC-e. The valid NFC-e appears on the right side of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:None msgid "NFC-e Success in a POS session." msgstr "" @@ -22011,7 +22031,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the error has been corrected and the PoS session is closed, Odoo logs the tax adjustment in the chatter of the related journal entry. The journal entry for the order indicates that the taxes were incorrectly calculated. In this case, reprocessing the NFC-e is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:None msgid "Point of sale order view form." msgstr "" @@ -22027,7 +22047,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the process is finalized, the approved return NF-e is created, meaning the **previous NFC-e is canceled**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:None msgid "Return of Goods NF-e Approved." msgstr "" @@ -22352,7 +22372,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`International (INTL)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:None msgid "The default fiscal positions for the Canada localization in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" @@ -22786,8 +22806,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:None msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "" @@ -22859,7 +22879,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "" @@ -22892,7 +22912,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all billing users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "" @@ -22947,7 +22967,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "" @@ -22959,7 +22979,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the localization module, and can be managed by navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Document Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "" @@ -23126,7 +23146,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram explains how information is shared to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`, customers, and vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "" @@ -23138,7 +23158,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the document type that is automatically selected based on the taxpayer. The document type can be changed manually if needed on the invoice by navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "" @@ -23171,7 +23191,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, if the response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` is needed immediately, you can do it manually as well by following the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status workflow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "" @@ -23239,7 +23259,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the information related to the originator document must be registered in the :guilabel:`Cross-Reference` tab. This tab is commonly used for credit or debit notes, however, in some cases it can be used for customer invoices, as well. In the case of the credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "" @@ -23253,7 +23273,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements that indicate that the document is fiscally valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Fiscal elements and barcode printed in accepted invoices." msgstr "" @@ -23285,7 +23305,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "" @@ -23297,7 +23317,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for your customer, the correct way to proceed is with a credit note to either cancel the invoice or correct it. Please refer to the :ref:`chile/credit-notes` section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "" @@ -23391,7 +23411,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` file is required for the credit note, which is identified as :guilabel:`Document Type` :guilabel:`61` in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. Please refer to the :ref:`CAF section ` for more information on the process to load the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` on each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "" @@ -23408,7 +23428,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired invoice. Then, use the button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` and select :guilabel:`Full Refund`, in this case the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` reference code is automatically set to :guilabel:`Anula Documento de referencia`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Credit note cancelling the referenced document." msgstr "" @@ -23420,7 +23440,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note`, select :guilabel:`Partial Refund` and select the option :guilabel:`Only Text Correction`. In this case the :guilabel:`SII Reference Code` field is automatically set to :guilabel:`Corrects Referenced Document Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "" @@ -23428,7 +23448,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and :guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "" @@ -23444,7 +23464,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the :guilabel:`SII Reference Code` is automatically set to :guilabel:`Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Credit note for partial refund to correct amounts, using the SII reference code 3." msgstr "" @@ -23460,7 +23480,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia` for the :guilabel:`Reference Code SII` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "" @@ -23468,7 +23488,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "" @@ -23484,7 +23504,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: Anula Documentos de referencia` option for the :guilabel:`Reference Code SII` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" @@ -23532,7 +23552,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once this is done, the :guilabel:`DTE Acceptation Status` changes to :guilabel:`Accepted` and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "" @@ -23544,7 +23564,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the :guilabel:`Claim` button. Once this is done, the :guilabel:`DTE Acceptation Status` changes to :guilabel:`Claim` and a rejection email is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Claim button in vendor bills to inform the vendor all the document is commercially\n" "rejected." msgstr "" @@ -23668,7 +23688,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "" @@ -23696,7 +23716,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "" @@ -23708,7 +23728,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" @@ -23736,7 +23756,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called :guilabel:`Anonymous Final Consumer` with a generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` `66666666-6` and taxpayer type of :guilabel:`Final Consumer`. This partner can be used for electronic receipts or a new record may be created for the same purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "" @@ -23744,7 +23764,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific partners. After the partners and journals are created and configured, the electronic receipts are created in the standard way as electronic invoice, but the type of document :guilabel:`(39) Electronic Receipt` should be selected in the invoice form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" @@ -23760,7 +23780,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "" @@ -23796,7 +23816,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "" @@ -23808,7 +23828,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "" @@ -23820,7 +23840,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements that indicate that the document is fiscally valid and a new section needed for customs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "" @@ -23833,7 +23853,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To install the :guilabel:`Chilean eCommerce` module, go to :menuselection:`Apps, search for the module by its technical name `l10n_cl_edi_website_sale`, and click the :guilabel:`Activate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "l10n_cl eCommerce module." msgstr "" @@ -23861,7 +23881,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure your website to generate electronic documents during the sale process, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing` and activate the :guilabel:`Automatic Invoice` feature. Activating this feature allows electronic documents to be automatically generated when an online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Invoice Policy and Automatic Invoice configurations." msgstr "" @@ -23877,7 +23897,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is also recommended to configure your products so they are able to be invoiced when an online payment is confirmed. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and select the product template of the desired product. Then, set the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Invoice Policy configuration in Products." msgstr "" @@ -23891,7 +23911,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clients from Chile will be able to select if they need an **invoice** or a **ballot** for their purchase with an extra step added during the checkout process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Option for EDI Documents for clients." msgstr "" @@ -23899,7 +23919,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the customer selects the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice` option, fiscal fields are required to be filled out, including the :guilabel:`Activity Description`, the :guilabel:`Identification Number` and their :guilabel:`DTE Email`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Fiscal fields required for an Invoice to be requested." msgstr "" @@ -23923,7 +23943,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To install the :guilabel:`Chilean Module for Point of Sale`, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` application on the main Odoo dashboard, search for the module by its technical name `l10n_cl_edi_pos`, and click the :guilabel:`Activate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "l10n_cl POS EDI module." msgstr "" @@ -23971,7 +23991,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`RUT`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Contact with fiscal information created from POS." msgstr "" @@ -23979,7 +23999,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure the products, navigate to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and select a product record. In the :guilabel:`Sales` tab of the product form, it is necessary to mark the product as :guilabel:`Available for POS`, this makes the product available for sale in the *Point of Sale* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Product with fiscal information created from POS." msgstr "" @@ -23995,7 +24015,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Generate a code on ticket`: this feature enables a 5-digit code to be generated on the receipt, allowing the user to request an invoice through the customer portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Configuration to generate QR or 5 digit codes on tickets." msgstr "" @@ -24011,7 +24031,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When making a purchase as an anonymous user that does not request an electronic invoice, Odoo automatically selects :guilabel:`Consumidor Final Anónimo` as the contact for the order and generates the electronic receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Automatic contact selection of an anonymous end consumer." msgstr "" @@ -24027,7 +24047,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When specific user makes a purchase that does not request an electronic invoice, Odoo automatically selects the contact for the order as the :guilabel:`Consumidor Final Anónimo`, and allows you to select or create the required customer contact with their fiscal information for the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Selection of contact for the receipt." msgstr "" @@ -24045,7 +24065,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When clients request an electronic invoice, it is possible to select or create the required contact with their fiscal information. When the payment is being made, select the option :guilabel:`Invoice` to generate the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Selection of invoice option at payment." msgstr "" @@ -24061,7 +24081,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For electronic receipts (not generated for the *Consumidor Final Anónimo*) and electronic invoices, it is possible to manage the process to return products sold in a :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` order by selecting the :guilabel:`Refund` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Refund option in the POS application." msgstr "" @@ -24069,7 +24089,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Orders can be searched by the order status or by contact, and be selected for the refund to be based on the client's original order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Selection of order for the refund process." msgstr "" @@ -24093,11 +24113,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option :guilabel:`Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns) (CL)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Location of the Reporte Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "" @@ -24121,7 +24141,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta F29 (CL)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "" @@ -24129,7 +24149,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" @@ -24137,7 +24157,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:None msgid "Manual PPM for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" @@ -24419,7 +24439,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If sales transactions include products with taxes, configure the :guilabel:`Value Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab. Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes correctly on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:None msgid "Specific tax configurations per DIAN regulations." msgstr "" @@ -24469,7 +24489,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the database is configured for the :ref:`production environment `, instead of configuring these fields manually, click the :guilabel:`Reload DIAN configuration` button to obtain the |DIAN| resolution information from the |DIAN| web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:None msgid "Reload DIAN configuration button in sale journals." msgstr "" @@ -24627,8 +24647,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If accepted, the file is displayed in the chatter and the email to the client with the corresponding :file:`.zip` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:None msgid "EDI documents available in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -24660,7 +24680,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Fetch Attached Document`: To download the generated attached document file included in the delivered :file:`.zip` file to the client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:None msgid "EDI document record available in DIAN tab." msgstr "" @@ -24770,7 +24790,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the invoice was sent and set as *Rejected* by the |DIAN|, the error messages are visible by clicking the :icon:`fa-info-circle` :guilabel:`(info circle)` icon next to the :guilabel:`Status` field in the :guilabel:`DIAN` tab. Using the reported error codes, it is possible to review solutions to apply before re-sending." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:None msgid "Example of error messages on rejected invoices." msgstr "" @@ -24792,7 +24812,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to display options to :guilabel:`Download Excel` and :guilabel:`Copy to Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:None msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" @@ -24804,7 +24824,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:None msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" @@ -24816,7 +24836,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:None msgid "Certificado de Retención en Fuente report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" @@ -25886,7 +25906,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Vendor Bill` and :guilabel:`Process Now`. The XML and authorization number for the purchase liquidation are recorded, and the purchase withholding created from this vendor bill includes the reimbursement information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:None msgid "Expense Reimbursement." msgstr "" @@ -25918,7 +25938,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type`: Select :guilabel:`Companies - Legal Entities` as the partner position in the tax pyramid to automate the computation of VAT withholdings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:None msgid "Configuration of a carrier contact." msgstr "" @@ -25994,7 +26014,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`End date`: Automatically set to 15 days after the start date (editable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:None msgid "Delivery Guide Settings." msgstr "" @@ -26014,7 +26034,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Status`: status of the delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:None msgid "Authorization number." msgstr "" @@ -26022,7 +26042,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To receive the XML and PDF, an email can be sent to the contact used in the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field - this is an optional and manual step; the :guilabel:`Send Email` button needs to be clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:None msgid "Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" @@ -26224,7 +26244,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Access your company profile on the ETA portal by clicking on :guilabel:`View Taxpayer Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:None msgid "Clicking on \"View Taxpayer Profile\" on an ETA invoicing portal" msgstr "" @@ -26232,7 +26252,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, go to the :guilabel:`Representatives` section and then click on :guilabel:`Register ERP`. Fill out the :guilabel:`ERP Name` (e.g., ``Odoo``) and leave the other fields empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:None msgid "Filling out of the form to register an ERP system on the ETA portal." msgstr "" @@ -26280,7 +26300,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To connect your Odoo database to your ETA portal account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> ETA E-Invoicing Settings`, and set the :guilabel:`ETA Client ID` and :guilabel:`ETA Secret` that you retrieved when you :ref:`registered Odoo on your ETA portal `. Set an invoicing threshold if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:None msgid "Configuration of the ETA E-Invoicing credentials in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -26376,7 +26396,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the :guilabel:`ETA Branch ID` (use ``0`` if you have one branch only)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:None msgid "Sales journal configuration of an Egyptian company's branch" msgstr "" @@ -26461,7 +26481,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` as the type of install." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:None msgid "Selection of \"Odoo IoT\" during the installation of Odoo Community." msgstr "" @@ -26501,7 +26521,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Get certificate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:None msgid "Creating a new thumb drive for the e-invoicing of an egyptian company." msgstr "" @@ -27798,7 +27818,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, click the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`Actions`) button, and select :guilabel:`Datev ATCH (zip)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:None msgid "General ledger's actions menu with DATEV exports" msgstr "" @@ -28107,7 +28127,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Fiskaly API Key` and :guilabel:`Fiskaly API Secret` are the credentials the system uses to access the services offered by fiskaly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:None msgid "Fiskaly registration tab" msgstr "" @@ -28135,7 +28155,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Fiskaly Client ID`, which refers to your POS on fiskaly's side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:None msgid "Fiskaly API section" msgstr "" @@ -28151,7 +28171,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In case of an audit, you can export the data sent to DSFinV-K by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> DSFinV-K Exports --> New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:None msgid "Menu to export DSFinV-K" msgstr "" @@ -28171,7 +28191,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field blank to export the data of all your points of sale; specify one if you want to export data for this specific POS only." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:None msgid "Exporting DSFinV-K" msgstr "" @@ -28546,7 +28566,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Download Certificate`: To download the sent XML file, even if the |SAT| result was rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:None msgid "EDI document record available in SAT tab." msgstr "" @@ -28596,8 +28616,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All invoice lines must include taxes set to 0%." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Exportation invoices main data." msgstr "" @@ -28688,7 +28708,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the :guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:None msgid "FPS bank account configuration." msgstr "" @@ -28717,7 +28737,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:None #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:148 msgid "Bank journal configuration" @@ -28727,7 +28747,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and :guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:None msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." msgstr "" @@ -28740,7 +28760,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:None msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." msgstr "" @@ -28828,7 +28848,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **Indian Integration** section provides essential taxation and compliance features to simplify financial operations. To enable these features, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Indian Integration` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:None msgid "Indian Integration Section" msgstr "" @@ -28922,7 +28942,7 @@ msgid "To enable the e-Invoice service in Odoo, :ref:`activate Customers --> Products` and access the desired product form. In the :guilabel:`Indonesian Localization` section, select a code in the :guilabel:`E-Faktur Product code` field. By default, the code is set to :guilabel:`000000 - Barang`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:None msgid "Product with the E-Faktur Product Code." msgstr "" @@ -29815,7 +29835,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure the :guilabel:`E-Faktur UoM code`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> UoM Categories`. Open a category and select the appropriate :guilabel:`E-Faktur UoM Code` from the options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:None msgid "E-Faktur UoM." msgstr "" @@ -29886,7 +29906,7 @@ msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under t msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:None msgid "QRIS bank account configuration" msgstr "" @@ -29911,7 +29931,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`QRIS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:None msgid "Select QRIS QR-code option" msgstr "" @@ -30004,7 +30024,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Tax System`: the tax system under which the company falls;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None msgid "Company information to be provided" msgstr "" @@ -30032,7 +30052,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The export tax in the EU can be used as reference (`0% EU`, invoice label `00eu`). It can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. Exports are exempt from VAT, and therefore, they require :guilabel:`Exoneration` kind and :guilabel:`Law Reference` filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None msgid "Tax Exemption Settings" msgstr "" @@ -30107,7 +30127,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Italian localization has a specific :ref:`tax grid ` section for **reverse charge** taxes. These tax grids are identifiable by the :ref:`VJ ` tag, and can be found by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports: Tax Report`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None msgid "Reverse charge tax grid from the VJ section of the Tax Declaration" msgstr "" @@ -30183,7 +30203,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When in :guilabel:`Test (Experimental)` mode, all invoices sent *must* have a partner using one of the following fake :guilabel:`Destination Code` given by the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia Delle Entrate)`: `0803HR0` - `N8MIMM9` - `X9XX79Z`. Any real production :guilabel:`Codice Destinario` of your customers will not be recognized as valid by the test service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None msgid "Electronic document invoicing settings" msgstr "" @@ -30200,7 +30220,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can check the current status of an invoice by the :guilabel:`SdI State` field. The XML file is attached to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None msgid "EDI system architecture" msgstr "" @@ -30212,7 +30232,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo generates the required XML files as attachments to invoices in the `FatturaPA` format required by the :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia delle Entrate)`. Once the invoices needed are selected, go to :guilabel:`Action` and click on :guilabel:`Send and Print`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None msgid "Send and Print menu" msgstr "" @@ -30220,7 +30240,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the pop-up window opens there is a selection of actions that can be taken. :guilabel:`Generate XML File` generates the attachments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None msgid "Send and Print dialog" msgstr "" @@ -30228,7 +30248,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The XML file as well as the PDF once can be found attached to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None msgid "EDI Attachments" msgstr "" @@ -30248,7 +30268,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` receives the document and verifies for any errors. At this stage, the invoice is in the :guilabel:`SdI Processing` state, as shown on the invoice. The invoice also gets assigned a :guilabel:`FatturaPA Transaction` number that is shown in the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab. The checks may take variable time, ranging from a few seconds up to a day, depending on the queue of invoices sent throughout Italy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None msgid "Check Sending button and Sdi Processing state" msgstr "" @@ -30280,7 +30300,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To regenerate the XML, both the XML attachment and the PDF report must be deleted, so that they are then regenerated together. This ensures that both always contain the same data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None msgid "EDI Rejected State" msgstr "" @@ -30907,7 +30927,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you press the :guilabel:`Validate` button for the Batch Payment, the :abbr:`Ri.Ba. (Ricevuta Bancaria)` file is generated and attached to the Batch Payment, so you can download it and upload it through your bank's web portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:None msgid "The Ri.Ba. file attached" msgstr "" @@ -31380,7 +31400,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> KE OSCU Codes` to view the complete list of fetched OSCU codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:None msgid "List of fetched OSCU codes." msgstr "" @@ -31553,7 +31573,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the elements above are defined, the product is automatically registered while sending the operation to the KRA. If not, you will be alerted by a yellow banner at the top of the screen inviting you to check the missing elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:None msgid "Product registration template." msgstr "" @@ -31645,7 +31665,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all steps are completed, click :guilabel:`Send to eTIMS` to send the vendor bill. When the vendor bill has been confirmed on eTIMS, the **KRA invoice number** can be found in the :guilabel:`eTIMS Details` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:None msgid "Bill registration steps." msgstr "" @@ -32202,7 +32222,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sections I, III, and Appendix A can be pre-populated automatically based on the :ref:`account tag configuration `. After configuring the account tags, :ref:`set the tax lock date ` to the end of the fiscal year. This will trigger the pre-computation of those values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:None msgid "Odoo Accounting populates a Luxembourgish annual VAT declaration based on account tags." msgstr "" @@ -32502,7 +32522,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When an invoice or bill includes a tax with the :guilabel:`Malaysian Tax Type` set to **Tax Exempt**, a :guilabel:`Tax Exemption Reason` must be specified in the :guilabel:`MyInvois` tab before the document is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:None msgid "MyInvois tax exemption reason" msgstr "" @@ -32630,7 +32650,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose either :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`PDF without Payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:None msgid "MyInvois QR code" msgstr "" @@ -33065,7 +33085,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For a lease vendor bill of `10000 MXN`, the `10.67%` lease withholding corresponds to a `16% VAT 2/3 H`. Both taxes must be applied together to reflect the correct accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Cash Basis entry with VAT split between paid and due." msgstr "" @@ -33093,7 +33113,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you've created your account with any of these providers, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and navigate to the :guilabel:`MX Electronic invoicing` section. Under the :guilabel:`Authorized Certification Provider (PAC)` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Configuring PAC credentials from the Accounting settings." msgstr "" @@ -33191,7 +33211,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After clicking on :guilabel:`Confirm` in the customer invoice, click on the :guilabel:`Send` button to process the invoice with the government. Make sure that the :guilabel:`CFDI` checkbox is marked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "CFDI Checkbox" msgstr "" @@ -33275,7 +33295,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Payment Complements are only generated if the policy of the invoice is set to |PPD|, please note that it is a requirement to set the :guilabel:`Payment Method` to something different than **99 - Por definir**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." msgstr "" @@ -33283,7 +33303,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the invoice has a due date outside the current month, it will default to |PPD|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." msgstr "" @@ -33339,7 +33359,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Regardless of whether the payment was created with or without reconciliation, it is possible to download the payment PDF from the :guilabel:`CFDI` tab on the invoice by clicking the :guilabel:`print` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Example of the print button on the CFDI tab." msgstr "" @@ -33427,7 +33447,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The invoice cancellation is then generated with a reason line item in the :guilabel:`CFDI` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Canceled invoice line item in the CFDI tab." msgstr "" @@ -33475,7 +33495,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Both the current :guilabel:`State` and :guilabel:`Cancellation Reason` can be found in the :guilabel:`CFDI` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." msgstr "" @@ -33559,7 +33579,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Additionally any combination is also visible on the signed PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Example of the PDF with 3 relations." msgstr "" @@ -33756,7 +33776,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Usage`: S01 - Without Fiscal Effects" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "CFDI to Public Checkbox" msgstr "" @@ -33925,7 +33945,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To generate an XML file of the trial balance, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, select the date, and click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(action menu)`, then select :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Trial balance report." msgstr "" @@ -34013,7 +34033,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In case new taxes are created on the database, there are two types of tags, the tags containing **tax** must go into the tax distribution and the ones with the base name go on the base of the tax. All lines of a VAT tax **must** containing at least one tax grid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "DIOT (TXT) download button." msgstr "" @@ -34021,7 +34041,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is required to fill in the :guilabel:`Type of Operation` field in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each vendor to prevent validation errors. Make sure that foreign customers have their :guilabel:`Country` set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "DIOT information on a vendor contact." msgstr "" @@ -34125,7 +34145,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab must be set and correspond to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` for external trade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Required external trade product fields." msgstr "" @@ -34181,7 +34201,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create invoices from orders, go to the :guilabel:`Orders` menu, select the order, click :guilabel:`Load Order`, and tick the :icon:`fa-file-text-o` :guilabel:`Invoice` checkbox. This opens the same menu for the :guilabel:`Usage` and :guilabel:`CFDI to Public`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Invoice Configuration for Point of Sale." msgstr "" @@ -34397,11 +34417,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The feature works regardless of whether the :doc:`inventory valuation <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/cheat_sheet>` is set to either :guilabel:`Periodic (at closing)` or :guilabel:`Perpetual (at invoicing)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Storable products general configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Storable product category configuration." msgstr "" @@ -34429,7 +34449,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Customs number` field is not editable once it is set, and cannot be repeated, however it is possible to fix the number on the lot or serial number later by selecting a different landed cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Customs number on a landed costs Inventory record." msgstr "" @@ -34445,7 +34465,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, :ref:`create an invoice from the sales order `, and confirm it. The invoice lines are created according to the distribution of the delivery order, in cases where more than one customs number were selected, Odoo will split the invoice lines by quantity and customs numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." msgstr "" @@ -34545,7 +34565,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The main driver of the vehicle is set directly on the :guilabel:`Driver` field, and it is possible to add more vehicle operators in the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section. The only mandatory fields for driver contacts are the :guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator License`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Delivery guide vehicle configuration." msgstr "" @@ -34623,7 +34643,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, select the product from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging` fields with the correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Delivery guide hazardous material product required fields." msgstr "" @@ -34845,7 +34865,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **Goods and Services Tax (GST) report** is a critical tax reporting requirement for businesses registered for GST. The GST return is used to report and remit GST to the **Inland Revenue Department (IRD)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:None msgid "GST Report." msgstr "" @@ -34885,7 +34905,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A remittance advice is a document used as proof of payment to a business. To access it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Payments` and select the payment(s). Then click :icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`Print` and select :guilabel:`Payment Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:None msgid "Remittance Advice." msgstr "" @@ -34893,7 +34913,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo allows :ref:`electronic invoicing ` settings to be configured per contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:None msgid "Peppol Contact." msgstr "" @@ -34985,7 +35005,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Payment Particulars`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:None msgid "Batch Payement." msgstr "" @@ -35067,6 +35087,114 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To :ref:`configure the Employment Hero API ` for **New Zealand**, use the following value as :guilabel:`Payroll URL`: `https://api.nzpayroll.co.nz/`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:3 +msgid "Oman" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:10 +msgid "The following modules related to the Omani localization are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Oman - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_om`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:21 +msgid "Omani :ref:`fiscal localization package `, complete with the local chart of accounts, taxes, tax report, and fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`Oman - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:24 +msgid "`l10n_om_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:25 +msgid "Accounting reports for Oman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:28 +msgid "The module automatically installs core configurations. A manual :doc:`update ` may be required for missing elements or updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:36 +msgid "The Omani localization package provides the necessary accounting setup for companies operating in Oman, including a pre-configured chart of accounts, taxes, fiscal positions, and a standard tax report format. It ensures alignment with Oman VAT regulations and Royal Decree requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:40 +msgid "The Omani localization package provides the following key features to ensure compliance with local fiscal and accounting regulations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:43 +msgid ":ref:`Chart of Accounts `: based on Omani standards, with mapped account groups and default account mappings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Taxes `: standard 5% VAT, zero-rated domestic as well as exports, exempt, imports, and reverse charge taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`: automated tax adjustments based on customer or supplier registration status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Report `: structured according to the Oman VAT return format, as issued by the Tax Authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:57 +msgid "The Omani :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is based on the local rules and regulations. This includes pre-configured account groups and mapped default accounts. Use the :ref:`predefined structure ` or create new accounts, as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:63 +msgid "Accounts are grouped under relevant categories such as assets, liabilities, income, and expenses in line with local standards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:71 +msgid "The following :doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`, included in the Omani VAT system, are available by default with the Omani localization package:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:74 +msgid "Standard Rate 5%: Applies to the sale of most goods and services within Oman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:75 +msgid "Zero-Rated Supplies (0%): Applies to essential supplies where the seller can still reclaim input VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:77 +msgid "Exports (0%): Applies to the supply of goods and services that are exported outside Oman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:78 +msgid "Exempt Supplies: Applies to supplies that are not subject to VAT, and for which the supplier cannot reclaim input VAT on related purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:80 +msgid "Reverse Charge Mechanism (RCM): Applies to taxable businesses in Oman receiving services or goods from non-resident suppliers not registered for VAT in Oman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:82 +msgid "Import VAT (5%): Applies to the importation of most goods into Oman, charged at the customs point of entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:90 +msgid "The :ref:`VAT return ` provides a consolidated overview of the taxable sales and purchases, VAT collected and paid, and the total amount owed or refundable for the reporting period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:95 +msgid "The tax return aligns with official declarations required by `Oman's Tax Authority `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/oman.rst:97 +msgid "`VAT Taxpayer Guide `_." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:3 msgid "Peru" msgstr "" @@ -35227,7 +35355,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI. This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "The \"Module\" filter is set on \"Peru\"" msgstr "" @@ -35239,7 +35367,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. The field **Address Type Code** represents the establishment code assigned by the SUNAT when companies register their RUC (Unique Contributor Registration):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Company data for Peru including RUC and Address type code." msgstr "" @@ -35334,7 +35462,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital ceritificate is included as part of the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "IAP option as signature providers." msgstr "" @@ -35443,7 +35571,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Digiflow." msgstr "" @@ -35479,7 +35607,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. Proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "EDI Certificate wizard." msgstr "" @@ -35487,7 +35615,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the SUNAT. Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "SUNAT displayed in Multicurrency Service option." msgstr "" @@ -35503,7 +35631,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "List of default taxes." msgstr "" @@ -35515,7 +35643,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Taxes EDI data for Peru." msgstr "" @@ -35547,7 +35675,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The information required for the document types is included by default so the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Document Type list." msgstr "" @@ -35575,7 +35703,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Journal EDI field." msgstr "" @@ -35591,7 +35719,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential for most transactions either on the sender company and in the customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Partner identification type." msgstr "" @@ -35599,7 +35727,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "UNSPC Code on products." msgstr "" @@ -35643,7 +35771,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers the Electronic invoice workflow to send it to the OSE and the SUNAT. The following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Sending of EDI Invoice in blue." msgstr "" @@ -35660,7 +35788,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**To be Sent**: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the button “Sent now”." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Send EDI manually." msgstr "" @@ -35668,7 +35796,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Message on chatter when the invoice is valid." msgstr "" @@ -35716,7 +35844,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Invoice PDF report." msgstr "" @@ -35732,7 +35860,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy them by accessing the link provided in the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Buying credits in the IAP." msgstr "" @@ -35752,7 +35880,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by the SUNAT, the correct way to proceed is by clicking on the button Request Cancellation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Request invoice cancellation button." msgstr "" @@ -35764,7 +35892,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the button “Send now”. Once it is sent, a cancellation ticket is created, as a result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Cancellation CDR sent by the SUNAT." msgstr "" @@ -35772,7 +35900,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Invoice after cancellation." msgstr "" @@ -35852,7 +35980,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”, a part of the Peruvian localization you need to prove a Credit Reason selecting one of the options in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Add Credit Note from invoice." msgstr "" @@ -35864,7 +35992,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Credit Note document type." msgstr "" @@ -36060,7 +36188,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Guide SOL Password`: the SOL user password" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Example for the SUNAT Delivery Guide API section configuration." msgstr "" @@ -36103,7 +36231,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Individual type operator configurations in the Contact form." msgstr "" @@ -36123,7 +36251,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For the company address, make sure the following fields are complete:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Company type operator configurations in the Contact form." msgstr "" @@ -36167,7 +36295,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is important to check the :guilabel:`Is M1 or L?` checkbox if the vehicle has fewer than four wheels or fewer than eight seats." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Vehicle not selected as an M1 or L type with extra fields shown." msgstr "" @@ -36207,7 +36335,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery transfer has to be marked as *Done* for the :guilabel:`Generar Guia de Remision` button to appear on the left menu of the transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Generar Guia de Remision button on a transfer form in the Done stage." msgstr "" @@ -36215,7 +36343,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the transfer form is correctly validated by |SUNAT|, the generated XML file becomes available in the chatter. You can now print the delivery slip that shows the transfer details and the QR code validated by |SUNAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Transfer details and QR code on generated delivery slip." msgstr "" @@ -36447,7 +36575,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :ref:`Inventory Valuation Report `, click the :guilabel:`PLE Reports` button. Then, select the :guilabel:`Period` and choose a report to export: either the :guilabel:`PLE 12.1` or :guilabel:`PLE 13.1`. Odoo generates a `.txt` file for the chosen report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Export Buttons selection" msgstr "" @@ -36500,7 +36628,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For the withholding taxes (:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`), there is an additional :guilabel:`Philippines ATC` field under the :guilabel:`Philippines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:None msgid "Philippines ATC code field set on taxes." msgstr "" @@ -36544,7 +36672,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To generate a BIR 2307 report, select one or multiple vendor bills from the list view, and click :menuselection:`Action --> Download BIR 2307 XLS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:None msgid "Multiple vendor bills selected with action to \"Download BIR 2307 XLS\"." msgstr "" @@ -36556,7 +36684,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the pop-up that opens, review the selection and click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:None msgid "Pop up menu to generate BIR 2307 XLS file." msgstr "" @@ -36609,7 +36737,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All vendor bills with the associated purchase taxes applied are shown in this report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:None msgid "SLSP Report" msgstr "" @@ -36641,7 +36769,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The tax report report is accessible by navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statement Reports --> Tax Report --> 2550Q(PH)`. The form is based on the latest *2550Q (Quarterly Value-Added Tax Return)* Jan. 2023 version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:None msgid "2550Q Tax Report" msgstr "" @@ -36677,7 +36805,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All vendor bills with the associated purchase witholding taxes applied are shown in this report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:None msgid "SAWT & QAP Report" msgstr "" @@ -36729,7 +36857,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Module to generate the **D.406 declaration** in the SAF-T format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:None msgid "Modules for the Romanian localization" msgstr "" @@ -36861,7 +36989,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To export the XML for the D.406 declaration, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> General Ledger` and click on :guilabel:`SAF-T`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:None msgid "Click on the 'SAF-T' button to export the D.406 XML declaration." msgstr "" @@ -36885,7 +37013,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Validare + creare PDF` to create an **unsigned** PDF containing your report, or :guilabel:`Validare + creare PDF semnat` to create a **signed** PDF containing your report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:None msgid "The DUKIntegrator validation software." msgstr "" @@ -37070,7 +37198,7 @@ msgid "PayNow is a payment service platform that allows customers to make instan msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:None msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" msgstr "" @@ -37082,8 +37210,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The account holder's country must be set to `Singapore` on its contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:None msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" msgstr "" @@ -37095,8 +37223,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:None msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" msgstr "" @@ -37200,7 +37328,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can access Spain-specific tax reports by clicking on the **book** icon when on a report and selecting its Spain-specific version: :guilabel:`(ES)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:None msgid "Spain-specific tax reports." msgstr "" @@ -37371,7 +37499,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once an invoice has been :doc:`created <../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices>` and confirmed, a TicketBAI **banner** appears at the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:None msgid "TicketBAI banner at the top of the invoice once sent." msgstr "" @@ -37463,7 +37591,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Oficina contable: :guilabel:`Fiscal` (Fiscal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:None msgid "Administrative center contact form for public entities." msgstr "" @@ -37515,7 +37643,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named *Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab. In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:None msgid "Configure your Journal to display your ISR as payment reference on your invoices in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -37789,7 +37917,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Country-specific accounting reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:None msgid "Thailand localization modules" msgstr "" @@ -37825,7 +37953,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To generate a sales and purchase tax report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. Select a specific time or time range on the tax report, and click :guilabel:`VAT-202-01 (xlsx)` for purchase tax and :guilabel:`VAT-202-02 (xlsx)` for sales tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:None msgid "Thai purchase and sales taxes reports" msgstr "" @@ -37837,7 +37965,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PND report data displays the summarized amounts of the applicable **withholding corporate income tax returns (domestic)** from vendor bills under the :guilabel:`PND53 (TH)` and :guilabel:`PND3 (TH)` tax reports. It is installed by default with the Thai localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:None msgid "PND tax reports" msgstr "" @@ -37857,7 +37985,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This generates the :file:`Tax Report PND3.csv` and :file:`Tax Report PND53.csv` files that lists all the vendor bill lines with the applicable withholding tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:None msgid "PND3 and PND53 CSV files" msgstr "" @@ -37873,7 +38001,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **tax invoice PDF** report can be generated from Odoo through the **Invoicing** module. Users have the option to print PDF reports for normal invoices and tax invoices. To print out **tax invoices**, users can click on :guilabel:`Print Invoices` in Odoo. Regular invoices can be printed as **commercial invoices** by clicking on :menuselection:`Cog button (⚙️) --> Print --> Commercial Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:None msgid "Commercial invoice printing" msgstr "" @@ -37893,7 +38021,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the contact is a **Headquarters**, leave the :guilabel:`Company ID` field **blank**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:None msgid "Company Headquarter/Branch number" msgstr "" @@ -37933,7 +38061,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox doesn't work for PromptPay QR codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:None msgid "PromptPay bank account configuration" msgstr "" @@ -38005,7 +38133,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Includes the UAE-compliant POS receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:None msgid "Select the modules to install." msgstr "" @@ -38177,7 +38305,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :abbr:`RCM (Reverse Charge Mechanism)` is supported by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:None msgid "Preview of the UAE localization package's taxes." msgstr "" @@ -38205,7 +38333,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To apply these rules to an employee's contract, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Contracts --> Contracts` and select the employee's contract. In the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` field, select :guilabel:`UAE Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:None msgid "Select the Salary Structure Type to apply to the contract." msgstr "" @@ -38563,7 +38691,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once validated, the Bacs file is available in the chatter. You can also :guilabel:`Re-generate Export File` if you need a new Bacs file for that batch payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:None msgid "Vendor Batch Payment view with generated BACS file." msgstr "" @@ -38992,7 +39120,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view all the available account types, remove all of the filters in the search bar, and then click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(dropdown)` icon to access the drop-down menu. From there, select :guilabel:`Account Type` under the :guilabel:`Group By` column heading to list all of the account types in the table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "Chart of Accounts grouped by Account Type." msgstr "" @@ -39124,7 +39252,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, an account labeled with any of the three default :guilabel:`Tags` on the :guilabel:`Chart of Accounts` dashboard is included in the report, which includes: :guilabel:`Operating Activities`, :guilabel:`Financing Activities`, and :guilabel:`Investing & Extraordinary Activities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "Examples of tagged accounts that are included in the Cash Flow Statement in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -39445,7 +39573,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals`. Open the bank journal and click into the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "NACHA (National Automated Clearing House Association) configuration settings on Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -39477,7 +39605,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the numerical values in this section *exactly* as the company's financial institution (e.g. bank or credit union) has provided them, otherwise risk failing a successful |NACHA| configuration in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "NACHA settings with the standard entry class code drop-down menu highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -39517,7 +39645,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create the batch payments, access the payments page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Payments`. Select all the payments that should be included in the |NACHA| |ACH| file, by ticking the checkboxes to the far-left of the rows." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "On the payments screen, the action menu is highlighted with create a batch payment\n" "selected." msgstr "" @@ -39530,7 +39658,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, navigate to the batched payment (:menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`). Click into the payment recently created and then click into the :guilabel:`Exported File` tab. The generated file is listed with the :guilabel:`Generation Date`. Click the :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`(download)` button to download the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "The exported file tab highlighted in the batch payment with the download circled." msgstr "" @@ -39582,7 +39710,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` after making changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "The settings configured for the ISO 20022 in the Accounting app settings page." msgstr "" @@ -39594,7 +39722,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Ensure the company's address information is correct, as the XML files generated include the company address. Navigate to the :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies --> Companies`, and click on the desired company to open the company form. Ensure the :guilabel:`Address` fields are fully configured in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "The company record with address information completed." msgstr "" @@ -39606,7 +39734,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The XML file generated contains the address and banking information for *all* recipients. Open the **Contacts** app and ensure every contact record that receives payments, both persons and companies, includes complete :guilabel:`Address` information in the top-half of the contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "The contact record for a company with address information completed." msgstr "" @@ -39642,7 +39770,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Send Money`: Ensure this slider is set to :guilabel:`Trusted`. The slider and text appears green if the bank account is trusted. If this is **not** set to trusted, an error appears when attempting to make a payment to the contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "Bank information on the Create Banks form." msgstr "" @@ -39754,7 +39882,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, :ref:`create ` and :ref:`confirm ` a vendor bill. Then, click the :guilabel:`Pay` button, and a :guilabel:`Pay` pop-up window loads. Using the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`ISO20022` in the :guilabel:`Payment Method` field, then click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "The Pay pop-up window configured for ISO20022." msgstr "" @@ -39762,7 +39890,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner now appears on the vendor bill. Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Payments`, and tick the checkbox next to the payment that was paid using ISO20022 file to select it. Click :guilabel:`Create Batch`, then click :guilabel:`Validate` on the batch form. Once validated, the batch payment moves to the :guilabel:`Sent` stage, and the U.S. ISO20022 XML file is created and added to the chatter. The XML file can be downloaded and used to initiate a bank payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "A batch payment with the XML file in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -40078,7 +40206,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As part of the Uruguay localization module, taxes are automatically created with its configuration and related financial accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:None msgid "Taxes for Uruguay." msgstr "" @@ -40098,7 +40226,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Uruguay, |CAEs| **must** be uploaded in Uruware. Sequences (and PDFs) are received in Odoo from Uruware, based on their |CAEs|. |CAEs| are **only** used in production. When testing, only a range of sequences used in Uruware need to be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:None msgid "Document types for Uruguay." msgstr "" @@ -40607,7 +40735,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each payment provider is linked to a list of supported :ref:`payment methods ` that can be (de)activated based on your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:None msgid "Online payment form" msgstr "" @@ -41099,7 +41227,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` defined for the :ref:`payment journal ` is used, but you can also specify an :ref:`outstanding account ` for each payment provider to separate the provider's payments from other payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:None msgid "Define an outstanding account for a payment provider." msgstr "" @@ -41566,11 +41694,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select all transactions within the desired range, copy them, and paste them into the :guilabel:`Report 1 Download` sheet of the :ref:`Excel import template `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:None msgid "Selecting Authorize.Net transactions to import" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:None msgid "Settlement batch of an Authorize.Net statement" msgstr "" @@ -41878,7 +42006,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upon checkout or when paying a bill online, you can choose the payment outcome when using the demo payment provider. To do so, click on the :guilabel:`Payment Status` drop-down menu and select the desired outcome." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:None msgid "Payment status outcomes." msgstr "" @@ -41890,7 +42018,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you selected :guilabel:`Pending` as **payment outcome**, you can change the state of the transaction straight from its form view. To access a transaction's form view, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website --> Configuration --> Payment Transactions`. Then, change the status of a transaction by clicking on the state bar (:guilabel:`Draft, Pending, Authorized, Confirmed, Cancelled, Error`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:None msgid "Transaction's status bar." msgstr "" @@ -41978,7 +42106,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on **Save** to finalize the configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:None msgid "Flutterwave settings" msgstr "" @@ -42094,7 +42222,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you are trying Mercado Pago as a test, select :guilabel:`Credienciales de prueba` in the left part of the application page, then copy the test :guilabel:`Access token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:None msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index c74664148d..a142974498 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 10:43+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-20 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, an :guilabel:`Apps` filter is applied. To search for modules too, select :guilabel:`Extra` from the :icon:`fa-filter` :guilabel:`Filters`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:None msgid "Add \"Extra\" filter in Odoo Apps." msgstr "" @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ msgid "Upgrade apps and modules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:48 -msgid "With each :doc:`new Odoo release `, new improvements or app features are added. Upgrade the app to use these new improvements and features." +msgid "With each :doc:`new Odoo release <../../administration/standard_extended_support>`, new improvements or app features are added. Upgrade the app to use these new improvements and features." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:51 @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To proceed with uninstalling the app, its dependencies, and all related database records, click :guilabel:`Uninstall`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:None msgid "An app's card with the \"Uninstall\" menu option highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -139,7 +139,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/multi_company.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/barcodelookup.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/google.rst:24 @@ -366,455 +365,450 @@ msgid "*Digest Emails* are periodic snapshots sent via email to users in an orga msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:8 -msgid "To start sending digest emails, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, activate the :guilabel:`Digest Emails` feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgid "To start sending digest emails, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Emails section`, activate the :guilabel:`Digest Emails` feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:None msgid "Digest Emails section inside General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:14 msgid "A variety of settings can be configured for digest emails, such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:16 msgid "Deciding which :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` are shared in the digest emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:17 msgid "Determining how often digest emails are sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:18 msgid "Choosing who in the organization receives digest emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:19 msgid "Creating custom digest email templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:20 msgid "Adding additional :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` (*Studio* app required)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:23 msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Digest Email` feature is enabled. :guilabel:`Your Odoo Periodic Digest` serves as the primary template, which includes all :abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)` measurements across the Odoo database, and is sent daily to administrators." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:28 msgid "When creating duplicates of databases that have sending capabilities (not testing-mode), the digest emails continue to send from the duplicate database, unless deactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:32 -msgid "To deactivate the digest email, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistics section`. Then, deactivate the :guilabel:`Digest Emails` feature, by un-ticking the checkbox, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. See the section on :ref:`digest-emails/deactivate`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:31 +msgid "To deactivate the digest email, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Emails section`. Then, deactivate the :guilabel:`Digest Emails` feature, by un-ticking the checkbox, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. See the section on :ref:`digest-emails/deactivate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:38 msgid "Customize default digest email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:41 -msgid "To customize the default digest email (*Your Odoo Periodic Digest*), go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section --> Digest Email field`. Then, select :guilabel:`Your Odoo Periodic Digest`, and click on the :guilabel:`↗️ (External link)` icon, next to the drop-down menu selection." +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:40 +msgid "To customize the default digest email (*Your Odoo Periodic Digest*), go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Emails section --> Digest Email field`. Then, select :guilabel:`Your Odoo Periodic Digest`, and click on the :guilabel:`↗️ (External link)` icon, next to the drop-down menu selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:44 msgid "A pop-up window appears, and presents a variety of editable settings, which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:176 msgid ":guilabel:`Digest Name`: the name of the digest email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:177 msgid ":guilabel:`Periodicity`: control how often digest emails are sent (:guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Monthly`, or :guilabel:`Quarterly`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Next Send Date`: the date on which the digest email will be sent again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`KPIs` tab: check/uncheck each calculated :abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)` that appears in digest emails. A ticked box indicates an active :abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)` in the digest email. See the section on :ref:`digest-emails/kpis`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Recipients` tab: add/remove users who receive the digest emails. See the section on :ref:`digest-emails/recipients`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:57 msgid "The :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` can be customized using Odoo *Studio*. Additional costs to the database subscription are incurred should *Studio* need to be installed. See this section on :ref:`digest-emails/custom-kpi`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:None msgid "Customize default Digest Email settings and custom KPIs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:67 msgid "Deactivate digest email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:71 -msgid "To manually deactivate an individual digest email, first navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, select the desired digest email from the list that should be deactivated." +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:69 +msgid "To manually deactivate an individual digest email, first navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Emails section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, select the desired digest email from the list that should be deactivated. Then, click :guilabel:`Deactivate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:75 -msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`DEACTIVATE FOR EVERYONE` to deactivate the digest email for everyone, or :guilabel:`UNSUBSCRIBE ME` to remove the logged in user from the mailing list. These buttons are located in the top menu, just above the :guilabel:`Digest Name`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:80 msgid "Manually send digest email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:82 -msgid "To manually send a digest email, first navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, select the desired digest email, and click :guilabel:`SEND NOW`. This button is located in the top menu, just above the :guilabel:`Digest Name`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:77 +msgid "To manually send a digest email, first navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Emails section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, select the desired digest email, and click :guilabel:`SEND NOW`. This button is located in the top menu, just above the :guilabel:`Digest Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:85 msgid "KPIs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:87 msgid "Pre-configured :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` can be added to the digest email from the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab of the digest email template form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:95 -msgid "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:90 +msgid "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Emails section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:93 msgid "Then, select the desired digest email, and open the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:95 msgid "To add a :abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)` to the digest email, tick the checkbox next to the desired :abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)`. After all :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` are added (or deselected), click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:99 msgid "The following :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` are available in the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab on a digest email template form out-of-box in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:-1 -msgid "KPIs listed in the out-of-box digest email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`General`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`Connected Users`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Messages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:116 -msgid ":guilabel:`Project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:116 -msgid ":guilabel:`Open Tasks`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:119 -msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:119 -msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:108 msgid ":guilabel:`CRM`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:122 -msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads/Opportunities`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:108 msgid ":guilabel:`Opportunities Won`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Open Tasks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:114 +msgid ":guilabel:`Helpdesk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:114 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tickets Closed`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Live Chat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`% of Happiness`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Conversations handled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Time to answer (sec)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Sales`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`All Sales`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`eCommerce Sales`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:130 -msgid ":guilabel:`Point of Sale`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:130 -msgid ":guilabel:`POS Sales`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:135 -msgid ":guilabel:`Live Chat`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:133 -msgid ":guilabel:`% of Happiness`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:134 -msgid ":guilabel:`Conversations handled`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:135 -msgid ":guilabel:`Time to answer (sec)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:138 -msgid ":guilabel:`Helpdesk`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:138 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tickets Closed`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`Revenue`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Banks and Cash Moves`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:135 +msgid ":guilabel:`Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:135 +msgid ":guilabel:`POS Sales`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:138 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:138 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:140 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:145 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:147 msgid "Digest email recipients are added from the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab of the digest email template form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:152 -msgid "To add a recipient, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, select the desired digest email, and open the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab." +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:150 +msgid "To add a recipient, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Emails section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, select the desired digest email, and open the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:156 -msgid "To add a recipient, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and an :guilabel:`Add Recipients` pop-up window appears, with all available users to add as recipients." +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:154 +msgid "To add a recipient, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and an :guilabel:`Add: Recipients` pop-up window appears, with all available users to add as recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:157 msgid "From the pop-up window, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Name` of the user(s), and click the :guilabel:`Select` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:162 -msgid "To remove a user as a recipient, click the :guilabel:`❌ (remove)` icon to the far-right of the user listed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab." +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:160 +msgid "To remove a user as a recipient, click the :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(cancel)` icon to the far-right of the user listed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:163 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:168 msgid "Create digest emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:172 -msgid "To create a new digest email, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new digest email." +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:170 +msgid "To create a new digest email, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Emails section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new digest email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:173 msgid "A separate page, with a blank digest email template appears, and presents a variety of editable settings, including:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:186 msgid "From there, give the digest email a :guilabel:`Digest Name`, specify :guilabel:`Periodicity`, choose the desired :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)`, and add :guilabel:`Recipients`, as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:193 -msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Save`, the new custom digest email is available as a selection in the :guilabel:`Digest Email` field, located in the :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:189 +msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Save`, the new custom digest email is available as a selection in the :guilabel:`Digest Email` field, located in the :menuselection:`Settings app --> Emails section`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:195 msgid "Custom KPIs with Odoo Studio" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:197 msgid "The :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` on a digest email template form, in the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab, can be customized using Odoo *Studio*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:201 msgid "Additional costs to the database subscription are incurred, should Odoo *Studio* need to be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:204 msgid "To begin, click the :guilabel:`🛠️ (tools)` icon in the top-right of the screen. This is the link to the Odoo *Studio* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:207 msgid "In order to create additional fields, create two fields on the digest object:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:209 msgid "Create a boolean field called `kpi_myfield`, and display it in the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:210 msgid "Create a computed field called `kpi_myfield_value` that computes the customized :abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:212 msgid "Select the :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` in the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:215 msgid "Here is the `source code `_ for the `digest.py` file, which guides the programmer in the coding of the computed field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:224 -msgid "Users can also click the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab, and then the vertical three-dot :guilabel:`(kebab)` menu to edit this view. Either click :guilabel:`EDIT LIST VIEW` or :guilabel:`EDIT FORM VIEW` to modify this tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:220 msgid "Computed values reference table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:223 msgid "LABEL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:223 msgid "VALUE" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:225 msgid "Connected Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:225 msgid "`kpi_res_users_connected_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:227 msgid "Messages Sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:227 msgid "`kpi_mail_message_total_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:229 msgid "New Leads" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:229 msgid "`kpi_crm_lead_created_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:231 msgid "Opportunities Won" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:231 msgid "`kpi_crm_opportunities_won_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:233 msgid "Open Tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:233 msgid "`kpi_project_task_opened_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:235 msgid "Tickets Closed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:235 msgid "`kpi_helpdesk_tickets_closed_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:237 msgid "% of Happiness" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:237 msgid "`kpi_livechat_rating_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:239 msgid "Conversations handled" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:239 msgid "`kpi_livechat_conversations_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:241 msgid "Time to answer (sec)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:241 msgid "`kpi_livechat_response_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:243 msgid "All Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:243 msgid "`kpi_all_sale_total_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:245 msgid "eCommerce Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:245 msgid "`kpi_website_sale_total_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:247 msgid "Revenue" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:247 msgid "`kpi_account_total_revenue_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:249 msgid "Bank & Cash Moves" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:249 msgid "`kpi_account_bank_cash_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:251 msgid "POS Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:251 msgid "`kpi_pos_total_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:253 msgid "New Employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:253 msgid "`kpi_hr_recruitment_new_colleagues_value`" msgstr "" @@ -1010,7 +1004,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter :ref:`developer mode `. Then, click the :guilabel:`` icon in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`` icon again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:None msgid "HTML editor in the email template." msgstr "" @@ -1038,7 +1032,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list, to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:None msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." msgstr "" @@ -1062,7 +1056,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, add a list type, or a link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:None msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." msgstr "" @@ -1074,7 +1068,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the screen and the template will be reset." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:None msgid "Resetting the email template." msgstr "" @@ -1090,7 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or dynamic placeholders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:None msgid "Reply-to field on template." msgstr "" @@ -1106,7 +1100,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:None msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -1166,7 +1160,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode `. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:None msgid "Edit the language of a template." msgstr "" @@ -1178,7 +1172,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:None msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." msgstr "" @@ -1418,7 +1412,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:None msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" msgstr "" @@ -1450,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field, filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is accessed from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:None msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" @@ -1458,7 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Database administrators can access the technical menu from the :guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:None msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" @@ -1671,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`User.Read` permission will be added by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:None msgid "API permissions needed for Odoo integration are listed under the Microsoft Graph." msgstr "" @@ -1687,7 +1681,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, add users to this application. Under the :guilabel:`Essentials` overview table, click on the link labeled :guilabel:`Managed Application in Local Directory`, or the last option on the bottom right-hand side of the table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:None msgid "Add users/groups by clicking the Managed application in local directory link for the\n" "created application." msgstr "" @@ -1709,7 +1703,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now that the Microsoft Azure app is set up, credentials need to be created for the Odoo setup. These include the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. To start, the :guilabel:`Client ID` can be copied from the :guilabel:`Overview` page of the app. The :guilabel:`Client ID` or :guilabel:`Application ID` is located under the :guilabel:`Display Name` in the :guilabel:`Essentials` overview of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:None msgid "Application/Client ID located in the Overview of the app." msgstr "" @@ -1729,7 +1723,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click on :guilabel:`Add` when these two values are entered. A :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and :guilabel:`Secret ID` will be created. It is important to copy the :guilabel:`Value` or :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` into a notepad as it will become encrypted after leaving this page. The :guilabel:`Secret ID` is not needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:None msgid "Client Secret Value or Value in the app's credentials." msgstr "" @@ -1774,7 +1768,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, copy and paste the :guilabel:`Client ID` (Application ID) and :guilabel:`Client Secret (Client Secret Value)` into the respective fields and :guilabel:`Save` the settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:None msgid "Outlook Credentials in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -1803,7 +1797,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new window from Microsoft opens to complete the :guilabel:`authorization process`. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:None msgid "Permission page to grant access between newly created app and Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -1811,7 +1805,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, allow Odoo to access the Microsoft account by clicking on :guilabel:`Yes`. After this, the page will navigate back to the newly configured :guilabel:`Outgoing Mail Server` in Odoo. The configuration automatically loads the :guilabel:`token` in Odoo, and a tag stating :guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` appears in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:None msgid "Valid Outlook Token indicator." msgstr "" @@ -1845,7 +1839,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email address will change:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:None msgid "Name from real sender with static email." msgstr "" @@ -1955,183 +1949,281 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check or Select the button next to :guilabel:`Outlook Oauth Authentication` and enter the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook username`. Click on :guilabel:`Connect your Outlook account`. Odoo will state: :guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` Now :guilabel:`Test and Confirm` the account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:6 msgid "Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:8 msgid "This documentation presents three complementary authentication protocols (SPF, DKIM, and DMARC) used to prove the legitimacy of an email sender. Not complying with these protocols will greatly reduce chances of your emails to reach their destination." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:12 msgid "**Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh** databases using the **default Odoo subdomain address** (e.g., `\\@company-name.odoo.com`) are pre-configured to **send authenticated emails** compliant with the SPF, DKIM, and DMARC protocols." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:16 msgid "If choosing to use a **custom domain** instead, **configuring SPF and DKIM records correctly is essential** to prevent emails from being quarantined as spam or not being delivered to recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:19 msgid "If using :ref:`the default Odoo email server to send emails from a custom domain `, the SPF and DKIM records must be configured as presented below. If using an outgoing email server, it is required to use the SPF and DKIM records specific to that email service and a custom domain." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:25 msgid "Email service providers apply different rules to incoming emails. An email may be classified as spam even if it passes the SPF and DKIM checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:31 msgid "SPF (Sender Policy Framework)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:33 msgid "The Sender Policy Framework (SPF) protocol allows the owner of a domain name to specify which servers are allowed to send emails from that domain. When a server receives an incoming email, it checks whether the IP address of the sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the sender's :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:38 msgid "In Odoo, the **SPF test is performed on the bounce address** defined under the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` field found under the database's :guilabel:`General Settings`. If using a custom domain as :guilabel:`Alias Domain`, it is necessary to configure it to be SPF-compliant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:42 msgid "The SPF policy of a domain is set using a TXT record. The way to create or modify this record depends on the provider hosting the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the domain name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:45 msgid "If the domain name does not yet have an SPF record, create one using the following input:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:51 msgid "If the domain name **already has an SPF record, the record must be updated**. Do not create a new one, as a domain must have only one SPF record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:55 msgid "If the TXT record is `v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com ~all`, edit it to add `include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:58 msgid "Check the SPF record using a tool like `MXToolbox SPF Record Check `_. The process to create or modify an SPF record depends on the provider hosting the DNS zone of the domain name. The :ref:`most common providers ` and their documentation are listed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:66 msgid "DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:68 msgid "The DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) allows a user to authenticate emails with a digital signature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:67 -msgid "When sending an email, the Odoo email server includes a unique :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` signature in the headers. The recipient's server decrypts this signature using the DKIM record in the database's domain name. If the signature and the key contained in the record match, it proves the message is authentic and has not been altered during transport." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:72 -msgid "Enabling DKIM is **required** when sending emails **from a custom domain** using the Odoo email server." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:70 +msgid "When sending an email, the Odoo email server includes a unique DKIM signature in the headers. The recipient's server decrypts this signature using the DKIM record in the database's domain name. If the signature and the key contained in the record match, it proves the message is authentic and has not been altered during transport." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:75 -msgid "To enable DKIM, add a :abbr:`CNAME (Canonical Name)` record to the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the domain name:" +msgid "Enabling DKIM is **required** when sending emails **from a custom domain** using the Odoo email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:83 -msgid "If the domain name is `company-name.com`, make sure to create a subdomain `odoo._domainkey.company-name.com` whose canonical name is `odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:79 +msgid "Add a CNAME record for domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:86 -msgid "The way to create or modify a CNAME record depends on the provider hosting the DNS zone of the domain name. The :ref:`most common providers ` and their documentation are listed below." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:81 +msgid "To enable DKIM, add a canonical name (CNAME) record to the domain name system (DNS) zone of the domain name:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:90 -msgid "Check if the DKIM record is valid using a tool like `MXToolbox DKIM Record Lookup `_. Enter `example.com:odoo` in the DKIM lookup tool, specifying that the selector being tested is `odoo` for the custom domain `example.com`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:89 +msgid "If the domain name is *company-name.com*, make sure to create a CNAME record where the CNAME record (key/name) is `odoo._domainkey.company-name.com`, and the canonical name (value/content) is `odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`. For example, note the differences between each key/value in italics\\:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:97 -msgid "DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting and Conformance)" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:93 +msgid "Example CNAME record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:99 -msgid "The :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`. The instructions contained in the DMARC record of a domain name tell the destination server what to do with an incoming email that fails the SPF and/or DKIM check." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:146 +msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:105 -msgid "The aim of this documentation is to help **understand the impact DMARC has on the deliverability of emails**, rather than give precise instructions for creating a DMARC record. Refer to a resource like `DMARC.org `_ to set the DMARC record." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +msgid "odoo.\\_domainkey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +msgid "odoo.\\_domainkey.\\ *odoo.com.* |nbsp|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +msgid "OR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +msgid "odoo.\\_domainkey.\\ *dbname*\\ .odoo.com." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:109 -msgid "There are three DMARC policies:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +msgid "... where *dbname* is the name of the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:111 -msgid "`p=none`" +msgid "On most DNS platforms, the DNS provider adds the custom domain (e.g., *company-name.com*) by default. In this case, the key looks different while the value remains the same:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 -msgid "`p=quarantine`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +msgid "Example CNAME record with custom domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:113 -msgid "`p=reject`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +msgid "odoo.\\_domainkey.\\ *company-name.com* |nbsp|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:115 -msgid "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to quarantine that email or ignore it if the SPF or DKIM check fails." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:153 +msgid "... where *company-name.com* is the custom domain." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 -msgid "**For the DMARC to pass, the DKIM or SPF check needs to pass** and the domains must be in alignment. If the hosting type is Odoo Online, DKIM configuration on the sending domain is required to pass the DMARC." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:133 +msgid "If the DNS provider does not add the custom domain by default, make sure to include it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 -msgid "Passing DMARC generally means that the email will be successfully delivered. However, it's important to note that **other factors like spam filters can still reject or quarantine a message**." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:136 +msgid "Add a CNAME record for subdomain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:126 -msgid "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 -msgid ":literal:`_dmarc IN TXT “v=DMARC1; p=none; rua=mailto:postmaster@example.com”` means that aggregate DMARC reports will be sent to `postmaster\\@example.com`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 -msgid "SPF, DKIM and DMARC documentation of common providers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 -msgid "`OVH DNS `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:140 -msgid "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:138 +msgid "If there's a \\ *subdomain* (e.g., *marketing* in *marketing*\\ .company-name.com), add a CNAME record to include it for compliance as well:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 -msgid "`GoDaddy SPF, DKIM, or DMARC records `_" +msgid "Example CNAME record with subdomain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:142 -msgid "`NameCheap `_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +msgid "odoo.\\_domainkey.\\ *marketing* |nbsp|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:143 -msgid "`CloudFlare DNS `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:144 -msgid "`Squarespace DNS records `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:145 -msgid "`Azure DNS `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:147 -msgid "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and configuration in one sent email. Mail-Tester can also be used to configure records for other, lesser-known providers." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:149 +msgid "... where *marketing* is the subdomain." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:152 +msgid "odoo.\\_domainkey.marketing.\\ *company-name.com*\\ |nbsp|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +msgid "See DNS provider documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +msgid "The way to create or modify a CNAME record depends on the provider hosting the DNS zone of the domain name. The :ref:`most common providers ` and their documentation are listed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +msgid "Check if the DKIM record is valid using a tool like `MXToolbox DKIM Record Lookup `_. Enter `example.com:odoo` in the DKIM lookup tool, specifying that the selector being tested is *odoo* for the custom domain *example.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +msgid "DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting and Conformance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +msgid "The :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`. The instructions contained in the DMARC record of a domain name tell the destination server what to do with an incoming email that fails the SPF and/or DKIM check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:185 +msgid "The aim of this documentation is to help **understand the impact DMARC has on the deliverability of emails**, rather than give precise instructions for creating a DMARC record. Refer to a resource like `DMARC.org `_ to set the DMARC record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:189 +msgid "There are three DMARC policies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:191 +msgid "`p=none`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +msgid "`p=quarantine`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:193 +msgid "`p=reject`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 +msgid "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to quarantine that email or ignore it if the SPF or DKIM check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +msgid "**For the DMARC to pass, the DKIM or SPF check needs to pass** and the domains must be in alignment. If the hosting type is Odoo Online, DKIM configuration on the sending domain is required to pass the DMARC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +msgid "Passing DMARC generally means that the email will be successfully delivered. However, it's important to note that **other factors like spam filters can still reject or quarantine a message**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:206 +msgid "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +msgid ":literal:`_dmarc IN TXT “v=DMARC1; p=none; rua=mailto:postmaster@example.com”` means that aggregate DMARC reports will be sent to `postmaster\\@example.com`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:217 +msgid "SPF, DKIM and DMARC documentation of common providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:219 +msgid "`OVH DNS `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:220 +msgid "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:221 +msgid "`GoDaddy SPF, DKIM, or DMARC records `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:223 +msgid "`NameCheap `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:225 +msgid "`CloudFlare DNS `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:226 +msgid "`Squarespace DNS records `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:228 +msgid "`Azure DNS `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:230 +msgid "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and configuration in one sent email. Mail-Tester can also be used to configure records for other, lesser-known providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:235 msgid "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:237 msgid "`Magic Sheet - SPF, DKIM and DMARC configuration [PDF] `_" msgstr "" @@ -2163,7 +2255,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive replies to an email initially sent from a record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:None msgid "The local-part \"info\" is used for the alias of the sales team." msgstr "" @@ -2187,7 +2279,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An email to the catchall always needs to be a reply to a previous email sent from the database. If an email is sent directly to the catchall, the sender will receive the following message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:None msgid "Bounce email from \"MAILER-DEAMON\" explaining how to contact the database." msgstr "" @@ -2231,7 +2323,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A notification will also be displayed in the Discuss icon on the navigation bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:None msgid "An email sent to a contact had an issue and the error is reported on the navbar." msgstr "" @@ -2275,7 +2367,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On **Odoo.sh**, it is possible to use several Odoo subdomains. In the settings of the branch, additional Odoo subdomains can be added as long as they are not used yet in another branch. These domains must then be added to the alias domains to be used by a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:None msgid "Setting up an Odoo subdomain on a branch." msgstr "" @@ -2287,7 +2379,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :ref:`alias domain ` must be selected in the general settings. If you have multiple companies, each one must be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:None msgid "The alias domain in the general settings." msgstr "" @@ -2295,7 +2387,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All the aliases will use this custom domain. Replies on models for which an alias is configured are done to `[alias]@my-custom-domain.com`. Replies to other models are sent to the catchall through `catchall@my-custom-domain.com`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:None #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:0 msgid "Technical schema of mailing route when using a custom domain in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -2514,7 +2606,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, an email address can send up to 20 emails in 120 minutes. If more emails are sent, they are blocked and the sender receives the following message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:None msgid "Bounce email received after attempting contact too many times an alias." msgstr "" @@ -2558,7 +2650,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, for the :guilabel:`Value` field, add the domains separated by commas. Manually :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Save)`, and the system parameter takes immediate effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:None msgid "mail.catchall.domain.allowed system parameter set." msgstr "" @@ -2594,7 +2686,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This configuration is handled by the system parameter `mail.default.from_filter`. In case where the sender's domain do not match the value of this parameter, the notification address is used instead. Multiple values can be defined in this system parameter: comma-separated, domains or full email addresses are all allowed. Once an :ref:`outgoing mail server is configured `, the system parameter is no longer considered and the value used is the :ref:`FROM filtering ` of the mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:None msgid "Odoo’s default outbound messages configuration." msgstr "" @@ -2666,7 +2758,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All email aliases (e.g., related to CRM or Helpdesk teams) must have their corresponding mailbox in the custom domain mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:None msgid "Technical schema of external mail server configuration with Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -2770,7 +2862,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, activate the :ref:`developer-mode` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Outgoing Mail Servers`. There, add two outgoing email server records, one for the transactional emails server and one for the mass mailings server. Enter a lower :guilabel:`Priority` value for the transactional server (e.g., `1`) over the mass mailings server (e.g., `2`) so transactional emails are given priority." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:None msgid "Example of split between transaction and mass mailing mail servers." msgstr "" @@ -2778,7 +2870,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`, enable :guilabel:`Dedicated Server`, and select the appropriate email server. Odoo uses the server with the lowest priority value for transactional emails, and the server selected here for mass mailings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:None msgid "Dedicated mail server on Email Marketing app settings." msgstr "" @@ -2842,7 +2934,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On Odoo Online and Odoo.sh, databases are started with Odoo's SMTP server. If no outgoing mail server is set, the default Odoo's SMTP server will be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:None msgid "Adding a mail server using the Odoo's mail server with the CLI authentication." msgstr "" @@ -2850,7 +2942,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If an outgoing mail server is used simultaneously with Odoo’s default server (CLI), the FROM filter of the outgoing mail server must contain a custom domain, and the FROM filter of the CLI must contain Odoo’s subdomain. If there is no FROM filtering, the email will go out using the notification address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:None msgid "Splitting of Odoo mail server for transactional emails and Mail server for Mass mailing." msgstr "" @@ -3006,7 +3098,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a message is sent, an :icon:`fa-envelope-o` :guilabel:`(envelope)` icon is displayed in the chatter. The icon turns red when delivery has failed for at least one recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:None msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -3014,7 +3106,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Left-click the envelope to display information about the delivery, and, if possible, the relevant :ref:`error messages `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:None msgid "Example of a sending failure." msgstr "" @@ -3034,7 +3126,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. To access it, activate the :ref:`developer mode ` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Emails`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:None msgid "Example of the technical email queue view." msgstr "" @@ -3058,7 +3150,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Daily limit reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:None msgid "Email limit reached warning." msgstr "" @@ -3186,7 +3278,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Emails that are considered urgent (from one person to another, such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent immediately. They do not show up under :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Emails`, unless their delivery fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:None msgid "Example of sending information header when a mailing campaign is queued." msgstr "" @@ -3218,7 +3310,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If there are three campaigns: Campaign_1 (created 1st of January), Campaign_2 (created 2nd of January), and Campaign_3 (created 3rd of January), they are put in the queue by clicking :guilabel:`Send` on all three of them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:None msgid "Example of three email marketing campaigns." msgstr "" @@ -3384,8 +3476,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :menuselection:`New Project` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Project name` to `Odoo` and browse for the :guilabel:`Location`. Set the :guilabel:`Location` as the *Google Workspace organization*. If you are using a personal Gmail account, then leave the :guilabel:`Location` as :guilabel:`No Organization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:None msgid "Project Name and Location for Google OAuth." msgstr "" @@ -3477,7 +3569,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click on :guilabel:`Create` to generate an OAuth :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Finally, copy each generated value for later use when configuring in Odoo, and then navigate to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:None msgid "Client ID and Client Secret for Google OAuth." msgstr "" @@ -3497,8 +3589,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure the external Gmail account, return to the top of the :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` setting and then click the :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:None msgid "Configure Outgoing Email Servers in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -3538,7 +3630,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choosing :guilabel:`Production` as the :guilabel:`Publishing Status` (instead of :guilabel:`Testing`) will display the following warning message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:None msgid "OAuth is Limited to 100 Sensitive Scope Logins." msgstr "" @@ -3554,7 +3646,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If no test users are added to the OAuth consent screen, then a 403 access denied error will populate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:None msgid "403 Access Denied Error." msgstr "" @@ -3570,7 +3662,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the *Google Gmail* module in Odoo has not been updated to the latest version, then a :guilabel:`Forbidden` error message populates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:None msgid "Forbidden you don't have the permission to access the requested resource." msgstr "" @@ -3586,7 +3678,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating the credentials (OAuth *Client ID* and *Client Secret*), if :guilabel:`Desktop App` is selected for the :guilabel:`Application Type`, an :guilabel:`Authorization Error` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:None msgid "Error 400 Redirect URI Mismatch." msgstr "" @@ -3614,7 +3706,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To get started, sign in to the `Mailjet Account Information `_ page. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Senders & Domains` section and click on :guilabel:`SMTP and SEND API Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:None msgid "SMTP and Send API Settings link in the Senders & Domains section of Mailjet." msgstr "" @@ -3630,7 +3722,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo :ref:`blocks port 25 ` on Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:None msgid "SMTP configuration from Mailjet." msgstr "" @@ -3650,7 +3742,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The next step is to add a sender address or a domain to the Mailjet account settings so that the email address or domain is approved to send emails using Mailjet's servers. First, navigate to the `Mailjet Account Information `_ page. Next, click on the :guilabel:`Add a Sender Domain or Address` link under the :guilabel:`Senders & Domains` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:None msgid "Add a sender domain or address in the Mailjet interface." msgstr "" @@ -3726,7 +3818,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After adding the domain, a validation page will populate. Unless the Odoo database is on-premise (in which case, choose :guilabel:`Option 1`), choose :guilabel:`Option 2: Create a DNS Record`. Copy the TXT record information to a notepad and then navigate to the domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` provider to complete validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:None msgid "The TXT record information to input on the domain's DNS." msgstr "" @@ -3754,7 +3846,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Check Now` to validate the TXT record that was added on the domain. A success screen will appear if the domain is configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:None msgid "Check DNS record in Mailjet." msgstr "" @@ -3766,7 +3858,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Mailjet's SPF/DKIM/DMARC documentation `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:None msgid "Authenticate the domain with SPF/DKIM records in Mailjet." msgstr "" @@ -3790,7 +3882,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, if the Mailjet server is used for mass emailing, set the :guilabel:`Priority` value higher than that of any transactional email server(s). Finally, save the settings and :guilabel:`Test the Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:None msgid "Odoo outgoing email server settings." msgstr "" @@ -3798,54 +3890,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Integrations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/barcodelookup.rst:5 -msgid "Barcode Lookup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/barcodelookup.rst:7 -msgid "`Barcode Lookup `_ allows you to scan (or enter) products' barcodes (:abbr:`UPC (Universal Product Code)`, :abbr:`EAN (European Article Number)`, or :abbr:`ISBN (International Standard Book Number)`) to automatically create them in your Odoo database, complete with product names, descriptions, images, categories, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/barcodelookup.rst:17 -msgid "If your database is hosted on **Odoo Online**, you can use Barcode Lookup without configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/barcodelookup.rst:19 -msgid "If your database is hosted on **Odoo.sh** or **on-premise**, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/barcodelookup.rst:21 -msgid "Visit the `Barcode Lookup website `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign Up for the API`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/barcodelookup.rst:23 -msgid "Choose the appropriate plan based on the number of barcodes you need to scan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/barcodelookup.rst:24 -msgid "Fill in the required details and complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/barcodelookup.rst:25 -msgid "Copy the API key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/barcodelookup.rst:26 -msgid "In Odoo, open the Settings app, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Integrations` section, and, under :guilabel:`Barcode Database`, paste the Barcode Lookup :guilabel:`API Key`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/barcodelookup.rst:30 -msgid "Use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/barcodelookup.rst:32 -msgid "To fill in product information using Barcode Lookup, create a new product and fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field. The product's details are then automatically imported from Barcode Lookup, updating the following fields: :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Price`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Tax`, :guilabel:`Image`, :guilabel:`Weight`, :guilabel:`Attributes`, :guilabel:`Product category`, and :guilabel:`Volume`. You can then modify any field(s) as needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/barcodelookup.rst:39 -msgid ":ref:`Create new products during internal transfers using the Barcode Lookup database `." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/cloud_storage.rst:3 msgid "Cloud Storage" msgstr "" @@ -4227,7 +4271,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can locate contacts or places and generate routes on a map in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst:None msgid "Map displaying a contact's location." msgstr "" @@ -4263,7 +4307,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use it, select :guilabel:`Google Place Map` and enter your :ref:`API Key `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst:None msgid "Google Places API key" msgstr "" @@ -4339,7 +4383,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Create Credentials` in the top menu, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:None msgid "Create an API key in the Google API console." msgstr "" @@ -4379,7 +4423,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the integration in Odoo, navigate to the :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section`. Enter the API key into the field labeled :guilabel:`Message Translation`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the settings, and *Google Translate* can be used in any chatter throughout the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:None msgid "Odoo configuration of the API key from the *Google API Console*." msgstr "" @@ -4391,7 +4435,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To translate a user's text from another language, click the :guilabel:`... (three dot)` icon menu to the right of the chatter. Then, select :guilabel:`Translate`. The content translates to the *language* set on the user's preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:None msgid "Google Translate present in an Odoo database's chatter." msgstr "" @@ -4500,7 +4544,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the Gmail inbox, click the plus sign icon on the right side panel to get add-ons. If the side panel is not visible, click on the arrow icon at the bottom right corner of the inbox to reveal it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:None msgid "Plus sign icon on the Gmail inbox side panel." msgstr "" @@ -4508,7 +4552,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, use the search bar to search for `Odoo` and locate the :guilabel:`Odoo Inbox Addin`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:None msgid "Odoo Inbox Addin on Google Workspace Marketplace." msgstr "" @@ -4534,8 +4578,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Mail Plugin` feature must be enabled in the Odoo database in order to use the Gmail Plugin. To enable the feature, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Integrations` section, activate :guilabel:`Mail Plugin`, and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:None msgid "The Mail Plugin feature in the Settings." msgstr "" @@ -4549,8 +4593,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the Gmail inbox, a purple Odoo icon is now visible on the right side panel. Click on the Odoo icon to open up the Odoo plugin window. Then, click on any email in the inbox. Click :guilabel:`Authorize Access` in the plugin window to grant Odoo access to the Gmail inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:None msgid "The Authorize Access button in the right sidebar of the Odoo plugin panel." msgstr "" @@ -4589,7 +4633,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, access the `GitHub repository `_ for the Odoo Mail Plugins. Next, click on the green :guilabel:`Code` button. Then, click :guilabel:`Download ZIP` to download the Mail Plugin files onto the user's computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:None msgid "Download the ZIP file from the Odoo GitHub repository for Mail Plugins." msgstr "" @@ -4653,7 +4697,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, open the Outlook mailbox, and select any email. After completing this, click on the :guilabel:`Apps` button in the upper right-side, then click :guilabel:`Get add-ins`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:None msgid "Apps button in Outlook" msgstr "" @@ -4661,7 +4705,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Following this step, select the :guilabel:`My add-ins` tab on the left-side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:None msgid "My add-ins in Outlook" msgstr "" @@ -4669,7 +4713,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under :guilabel:`Custom Addins` towards the bottom, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a custom add-in`, then select :guilabel:`Add from file...`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:None msgid "Custom add-ins in Outlook" msgstr "" @@ -4677,7 +4721,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For the next step, attach the `manifest.xml` file downloaded above, and press :guilabel:`OK`. Next, read the warning and click on :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:None msgid "Custom add-in installation warning in Outlook" msgstr "" @@ -4689,7 +4733,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, Outlook will be connected to the Odoo database. First, open any email in the Outlook mailbox, click on the :guilabel:`Apps` button in the upper right-side, and select :guilabel:`Odoo Inbox Addin`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:None msgid "Odoo for Outlook add-in button" msgstr "" @@ -4697,7 +4741,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The right-side panel can now display **Company Insights**. At the bottom, click on :guilabel:`Login`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:None msgid "Logging in the Odoo database" msgstr "" @@ -4725,7 +4769,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, enter the Odoo database URL and click on :guilabel:`Login`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:None msgid "Entering the Odoo database URL" msgstr "" @@ -4733,7 +4777,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click on :guilabel:`Allow` to open the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:None msgid "New window pop-up warning" msgstr "" @@ -4741,7 +4785,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the user isn't logged into the database, enter the credentials. Click on :guilabel:`Allow` to let the Outlook Plugin connect to the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:None msgid "Allowing the Outlook Plugin to connect to a database" msgstr "" @@ -5119,11 +5163,7 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`Connect a Worldline payment terminal <../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:12 -msgid ":doc:`Connect an Ingenico payment terminal <../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgid ":doc:`Connect a Worldline/Axepta BNP Paribas payment terminal <../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 @@ -5142,7 +5182,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the camera is `supported `_, there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:None msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" @@ -5158,7 +5198,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:None msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" @@ -5166,7 +5206,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the database prompts the operator to take a picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:None msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" @@ -5234,7 +5274,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:None msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" @@ -5278,7 +5318,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:None msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" @@ -5290,7 +5330,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box automatically connects to the device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:None msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." msgstr "" @@ -5314,7 +5354,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is automatically updated while the tool is being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:None msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." msgstr "" @@ -5370,7 +5410,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IoT systems support printers connected through USB, network connection, or Bluetooth. `Supported printers `__ are detected automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the IoT app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/printer.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/printer.rst:None msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." msgstr "" @@ -5434,7 +5474,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the pop-up that opens, select the types of reports to be linked to the printer and click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/printer.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/printer.rst:None msgid "The list of reports assigned to a printer in the IoT app." msgstr "" @@ -5462,7 +5502,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This step **only** prevents the report from automatically printing to the listed printer from the current browser. The report is still :ref:`linked ` on the device, under the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/printer.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/printer.rst:None msgid "A list of reports currently linked to a printer in the IoT app." msgstr "" @@ -5498,7 +5538,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT system's homepage, click :guilabel:`Printer Server`, then :guilabel:`Printers`, and select the printer in the list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown menu, click :guilabel:`Modify Printer`. Follow the steps and select the printer's *make* and *model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/printer.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/printer.rst:None msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT system." msgstr "" @@ -6127,7 +6167,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the :guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/screen.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/screen.rst:None msgid "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" "connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" @@ -6136,7 +6176,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/screen.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/screen.rst:None msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" @@ -6164,7 +6204,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/screen.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/screen.rst:None msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." msgstr "" @@ -6172,7 +6212,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the screen's connection status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/screen.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/screen.rst:None msgid "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." msgstr "" @@ -6181,7 +6221,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders and update when changes are made to the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/screen.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/screen.rst:None msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" @@ -6601,79 +6641,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Devices can also be connected after the IoT box is added to the network and/or connected to the database; however, a reboot of the IoT box might be required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:21 +msgid "Never make the IoT box accessible from the public Internet. IoT systems are designed to provide your database with access to devices on your local network. Exposing them to the public Internet would create a **security risk**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:28 msgid "Network connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:30 msgid "The IoT box can be connected to the network via :ref:`Ethernet ` or :ref:`Wi-Fi `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:34 msgid "**All** devices must be connected to the **same network**: the IoT box, the device(s) connected to the IoT box, and the computer connected to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:40 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:42 msgid "Plug the Ethernet cable into the IoT box's Ethernet port and an available port on your router, then connect the IoT box to a power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:48 msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:50 msgid "Make sure no Ethernet cable is connected to the IoT box and follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:52 msgid "Connect the IoT box to a power source and wait a few minutes for it to power on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:53 msgid "Access your computer's Wi-Fi settings and select the IoT box's network. The network name is in the format `IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxxxx` (where `xxxxxxxxxxxx` is a unique identifier)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:55 msgid "Connect to the IoT box's Wi-Fi network and sign into it; your browser should automatically open and redirect to the :ref:`IoT box's homepage `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:59 msgid "Depending on your operating system, the browser might not open and redirect to the IoT box's homepage. In this case, open your browser manually and navigate to `http://10.11.12.1` or any url starting with **http** (e.g., `http://odoo.com`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:63 msgid "On the IoT box's homepage, click :guilabel:`Configure` next to the :guilabel:`Internet Status` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:65 msgid "Wait a few minutes for the available networks to be scanned, select the network, enter the Wi-Fi's password, and click :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:69 msgid "Once connected to the Wi-Fi network, the IoT box stops emitting its Wi-Fi signal, and the computer should automatically reconnect to its original network. If it does not, reconnect to it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:76 msgid "IoT box homepage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:78 msgid "To access the IoT box's homepage, open a web browser **on the same network as the IoT box** and navigate to the IoT box's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:None msgid "IoT box's homepage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:85 msgid "The IoT box's IP address can be retrieved by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:87 msgid "connecting the IoT box to an external monitor: the IP address is displayed on the screen." msgstr "" @@ -6681,35 +6725,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "POS display with IoT box's IP address" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:93 msgid "connecting the IoT box to a `supported receipt or label printer `_ with a USB cable: the IP address is automatically printed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:95 msgid "accessing the administrator interface of the router to which the IoT box is connected or using third-party software to scan the network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:98 msgid "Once the IoT box is :doc:`connected to the Odoo database `, its homepage can be accessed from Odoo by opening the IoT app and clicking the URL displayed on the IoT box's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:104 msgid "LED status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:106 msgid "The IoT box features two LEDs, located to the right of the SD card slot, which show its status and help with troubleshooting when no display is connected. The LEDs can be interpreted as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:109 msgid "**Red LED lit**: The IoT box has no Internet connection. Ensure the Ethernet cable is properly connected or :ref:`connect the IoT box via Wi-Fi `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:111 msgid "**Green LED flashing**: The IoT box is awaiting :doc:`connection to a database `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/iot_box.rst:112 msgid "**Green LED constantly lit**: The IoT box is connected to a database; no further action is required." msgstr "" @@ -6749,171 +6793,175 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An updated and recent version of Windows (i.e., Windows 10 or Windows 11) installed on a Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:31 +msgid "Never make the Windows virtual IoT accessible from the public Internet. IoT systems are designed to provide your database with access to devices on your local network. Exposing them to the public Internet would create a **security risk**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:38 msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:40 msgid "To install the Windows virtual IoT on a Windows computer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:42 msgid "Access `Odoo's download page `_, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Virtual IOT` section, and click :guilabel:`Download`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:44 msgid "Open the downloaded :file:`.exe` file, allow the app to make changes to your device, select a language, and click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:46 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Next`, then :guilabel:`I Agree` to accept the terms and conditions and continue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:47 msgid "Verify you have the required space on your computer and click :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:48 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Destination folder`, enter C:\\\\odoo and click :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:51 msgid "Do not install Odoo's Windows virtual IoT in any Windows user directory, as this can cause issues with :ref:`iot/https_certificate_iot/generation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:54 msgid "Set up GPL Ghostscript: Click :guilabel:`Next`, agree to the terms and conditions, click :guilabel:`Install`, then :guilabel:`Finish`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:56 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Next` and :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the setup. The :ref:`IoT system's homepage ` automatically opens in a web browser with the URL `http://localhost:8069`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:59 msgid ":ref:`Restart ` the Windows virtual IoT service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:61 msgid "Check that you can access the :ref:`IoT system's homepage ` in a web browser:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:64 msgid "on the Windows virtual IoT computer, and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:65 msgid "on another device **on the same network as the IoT system** by navigating to the URL `http://xxx:8069` (where `xxx` is the IoT system's IP address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:67 msgid "on another device **on the same network as the IoT system** by navigating to the URL `https://xxx` (where `xxx` is the IoT system's IP address) to test for :doc:`HTTPS ` connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:72 msgid "If you cannot access the :ref:`IoT system's homepage ` from another device, create a :ref:`Windows Firewall ` rule to allow communication through port `8069`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:79 msgid "Windows Firewall configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:81 msgid "Firewalls help keep devices secure but can sometimes block legitimate connections. If the Windows virtual IoT isn't accessible on the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area Network)`, for example from another device, it could be due to a firewall blocking the connection. To prevent this issue, configure exceptions for network discovery in the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` or firewall settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:87 msgid "If third-party firewall software is installed on the Windows computer, refer to the software's documentation to configure firewall exceptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:90 msgid "To create a rule on Windows Defender and allow communication through port `8069`, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:93 msgid "Search the Windows start menu for `firewall` and select the :guilabel:`Windows Defender Firewall with Advanced Security` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:95 msgid "In the left part of the window, select :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:96 msgid "In the right part of the window, under :guilabel:`Actions`, click :guilabel:`New Rule`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:97 msgid "In the :guilabel:`New Inbound Rule Wizard` that opens, select the :guilabel:`Port` type of rule and click :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Protocols and Ports` page, make sure :guilabel:`TCP` and :guilabel:`Specified local ports` are selected, enter the following in the field: `8069, 80, 443`, and click :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:99 -msgid "Other ports may be necessary depending on your IoT devices. For example, for the :doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline` payment terminal, add the `9050` port." +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:104 +msgid "Other ports may be necessary depending on your IoT devices. For example, for the :doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta` payment terminal, add the `9050` port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:108 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Action` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:110 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Profile` page, disable any connection type(s) that don't apply to your Windows computer and click :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:112 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Name` page, provide a :guilabel:`Name` (e.g., `Odoo`) and, optionally, a brief :guilabel:`Description`, then click :guilabel:`Finish`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:116 msgid "`Windows Firewall rules documentation `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:122 msgid "Windows virtual IoT homepage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:124 msgid "To access the Windows virtual IoT's homepage, navigate to the URL `http://localhost:8069` on the Windows virtual IoT computer or open a web browser from another computer **on the same network as the IoT system** and navigate to the URL `http://xxx:8069` (where `xxx` is the IoT system's IP address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:129 msgid "Once the Windows virtual IoT is :doc:`connected to the Odoo database `, its homepage can be accessed from Odoo by opening the IoT app and clicking the URL displayed on the IoT system's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:None msgid "Windows virtual IoT's homepage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:138 msgid "Make sure the :ref:`Windows Firewall is configured ` to allow access." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:141 msgid "Device connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:143 msgid "Most :doc:`devices ` automatically connect to the Windows computer used for the Windows Virtual IoT through `Windows Plug and Play (PnP) `_. However, if Windows does not recognize the device automatically upon connection, the administrator may need to manually install the appropriate drivers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:150 msgid "After connecting the devices to the computer, refresh the :ref:`IoT system's homepage ` to verify that the device is listed. If the device does not appear, :ref:`reload the handlers ` from the :ref:`IoT system's homepage `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:158 msgid "Windows virtual IoT restart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:160 msgid "To manually restart the Windows IoT server, search the Windows start menu for `services` and select the :guilabel:`Services` app. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`odoo-server-xxx` service (where `xxx` is the odoo version), right-click it, and select :guilabel:`Start` or :guilabel:`Restart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:167 msgid "Windows virtual IoT uninstall" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:169 msgid "To uninstall the Windows virtual IoT, `uninstall `_ the Odoo program on your Windows computer. Confirm the uninstallation and complete the steps in the :guilabel:`Odoo Uninstall` dialog." msgstr "" @@ -6945,7 +6993,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add new users, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users section --> Manage Users`, and click on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the manage users field in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -6957,7 +7005,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None msgid "View of a user's form emphasizing the access rights tab in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -6965,7 +7013,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After filling out all the necessary fields on the page, :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Save manually)`. An invitation email is automatically sent to the user, using the email in the :guilabel:`Email Address` field. The user must click on the link included in the email to accept the invitation, and to create a database login." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None msgid "View of a user's form with a notification that the invitation email has been sent in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -6989,171 +7037,223 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Portal` user option does **not** allow the administrator to choose access rights. These users have specific access rights pre-set (such as, record rules and restricted menus), and usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:68 +msgid "User devices" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:70 +msgid "For security purposes, when a user logs into the database, the various login information, such as the IP address, is stored in the user's profile. It is best practice to check this periodically, to ensure all access is from the user, and no one else has accessed the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:74 +msgid "To check the logged-in devices, click the user icon in the upper-right corner, and click :guilabel:`My Profile`. This opens the user's profile in the **Settings** app. Click the :guilabel:`Devices` tab to view a Kanban list of all devices the user has logged into the database with. Any device currently logged into the system displays a green circle next to the device name on the Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None +msgid "The Kanban view of all user devices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:83 +msgid "Click on a card to view the details for the device. Each card displays the :guilabel:`User` name, the :guilabel:`Name` of the device, the :guilabel:`Last IP Address` used as well as the :guilabel:`Linked IP Address`. It also shows the :guilabel:`First Activity` and :guilabel:`Last Activity`, which shows when the device first logged into the database, and the last time it was active on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:89 +msgid "If a device is legitimate and should be retained, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:91 +msgid "If the device is legitimate but should **not** be retained, and does not pose a security risk, click :guilabel:`Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None +msgid "The device details for one device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:98 +msgid "Revoke devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:100 +msgid "If a listed device is **not** a legitimate user device, and could be a potential security risk, remove the device and revoke access by clicking the :guilabel:`Revoke` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:103 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Security Control` pop-up window loads, asking to `Please confirm your identity by entering your password`. Enter the user's password, then click :guilabel:`Confirm Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:106 +msgid "The device disappears from the :guilabel:`Devices` tab and can no longer be used to log into the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:0 +msgid "The security pop-up window asking to verify the account with a password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:115 msgid "Deactivate users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:117 msgid "To deactivate (i.e. archive) a user, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users section --> Manage Users`. Then, tick the checkbox to the left of the users to be deactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:120 msgid "After selecting the appropriate user to be archived, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Actions)` icon, and select :guilabel:`Archive` from the resulting drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`OK` from the :guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:125 msgid "**Never** deactivate the main/administrator user (admin). Making changes to admin users can have a detrimental impact on the database. This includes *impotent admin*, which means that no user in the database can make changes to the access rights. For this reason, Odoo recommends contacting an Odoo Business Analyst, or our Support Team, before making changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:131 msgid "Error: too many users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:133 msgid "If there are more users in an Odoo database than provisioned in the Odoo Enterprise subscription, the following message is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None msgid "Too many users on a database error message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:139 msgid "When the message appears, the database administrator has 30 days to act before the database expires. The countdown is updated every day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:142 msgid "To resolve the issue, either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:144 msgid "Add more users to the subscription by clicking the :guilabel:`Upgrade your subscription` link displayed in the message to validate the upsell quotation, and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:146 msgid ":ref:`Deactivate users `, and reject the upsell quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:149 msgid "If the company is on a monthly subscription plan, the database automatically updates to reflect the added users. If the company is on a yearly or multi-year plan, an expiration banner appears in the database. An upsell quotation can be created by clicking the banner to update the subscription. Alternatively, users can `send a support ticket `_ to resolve the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:155 msgid "Once the database has the correct number of users, the expiration message disappears automatically after a few days, when the next verification occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:161 msgid "Password management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:163 msgid "Password management is an important part of granting users autonomous access to the database at all times. Odoo offers a few different methods to reset a user's password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:167 msgid "Odoo has a setting to specify the length needed for a password. This setting can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Permissions` section, and entering the desired password length in the :guilabel:`Minimum Password Length` field. By default the value is `8`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None msgid "Minimum Password Length highlighted in the Permissions section of General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:177 msgid "Reset password" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:179 msgid "Sometimes, users might wish to reset their personal password for added security, so they are the only ones with access to the password. Odoo offers two different reset options: one initiated by the user to reset the password, and another where the administrator triggers a reset." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:186 msgid "Enable password reset from login page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:188 msgid "It is possible to enable/disable password resets directly from the login page. This action is completed by the individual user, and this setting is enabled by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:191 msgid "To change this setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Permissions` section, activate :guilabel:`Password Reset`, and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None msgid "Enabling Password Reset in Odoo Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:197 msgid "On the login page, click :guilabel:`Reset Password` to initiate the password reset process, and have a reset-token sent to the email on file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:203 msgid "Send reset instructions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:205 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the user from the list, and click on :guilabel:`Send Password Reset Instructions` on the user form. An email is automatically sent to them with password reset instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:210 msgid "The :guilabel:`Send Password Reset Instructions` button **only** appears if the Odoo invitation email has already been confirmed by the user. Otherwise, a :guilabel:`Re-send Invitation Email` button appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:214 msgid "This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None msgid "Example of an email with a password reset link for an Odoo account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:223 msgid "Change user password" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:225 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies --> Users`, and select a user to access its form. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Actions)` icon, and select :guilabel:`Change Password` from the resulting drop-down menu. Enter a new password in the :guilabel:`New Password` column of the :guilabel:`Change Password` pop-up window that appears, and confirm the change by clicking :guilabel:`Change Password`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None msgid "Change a user's password on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:235 msgid "This operation only modifies the password of the users locally, and does **not** affect their Odoo account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:238 msgid "If the Odoo password needs to be changed, use the :ref:`send the password reset `. Odoo.com passwords grant access to the *My Databases* page, and other portal features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:242 msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Change Password`, the page is redirected to an Odoo login page where the database can be re-accessed using the new password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:248 msgid "Multi Companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:250 msgid "The :guilabel:`Multi Companies` field on a user form allows an administrator to provide access to multiple companies for users. To configure a multi-company environment for a user, navigate to the desired user by going to: :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users section --> Manage users`. Then, select the user to open their user form, and configure with multi-company access." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:255 msgid "Under :guilabel:`Multi Companies` in the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab, set the fields labeled :guilabel:`Allowed Companies` and :guilabel:`Default Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:258 msgid "The :guilabel:`Allowed Companies` field can contain multiple companies. These are the companies the user can access and edit, according to the set access rights. The :guilabel:`Default Company` is the company the user defaults to, upon logging in each time. This field can contain only **one** company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:264 msgid "If multi-company access is not configured correctly, it could lead to inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Because of this, only experienced Odoo users should make access rights changes to users for databases with a multi-company configuration. For technical explanations, refer to the developer documentation on :doc:`../../../developer/howtos/company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None msgid "View of a user's form emphasizing the multi companies field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:273 msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" @@ -7265,7 +7365,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the login page, input the username and password, then click :guilabel:`Log in`. On the :guilabel:`Two-factor Authentication` page, input the code provided by the chosen authenticator in the :guilabel:`Authentication Code` field, then click :guilabel:`Log in`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/2fa.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/2fa.rst:None msgid "The login page with 2fa enabled." msgstr "" @@ -7285,7 +7385,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Install` on the Kanban card for the :guilabel:`2FA by mail` module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/2fa.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/2fa.rst:None msgid "The 2FA by mail module in the Apps directory." msgstr "" @@ -7297,7 +7397,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting :guilabel:`All users` applies the setting to portal users, in addition to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/2fa.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/2fa.rst:None msgid "The enforce two factor setting in the Settings application." msgstr "" @@ -7349,7 +7449,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To make changes to a user's rights, click on the desired user to edit their profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None msgid "Users menu in the Users & Companies section of the Settings app of Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -7365,7 +7465,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Administration` field in the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab has the following options: :guilabel:`Settings` or :guilabel:`Access Rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None msgid "The Sales apps drop-down menu to set the user's level of permissions." msgstr "" @@ -7397,7 +7497,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Groups added automatically`: *implied* permissions that are *inherited* with the explicit permissions already granted to the user. The values here will match the values listed under a given *Group*'s form located under the :menuselection:`Users & Companies --> Groups` menu, in the :guilabel:`Inherited` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None msgid "The technical access rights tab opened up for a user profile." msgstr "" @@ -7445,7 +7545,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access groups, first activate Odoo's :ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None msgid "Groups menu in the Users & Companies section of the Settings app of Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -7469,7 +7569,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The group form contains multiple tabs for managing all elements of the group. In each tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new row for users or rules, and click the :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(cancel)` icon to remove a row." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None msgid "Tabs in the Groups form to modify the settings of the group." msgstr "" @@ -7693,7 +7793,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, the type of *tokens* needed for the OAuth authentication will be chosen. These are not currency tokens but rather authentication tokens that are passed between Microsoft and Odoo. Therefore, there is no cost for these tokens; they are used merely for authentication purposes between two :abbr:`APIs (application programming interfaces)`. Select the tokens that should be issued by the authorization endpoint by scrolling down the screen and check the boxes labeled: :guilabel:`Access tokens (used for implicit flows)` and :guilabel:`ID tokens (used for implicit and hybrid flows)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst:None msgid "Authentication settings and endpoint tokens." msgstr "" @@ -7713,7 +7813,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After finishing this step, click on :guilabel:`Endpoints` on the top menu and click the *copy icon* next to :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2)` field. Paste this value in the clipboard / notepad." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst:None msgid "Application ID and OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2) credentials." msgstr "" @@ -7746,7 +7846,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Check the box next to the :guilabel:`Allowed` field to enable the OAuth provider. Finally, add `Microsoft Azure` to the :guilabel:`Login button label` field. This text will appear next to the Windows logo on the login page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst:None msgid "Odoo provider setup in the Settings application." msgstr "" @@ -7770,7 +7870,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To sign in to Odoo for the first time using the Microsoft Azure OAuth provider, navigate to the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page` (using the new user invitation link). A password reset page should appear. Then, click on the option labeled :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. The page will redirect to the Microsoft login page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst:None msgid "Microsoft Outlook login page." msgstr "" @@ -7778,7 +7878,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the :guilabel:`Microsoft Email Address` and click :guilabel:`Next`. Follow the process to sign in to the account. Should :abbr:`2FA (Two Factor Authentication)` be turned on, then an extra step may be required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst:None msgid "Enter Microsoft login credentials." msgstr "" @@ -7786,7 +7886,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, after logging in to the account, the page will redirect to a permissions page where the user will be prompted to :guilabel:`Accept` the conditions that the Odoo application will access their Microsoft information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst:None msgid "Accept Microsoft conditions for permission access to your account information." msgstr "" @@ -7838,7 +7938,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the new app is created, the :guilabel:`Dashboard` page appears, with a list of steps to be completed before the app can be published. From here, click :guilabel:`Customize adding a Facebook Login button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/facebook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/facebook.rst:None msgid "The App Dashboard in the Meta for developers platform." msgstr "" @@ -7894,7 +7994,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save changes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/facebook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/facebook.rst:None msgid "An exampled of the Basic Settings page in the Meta for developers platform." msgstr "" @@ -7930,7 +8030,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. There, tick the checkbox labeled, :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication`. Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/facebook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/facebook.rst:None msgid "The enable OAuth setting in the Settings app." msgstr "" @@ -7946,7 +8046,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Client ID` field, enter the :ref:`App ID ` from the previous section, then tick the :guilabel:`Allowed` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/facebook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/facebook.rst:None msgid "The Facebook Graph record in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -8070,7 +8170,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the previous steps are complete, two keys are generated on the Google API Dashboard: :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the :guilabel:`Client ID`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/google.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/google.rst:None msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated." msgstr "" @@ -8307,7 +8407,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the :guilabel:`Create` button, enter the details of the contact, and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Otherwise, choose an existing contact, and then click on the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu located at the top-center of the interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:None msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/hr.pot b/locale/sources/hr.pot index a8d243b131..64fd81b0f7 100644 --- a/locale/sources/hr.pot +++ b/locale/sources/hr.pot @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 10:43+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-20 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the surveys configured for the **Appraisals** app. To view the surveys and their statistics, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Configuration --> 360 Feedback`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/360.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/360.rst:None msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Send`, and the feedback requests are sent to the specified employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/360.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/360.rst:None msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The report can have other :ref:`filters ` and :ref:`groupings ` set in the search bar at the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/appraisal_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/appraisal_analysis.rst:None msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This view shows which appraisals need to be completed, and when, as well as which appraisals still need to be confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/appraisal_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/appraisal_analysis.rst:None msgid "A report showing all the appraisals, grouped by status." msgstr "" @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click into the first field, and a pop-over appears with a variety of options. Click the :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon after the word :guilabel:`Employee`, then scroll down and click on :guilabel:`Manager`. Next, set the middle field to :guilabel:`=` :guilabel:`(equal)`. Last, click the third field and select the desired user from the list. When all the fields are set, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/appraisal_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/appraisal_analysis.rst:None msgid "A customized filter to show only the user's employees." msgstr "" @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This report can also be :ref:`grouped by status `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/appraisal_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/appraisal_analysis.rst:None msgid "A report showing only the appraisals the user is responsible for, by status." msgstr "" @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Only employees with goals assigned to them appear in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:None msgid "A list of goals for all employees." msgstr "" @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Some goals can be broken down into steps, which may be input as a checklist. A checklist is a tool the employee may use to mark their progress." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:None msgid "A completed goal created for learning Python." msgstr "" @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are informed, via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/new_appraisals.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/new_appraisals.rst:None msgid "The meeting form with all information entered for Ronnie Hart's annual appraisal." msgstr "" @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Appraisals Plan` settings determines the frequency that appraisals are scheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/schedule_appraisals.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/schedule_appraisals.rst:None msgid "The appraisals sections with the timeline filled in and 360 feedback enabled." msgstr "" @@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the appraisal is confirmed, both the employee and manager can start to fill out the appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/schedule_appraisals.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/schedule_appraisals.rst:None msgid "A new appraisal form with the top half filled out." msgstr "" @@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This report can be modified to find specific information by adjusting the :ref:`filters ` and :ref:`groupings ` set in the search bar at the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/skills_evolution.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/skills_evolution.rst:None msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/skills_evolution.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/skills_evolution.rst:None #: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/skills_evolution.rst:0 msgid "The Custom Filter pop-up with the parameters set." msgstr "" @@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, only employees that have an :guilabel:`Expert` level for the skill :guilabel:`Javascript` appear. In this example, only :guilabel:`Marc Demo` meets these criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/skills_evolution.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/skills_evolution.rst:None msgid "The employees with expert Javascript skills." msgstr "" @@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **Attendance** dashboard allows switching between :icon:`fa-tasks` :guilabel:`(Gantt)` and :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(List)` views, and selecting a period to analyze. The current period is automatically highlighted in yellow for real-time attendance records, while the :icon:`fa-crosshairs` :guilabel:`(Focus Today)` button instantly returns the dashboard to the present date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:None msgid "The overview dashboard presenting the information for the week, with the current day\n" "highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View on Maps` button beneath the :guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`. This opens a map in a new browser tab, with the specific location pointed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:None msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" @@ -1745,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups ` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/attendance_reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/attendance_reporting.rst:None msgid "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -1829,7 +1829,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not currently checked in. Click the :icon:`fa-circle` :guilabel:`(red circle)`, and the attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:None msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -1878,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the user checks out from the database, the **Attendances** app logs the location details for the user. This information is logged **only** if the user grants permission." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:None msgid "The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." msgstr "" @@ -1959,7 +1959,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Badges can be printed for employees using any thermal or inkjet printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:None msgid "A badge for an employee that is created from the Employees app." msgstr "" @@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances app --> Configuration`. In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, use the link in the :guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url` field to open *Kiosk Mode* on any device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/kiosks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/kiosks.rst:None msgid "The Attendances Kiosk URL field in the settings section of the Attendances application." msgstr "" @@ -2139,7 +2139,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :icon:`fa-barcode` :guilabel:`Scan your badge` image in the center of the kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/kiosks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/kiosks.rst:None msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" @@ -2207,7 +2207,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/kiosks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/kiosks.rst:None msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" @@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Beneath both the \"welcome\" and \"goodbye\" messages is an :guilabel:`OK` button. To exit the screen before the preset time in the kiosk, tap the :guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/kiosks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/kiosks.rst:None msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" @@ -2287,7 +2287,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Overtime Status`: the status of the attendance record. All attendance records that appear on this dashboard have a status of :guilabel:`To Approve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/management.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/management.rst:None msgid "The Attendances app Management dashboard, displaying entries needing approval." msgstr "" @@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once overtime hours are partially approved, the status changes to :guilabel:`Approved`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/management.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/management.rst:None msgid "A detailed attendance record." msgstr "" @@ -2395,7 +2395,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once :guilabel:`Extra Hours` are added, they are automatically approved by the system. However, it is possible to manually refuse them, as explained in the :ref:`Approvals and Refusals ` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/management.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/management.rst:None msgid "An Attendances app record form, filled out for Doris Cole for April 23, 2025." msgstr "" @@ -2406,7 +2406,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:97 msgid "Employees" msgstr "" @@ -2518,7 +2518,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each badge has a :guilabel:`Grant` button to :ref:`award the badge ` from the :guilabel:`Badges` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/badges.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/badges.rst:None msgid "All the available badges, on the Badges dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Users cannot grant themselves badges. An error message appears if attempted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/badges.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/badges.rst:None msgid "The 'Reward Employee' field populated." msgstr "" @@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The entries are also color-coded. Current certifications that are still valid appear in black, expired certifications appear in red, and certifications that are going to expire within the next 90 days appear in orange." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:None msgid "The list of employee certifications." msgstr "" @@ -2662,7 +2662,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filter certifications by expiration status to identify certifications expiring soon, and identify employees who must renew." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:None msgid "The list of employee certifications, grouped by status." msgstr "" @@ -2734,7 +2734,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Duration`: Click into the first field, and a calendar pop-over window appears. Click on the start and end dates for the certification validity period. When the correct dates are selected, click :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`, and both fields are populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/certifications.rst:None msgid "A certification form filled out for an OSHA certificate for construction." msgstr "" @@ -2798,7 +2798,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a :guilabel:`DEPARTMENT ORGANIZATION` chart appears in the top-right of the department card, illustrating where the department lies in the organization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:None msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." msgstr "" @@ -2822,7 +2822,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a :ref:`Kanban view `. It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a :ref:`list view ` and a :ref:`hierarchy view `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:None msgid "The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban view." msgstr "" @@ -2896,7 +2896,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:None msgid "The departments presented in a list view." msgstr "" @@ -2920,7 +2920,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the :guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees in that department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:None msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." msgstr "" @@ -2956,7 +2956,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each Kanban card displays the equipment's name and model on the first line, followed by the serial number (if available), and lastly, the employee's name. Any current maintenance requests appear at the bottom of the card in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/equipment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/equipment.rst:None msgid "A Kanban view of all equipment for an employee." msgstr "" @@ -2988,7 +2988,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the Kanban view displaying all employee equipment records, equipment can be reassigned by clicking and dragging an equipment card to the desired employee. This changes ownership of the equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/equipment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/equipment.rst:None msgid "A Kanban view of all equipment for all employees." msgstr "" @@ -3044,7 +3044,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Proceed to fill out the required information, along with any additional details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:None msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" @@ -3174,7 +3174,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:None msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" @@ -3222,7 +3222,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At any point, a new line can be added by clicking the :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:None msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." msgstr "" @@ -3679,7 +3679,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:133 msgid "Payroll tab" msgstr "" @@ -3827,7 +3827,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Take Back HR Materials`: The manager must obtain any documents and materials the HR department requires. It is recommended to check with the HR department to ensure everything required for this step is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/offboarding.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/offboarding.rst:None msgid "The three default steps in the Offboarding plan." msgstr "" @@ -3948,7 +3948,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After an employee has given notice (typically two weeks) or once the company has decided to terminate the working relationship with the employee, the offboarding plan should be launched. Navigate to the :menuselection:`Employees app` and click on the departing employee profile. Click the :guilabel:`Launch Plan` button, and a blank :guilabel:`Launch Plan` pop-up window loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/offboarding.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/offboarding.rst:None msgid "The Launch Plan button on the employee profile." msgstr "" @@ -4045,7 +4045,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the form is complete, click :guilabel:`Apply`. The employee record is archived, an email with a download link to their personal documents is sent to the employee's private email address (if selected), and a red :guilabel:`Archived` banner appears in the top-right corner of the employee form. The chatter logs the :guilabel:`Departure Date` and :guilabel:`Departure Reason`, and if an access link was emailed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/offboarding.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/offboarding.rst:None msgid "The employee termination form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" @@ -4226,7 +4226,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Training`: the new employee must complete the training planned by the manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/onboarding.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/onboarding.rst:None msgid "The three default steps in the Onboarding plan." msgstr "" @@ -4302,7 +4302,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If any activity assignments were configured to :guilabel:`Ask at launch`, an :guilabel:`Assigned to` field appears on the :guilabel:`Launch Plan` pop-up window. Using the drop-down menu, select the user responsible for all the unassigned activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/onboarding.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/onboarding.rst:None msgid "All onboarding tasks scheduled in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -4318,7 +4318,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Reporting --> Contracts` to open the :guilabel:`Employee Analysis` report. This report shows the number of all employees for the :guilabel:`Last 365 Days`, in a default :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/retention_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/retention_report.rst:None msgid "The default Employees Analysis report." msgstr "" @@ -4334,7 +4334,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various employees, organized by department, populate the rows. The columns display the following totals: the monthly :guilabel:`Wage`, the :guilabel:`Fuel Card` budget, total :guilabel:`Annual Employee Budget` (also referred to as the *annual salary*), the number of :guilabel:`New Employees`, as well as the number of :guilabel:`Departure Employees` (employees who left)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/retention_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/retention_report.rst:None msgid "The Employees Analysis report, modified to show departed employees only." msgstr "" @@ -4514,7 +4514,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once a file is added to a service record, a :guilabel:`Files` section appears in the *chatter*. To attach more records, click :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`Attach files` to add more documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/accidents.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/accidents.rst:None msgid "Enter the information for an accident repair." msgstr "" @@ -4571,7 +4571,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open the main *Services* dashboard, by navigating to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Next, click on the individual service record to open the detailed service form. Click the desired stage in the top-right corner, above the service form, to change the status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/accidents.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/accidents.rst:None msgid "The stages as seen from the service form." msgstr "" @@ -4587,7 +4587,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drag-and-drop the service record to the desired stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/accidents.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/accidents.rst:None msgid "The Kanban view of stages, with a card being dragged and dropped to the Running stage." msgstr "" @@ -4651,7 +4651,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This displays the true cost for each vehicle, including both the contract cost (such as the monthly vehicle lease cost) and all service costs, including all accidents. Hover over a column to reveal a data popover window, which displays the vehicle name and the total cost. This allows for a more complete view of the vehicle cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/accidents.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/accidents.rst:None msgid "The Cost Analysis report, displaying total costs by vehicle." msgstr "" @@ -4659,7 +4659,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view the individual cost details for both contract costs and repairs, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(Pivot)` icon in the top-right corner of the :guilabel:`Cost Analysis` dashboard. This displays each vehicle on a separate line, and displays the :guilabel:`Contract` cost and :guilabel:`Service` cost, as well as the :guilabel:`Total` cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/accidents.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/accidents.rst:None msgid "The Cost Analysis report, displaying the contract and service costs separately, as well as\n" "the total." msgstr "" @@ -4708,7 +4708,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Add` button at the bottom to add the new custom filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/accidents.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/accidents.rst:None msgid "The filter settings to be added to only display new and running services." msgstr "" @@ -4828,7 +4828,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manufacturers re listed alphabetically, and each card shows how many specific :ref:`models ` are configured for each particular manufacturer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/models.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/models.rst:None msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." msgstr "" @@ -5008,7 +5008,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a vendor is *not* already in the database, add a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`New` in the bottom-left of the :guilabel:`Add: Vendors` pop-up window. In the :guilabel:`Create Vendors` form that appears, enter the necessary information, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create another new vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/models.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/models.rst:None msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." msgstr "" @@ -5084,7 +5084,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field shows how many days before the end of a vehicle contract an alert should be sent. The :ref:`responsible parties ` receive an email informing them that a vehicle contract is about to expire in the number of days defined in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:None msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." msgstr "" @@ -5144,7 +5144,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:None msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the model section." msgstr "" @@ -5260,9 +5260,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: Type in the specific location where the vehicle is typically located in this field. The entry should clearly explain where the vehicle can be found, such as `Main Garage` or `Building 2 Parking Lot`. This is crucial information for companies with many locations where vehicles are stored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:None msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." msgstr "" @@ -5422,7 +5422,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`NOTES`: Enter any notes for the repair at the bottom of the service form. For example, this can include estimate details or parts being replaced." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:None msgid "Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service Type and Vehicle." msgstr "" @@ -5526,7 +5526,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Cost` column, the total cost of all services and repairs are listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:None msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." msgstr "" @@ -5680,7 +5680,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An example of how that might appear in a **Discuss** message is: `Main Lobby Check-In: John Doe (555-555-5555) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:None msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" @@ -5735,7 +5735,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image for the drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:None msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" @@ -5901,7 +5901,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The PDF badge can be printed onto adhesive labels for the visitor to wear, or onto paper that can be placed into a plastic badge holder." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:None msgid "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -6110,7 +6110,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Repeat this for all locations that need to be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:None msgid "A list view of the locations with the new button highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -6163,7 +6163,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If :guilabel:`Chat notification` was selected for the :guilabel:`Display` option, a :guilabel:`Time` field also appears. Enter the time the chat message should be sent. Next, select if the time is either :guilabel:`AM` or :guilabel:`PM` using the drop-down menu to the right of the :guilabel:`Time` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:None msgid "An alert form with all of the information filled out for a chat alert sent at 10:30 AM,\n" "asking employees to submit orders by 11:30 AM." msgstr "" @@ -6275,7 +6275,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company under which the order was placed. This only appears in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:None msgid "The list that appears in the Today's Orders dashboard, with the filters and top column\n" "names highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -6300,7 +6300,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Only products with a red :guilabel:`Status` tag of :guilabel:`Ordered` can be cancelled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:None msgid "Order lines with the cancel button highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -6324,7 +6324,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once sent, the :guilabel:`Send Orders` button changes to a :guilabel:`Confirm Orders` button, and the :guilabel:`Status` column is updated from red :guilabel:`Ordered` tags to blue :guilabel:`Sent` tags, indicating the order has been sent to the vendor. Users who have placed orders in the **Lunch** app rely on the :guilabel:`Status` tags to track their orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:None msgid "A vendor's order with the X Cancel and Send Orders buttons highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -6352,7 +6352,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If needed, instead of confirming all of the individual products from a vendor, individual products can be confirmed one at a time. To confirm an individual product, click the :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Confirm` button at the end of the individual product line. When confirming individual products with this method, the :guilabel:`Confirm Orders` button remains on the vendor line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:None msgid "The Today's Orders dashboard, with the two different ways to confirm an order highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -6400,7 +6400,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Orders can be :ref:`cancelled `, :ref:`sent to the vendor `, :ref:`confirmed ` upon arrival, and :ref:`employees can be notified ` using the same method as on the :ref:`Today's Orders ` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:None msgid "A list view of all the orders as seen in the Control Vendors dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -6461,7 +6461,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The main section, beneath the user's information, displays all the products in a default Kanban view. Each product card displays the name, cost, vendor, photo, and description of the product. If the product is configured as new, it also displays a :guilabel:`New` tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:None msgid "The Lunch app dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -6505,7 +6505,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When all selections for the product have been made, click the :guilabel:`Add To Cart` button in the lower-left of the pop-up window. To cancel the order, click the :guilabel:`Discard` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:None msgid "The pop-up window for a personal pizza, with all the extras selected." msgstr "" @@ -6574,7 +6574,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The right side of the :guilabel:`Your Order` summary displays the purchasing information. The :guilabel:`Total` amount for the entire day's lunch order is displayed. The :guilabel:`Already Paid` field indicates how much has been paid that day towards the :guilabel:`Total` amount. The :guilabel:`To Pay` field displays how much of the remaining :guilabel:`Total` amount must be paid, in order to place the currently configured order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:None msgid "The 'Your Orders' section of the dashboard, with purchasing information." msgstr "" @@ -6642,7 +6642,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At the end of each product line with a status of :guilabel:`Received`, a :guilabel:`Re-order` button appears. Click :guilabel:`Re-order` to instantly reorder that same product, with the same extras, if applicable. The new order appears in the list, under the current date, and the product is paid for, with money deducted from the user's account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:None msgid "The list view that appears when navigating to the My Orders dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -6666,7 +6666,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Entries with a positive balance either represent funds added to the user's lunch account, or cancelled orders that were eventually refunded to the user. These appear in a `$XX.XX` format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:None msgid "The 'My Account' dashboard with the entry for adding funds to the user's lunch account." msgstr "" @@ -6714,7 +6714,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Image**: Hover over the image box in the top-right corner of the form, and click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon that appears. A file explorer pop-up window appears. Navigate to the image, then click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/products.rst:None msgid "A product form filled out for a nine inch pizza." msgstr "" @@ -6746,7 +6746,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If desired, add a photo for the category. Hover over the image box in the top-right, and click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon that appears. This opens a file explorer pop-up window. Navigate to the image, then click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/products.rst:None msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" @@ -6802,7 +6802,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`Cash Moves` dashboard, all cash moves are presented in a default list view, displaying each record's :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`User`, :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`Amount`. The total of all the cash moves is displayed at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Amount` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:None msgid "The list view of all cash moves." msgstr "" @@ -6834,7 +6834,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description of the transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:None msgid "The cash move form filled out for a transaction of $40.00." msgstr "" @@ -6858,7 +6858,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each record includes the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`User`, :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`Amount`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:None msgid "The Control Accounts dashboard with two employee's transactions expanded." msgstr "" @@ -6950,7 +6950,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: If this vendor is only available to a specific company, select the company from the drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the vendor's items are available to **all** companies. This field **only** appears in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/vendors.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/vendors.rst:None msgid "The top portion of the vendor form filled out." msgstr "" @@ -6966,7 +6966,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, Monday through Friday are ticked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/vendors.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/vendors.rst:None msgid "The default view of the availability section, with Mon-Fri enabled." msgstr "" @@ -6994,7 +6994,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Order Time`: This field **only** appears if :guilabel:`Email` is selected in the :guilabel:`Send Order By` field. Enter the time that an order must be emailed for it to be accepted. Enter the time in the following format: `HH:MM`. Then select either :guilabel:`AM` or :guilabel:`PM` from the drop-down menu, next to the time field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/vendors.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/vendors.rst:None msgid "The orders section of a vendor form, with all fields filled out." msgstr "" @@ -7096,7 +7096,7 @@ msgid "In addition to the employee contract, any :doc:`salary attachments ` can be created individually or in :doc:`groups `. Odoo calculates when the employees worked based on their :doc:`work entries `. Work entries are created according to their :doc:`contracts `, based on information from the **Attendances**, **Planning**, or **Timesheets** apps. Any errors with work entries **must** be resolved *before* continuing to process payroll." +msgid "When it is time to run payroll according to the business's schedule (monthly, weekly, bi-weekly, etc.), :doc:`payslips ` can be created individually or in :doc:`groups `. Odoo calculates when the employees worked based on their :doc:`work entries `. Work entries are created according to their :doc:`contracts `, based on information from the **Attendances**, **Planning**, or **Timesheets** apps. Any errors with work entries **must** be resolved *before* continuing to process payroll." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:30 @@ -7244,7 +7244,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:148 -msgid ":doc:`payroll/batches`" +msgid ":doc:`payroll/pay_runs`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 @@ -7263,229 +7263,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entry_analysis`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:3 -msgid "Batches" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:5 -msgid "Batches are used to generate multiple :doc:`payslips ` at once and process them in a group, rather than create and process individual payslips. This method not only helps the payroll department pay employees in less time, but it also helps keep payslips organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:9 -msgid "Typically, a company's payroll department :ref:`creates a new batch ` for each salary structure, for every pay period (usually weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly). If desired, batches can be further organized by department, job position, or salary structure type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:13 -msgid "Once a batch is made, :ref:`payslips are added to the batch `, then the batch is processed, and employees are paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:17 -msgid "View batches" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:19 -msgid "To view all the batches in the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches` to display all payslip batches that have been created. These payslip batches are displayed in a list view, by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:23 -msgid "Each batch displays the :guilabel:`Name`, the dates the batch includes (the :guilabel:`Date From` and :guilabel:`Date To` fields), its :guilabel:`Status`, the number of payslips in the batch (:guilabel:`Payslips Count`), and the :guilabel:`Company`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:-1 -msgid "View displaying all batches created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:33 -msgid "Create a new batch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:35 -msgid "New batches of payslips must be created from the :guilabel:`Payslips Batches` dashboard, by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`. Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank payslip batch form on a separate page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:39 -msgid "On the new payslip batch form, enter the :guilabel:`Batch Name`. This should be something short and descriptive, to keep records organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:43 -msgid "A company pays its employees on a bi-weekly basis, and creates separate batches for their two different :ref:`salary structures ` they use: worker pay and regular pay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:47 -msgid "The names for their four August 2025 batches are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:49 -msgid "`Aug 1-14 2025 - Worker`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:50 -msgid "`Aug 1-14 2025 - Regular`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:51 -msgid "`Aug 15-31 2025 - Worker`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:52 -msgid "`Aug 15-31 2025 - Regular`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:54 -msgid "Next, select the date range to which the batch applies. Click into one of the :guilabel:`Period` fields, and a calendar pop-up window appears. From this calendar pop-up window, navigate to the correct month, and click on the corresponding day for both the start and end dates of the batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:58 -msgid "The current company populates the :guilabel:`Company` field. If operating in a multi-company environment, it is **not** possible to modify the :guilabel:`Company` from the form. The batch **must** be created while in the database for the desired company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:-1 -msgid "The details entered for the new batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:68 -msgid "Add payslips to a batch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:70 -msgid "Once a :ref:`batch has been created `, payslips need to be added to the batch. Payslips can either be :ref:`created and added ` to the batch, or if they have *already* been created, they can be :ref:`added to the batch `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:75 -msgid "Batches can only have payslips added to them when they are in the :guilabel:`New` stage. Payslips can either be :ref:`created by the database ` and added to the batch, or :ref:`pre-existing payslips can be individually added ` to the batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:79 -msgid "Once either of these methods has been used, the status of the batch changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and both options to add payslips no longer appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 -msgid "Generate payslips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:87 -msgid "To generate the payslips and add them to the batch, first open the batch by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`, and click on the desired batch. Next, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button and a :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up window loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:91 -msgid "This form contains three sections, and the configuration of this form determines which payslips are created. The :guilabel:`Employees Selection` section determines which employees' payslips to create. Using the drop-down menus, configure the :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` fields, if desired. As selections are made, the :guilabel:`Employees` section at the bottom updates to show which payslips are going to be generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:98 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Payslip Generation` section allows the user to pick a specific :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to create payslips for. If left blank, the default structure for each employee is used to calculate their pay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:103 -msgid "By default, Odoo lists all employees in the :guilabel:`Employees` section when generating payslips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:106 -msgid "The list filters automatically as selections are made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:108 -msgid "Configuration is optional unless a batch is being created **excluding** certain employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:110 -msgid "Once all the desired configurations have been made, click the :guilabel:`Generate` button, and all payslips are created and attached to the batch. Once generated, a :icon:`fa-book` :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button appears at the top, along with the number of payslips in the batch. Click this smart button to view a list of all the payslips in the batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:115 -msgid "Once the payslips have been generated and attached to the batch, the status of the batch changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:-1 -msgid "Payslips being generated for marketing and community managers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:124 -msgid "Add payslips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:126 -msgid "Instead of generating payslips, :ref:`individual payslips that have already been created ` can be added to a batch. Start by opening the desired batch by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`, and clicking on the desired batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:130 -msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Add Payslips` button, and an :guilabel:`Add Payslips` form loads in a pop-up window. All available payslips that have not yet been added to a batch, appear on the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:134 -msgid "**All** payslips not yet assigned to a batch appear in the list, regardless of status (:guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`Waiting`, :guilabel:`Paid`, or :guilabel:`Cancelled`). This allows already processed or cancelled payslips to be grouped retroactively for reporting or record keeping purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:139 -msgid "Tick the checkbox next to each desired payslip to be added, then click the :guilabel:`Select` button at the bottom. All selected payslips are added to the batch, and the status of the batch changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`. A :icon:`fa-book` :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button appears at the top, along with the number of payslips in the batch. Click this smart button to view a list of all the payslips in the batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:-1 -msgid "Adding individual payslips to a batch by selecting them form this list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:151 -msgid "Process a batch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:153 -msgid "After a :ref:`batch has been created ` , and :ref:`all required payslips have been added `, the batch must then be processed, and employees paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:156 -msgid "Open the desired batch by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`, and clicking on the desired batch. For a batch to be processed, it must have a status of :guilabel:`Confirmed`. That means the batch has been created and payslips have been added to them, but the payslips have *not* been processed yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:161 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` button to confirm and create a draft of the individual payslips. After this occurs, the batch status changes to :guilabel:`Done`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:165 -msgid "At any time, the batch needs to be reverted back to a status of :guilabel:`New`, click the :guilabel:`Set to Draft` button. This action does **not** remove any payslips that have already been added to the batch, instead, the status changes back to :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:169 -msgid "After any desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Confirm` and the batch status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:172 -msgid "It is important to note, that if any payslips in the batch have a status of :guilabel:`Paid`, the batch **cannot** revert to a status of :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:175 -msgid "Once the status has changed to :guilabel:`Done`, the payments must be logged in the database. Click the :guilabel:`Create Payment Report` button, and a pop-up window loads, where the payment report details are entered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:179 -msgid "Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Export Format` for the payment report. The two default options available are :guilabel:`NACHA`, and :guilabel:`CSV`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:182 -msgid "The :guilabel:`NACHA` option creates a compatible ACH file which is sent to the company's bank, and outlines all the banking information to transfer money from the company to the employees, either via direct deposit (most common) or a check. Refer to the :ref:`fiscal localization document ` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:222 -msgid "Other options may be available depending on the :doc:`payroll localization ` installed in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:191 -msgid "If :guilabel:`CSV` is selected, all other fields are hidden form view. Once this is selected, click the :guilabel:`Generate` button to create the payment report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:194 -msgid "Next, select the desired :guilabel:`Bank Journal` the paychecks are logged on. Last, using the calendar selector, set the date the paychecks are issued in the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:197 -msgid "Once the pop-up window is configured, click the :guilabel:`Generate` button, and the file appears on the batch form, in a new :guilabel:`Payment Report` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/batches.rst:200 -msgid "After the report is created, click the :guilabel:`Mark as paid` button to mark the payslips as paid in the database." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/commissions.rst:4 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:360 msgid "Commissions" @@ -7532,14 +7309,14 @@ msgid "Add a new commission by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`, and entering the msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/commissions.rst:42 -msgid "Once all the commissions are properly entered, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button to create the warrant payslips in a batch, or click :guilabel:`Export` to export a CSV file of the commissions." +msgid "Once all the commissions are properly entered, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button to create the warrant payslips in a group, which is reffered to as a *pay run* in Odoo, or click :guilabel:`Export` to export a CSV file of the commissions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/commissions.rst:46 -msgid ":ref:`Process the batch ` in the same way as a typical batch to complete the payment process." +msgid ":ref:`Process the pay run ` in the same way as a typical batch to complete the payment process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/commissions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/commissions.rst:None msgid "Enter the commission details." msgstr "" @@ -7577,7 +7354,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Contracts` dashboard displays all employee contracts in a default list view, grouped by :guilabel:`Status`. The available status groupings are :guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Expired`, and :guilabel:`Cancelled`. Each grouping displays the number of contracts within the grouping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:None msgid "Contracts dashboard view showing running contracts and contracts with issues." msgstr "" @@ -7678,7 +7455,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`HR Responsible` field only appears if the **Salary Configurator** (`hr_contract_salary`) module and the **Sign** app are both installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:None msgid "New contract form to be filled in when creating a new contract." msgstr "" @@ -7711,7 +7488,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: This field automatically updates after the :guilabel:`Schedule Pay` and :guilabel:`Wage` fields are entered. This amount is the total monthly cost for the employer. This field **cannot** be modified, and is calculated based on the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:None msgid "The Salary Information tab filled out." msgstr "" @@ -7760,7 +7537,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: Enter any relevant notes for the contract in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:None msgid "The Details tab filled out." msgstr "" @@ -7789,7 +7566,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`PDF Template` fields are only visible if the **Sign** app is installed, along with the :guilabel:`hr_contract_salary` and :guilabel:`hr_contract_salary_payroll` :doc:`modules <../../general/apps_modules>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:None msgid "The Signatories tab with the roles specified for signing." msgstr "" @@ -7845,7 +7622,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to send a contract using the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button, there **must** be an employee signature field on the contract PDF being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:None msgid "Send the contract to the employee via one of the buttons." msgstr "" @@ -7937,7 +7714,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: Select the employee responsible for validating contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:None msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" @@ -7965,7 +7742,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other two fields automatically update to reflect the change. It is best practice to check these three fields if any modifications have been made, to ensure they are accurate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:None msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" @@ -8033,7 +7810,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`From`/:guilabel:`To` dates: defaults to current date (from) and blank (to). Adjust these to define the period to analyze." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:None msgid "A headcount report form filled out for the third quarter of 2025." msgstr "" @@ -8093,6 +7870,219 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: the dollar amount on payroll reports" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:3 +msgid "Pay runs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:5 +msgid "*Pay runs* are used to generate multiple :doc:`payslips ` at once and process them in a group, rather than create and process individual payslips. This method not only helps the payroll department pay employees in less time, but it also helps keep payslips organized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:9 +msgid "Typically, a company's payroll department :ref:`creates a new pay run ` for each salary structure, for every pay period (usually weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly). If desired, pay runs can be further organized by department, job position, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:13 +msgid "Once a pay run is made, :ref:`payslips are added to the pay run `, then the pay run is processed, and employees are paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:17 +msgid "View pay runs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:19 +msgid "To view all the pay runs in the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Pay Runs` to display all payslip pay runs that have been created. These payslip pay runs are displayed in a list view, grouped by :icon:`oi-group` :guilabel:`Status` (either :guilabel:`Ready`, :guilabel:`Done`, or :guilabel:`Paid`), by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:24 +msgid "Each pay run displays the name, the dates it includes, the number of payslips, and the total :guilabel:`employer cost`, :guilabel:`gross`, and :guilabel:`net` amounts for all payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:None +msgid "View displaying all pay runs created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:33 +msgid "Create a new pay run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:35 +msgid "New pay runs can be created from the :ref:`Work Entry `, :ref:`Employee Payslips `, or :ref:`Pay Runs ` dashboards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:24 +msgid "Work entry dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:43 +msgid "To create a pay run from the work entry dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work Entries`. The current time period is displayed, with the current day highlighted in yellow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:47 +msgid "All employees appear in a default Gantt view, with all work entries displayed. If necessary, navigate to the desired time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:50 +msgid "Once all :ref:`missing work entries are added ` and all :ref:`conflicts are resolved `, click the :guilabel:`Generate Pay Run` button. The pay run is created for all employees, with a status of :guilabel:`Ready`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:None +msgid "The work entries dashboard with the GeneratePay Runs button visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:60 +msgid "Employee payslips dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:62 +msgid "To create a pay run from the payslips dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Payslips`. All payslips for all employees are displayed in a default list view, in chronological order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:68 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Pay Run` button and a :guilabel:`New Pay Run` pop-up window loads. Select the :guilabel:`Salary Structure` using the drop-down menu. If no :guilabel:`Salary Structure` is selected, the pay run applies to *all* salary structures. Next, select the :guilabel:`Pay Schedule`, which is *how often* employees are paid. The default options are :guilabel:`year`, :guilabel:`half-year`, :guilabel:`quarter`, :guilabel:`2 months`, :guilabel:`month`, :guilabel:`half-month`, :guilabel:`2 weeks`, :guilabel:`week`, or :guilabel:`day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:75 +msgid "Last, using the calendar selector, set the first day the pay run covers in the first blank :guilabel:`Period` field. The second field is automatically populated based on the selection in the :guilabel:`Pay Schedule` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:80 +msgid "A company pays its employees every month. To configure the pay run for November, the :guilabel:`Pay Schedule` is set to :guilabel:`month`, and the first :guilabel:`Period` field is set to `Nov 1`. Once entered, the second field is automatically populated with `Nov 30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:0 +msgid "A monthly pay run configured for November." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:87 +msgid "When the :guilabel:`New Pay Run` pop-up window is configured, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and the pop-up window changes to a :guilabel:`Select Employees` window. All employees who match the parameters set in the :guilabel:`New Pay Run` pop-up window appear in the list. Select the desired employees to add to the pay run, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employees` to select *all* employees in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:None +msgid "The pay run employee selection pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:96 +msgid "Once all desired employees are selected, click :guilabel:`Select`. The pop-up window closes, and the pay run appears on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:102 +msgid "Pay runs dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:104 +msgid "To create a pay run from the pay runs dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Pay Runs`. Click the :guilabel:`New` button and a :guilabel:`New Pay Run` pop-up window loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:108 +msgid "Follow the same directions as if creating a :ref:`pay run form the payslips dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:114 +msgid "Add a payslips to a pay run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:116 +msgid "Once a :ref:`pay run has been created `, payslips are added as part of the pay run creation. If needed, additional payslips can be created individually, and added to a pay run after it has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:120 +msgid "To add a new payslip, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Payslips`. Click the :guilabel:`New Off-Cycle` button and a blank :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` form loads. :ref:`Configure the payslip form `, and ensure the :guilabel:`Pay Run` field is populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:125 +msgid "Once the form is configured, click :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` to calculate the payslip and add it to the selected pay run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:131 +msgid "Process a pay run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:133 +msgid "After a :ref:`pay run has been created `, and :ref:`all required payslips have been added `, the pay run must then be processed, and employees paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:136 +msgid "Open the desired pay run by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Pay Runs`, and clicking on the desired pay run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:139 +msgid "For a pay run to be processed, it must have a status of :guilabel:`Ready`. That means the pay run has been created and payslips have been added, but the payslips have *not* been processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:142 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` button, then click :guilabel:`OK` in the :guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window to confirm and create a draft of all the individual payslips in the pay run. After this occurs, the pay run status changes to :guilabel:`Done`, and moves to the corresponding grouping on the :guilabel:`Pay Runs` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:148 +msgid "At any time, the pay run needs to be reverted back to a status of :guilabel:`Ready`, click the :guilabel:`Revert` button. This action does **not** remove any payslips that have already been added to the pay run, instead, the status changes back to :guilabel:`Ready`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:152 +msgid "After any desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` and the pay run status changes to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:155 +msgid "It is important to note, that if any payslips in the pay run have a status of :guilabel:`Paid`, the pay run **cannot** revert to a status of :guilabel:`Ready`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:158 +msgid "Once the status has changed to :guilabel:`Done`, the payments must be logged in the database. Click the :guilabel:`Payment Report` button, and a pop-up window loads, where the payment report details are entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:162 +msgid "Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Export Format` for the payment report. The universal option is :guilabel:`CSV`, while all other available options depend on the installed :doc:`payroll localization `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:166 +msgid "Next, select the :guilabel:`Payment Date` using the calendar selector. This is the date the paychecks are issued." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:169 +msgid "Some :doc:`payroll localizations ` cause a :guilabel:`Bank Journal` field to also appear. If visible, select the journal the payslips are logged on, using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:172 +msgid "Once the pop-up window is configured, click the :guilabel:`Generate` button. The :guilabel:`Payment Report` button changes to a :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download (filetype)` button. To save a copy of the payment report, click the :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download (filetype)` button, select the location for the file, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:178 +msgid "If the screen is enlarged beyond a certain amount, the :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download (filetype)` button is hidden from view. In this scenario, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon to view and select the :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download (filetype)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:183 +msgid "After the report is created, click the :guilabel:`Mark as paid` button to mark the payslips as paid in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:187 +msgid "Odoo automatically creates the name of the pay run according to the various selections made when creating the pay run (salary structure, pay schedule, etc). In some situations, a company may want to rename the pay runs, for better organization and a clearer understanding of what pay slips are part of each pay run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:192 +msgid "For example, a company pays its employees monthly, for both hourly and salaried employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:194 +msgid "The names for their four August 2025 pay runs are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:196 +msgid "`Aug 1-14 2025 - Hourly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:197 +msgid "`Aug 1-14 2025 - Salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:198 +msgid "`Aug 15-31 2025 - Hourly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/pay_runs.rst:199 +msgid "`Aug 15-31 2025 - Salary`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_analysis.rst:3 msgid "Payroll analysis" msgstr "" @@ -8109,7 +8099,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Net Wage` is the default metric displayed in the report, but other measures can be displayed if desired, such as *gross wage* or *days of paid time off*. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` button to view a drop-down menu of other metrics to display. Click on the desired measure to display the results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_analysis.rst:None msgid "Payroll overview report showing payroll for the last 365 days." msgstr "" @@ -8137,7 +8127,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To display more information on the report, click the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` button to reveal a drop-down menu. Click on any metric to display it on the pivot table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_analysis.rst:None msgid "Pivot table view with the various metrics on display." msgstr "" @@ -8361,7 +8351,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create an employee by going to :menuselection:`Employees --> New`. Go to the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, and configure the :guilabel:`Australian Payroll` section, for example checking if they are :guilabel:`Non-resident`, if they benefit from the :guilabel:`Tax-free Threshold`, their :guilabel:`TFN Status`, :guilabel:`Employee Type`, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Employee settings tab for the Australian payroll localization." msgstr "" @@ -8389,7 +8379,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Date of Birth`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Employee private information tab for the Australian payroll localization." msgstr "" @@ -8409,7 +8399,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Proportion` field if an employee's contributions should sent to multiple funds at a time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Configuring a super fund and super account for the Australian payroll localization." msgstr "" @@ -8437,7 +8427,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "(for SMFS only) :guilabel:`Bank Account`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Configuring a super fund for the Australian payroll localization." msgstr "" @@ -8461,7 +8451,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Employment contract creation: recommended steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Recommended steps to create an employment contract." msgstr "" @@ -8525,7 +8515,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "3. Australia tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Australia tab of a contract." msgstr "" @@ -8601,7 +8591,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "5. Run the contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Example of a running contract." msgstr "" @@ -8621,7 +8611,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Pay runs are created by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Payslips --> Batches`. After clicking :guilabel:`New`, enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name`, select a :guilabel:`Period`, and click :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Steps to generate payslips." msgstr "" @@ -8629,7 +8619,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Employees on a pay run can be filtered down by :guilabel:`Department` and :guilabel:`Job Position`. There is no limit to the amount of payslips that can be created in one batch. After clicking :guilabel:`Generate`, one payslip is created per employee in the :guilabel:`Waiting` stage, in which they can be reviewed and amended before validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Generated payslips in the waiting stage." msgstr "" @@ -8645,7 +8635,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Other inputs` are individual payments or amounts of :ref:`different types ` (allowances, lump sums, deductions, termination payments, leaves, etc.) that have little to do with the hours worked during the current pay period. The :ref:`previously configured salary attachments ` are simply recurring other inputs attached to a contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Worked days and other inputs of a payslip." msgstr "" @@ -8749,7 +8739,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Preparing super contribution lines as part of SuperStream compliance. This needs to be done by the :guilabel:`HR Super Send` user selected under :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Example of a draft payslip." msgstr "" @@ -8781,7 +8771,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "a summary of payslips contained in this pay run, auditable from this view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Example of an STP record." msgstr "" @@ -8803,7 +8793,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Although you may decide to pay your employees individually, we recommend creating a batch payment from your payslip batch. To do so, click :guilabel:`Pay` on the payslip batch, and select :guilabel:`ABA Credit Transfer` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Selecting the payment method for a payslip batch." msgstr "" @@ -8819,7 +8809,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a :guilabel:`Payment Batch` linked to the payslip batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Example of a paid batch of payslips." msgstr "" @@ -8827,7 +8817,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When receiving the bank statement in Odoo, you can now match the statement line with the batch payment in one click. The payment is not reconciled against the payslip batch, and all individual payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Steps to reconcile a bank statement with a batch payment." msgstr "" @@ -8851,7 +8841,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once posted, predefined accounts will impact the company's balance sheet (PAYGW, wages, and superannuation liabilities) and profit & loss report (wages and superannuation expenses). In addition, the employee's gross wage and PAYG withholding will update the BAS report for the relevant period (see Tax Grid: W1 and W2). Accounts can be adjusted to the company's chart of accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Example of a BAS report PAYG tax witheld section." msgstr "" @@ -8871,7 +8861,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once a quarter (or more frequently, in preparation for `Payday Super `_), you have to process superannuation payments to your employees' super funds. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Super Contributions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Example of a super file." msgstr "" @@ -8883,7 +8873,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the payment has been processed, it can be traced back to the Super file and matched with a bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Example of a super file payment." msgstr "" @@ -8911,7 +8901,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Termination Type`: the type of redundancy (genuine or non-genuine) affects the computation of unused annual and long service leave withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Terminating the contract of an employee." msgstr "" @@ -8923,7 +8913,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirming the termination creates an out-of-cycle payslip with the tag :guilabel:`final pay`. It computes the worked days until the contract end date, in addition to the employee's unused annual and long service leave entitlements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Example of an out-of-cycle payslip of a terminated employee." msgstr "" @@ -8935,7 +8925,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Employment Termination Payments (ETP) can also be added to the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` table. Odoo has a comprehensive list of excluded and non-excluded ETPs for companies to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Adding employment termination payments." msgstr "" @@ -8955,7 +8945,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When switching from another STP-enabled software to Odoo, you might need to maintain the continuity in the YTD values of your employees. Odoo allows importing employees' YTD values by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Settings` and clicking :guilabel:`Import YTD Balances`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Import YTD balances button." msgstr "" @@ -8975,7 +8965,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Ask your previous software provider if you cannot find its BMS ID or your employees' payroll IDs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Importing YTD balances." msgstr "" @@ -8983,7 +8973,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This will give you the opportunity to add your employees' YTD opening balances in the current fiscal year. The ATO reports on a lot of different types of YTD. These are represented by the 13 following :guilabel:`Salary Rules` in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Salary rules for an employee." msgstr "" @@ -9087,7 +9077,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Employers reporting through STP must make a finalization declaration by 14 July each year. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> STP Finalisation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "EOFY finalisation of an employee." msgstr "" @@ -9095,7 +9085,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Both active and terminated employees to finalise are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "List of employees to finalise." msgstr "" @@ -9123,7 +9113,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To proceed with an individual finalisation, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> STP Finalisation`, leave the :guilabel:`EOFY Declaration` checkbox unticked, and manually add employees to be finalised." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Individual EOFY finalisation." msgstr "" @@ -9147,7 +9137,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you need to amend YTD amounts for an employee after a finalisation declaration was made, it is still possible to remove the finalisation indicator for that employee. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> STP Finalisation`, select the employee, and leave the :guilabel:`Finalisation` checkbox unticked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Amending YTD amounts for an employee." msgstr "" @@ -9179,7 +9169,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, open the last STP submission and click :guilabel:`Replace File`. Then, select which payslips need to be reset by ticking the :guilabel:`Reset Payslip` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Replace file button." msgstr "" @@ -9207,7 +9197,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, correct the reset payslips and create their draft entry. Once done, the :guilabel:`Submit to ATO` reappears on the payslip batch to process the full file replacement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Resubmitting a payslip batch." msgstr "" @@ -9311,7 +9301,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Unused Leave Type`: choose between :guilabel:`Annual`, :guilabel:`Long Service`, or :guilabel:`Personal Leave`. If :guilabel:`Personal Leave` is selected, the remaining leave balance for this time off type will not show up as an entitlement at the time of termination. Unused leaves of the type :guilabel:`Annual` will include leave loading if the employee is eligible for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Configuring time off types." msgstr "" @@ -9335,7 +9325,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the expense is to be reimbursed as part of the next pay run, click :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Two ways of reimbursing an expense." msgstr "" @@ -9343,7 +9333,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After an expense has been added to the next payslip, you can find it in the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` table. This input type is then computed as an addition to the net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "The expense reimbursement on a payslip." msgstr "" @@ -9351,7 +9341,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After paying the employee, the payslip's journal item related to the employee's reimbursement is automatically matched against the expense's vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "The payslip's journal item related to the employee's expense reimbursement." msgstr "" @@ -9360,7 +9350,7 @@ msgid "Advanced configurations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:730 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:438 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" @@ -9428,7 +9418,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Grouping other input types by :guilabel:`Payment Type` can help you understand the different scenarios in which these inputs can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Other input types grouped by payment type." msgstr "" @@ -9442,7 +9432,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A *work entry type* is a type of attendance for employees (e.g., attendance, paid leave, overtime, etc.). A few work entry types are created by default in every Australian database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Default work entry types for the Australian localization." msgstr "" @@ -9466,7 +9456,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`STP Code`: only visible in :ref:`developer mode `, this field tells Odoo how to report the time spent in this category to the ATO. We do not recommend changing the value of this field if it was already set by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Configuring a work entry type." msgstr "" @@ -9563,7 +9553,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry ID in brackets for the user to easily retrieve the same record in Employment Hero and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Employment Hero journal entries in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -9575,7 +9565,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the Payroll settings section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:None msgid "Finding the Employment Hero accounts." msgstr "" @@ -9599,7 +9589,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The first section of the payslip contains the employee's general details. It is crucial to verify the accuracy of the civil status and the number of dependents, as these factors influence tax calculations. Employers can ensure updates are made through their internal salary configurator or employee profile management systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "How to read a payslip - General Information." msgstr "" @@ -9613,7 +9603,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This section outlines time-off applications and their impact on salary. The base salary typically remains constant unless unpaid leave is taken. If an employee has taken unpaid leave, parental leave, or any unexpected absence, their salary will reflect the corresponding deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "How to read a payslip - Work Entries." msgstr "" @@ -9922,7 +9912,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Based on the allocated and requested time off, the :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay N-1` and :guilabel:`Double Holiday Pay N-1` for the December payslip are computed (and editable for manual encoding). Click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "December Pay Amount." msgstr "" @@ -9934,7 +9924,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The simple holiday pay is included into the gross remuneration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "December Pay Simple." msgstr "" @@ -9942,7 +9932,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The double holiday pay is computed separately and included into the net amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "December Pay Double." msgstr "" @@ -10779,7 +10769,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the wizard that appears, select the reason for departure, provide a description of the departure, and specify the dismissal date. The employee's seniority is calculated based on their contract history, and the notice period is determined accordingly. You can also indicate whether the employee will be working during the notice period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Departure Notice Wizard." msgstr "" @@ -10986,7 +10976,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Odoo, when you have the Belgian Payroll Localization installed, as soon as you have a contract set to the running stage, it creates an activity for the HR responsible that they need to introduce the Dimona for today with the correct link to the Dimona Platform (the web channel mentioned in the Channels section of this article)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Dimona Activity." msgstr "" @@ -11287,7 +11277,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> DMFA: Work Locations`, you can link the work address to a ONSS identification number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "DmfA - Work Location ONSS ID." msgstr "" @@ -11335,9 +11325,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Web declaration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "DmfA - Web Declaration." msgstr "" @@ -11349,7 +11339,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "DmfA - PDF Company." msgstr "" @@ -11357,7 +11347,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For a specific employee:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "DmfA - PDF Employee." msgstr "" @@ -12139,7 +12129,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then click the **Generate Payslips** button, select the CP200 salary structure type and the Thirteen Month salary structure. You can also filter eligible employees by department and / or job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Double Holiday Batch Wizard." msgstr "" @@ -12148,7 +12138,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once validated, a payslip is generated for each employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Double Holiday Payslips." msgstr "" @@ -12157,7 +12147,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can now check the different payslips before validation. Once validated, the PDF files are generated and posted on employee portals as for classic payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Double Holiday PDF." msgstr "" @@ -12434,15 +12424,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button, select the :guilabel:`CP200: Belgian Employee` :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` and the :guilabel:`CP200: Employees 13th Month` :guilabel:`Salary Structure`. You can also filter eligible employees by :guilabel:`Department` and / or :guilabel:`Job Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "End of Year Bonus Batch Wizard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "End of Year Bonus Payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "End of Year Bonus PDF." msgstr "" @@ -12583,7 +12573,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the employee form view, under the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, you can enter the various amounts from holiday attests provided by the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Holiday Pay Recovery Configuration." msgstr "" @@ -12639,7 +12629,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **number of time-off days** has been matched (if the employee's current salary is lower than before)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Holiday Pay Recovery Simple Payslip." msgstr "" @@ -12647,7 +12637,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the **payslip** is validated and paid, the recovered simple holiday pay is reflected in the employee form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Holiday Pay Recovery Simple Amount." msgstr "" @@ -12671,7 +12661,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This amount is **editable** if manual adjustments are needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Holiday Pay Recovery Double Wizard." msgstr "" @@ -12679,7 +12669,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once validated, the double pay recovery is applied to the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Holiday Pay Recovery Double Amount." msgstr "" @@ -12962,7 +12952,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the first page, the :guilabel:`Employer Information` and the :guilabel:`Employee Information` is listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Individual Account PDF Header." msgstr "" @@ -12970,7 +12960,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The next page displays all the employee worked days and payslip lines, month by month, split by structure (e.g., End of year bonus and monthly pay)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Individual Account PDF Month by Month." msgstr "" @@ -12978,7 +12968,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The next page displays the same information quarter by quarter and summarized for the whole year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Individual Account PDF Quarter by Quarter." msgstr "" @@ -13136,11 +13126,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once a payslip is generated, the :abbr:`IP (intellectual property)` part is computed based on the intellectual property percentage and the gross salary. The tax is computed accordingly based on the revenue amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Intellectual Property Payslip 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Intellectual Property Payslip 2." msgstr "" @@ -13160,7 +13150,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select the reference :guilabel:`Year` and :guilabel:`Month`, then click :guilabel:`Export XML file` to generate the declaration. Click :guilabel:`Export PDF File` to generate the printed details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "273S Wizard File Generation." msgstr "" @@ -13168,7 +13158,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the first PDF section, the company information and the global declaration is listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "273S PDF Company Info." msgstr "" @@ -13176,7 +13166,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the second section, the employees specific information is listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "273S PDF Employee Info." msgstr "" @@ -13237,7 +13227,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule Parameters`, and search for the `CP200: Representation Fees Threshold` record. Then, adapt the current value or introduce a new one from a given date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Representation Fees Threshold." msgstr "" @@ -13655,7 +13645,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Belgium --> Social Balance Sheet` and select the reference :guilabel:`Period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Social Balance Sheet Wizard." msgstr "" @@ -13667,15 +13657,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The different pieces of information are split by gender, or by working schedule (Part Time, Full Time, Full Time equivalent), for the whole period, and month by month, as requested by the National Bank of Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Social Balance Sheet PDF Header." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Social Balance Sheet PDF Content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Social Balance Sheet XLSX Content." msgstr "" @@ -13719,7 +13709,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`By Employee`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Social Security Certificate Wizard." msgstr "" @@ -13739,15 +13729,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Export to XLSX` to generate an Excel file containing all relevant data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Social Security Certificate PDF Header." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Social Security Certificate PDF Content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Social Security Certificate XLSX Content." msgstr "" @@ -13920,7 +13910,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Based on your employees occupation over last year, the number of available time off is pre-computed for each employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Paid Time Off Allocation Wizard." msgstr "" @@ -13928,7 +13918,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once validated, a draft allocation is generated for each single employee, waiting a manual confirmation that can be done in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Paid Time Off Allocations." msgstr "" @@ -14126,7 +14116,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A follow-up contract is created if applicable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "Working Schedule Change New Contracts." msgstr "" @@ -14539,7 +14529,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Export XML file` to generate the file to post on FINPROF portal and the structured communication to link to your payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:None msgid "274.XX XML file." msgstr "" @@ -14713,7 +14703,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:47 msgid "Name" msgstr "" @@ -14723,7 +14713,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:48 msgid "Technical name" msgstr "" @@ -14733,7 +14723,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:50 msgid "Description" msgstr "" @@ -15202,7 +15192,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/employment_hero.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/employment_hero.rst:None msgid "Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" msgstr "" @@ -15218,7 +15208,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section :guilabel:`Payroll settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/employment_hero.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/employment_hero.rst:None msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "" @@ -15384,10 +15374,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to :guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-right of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:None msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:104 msgid "Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be generated in the *Payroll* app." msgstr "" @@ -15416,7 +15410,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Rules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:None msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." msgstr "" @@ -15543,7 +15537,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and employer contribution starts on second month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:None msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." msgstr "" @@ -15631,11 +15625,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:None msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:None msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." msgstr "" @@ -15663,7 +15657,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:None msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." msgstr "" @@ -15886,7 +15880,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:None msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." msgstr "" @@ -15934,7 +15928,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:None msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." msgstr "" @@ -15962,7 +15956,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:None msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." msgstr "" @@ -15982,7 +15976,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on :guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/hong_kong.rst:None msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." msgstr "" @@ -16002,7 +15996,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:39 msgid "Apps & modules" msgstr "" @@ -16014,7 +16008,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:25 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:49 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" @@ -16030,14 +16024,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:53 msgid "hr_payroll" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:56 msgid "hr_payroll_holidays" msgstr "" @@ -16057,7 +16051,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:61 msgid "hr_payroll_account" msgstr "" @@ -16084,7 +16078,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:72 msgid "General configurations" msgstr "" @@ -16092,7 +16086,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:74 msgid "First, the company must be configured. Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. From the list, select the desired company, and configure the following fields:" msgstr "" @@ -16100,7 +16094,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`: Enter the business name in this field." msgstr "" @@ -16132,7 +16126,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:102 msgid "To update an employee form, open the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click on the desired employee record. On the employee form, configure the required fields in the related tabs." msgstr "" @@ -16140,7 +16134,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:106 msgid "Work tab" msgstr "" @@ -16148,7 +16142,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:108 msgid "Enter the :guilabel:`Work Address` for the employee in the :guilabel:`Location` section of the :guilabel:`Work` tab." msgstr "" @@ -16156,7 +16150,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:116 msgid "Personal tab" msgstr "" @@ -16164,7 +16158,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:75 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:118 msgid "Ensure the employee has a minimum of one :ref:`trusted bank account ` listed in the :guilabel:`Bank Accounts` field in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section." msgstr "" @@ -16194,7 +16188,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:136 msgid "Contract overview section" msgstr "" @@ -16202,7 +16196,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:138 msgid "This section holds information that drives salary calculations. Ensure the following fields are configured:" msgstr "" @@ -16214,7 +16208,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:143 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select how the employee is paid." msgstr "" @@ -16222,7 +16216,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:96 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:145 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for salaried employees who receive the same amount each pay period." msgstr "" @@ -16230,7 +16224,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:98 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:147 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees paid based on hours worked." msgstr "" @@ -16238,7 +16232,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:148 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:150 msgid "Set a default :guilabel:`Wage Type` in the salary :ref:`Structure Type ` to configure employees in bulk. If needed, the default can be overridden on individual employee records if exceptions are needed." msgstr "" @@ -16259,10 +16253,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Pay Category`: Select :guilabel:`Jordan: Employee` for this field. This defines when the employee is paid, their default working schedule, and the work entry type it applies to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "The contract overview section of the employee form of the payroll tab." msgstr "" @@ -16270,42 +16264,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:168 msgid "Schedule section" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:170 msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: Defines how :doc:`work entries <../work_entries>` are generated for payroll during the specified pay period. The options are:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:139 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:126 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:173 msgid ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Based on the employee's assigned :ref:`working schedule ` (e.g., 40 hours per week)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:175 msgid ":guilabel:`Attendances`: Based on :doc:`approved checked-in hours <../../attendances/management>` in the **Attendances** app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:148 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:177 msgid ":guilabel:`Planning`: Based on :ref:`scheduled shifts ` in the **Planning** app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:146 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: Tick the checkbox to allow the **Attendances** app to add any extra work entries logged by the employee." msgstr "" @@ -16554,7 +16548,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:296 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:309 msgid "Payroll configuration" msgstr "" @@ -16566,7 +16560,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:328 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:144 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:315 msgid "Salary structures & structure types" msgstr "" @@ -16578,8 +16572,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary Structure` contains all the individual :ref:`salary rules ` that informs the **Payroll** app how to calculate employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "The United States salary structure in the salary structures list." msgstr "" @@ -16587,7 +16581,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:345 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:235 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:159 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:330 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:176 msgid "Salary rules" msgstr "" @@ -16596,10 +16590,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view the salary rules that inform the salary structure what to do, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Structures` and expand the :guilabel:`Jordan: Employee` entry to reveal the :guilabel:`Jordan: Monthly Pay` structure type. Click :guilabel:`Jordan: Monthly Pay` to view the detailed salary rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "The top portion of the US salary rules." msgstr "" @@ -16611,15 +16605,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:249 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:175 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:421 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:373 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:251 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:407 msgid "Some calculations require specific rates associated with them, or wage caps. *Rules Parameters* are capable of listing a value, either a percentage or a fixed amount, to reference in the salary rules." msgstr "" @@ -16630,7 +16624,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:380 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:365 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:414 msgid "Most rules pull information stored in the parameters module to get the rate of the rule (a percentage) and the cap (a dollar amount)." msgstr "" @@ -16638,7 +16632,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:368 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:417 msgid "To view rule parameters, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Rule Parameters`. Here, all rule parameters are displayed with their linked :guilabel:`Salary Rules`, which can be accessed. Review the parameters associated with a rule by looking for the :guilabel:`Name` of the rule, and make any edits as needed." msgstr "" @@ -16661,13 +16655,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:288 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:343 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:441 msgid "Work entries sync based on the employee's :doc:`contract <../contracts>` configuration. Odoo pulls from the assigned working schedule, attendance records, planning schedule, and approved time off." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:404 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:416 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:444 msgid "Any :ref:`discrepencies or conflicts ` must be resolved, then the work entries can be :ref:`regenerated `." msgstr "" @@ -16675,15 +16669,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:419 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:294 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:349 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:439 -msgid "Once everything is correct, draft payslips can be :ref:`created individually ` or in :doc:`batches <../batches>`, referred to in the **Payroll** app as *Pay Runs*." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:447 +msgid "Once everything is correct, draft payslips can be :ref:`created individually ` or in :doc:`groups <../pay_runs>`, referred to in the **Payroll** app as *Pay Runs*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "The work entries for a pay run, with some time off entered in the work entries." msgstr "" @@ -16691,13 +16685,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:426 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:301 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:356 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:454 msgid "To cut down on the payroll officer's time, it is typical to process payslips in batches, either by wage type (fixed salary vs hourly), pay schedule (weekly, bi-weekly, monthly, etc.), department (direct cost vs. administration), or any other grouping that best suits the company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:418 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:360 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:458 msgid "The process of running payroll includes different actions that need to be executed to ensure that the amount withheld from payroll taxes is correct, the amount that the employee receives as their net salary is correct, and the computation of hours worked reflects the employee's actual hours worked, among others." msgstr "" @@ -16705,28 +16699,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:435 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:310 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:365 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:463 msgid "When running a payroll batch, check that the period, company, and employees included are correct *before* starting to analyze or validate the data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:426 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:313 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:466 msgid "Once the payslips are drafted, review them for accuracy. Check the :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab, and ensure the listed worked time is correct, as well as any other inputs. Add any missing inputs, such as commissions, tips, reimbursements, that are missing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:430 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:372 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:470 msgid "Next, check the various totals (gross pay, employee taxes, benefits, employer taxes, net salaries), then click :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` to update the salary calculations, if there were edits. If everything is correct, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "The worked days tab of a payslip." msgstr "" @@ -16734,7 +16728,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:451 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:478 msgid "Accounting check" msgstr "" @@ -16746,7 +16740,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:459 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:333 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:388 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:486 msgid "Journal entry creation" msgstr "" @@ -16754,7 +16748,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:335 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:480 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:488 msgid "After payslips are confirmed and validated, journal entries are posted either individually, or in a batch. The journal entry is created first as a draft." msgstr "" @@ -16762,15 +16756,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:465 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:339 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:492 msgid "It must be decided if journal entries are done individually or in batches *before* running payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "All payslips in a draft state." msgstr "" @@ -16837,14 +16831,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:488 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:504 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:374 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:516 msgid "If everything seems correct on the journal entry draft, post the journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "Journal entries posted." msgstr "" @@ -16852,27 +16846,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:512 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:382 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:403 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:524 msgid "Register Payments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:498 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:526 msgid "After the :ref:`journal entries ` are validated, Odoo can generate payments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:500 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:391 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:412 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:533 msgid "Payments can be :guilabel:`Grouped by Partner` if there is a partner associated with a salary rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "Payslips with a status of paid." msgstr "" @@ -16880,7 +16874,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:537 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:397 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:418 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:539 msgid "Close Payroll" msgstr "" @@ -16888,12 +16882,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:539 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:399 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:420 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:541 msgid "If there are no errors, payroll is completed for the pay period." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:511 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:544 msgid "Reports" msgstr "" @@ -16927,7 +16921,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:55 msgid "hr_work_entry_holidays" msgstr "" @@ -16990,12 +16984,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: Complete the full address, including the :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip Code`, and :guilabel:`Country`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:83 msgid "The state selected in the company's address is associated as the *work address* by default for the employee, and the one used to calculate payroll taxes." msgstr "" @@ -17014,14 +17008,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: Enter the company phone number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: Enter the email used for general contact information." msgstr "" @@ -17034,7 +17028,7 @@ msgid "Every employee being paid must have their employee profiles configured fo msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:112 msgid "The state selected in this address determines which salary rules Odoo applies when calculating taxes." msgstr "" @@ -17062,7 +17056,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`CURP (Clave Única de Registro de Población)`: A personal 18-character alphanumeric code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "Where all personal information is located on the employee profile." msgstr "" @@ -17101,7 +17095,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:179 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:148 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:133 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:182 msgid ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: Using the drop-down menu, select the default work schedule. This is particularly important for employees available to receive overtime pay (typically hourly employees, not salaried)." msgstr "" @@ -17149,7 +17143,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For example, if an employee is paid weekly, and their :guilabel:`Meal Voucher` is set to $100, the employee receives $25 in every weekly paycheck." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "The payroll tab of an employee form, filled out for Mexico." msgstr "" @@ -17193,7 +17187,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all fields are configured, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button, and the credit is added to the :abbr:`INFONAVIT (Instituto del Fondo Nacional de la Vivienda para los Trabajadores)` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "The INFONAVIT section filled out for an employee." msgstr "" @@ -17277,7 +17271,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary Structure` contains all the individual :ref:`salary rules ` for each :guilabel:`Structure Type`, which informs the **Payroll** app how to calculate employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:None msgid "The Mexico salary structures in the salary structures list." msgstr "" @@ -17490,7 +17484,7 @@ msgid "`l10n_sa_hr_payroll`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:54 msgid "hr_contract_reports" msgstr "" @@ -17516,7 +17510,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:64 msgid "Links payroll and accounting by creating journal entries (per payslip if needed) to record payroll in the company's books." msgstr "" @@ -17552,13 +17546,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Payroll **cannot** be processed for employees without a *trusted* :ref:`bank account `. If no trusted bank account is set, a warning appears on the **Payroll** dashboard and an error occurs when attempting to run payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "Where bank account information is located on the employee profile." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:141 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract`: The Validity of the compensation conditions can be updated depending on the needs." msgstr "" @@ -17635,11 +17629,11 @@ msgid "When the **l10n_sa_hr_payroll** module is :ref:`installed ` that informs the **Payroll** app how to calculate employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:None msgid "The Saudi Arabia salary structure in the salary structures list." msgstr "" @@ -17821,7 +17815,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Note`: Enter any details about the loan in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:None msgid "A salary adjustment form filled out for an employee loan." msgstr "" @@ -17845,8 +17839,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the payslip form is correct, click :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, then click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry`, and click :guilabel:`OK` in the confirmation pop-up window. Next, click :guilabel:`Pay` to mark the payment as paid, then click :guilabel:`Create Payment Report` to :ref:`generate the WPS report `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:None msgid "A configured loan payslip." msgstr "" @@ -18074,7 +18068,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary Structure` contains all the individual :ref:`salary rules ` that informs the **Payroll** app how to calculate employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:None msgid "The Türkiye salary structure in the salary structures list." msgstr "" @@ -18082,7 +18076,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view the salary rules that inform the salary structure what to do, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Structures` and expand the :guilabel:`Türkiye: Employee` group to reveal the :guilabel:`Türkiye: Monthly Pay` structure type. Click :guilabel:`Türkiye: Monthly Pay` to view the detailed salary rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/turkey.rst:None msgid "The top portion of the Türkiye salary rules." msgstr "" @@ -18939,203 +18933,235 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Nevada (NV)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:18 +msgid "Vermont (VT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:19 +msgid "Illinois (IL)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:20 -msgid "Federal taxes (Income, :abbr:`FICA (Federal Insurance Contributions Act)`, and Unemployment) for both employees and employers are covered by default in the Odoo U.S. Payroll localization. Additional states will be added over time, so check back for updates." +msgid "Virginia (VA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:21 +msgid "Washington, D.C (DC)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:22 +msgid "Arizona (AZ)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:23 +msgid "Idaho (ID)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:24 +msgid "Oregon (OR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:25 +msgid "North Carolina (NC)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:28 +msgid "Federal taxes (Income, :abbr:`FICA (Federal Insurance Contributions Act)`, and Unemployment) for both employees and employers are covered by default in the Odoo U.S. Payroll localization. Additional states will be added over time, so check back for updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:32 msgid "Before configuring the United States localization, refer to the general :doc:`payroll <../../payroll>` documentation, which includes the basic information for all localizations, as well as all universal settings and fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:41 msgid ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the features of the United States payroll localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`United States - Payroll`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:52 msgid "`l10n_us_hr_payroll`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:57 msgid "Provides U.S. payroll basics, including employee tax details, salary structures (Basic/Gross/Net), tax rules, and W-2/3PA reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`United States - Payroll with Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:60 msgid "`l10n_us_hr_payroll_account`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:62 msgid "l10n_us" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:63 msgid "l10n_us_hr_payroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`Configure the United States fiscal localization <../../../finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: Enter the company's :abbr:`EIN (Employer Identification Number)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Company ID` : Enter the business's state ID number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: By default, :abbr:`USD (US Dollars)` is selected. If not, select :guilabel:`USD` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:94 msgid "Ensure the information is accurate, as it is used when creating W-2s." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:99 msgid "Every employee being paid must have their employee profiles configured for the United States payroll localization. Additional fields are present after configuring the database for the United States." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:121 msgid "These accounts are used to pay the employee, via an automation through a NACHA payment file. Payroll **cannot** be processed for employees without a *trusted* :ref:`bank account `. If no trusted bank account is set, a warning appears on the **Payroll** dashboard and an error occurs when attempting to run payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:126 msgid "Ensure there is a valid :guilabel:`SSN No` entered in the :guilabel:`Citizenship` section . The last four digits of the :abbr:`SSN (Social Security Number)` number appears on the employee's payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:154 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Determines how the employee is paid and classified, such as :guilabel:`Salary-exempt`, :guilabel:`Salary-nonexempt`, :guilabel:`Hourly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:158 msgid "This field is visible on payslips. Some states require payslips to state if the employee is exempt or non-exempt from overtime. Ensure the selection follows the state laws." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Pay Category`: Select :guilabel:`United States: Employee` for this field. This defines when the employee is paid, their default working schedule, and the work entry type it applies to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:187 msgid "W-2 form section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:189 msgid "A W-2 is an annual tax form that reports an employee's wages, taxes, and benefits. Employees use it to file their tax returns. The options below correspond to checkboxes in *box 13* of the W-2 form. Select any that apply to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Statutory Employee`: Tick this box if the employee is exempt from income tax, but subject to :abbr:`FICA (Federal Insurance Contributions Act)` taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Retirement Plan`: Tick this box if the employee is an active contributor to an employer-sponsored retirement plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:197 msgid ":guilabel:`Third-Party Sick Pay`: Tick this box if the employee is covered under a plan where sick pay benefits may be provided by a third party (e.g., an insurance company) during the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:201 msgid "W-4 form section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:203 msgid "A W-4 is an :abbr:`IRS (Internal Revenue Services)` form that determines an employee's federal tax withholding, which the employer remits directly to the :abbr:`IRS (Internal Revenue Services)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:206 msgid "Configure any relevant fields for the employee in this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:209 msgid "State filing section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:211 msgid "An employee's marital status impacts their payroll taxes. Configure the following fields regarding their status and withholdings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:214 msgid ":guilabel:`Status`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee's *federal* filing status. The options are :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married/RDP filing jointly`, :guilabel:`Married/RDP filing separately`, :guilabel:`Head of household`, or :guilabel:`Qualifying surviving spouse/RDP with child`. This typically comes from the employee's W-4 form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:218 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Status`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee's *state* filing status, if applicable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:222 msgid "The federal and state statuses do **not** need to match." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:225 msgid "As of 2025, these states do **not** collect state income tax: Alaska, Florida, Nevada, New Hampshire, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Washington, and Wyoming. If a payroll localization exists for these states, there are **no** corresponding state options in the :guilabel:`Tax Status` field. Leave it blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:230 msgid ":guilabel:`Withholding Allowance`: Enter the total annual amount to be withheld from the employee's pay for the year, for state taxes. Only fill this out if the employee lives in a state with state income tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Extra Withholding`: Enter the total *extra* annual amount (not including the :guilabel:`Withholding Allowance` amount) to be withheld from the employee's pay for the year, for state taxes, if the employee lives in a state with state income tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "The state filing section of the employee form, filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:241 msgid "Common benefits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:243 msgid "The following sections of benefits are considered common ones offered by US employers. This information needs to be populated with the information selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:247 msgid "The benefits listed in this section are considered the most commonly offered by companies. If other employee benefits exist that require regular paycheck deductions, they can be added as *inputs*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:252 msgid "Pre-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:254 msgid "Pre-tax benefits lower the employee's gross wage, which decreases the base amount for tax calculations. These are displayed at the beginning of the payslip before the gross wage is stipulated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:259 msgid "Retirement plans section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:261 msgid "This section is where the employee and employer 401(k) contributions are configured. Fill out the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:264 msgid ":guilabel:`401(k)`: Enter the amount of money taken out of the employee's payslip each pay period. This can be entered either as a percentage (%) of the payslip amount, or a specific dollar amount per payslip ($/slip)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:267 msgid ":guilabel:`Matching Amount`: Enter the matching amount the employer contributes to the employee's 401(k), as compared to the employee's contributions. This field can also be configured as either a percentage (%) of the employee's contribution, or a specific dollar amount ($/slip)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:270 msgid ":guilabel:`Matching Yearly Cap`: If there is a limit to the employer's contribution, enter it as a percentage of the employee's annual salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:274 msgid "A company allows employees to contribute to a 401(k) retirement plan, and matches 50% of the employee's contributions, up to $5,000 USD a year. The employee earns $50,000 USD a year, and contributes 20% of their pay to their 401(k), which is $10,000 USD." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:278 msgid "To configure this, enter `20.00` in the :guilabel:`401(k)` field, `50.00` in the :guilabel:`Matching Amount` field, and `20.00` in the :guilabel:`Matching Yearly Cap` field." msgstr "" @@ -19143,51 +19169,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An employee's retirement configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:285 msgid "Health benefits section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:287 msgid "This section is where the employee's health contributions are configured. Populate each of the fields with the corresponding amount deducted from *each paycheck* for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "The health benefits section for an employee, filled out with payslip deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:294 msgid "Other benefits section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:296 msgid "This section currently only houses a :guilabel:`Commuter` benefit field. Enter the amount being deducted per paycheck, for applicable commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:300 msgid "Post-tax deductions section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:302 msgid "These types of benefits count as deductions *after* taxes are calculated. They appear towards the end of the payslip before the net amount is displayed. Currently, only one field, :guilabel:`ROTH 401(k)` appears in this section. Enter either a percentage (%) of the payslip amount, or a specific dollar amount per payslip ($/slip) being deducted from the employee's pay, and deposited into a ROTH 401(k) account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:311 msgid "Several sections within the **Payroll** app installs a Salary Structure, Structure Type, Rules, and Parameters specific to the United States." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:317 msgid "When the **l10n_us_hr_payroll** module is :ref:`installed `, a new :guilabel:`Salary Structure` gets installed, :guilabel:`United States: Regular Pay`. This structure includes one :guilabel:`Structure Type`, :guilabel:`United States: Regular Pay`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:332 msgid "To view the salary rules that inform the salary structure what to do, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Structures` and expand the :guilabel:`United States: Employee` group to reveal the :guilabel:`United States: Regular Pay` structure type. Click :guilabel:`United States: Regular Pay` to view the detailed salary rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:340 msgid "Each rule defines how pay is calculated, taking into account factors such as commissions, bonuses, taxes, and insurance. The *logic* behind the :guilabel:`United States: Regular Pay` rules is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:344 msgid "The first four rules listed reflects all sources of income, including the basic wage listed on the contract (:guilabel:`Basic Salary`), plus any allowances, such as :guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Tips`, and :guilabel:`Bonuses`." msgstr "" @@ -19195,11 +19221,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The basic salary rules for the US localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:351 msgid "Adding up these inputs is how the gross salary (:guilabel:`Gross Pay`) is calculated. This amount is the base amount used to calculate payroll taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:354 msgid "The next set of rules are the various pre-tax benefits and taxable income, such as :guilabel:`Medical` insurance contributions and :guilabel:`Commuter Benefits`. After the employee's :guilabel:`Gross Pay` is calculated, Odoo deducts all the pre-tax benefits listed on the employee's contract to determine the employee's :guilabel:`Taxable Income`." msgstr "" @@ -19207,7 +19233,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pre-tax rules for the US localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:362 msgid "Next, all the various tax rules are listed where both federal and state payroll withholdings are outlined. First, federal tax rules are listed, then any state rules (if any) are listed." msgstr "" @@ -19215,11 +19241,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The federal tax rules for the US localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:369 msgid "The rule for federal withholdings for `Worker's Compensation` appears *after* several state-specific withholdings are listed, and does **not** appear in the above image, but are listed in the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:373 msgid "The last rules listed are the post-tax employee deductions." msgstr "" @@ -19227,7 +19253,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The post-tax rules for the US localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:378 msgid "The :guilabel:`Other Inputs` tab contains anything else affecting payroll. This includes items to be added to the payslip, such as :guilabel:`Tips`, and other deductions, such as :guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" @@ -19235,15 +19261,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The other inputs for the US localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:385 msgid "The employee's net salary is the amount the employee receives from the employer. The formula to calculate the net salary is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:388 msgid "\\text{Gross Salary} + \\text{Allowances} - \\text{Payroll Taxes} - \\text{General Deductions}" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:392 msgid "Additionally, an extra section exists in payroll calculation for the US called `Employer Deductions`, and it breaks down the payments the employer must make as their portion of payroll taxes." msgstr "" @@ -19251,149 +19277,149 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employer deduction rules for the US localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:400 msgid "The rule for employer deductions for `Worker's Compensation` appears *after* several state-specific employer deductions are listed, and does **not** appear in the above image, but are listed in the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:411 msgid "The wage base for Social Security tax calculations has a cap for 2025, accounted for in the `US: FICA OASDI Cap` parameter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:423 msgid "The Unemployment tax of a company is different from the one added by default in Odoo. To update this, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Rule Parameters`, then, filter the results by :abbr:`FUTA (Federal Unemployment Tax Act)`, or the name of the state that needs editing, and edit the corresponding rate from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:429 msgid "Odoo adds updated rule parameters for the current calendar year. It is **not** recommended to edit rule parameters **unless a federal or state parameter has changed**, and is different from the rule parameters created by Odoo. Check with all local and national regulations *before* making any changes to rule parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:435 msgid "Run US payroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:437 msgid "Before running paypoll, the payroll officer must validate employee :doc:`work entries <../work_entries>` to confirm pay accuracy and catch errors. This includes checking that all time off is approved and any overtime is appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:480 msgid "The accounting process when running payroll has two components: :ref:`creating journal entries `, and :ref:`registering payments `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:498 msgid "Four accounts from the US :abbr:`CoA (Chart of Accounts)` are included with the payroll localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:501 msgid "`611000 Salaries & Wages`: Records gross salary and the employer's portion of payroll expenses. Also groups values from rules without specific accounts (e.g., company-specific benefits)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:503 msgid "`230100 Employee Payroll Taxes`: Withheld taxes from employees, which the employer must file and pay. The partner and label columns of the journal entry indicate the specific tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:497 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:505 msgid "`230200 Employer Payroll Taxes`: Employer portion of payroll taxes to be filed and paid. The partner and label columns of the journal entry indicate the specific tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:507 msgid "`230000 Salary Payable`: Net salary owed to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:510 msgid "The :abbr:`CoA (Chart of Accounts)` configuration is done by default when a company is located in the US. The account codes and names can be edited to suit the company's needs. If there is no :abbr:`CoA (Chart of Accounts)` account associated with a salary rule (used in a salary structure), Odoo uses the account `Salary Expenses` to create the journal entry, regardless of the nature of the move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:529 msgid "To generate payments from payslips,employee's **must** have a *trusted* bank account. If the employee's bank account is *not* marked as `trusted`, NACHA files **cannot** be generated through Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:546 msgid "The US localization contains several reports unique to the US, which provide tax information for employees, as well as the ability to integrate with outside organizations such as ADP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:550 msgid "W2 Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:552 msgid "The *W2 Report* provides a CSV file that allows employees to e-file their W2 report with third-party software. To access this report, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll -> Reporting -> United States -> W2`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:556 msgid "To create a W2 form, click :guilabel:`New`, and a blank :guilabel:`Create W2 Form` page loads. Set the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` (typically a calendar year), and select the :guilabel:`Company`, if in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:552 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:574 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:604 msgid "All pay runs for the time period appear in a list view. To add any missing pay runs, click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the list, and select the missing files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:563 msgid "When done, click the :guilabel:`Generate` button to create a CSV file with a summary of all payroll related payments made during the specified time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "The W2 report screen, with the file to download in the top half." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:570 msgid "Form 941" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:572 msgid "The *Form 941* report is meant to inform the government of the amount of federal income tax, :abbr:`FICA (Federal Insurance Contributions Act)` taxes (Medicare and Social Security) withheld from employee paychecks. It also reports the employee's side of taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:576 msgid "To create this report, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll -> Reporting -> United States -> Form 941`. Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new :guilabel:`Form 941` report page loads. Configure the information on the top portion of the form, including the :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Tax Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`IRS Payment Option` (how the money is being sent to the IRS), and :guilabel:`Deposit Schedule and Tax Liability` (how often payments are made to the IRS)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:585 msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Generate`, and the report is created as a CSV file, and appears on the :guilabel:`Form 941` report dashboard. Companies then download and submit this report through a third party for e-filing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "The 941 report screen, with the file to download in the top half." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:593 msgid "Form 940" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:595 msgid "The *Form 940* report details the annual :abbr:`FUTA (Federal Unemployment Tax Act)` withheld for payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:598 msgid "To create this report, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll -> Reporting -> United States -> Form 940`. Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new :guilabel:`Form 940` report page loads. Configure the information on the top portion of the form, including the :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Tax Year`, :guilabel:`Single State Payer`, :guilabel:`Multi State Employer`, :guilabel:`Paid in Credit Reduction State`, and :guilabel:`IRS Payment Option` (how the money is being sent to the IRS)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:607 msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Generate`, and the report is created as a CSV file, and appears on the :guilabel:`Form 940` report dashboard. Companies then download and submit this report through a third party for e-filing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:None msgid "The 940 report screen, with the file to download in the top half." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:615 msgid "Export data to third-party apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:617 msgid "The *ADP Export* report generates a CSV file that can be submitted to ADP, which then makes payments to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:620 msgid "The CSV file summarizes the employee's worked hours during a specified time period, correlating to their salary or hourly wage. The report is generated from :doc:`work entry <../work_entries>` *after* any time off is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:624 msgid "The export format is meant to match with the ADP format. Since companies can customize their portal and may require some changes, the data is there to be fed to ADP to run payroll in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:628 msgid "To access the ADP Export report, the `United States - Payroll - Export to ADP` module **must** be :ref:`installed `." msgstr "" @@ -19469,7 +19495,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If modifications to auto-populated fields are made, it is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure every entry that affects the **Accounting** application is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:None msgid "The top fields for a new payslip all filled out for a February payslip." msgstr "" @@ -19501,7 +19527,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each individual item lists the :guilabel:`Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`Count`. To add a new input, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Type`. Next, enter a brief :guilabel:`Description`, and last, enter the :guilabel:`Count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:None msgid "The fields filled out in the worked days and inputs tab." msgstr "" @@ -19529,7 +19555,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If any changes need to be made to the :ref:`Worked Days & Inputs ` tab, click the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to recalculate the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:None msgid "The fields filled out in the salary computation tab." msgstr "" @@ -19561,7 +19587,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If there are any additional notes or information needed for the payslip, add them to the :guilabel:`Add an Internal Note...` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:None msgid "The fields filled out in the other info tab." msgstr "" @@ -19581,7 +19607,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view the warnings, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Dashboard`. The warnings appear in the top-left corner of the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:None msgid "The dashboard view of the Payroll app, with the warnings box visible." msgstr "" @@ -19633,6 +19659,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Create Payment Report` and a pop-up window loads. Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Export Format` for the payment report. The two default options available are :guilabel:`NACHA` and :guilabel:`CSV`. :guilabel:`NACHA` stands for the :abbr:`National Automated Clearing House Association (NACHA)`, and this selection creates a compatible ACH file which is sent to the company's bank." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:222 +msgid "Other options may be available depending on the :doc:`payroll localization ` installed in the database." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:225 msgid "If :guilabel:`CSV` is selected, all other fields are hidden from view." msgstr "" @@ -19693,7 +19723,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the payment is processed, and there is confirmation that the checks have been issued, or the funds have been directly deposited to the employee's bank account, click the :guilabel:`Mark as paid` button to mark the payslip as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:None msgid "Banking information can be entered in an employee's card." msgstr "" @@ -19737,7 +19767,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To print a payslip, click the :guilabel:`Print` button in the upper-left corner of the individual payslip record. A PDF file is downloaded, and the payslip appears in the chatter, and the file is attached to the payslip record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:None msgid "The new payslip is emailed to the employee and the email appears in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -19773,7 +19803,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Paid`: the employee has been paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:None msgid "View all payslips organized by batches. Click on the arrow to expand each batch." msgstr "" @@ -19805,7 +19835,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To only view the payslips awaiting to be processed, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:None msgid "View all payslips that need to be paid on the Payslips To Pay page." msgstr "" @@ -19869,7 +19899,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If using a country-specific :doc:`payroll localizations `, it is recommended to use the structure in the corresponding country localization document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:None msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" @@ -19925,7 +19955,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default work entry type which is used to create all work entries for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:None msgid "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" @@ -19942,7 +19972,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. Thi msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:106 -msgid ":guilabel:`Flexible Hours`: Tick the checkbox to let employees adjust their start and end times while maintaining the same total daily hours." +msgid ":guilabel:`Flexible Hours`: Check the checkbox to let employees adjust their start and end times while maintaining the same total daily hours." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:108 @@ -20008,7 +20038,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that define it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:None msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "" @@ -20020,7 +20050,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After installing a :doc:`payroll localization `, relevant structures are installed and appear in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:None msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary Rules." msgstr "" @@ -20036,148 +20066,398 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:187 -msgid "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter the following information in the fields." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:188 +msgid "Add a new rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:191 -msgid "Top section" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:190 +msgid "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New` and a blank :guilabel:`Salary Rules` form loads. Enter the following information in the top half of the form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:193 -msgid ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: Enter a name for the rule. This field is required." +msgid ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: Enter a name for the rule. This is the name displayed in the payslip." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:194 -msgid ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for the new rule. This is case sensitive and is used as the *rule ID*. This field is **required**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:196 -msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. This field is required." +msgid ":guilabel:`Category`: Using the drop-down menu, select the category the rule applies to, or enter a new category. The category is used to group rules and access their total sum." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:197 -msgid ":guilabel:`Sequence`: Enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated in the sequence of all other rules." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:198 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Using the drop-down menu, select the salary structure the rule applies to, or enter a new one. This field is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:199 -msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sequence`: Enter a number indicating *when* the rule is calculated, in the sequence of all other rules. Rules are processed one after another based on their sequence number. Rules with a lower sequence number are calculated first, and their results can be used by rules with a higher sequence number. This field is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:201 -msgid ":guilabel:`Active`: Enable this toggle so the rule is available for use. Disable the toggle to continue to show it on the payslip, but skip the computation." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:204 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appears on Payslip`: Check the checkbox to have the rule visible on the employee payslip PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:203 -msgid ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: Disabling the toggle will still show the rule on the payslip, it will just not be computed." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:206 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contributes to Employer Cost`: Check the checkbox to include the rule when computing the *employer cost* of a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:205 -msgid ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: Tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on the *Employer Cost* report, located on the *Payroll* app dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:207 -msgid ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: Tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on payroll reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:210 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:212 +msgid "Fill out the following sections of the :guilabel:`General` tab. These configurations determine *when* and *how* the rule is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:216 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:219 -msgid ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: Select from the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered beneath the selection), :guilabel:`Other Input` (the condition is entered beneath the field), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is entered beneath the selection). This field is required." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:218 +msgid ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: Using the drop-down menu, select if the rule is calculated and displayed as a line in the payslip form view. Choose from one of the following options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:226 -msgid "Computation" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:221 +msgid ":guilabel:`Always True`: The rule is always calculated. No other configurations are needed for this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:223 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Input`: This introduces a dynamic benefit to the structure. This appears as a field in the *Payroll* tab of the *Employee* form, the *Inputs* tab of the payslip, or both. The value of this field is added to the amount of the rule. If selected, the following additional fields appear and must be configured:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:228 -msgid ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: Select from the drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, :guilabel:`Other Input`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, other input, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." +msgid ":guilabel:`Input on`: Specify where this field should appear and which object it should belong to, the :guilabel:`Employee`, the :guilabel:`Payslip`, or both. If both are selected, the value on the payslip automatically defaults to the value from the employee record, but it can be overwritten directly on the payslip for a specific payroll run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:232 +msgid ":guilabel:`Section`: This groups several inputs into one expandable section on the form view. Only one option is available by default, :guilabel:`Inputs`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:234 -msgid "Company contribution" +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: Click the corresponding radio button to determine how the benefit is displayed. The available options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:236 -msgid ":guilabel:`Partner`: If another company financially contributes to this rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Monetary`: A number with currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:238 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: A number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:239 +msgid ":guilabel:`Percentage`: A number with a % sign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:240 -msgid "Description tab" +msgid ":guilabel:`Checkbox`: Indicates boolean values." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:242 -msgid "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. This tab only appears in the rule form." +msgid ":guilabel:`Input Description`: Enter a short explanation of when the input is applicable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:246 -msgid "Accounting tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:243 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Value`: Enter the default value, either a monetary amount, quantity, or percentage. This is determined by what is selected for the :guilabel:`Unit`. If necessary, add a :guilabel:`Suffix` in the field to the right of this value, such as `per km`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:248 -msgid ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: Select the debit account from the drop-down menu the rule affects." +msgid "If :guilabel:`Checkbox` is selected for the :guilabel:`Unit`, this field changes to :guilabel:`Selected by Default`. Click the checkbox to have the rule active by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:249 -msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: Select the credit account from the drop-down menu the rule affects." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:251 +msgid ":guilabel:`Depends On`: Select another rule that has a salary input, and use its value to determine whether this rule should be hidden." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:250 -msgid ":guilabel:`Split account line based on name`: Tick the checkbox to split the accounting entry according to the payslip line name." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:254 +msgid ":guilabel:`Other Input`: Select this to check if a payslip line exists with the same *type*. When selected, a :guilabel:`Condition Other Input` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, select the type of input the rule is based on, such as :guilabel:`Deduction`, :guilabel:`Reimbursement`, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: If checked, the amount of the rule is shown independently from the net salary, to allow for better reporting in the **Accounting** app." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:258 +msgid ":guilabel:`Python Expression`: Select this to have the rule calculated using a Python script. The script is evaluated using the local dictionary. The right side lists the :guilabel:`Available variables` and the :guilabel:`Output`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:260 -msgid "Rule parameters inform Odoo how to calculate each line of a payslip. To view the configured rule parameters, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Rule Parameters`." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Available variables`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:263 -msgid "All rule parameters are displayed. Click on an individual rule parameter to view the details." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:264 +msgid ":guilabel:`payslip`: The `hr.payslip` object." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:265 -msgid "Each rule parameter displays the name of the rule, the code, when the rule is active, and the parameter value." +msgid ":guilabel:`employee`: The `hr.employee` object." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:266 +msgid ":guilabel:`version`: The `hr.version` object." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:267 +msgid ":guilabel:`result_rules`: A dictionary containing the rules amounts, quantities, rates and totals (previously computed)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:269 +msgid ":guilabel:`categories`: A dictionary containing the computed salary rule categories (the sum of the amount of all the rules belonging to that category):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`total`: rule total" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:347 +msgid ":guilabel:`amount`: rule amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:348 +msgid ":guilabel:`quantity`: rule quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:349 +msgid ":guilabel:`rate`: rule rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:350 +msgid ":guilabel:`ytd`: rule year to date value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:278 +msgid ":guilabel:`worked_days`: A dictionary containing the computed worked days, where each key is a work entry type code, and each value is a `worked_days` object. This object contains many variables, with the most important ones being:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`number_of_days`: The number of days registered in the payslip duration with this work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:361 +msgid ":guilabel:`number_of_hours`: The number of hours registered in the payslip duration with this work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:286 +msgid ":guilabel:`is_paid`: Whether or not this work entry type is added as an unpaid work entry on this payslip structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:289 +msgid ":guilabel:`inputs`: A dictionary containing the computed inputs where *key* is the other input type code and *value* is the sum of the payslip input lines with the same code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:369 +msgid ":guilabel:`Output`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:294 +msgid ":guilabel:`result`: The boolean is *True* if the rule should be calculated, or *False* if otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Domain`: Select this option to apply the rule *only* if it matches the configured :guilabel:`Applicability Domain`. Configure the :guilabel:`Applicability Domain` that appears beneath this option when selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:302 +msgid "Computation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:304 +msgid "This section determines the final value of the rule, which consists of the base amount, the quantity, and the rate. The total of the rule is `total = amount * quantity * (rate/100)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:308 +msgid "This field does **not** appear if the :guilabel:`Condition Based on` field is set to :guilabel:`Salary Input`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:311 +msgid "Using the drop-down menu, select one of the following options for the :guilabel:`Amount Type` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Percentage (%)`: Defines the values for the total calculation. When selected, configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:316 +msgid ":guilabel:`Percentage based on`: A Python expression is evaluated using the `localdict`, and its value is assigned to the rule amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: A Python expression is evaluated using the `localdict`, and its value is assigned to the rule quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Percentage (%)`: A decimal number assigned to the rule rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Amount`: The amount and quantity is defined, with a rate of 100%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:326 +msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Amount`: Enter a decimal number which is assigned to the rule amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:328 +msgid ":guilabel:`Other Input`: Select this to fetch the rule amount from the payslip input lines that have the same *other input type* with rate of `100%` and quantity of `1.0`. When selected, an :guilabel:`Amount Other Input` field appears beneath it. Using the drop-down menu, select the *type* of input it is, such as :guilabel:`Deduction`, :guilabel:`Tips`, or :guilabel:`Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:333 +msgid ":guilabel:`Python Code`: This is the more complex version of the :guilabel:`Percentage (%)` option, where a whole Python script is written then evaluated using the `localdict`. This includes a list of :guilabel:`Available variables` and an :guilabel:`Output` list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`payslip`: hr.payslip object" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`employee`: hr.employee object" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:341 +msgid ":guilabel:`version`: hr.version object" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:342 +msgid ":guilabel:`result_rules`: A dict containing the rules amounts, quantities, rates and totals (previously computed), where the key is the rule code, and the value is dict with the following keys:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:352 +msgid ":guilabel:`categories`: A dict containing the computed salary rule categories (sum of amount of all rules belonging to that category) where key is the category code and value is the sum of the rules total values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:355 +msgid ":guilabel:`worked_days`: A dict containing the computed worked days where *key* is the work entry type code and *value* is the `worked_days` object contain many variables, but most important ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:363 +msgid ":guilabel:`is_paid`: Dictates whether or not this work entry type is added as unpaid work entry on this payslip structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:366 +msgid ":guilabel:`inputs`: A dict containing the computed inputs Where *key** is the other input type code and *value* is the sum of the payslip input lines with the same code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:371 +msgid ":guilabel:`result`: float, base amount of the rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:372 +msgid ":guilabel:`result_rate`: float, which defaults to 100.0 (%)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:373 +msgid ":guilabel:`result_qty`: float, quantity, which defaults to 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:374 +msgid ":guilabel:`result_name`: string, name of the line. This defaults to the name field of the salary rule (useful if the name depends or should depend on something computed in the rule)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:378 +msgid "Company contribution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:380 +msgid "Using the drop-down menu, select the eventual third party involved in the salary payment to the employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:384 +msgid "Display tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:386 +msgid "This section determines the appearance of the rule on the payslip PDF available to the employee, and defines the rule aesthetics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:389 +msgid "First, select a :guilabel:`Color` for the rule using the color picker. Next, check the :guilabel:`Title` checkbox to **only** display the salary rule's *title* and *description*, and hide any numerical values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:393 +msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Indented`, :guilabel:`Space Above`, :guilabel:`Bold`, :guilabel:`Underline`, and :guilabel:`Italic` checkboxes to activate the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:396 +msgid "Finally, enter a :guilabel:`Description` for the rule, which is displayed below the rule name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:399 +msgid "Accounting tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:401 +msgid "This section determines how the rule affects the various accounting journals and how the Net salary is calculated for employees. Configure the following fields in this section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:404 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: Using the drop-down menu, select the debit account for the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:405 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: Using the drop-down menu, select the credit account for the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:406 +msgid ":guilabel:`Split on names`: Enable this option to split the accounting entries for this rule according to the payslip line name. Splitting the entries provides more visibility for deductions and reimbursements, or for salary adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:409 +msgid ":guilabel:`Excluded from Net`: Check this checkbox to exclude the rule's calculations from the net salary rule in journal entries. A specific debit and credit account should be set to independently classify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:412 +msgid ":guilabel:`Set employee on account line`: Check this checkbox to have the employee's name visible on the journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:416 +msgid "This tab is **only** available if the **Accounting** app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:423 +msgid "Rule parameters inform Odoo how to calculate each line of a payslip. To view the configured rule parameters, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Rule Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:426 +msgid "All rule parameters are displayed. Click on an individual rule parameter to view the details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:428 +msgid "Each rule parameter displays the name of the rule, the code, when the rule is active, and the parameter value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:432 msgid "The rule parameters for overtime pay inform Odoo that employees receive time and a half when working over 40 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:440 msgid "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for specific circumstances, like tips, commissions, expenses, or deductions. These other inputs can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:None msgid "A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:448 msgid "If a new input type is needed that does not appear on the list, click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new input type. Enter the :guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and select which structure it applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:289 -msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Available in attachments` checkbox if the input should be a salary attachment." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:452 +msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Available in attachments` checkbox if the input should be a salary attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:455 msgid "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive to a specific structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salaries.rst:None msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" @@ -20213,7 +20493,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each salary adjustment type displays the :guilabel:`Name` of the adjustment type, and the :guilabel:`Code` used when calculating payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachments.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachments.rst:None msgid "The default salary adjustment types." msgstr "" @@ -20297,7 +20577,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Note`: Enter a short description of the salary adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachments.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachments.rst:None msgid "The salary adjustment form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" @@ -20325,7 +20605,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All salary adjustments appear in chronological order, by :guilabel:`Start Date`, with the most recent appearing at the top. To view the salary adjustments by a particular metric, such as the :guilabel:`Status`, or :guilabel:`Type`, click on the column title to sort by that specific column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachments.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachments.rst:None msgid "All salary adjustments, organized by start date." msgstr "" @@ -20393,7 +20673,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Time Off` page default filter is :guilabel:`To Defer`, and displays all requests with a :guilabel:`Payslip State` of :guilabel:`To defer to next payslip`. This is because the employee was *already paid* for that time as worked time, and it was logged as regular time spent at work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/time_off_to_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/time_off_to_report.rst:None msgid "A list of all time off requests that were not approved before payslips were generated." msgstr "" @@ -20433,7 +20713,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To defer the time off request to the next payslip, click the :guilabel:`Report to Next Month` button in the upper-left corner. Once processed, the :guilabel:`Report to Next Month` button disappears, and the :guilabel:`Payslip State` changes from :guilabel:`To defer to next payslip` to :guilabel:`Computed in Current Payslip`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/time_off_to_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/time_off_to_report.rst:None msgid "The time off details for an individual request that needs to be deferred." msgstr "" @@ -20453,10 +20733,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo configures several work entry types by default, but :ref:`additional work entry types can be created `, when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:24 -msgid "Work entry dashboard" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:26 msgid "The *Work Entries* dashboard of the **Payroll** app provides a visual overview of the individual work entries for every employee." msgstr "" @@ -20473,7 +20749,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Work Entry` dashboard has a default :guilabel:`Conflicting` filter, which displays only work entries with :ref:`conflicts ` to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:None msgid "Conflicts dashboard view showing all employee's conflicts in work entries." msgstr "" @@ -20529,7 +20805,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the desired information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the entry, and close the pop-up form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:None msgid "Filling in the work entry Create form in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -20549,7 +20825,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Conflicts are indicated with an orange triangle in the top-left corner of each individual work entry. Click on an individual work entry to see the date and time for the specific work entry, then click :guilabel:`Edit` to view the conflict details in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:None msgid "A row of conflicts, with one entry showing details for the conflict." msgstr "" @@ -20593,7 +20869,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The conflict disappears from the :guilabel:`Work Entry` dashboard, since the conflict is now resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:None msgid "The detailed conflict pop-up window that appears when the Edit button is clicked." msgstr "" @@ -20617,7 +20893,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve the request, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the changes, and go back to the work entry conflict pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:None msgid "The detailed time off request information." msgstr "" @@ -20661,7 +20937,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button, and the work entries are recreated. Once finished, the pop-up window closes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:None msgid "Regenerate a work entry for a particular employee." msgstr "" @@ -20697,7 +20973,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Depending on the installed localization, other sections and fields may appear on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:None msgid "List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll code and color." msgstr "" @@ -20801,7 +21077,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: Tick this box if the work entry type should be visible on the unforeseen absences report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:None msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" @@ -20810,7 +21086,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`payslips`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:333 -msgid ":doc:`batches`" +msgid ":doc:`pay_runs`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:3 @@ -20845,7 +21121,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The report updates and displays the data for the current time period, data for the selected previous time period, as well as the :guilabel:`Variation` between the two, in a percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:None msgid "A pivot table comparing the work entries of the current month and the previous month." msgstr "" @@ -20889,7 +21165,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In this example, it can be determined that :guilabel:`Marc Demo` worked the most overtime in :guilabel:`August 2024`, whereas :guilabel:`Beth Evans` worked the most overtime hours in :guilabel:`September 2024`. Additionally, :guilabel:`Mitchell Admin` had the largest variation change, with a :guilabel:`-100%` change from :guilabel:`August 2024` to :guilabel:`September 2024`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:None msgid "A pivot table comparing the overtime from September 2024 with August 2024." msgstr "" @@ -20921,7 +21197,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/working_schedules.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/working_schedules.rst:None msgid "All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for the company." msgstr "" @@ -20981,7 +21257,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and **cannot** be shared between companies. Each company needs to have its own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/working_schedules.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/working_schedules.rst:None msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" @@ -21077,7 +21353,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the screen (not full-screen), then the résumé does not appear on the right-side. Instead, the résumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the chatter, below the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:None msgid "The résumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." msgstr "" @@ -21142,7 +21418,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Recruitment` app dashboard, which is the default view when opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that particular job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:None msgid "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" @@ -21178,7 +21454,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:None msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" @@ -21202,7 +21478,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:None msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." msgstr "" @@ -21226,7 +21502,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:None msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" @@ -21239,7 +21515,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Settings)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Settings)` icon and a menu appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:None msgid "The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" @@ -21340,7 +21616,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:None msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -21372,8 +21648,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/recruitment-flow.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/recruitment-flow.rst:None msgid "Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" "preconfigured template." msgstr "" @@ -21470,7 +21746,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When doing a quick add, clicking away from an empty card, or clicking the :icon:`fa-trash-o` (:guilabel:`trash`) icon, discards the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/add-new-applicants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/add-new-applicants.rst:None msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add option." msgstr "" @@ -21534,7 +21810,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click :guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"` from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/add-new-applicants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/add-new-applicants.rst:None msgid "All the fields of the Candidate section for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" @@ -21626,7 +21902,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: If referral points are to be earned for this job position in the **Referrals** application, select the user who referred the applicant from the drop-down menu. The **Referrals** application **must** be installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/add-new-applicants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/add-new-applicants.rst:None msgid "All the fields of the Details tab for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" @@ -21666,7 +21942,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hover the cursor over a month of the chart, and a pop-up window appears, displaying the specific numbers for that month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/applicant_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/applicant_analysis.rst:None msgid "The default Applicant Analysis report." msgstr "" @@ -21687,8 +21963,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In this example, there are 18 total applicants. Out of that, six have been hired, two have been refused, and ten are still in the recruitment pipeline. The :guilabel:`Experienced Developer` position has six total applicants, three of which were hired, one refused, and two still in progress." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/applicant_analysis.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/team_performance.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/applicant_analysis.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/team_performance.rst:None msgid "The detailed pivot table view." msgstr "" @@ -21712,7 +21988,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, the column displays the number of applicants that came from a referral in the :guilabel:`Has Referrer` column, and the total number of applicants in the :guilabel:`Count` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/applicant_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/applicant_analysis.rst:None msgid "The detailed pivot table view displaying the number of referrals and the total applicants." msgstr "" @@ -21740,7 +22016,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To expand the other rows, and display the various states, click on the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`[job position]` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/applicant_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/applicant_analysis.rst:None msgid "The detailed pivot table view displaying applicants hired through referrals." msgstr "" @@ -21764,7 +22040,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:None msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment app showing all job positions." msgstr "" @@ -21788,7 +22064,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When complete, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to save the entry, or the :guilabel:`Discard` button to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:None msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" @@ -21804,7 +22080,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the job position is created, it is time to enter the details for the position. Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(Dropdown menu)` icon in the upper-right corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click :guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:None msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" @@ -21892,7 +22168,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template to be used when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:None msgid "The job information details in the Recruitment tab." msgstr "" @@ -21904,7 +22180,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This description is visible on the website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:None msgid "The summary of the position in the Job Summary tab." msgstr "" @@ -21932,7 +22208,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: Enter the number of days before the applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended. The default is :guilabel:`4 Days after Interview`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:None msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" @@ -21956,7 +22232,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Since there are no preconfigured forms in Odoo, all interview forms must be created. To create an interview form, start from the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab of the :guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several options populate beneath the entry: :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, :guilabel:`Search More...`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:None msgid "The blank interview form pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -22112,7 +22388,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To send an offer, ensure the **Sign** application is installed. This is necessary, so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter, and they can actually sign the offer. The applicant does **not** need any software installed to sign the offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/offer_job_positions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/offer_job_positions.rst:None msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" @@ -22156,7 +22432,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all parties have fully signed the contract, the applicant is automatically moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, and a green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of both the applicant's card and form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/offer_job_positions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/offer_job_positions.rst:None msgid "Hired banner in the top-right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" @@ -22304,7 +22580,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the listing is ready, click the :guilabel:`Post` button. After the post has been published to a job board, the page reloads to the :guilabel:`Job Boards Posts` page, and the new post appears in a Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/post_job.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/post_job.rst:None msgid "A job board listing form filled out." msgstr "" @@ -22384,7 +22660,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on any Kanban card to view the details for the specific job board listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/post_job.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/post_job.rst:None msgid "All job positions posted to a job board." msgstr "" @@ -22745,7 +23021,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After clicking the :guilabel:`Refuse` button on an applicant form, a :ref:`Refuse Reason ` is then selected from the :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window. Then, two fields appear below the selected refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/refuse_applicant.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/refuse_applicant.rst:None msgid "The Refuse Reason pop-up window that appears when refusing an applicant." msgstr "" @@ -22765,7 +23041,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To send the refusal email to the applicant, ensure the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox is ticked, then click :guilabel:`Refuse` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window. The refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a red :guilabel:`Refused` banner appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/refuse_applicant.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/refuse_applicant.rst:None msgid "An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right corner in red." msgstr "" @@ -22833,7 +23109,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To change the currently loaded meetings and events being displayed, uncheck an attendee whose calendar events are to be hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:None msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" @@ -22953,7 +23229,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, etc). The chosen reminder chosen alerts the meeting participants of the meeting, via the selected option at the specified time. Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:None msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" @@ -22977,7 +23253,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The applicant, followers of the job application, as well as the user who created the meeting, are added to the :guilabel:`To` by default. Make any desired changes to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:None msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" @@ -22997,7 +23273,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The number of characters, and amount of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field. Click :guilabel:`Put in queue` to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:None msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" @@ -23022,7 +23298,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Modify ` either the :guilabel:`First Interview` or :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage so the stage's :guilabel:`Email Template` field is set to :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule interview`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:None msgid "The Recruitment: Schedule Interview email template populating the Email Template field." msgstr "" @@ -23051,7 +23327,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then the applicant clicks on an available day on the calendar, signified by purple text. Once a day is selected, they click on one of the available times to select that date and time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:None msgid "The calendar screen with dates and times to schedule an interview." msgstr "" @@ -23067,7 +23343,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When everything is entered on the :guilabel:`Add more details about you` page, the applicant clicks the :guilabel:`Confirm Appointment` button, and the interview is scheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:None msgid "The confirmation page with all the details for the interview displayed." msgstr "" @@ -23108,7 +23384,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hover the cursor over any column to view the specific numbers fort that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/source_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/source_analysis.rst:None msgid "The default bar chart of the source analysis information." msgstr "" @@ -23136,7 +23412,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This information, as presented, makes it difficult to view the specific numbers for each source. Click the :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`(Flip axis)` icon, to swap the information. After that, the rows represent the source, and the columns represent the job positions, further divided by stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/source_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/source_analysis.rst:None msgid "The axes flipped in the source analysis report, in pivot table view." msgstr "" @@ -23164,7 +23440,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once :guilabel:`Medium` is selected for one source, clicking into another row automatically reveals the specific metrics for the mediums for that source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/source_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/source_analysis.rst:None msgid "The sources rows, expanded to also show the medium for each source." msgstr "" @@ -23204,7 +23480,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hover the cursor over any column to view a popover window, displaying the specific details for that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/team_performance.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/team_performance.rst:None msgid "The default bar chart of the team performance report." msgstr "" @@ -23244,7 +23520,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` in the search bar, revealing a drop-down menu. Click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` :icon:`fa-caret-down` at the bottom of the :icon:`oi-group` :guilabel:`Group By` column, then click :guilabel:`Recruiter`. Click away from the drop-down menu to close it. Now, each row on the table represents a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/team_performance.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/team_performance.rst:None msgid "The pivot table now displaying the recruiters in the rows." msgstr "" @@ -23260,7 +23536,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After making this selection, a :icon:`fa-adjust` :guilabel:`Comparison` column appears. Click :guilabel:`Start Date: Previous Period` to compare the third quarter with the second quarter, for the various recruiters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/team_performance.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/team_performance.rst:None msgid "A comparison table of recruiter totals of Q2 and Q3." msgstr "" @@ -23308,7 +23584,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In this view, it is easier to visualize the differences between the job positions, regarding how long applicants stay in each stage. From this view, recruiters can determine which job positions have delays or bottlenecks at certain stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/velocity_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/velocity_analysis.rst:None msgid "The bar chart view of the Velocity Analysis report." msgstr "" @@ -23328,7 +23604,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a field is empty, it indicates no applicant has been in that stage. Instead, all applicants moved from a previous stage without being placed in the stage with an empty field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/velocity_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/velocity_analysis.rst:None msgid "The pivot table view of the Velocity Analysis report." msgstr "" @@ -23340,7 +23616,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After doing so, the data presented is grouped with the various months from the previous 365 days for the rows, leaving the :guilabel:`Days In Stage` as the columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/velocity_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/velocity_analysis.rst:None msgid "The pivot table showing the months averages for times in stage." msgstr "" @@ -23408,7 +23684,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At any point during onboarding, click the :guilabel:`Skip` button to open the main **Referrals** dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:None msgid "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" @@ -23436,7 +23712,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top-right corner of the form. An :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(Edit)` icon and :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(Clear)` icon appear. Click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(Edit)` icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(Clear)` icon, then select a new image using the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(Edit)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:None msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -23444,7 +23720,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding* dashboard. Click the :icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(draggable)` icon to the left of the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:None msgid "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -23468,7 +23744,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If more than one referral was hired since completing onboarding in the **Referrals** app, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:None msgid "The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to choose from, with any already\n" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" @@ -23498,7 +23774,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To cancel any changes made, click the :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:None msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" @@ -23555,7 +23831,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image to reveal an :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(Edit)` icon and a :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(Clear)` icon. Click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(Edit)` icon and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:None msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" @@ -23575,7 +23851,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user only needs to earn the specified amount of points required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:None msgid "A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" "above their image." msgstr "" @@ -23612,7 +23888,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Alerts remain on the main **Referrals** dashboard for the specified amount of time configured on the individual alert." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/alerts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/alerts.rst:None msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" @@ -23668,7 +23944,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL that, when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the desired URL in that field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/alerts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/alerts.rst:None msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" @@ -23756,7 +24032,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For referrals that have been hired, the selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/points.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/points.rst:None msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." msgstr "" @@ -23880,7 +24156,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This information can be helpful to the recruitment team, so they can determine the most active referrers in the company, and who is the most successful in terms of hires." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/reporting.rst:None msgid "The customized report showing which employees have the most referrals and hires." msgstr "" @@ -23956,7 +24232,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Description` tab: type in the description for the reward. This is visible on the reward card, beneath the title. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/rewards.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/rewards.rst:None msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" @@ -23992,7 +24268,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points. The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current available points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/rewards.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/rewards.rst:None msgid "Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" @@ -24021,7 +24297,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the :guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main **Referrals** app dashboard. This presents all job positions, with each job presented with its own card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:None msgid "The View Jobs screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" "displayed on the card." msgstr "" @@ -24078,7 +24354,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:None msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." msgstr "" @@ -24418,7 +24694,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the `Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will be negative two (-2) days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:None msgid "The top half of the time off type form, with all the information filled out for sick time\n" "off." msgstr "" @@ -24463,7 +24739,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: Select an icon to be used in the **Time Off** app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:None msgid "The lower half of the time off type form, with all the information filled out for sick time\n" "off." msgstr "" @@ -24540,7 +24816,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: This field **only** appears in a multi-company database. Using the drop-down menu, select the company the accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan is available for all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:None msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" @@ -24761,7 +25037,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: If using the **Payroll** app, this field defines how the :doc:`work entries ` for the holiday appear. Select the work entry type from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:None msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" @@ -24821,7 +25097,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: If desired, select a color from the available presented options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented by a white box with. The selected color appears on the main **Time Off** app dashboard, in both the calendar and in the legend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:None msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" @@ -24865,7 +25141,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start and end time of the time off. To view the details of the time off request in a modal, click the :guilabel:`View` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:None msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" @@ -24969,7 +25245,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: If any description or note is necessary to explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/allocations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/allocations.rst:None msgid "A new allocation form with all the fields filled out for the annual two week vacation\n" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" @@ -25114,7 +25390,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the information is automatically saved as it is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/allocations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/allocations.rst:None msgid "An allocation request form filled out for an employee requesting an additional week of\n" "sick time." msgstr "" @@ -25195,7 +25471,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To refuse a request, click the :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`Refuse` button at the far end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/management.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/management.rst:None msgid "Time off requests with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -25267,7 +25543,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To approve an allocation request, click the :icon:`fa-thumbs-up` :guilabel:`Approve` button at the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`Refuse` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/management.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/management.rst:None msgid "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -25331,7 +25607,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :icon:`fa-question-circle-o` :guilabel:`(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` on the time off summary. The complete details are presented in a popover window, including the :guilabel:`Allocated` time, :guilabel:`Accrual (Future)` time, :guilabel:`Approved` time off scheduled, :guilabel:`Planned` time off, and the currently :guilabel:`Available` time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/my_time.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/my_time.rst:None msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" @@ -25367,7 +25643,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/my_time.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/my_time.rst:None msgid "Time off dashboard view with the legend, time off summaries, and view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -25387,7 +25663,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New` button to :doc:`request_time_off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/my_time.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/my_time.rst:None msgid "My Time list view with all requests." msgstr "" @@ -25407,7 +25683,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the :guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/my_time.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/my_time.rst:None msgid "My Allocations list view with all requests." msgstr "" @@ -25443,7 +25719,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, :guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/reporting.rst:None msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" @@ -25471,7 +25747,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/reporting.rst:None msgid "The various time off types, and how many days requested, in a bar chart. Details are\n" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" @@ -25508,7 +25784,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This shows all time off balances in a default pivot table. The employees populate the rows, while the various time off types and balances populate the columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/reporting.rst:None msgid "The various time off balances, in a pivot table." msgstr "" @@ -25540,7 +25816,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Requesting time off can be done either form the main **Time Off** app dashboard, or by navigating to :menuselection:`Time Off --> My Time --> My Time Off`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:None msgid "A time off request for three hours of vacation time off." msgstr "" @@ -25604,6 +25880,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:None msgid "A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick with the flu." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot index 250485dbaf..124f6f2cec 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 10:43+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-20 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -82,13 +82,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view a requested inventory count, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` dashboard. If a count has been requested, the number of products to be counted is listed on the :guilabel:`Inventory count` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:None msgid "The Barcode dashboard with an assigned count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/barcodelookup.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/serial_numbers_lots.rst:11 @@ -163,9 +164,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To count products using barcodes, ensure that barcodes for products and storage locations are set up within Odoo first. Refer to this section for detailed instructions: :ref:`Set Product Barcodes `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:None msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" @@ -177,9 +178,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To perform an inventory adjustment, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. If assigned counts exist, tap :guilabel:`Inventory Count` to view pending tasks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:None msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." msgstr "" @@ -243,7 +244,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, clear the :guilabel:`Show Quantity to Count` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:None msgid "An inventory count without the show quantity to count feature enabled." msgstr "" @@ -267,7 +268,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and source location must be chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:None msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." msgstr "" @@ -335,7 +336,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, in the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` field, ensure :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` is selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:None msgid "Enabled barcode setting with Default Nomenclature selected." msgstr "" @@ -420,7 +421,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure the product barcode for `Pasta Bolognese`, the |EAN| barcode for weighted products, `2112345000008`, is entered in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form (accessible by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the desired product). In addition, the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`kg`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:None msgid "Barcode field on the product form." msgstr "" @@ -428,7 +429,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, a customer's bowl of pasta is weighed to be `1.5` kilograms. This generates a new barcode for the pasta, according to the weight: `211234501500`, which has a check digit of `2`. The new barcode is `2112345015002`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:None msgid "Generated barcode that includes a weight of 1.5 kg." msgstr "" @@ -436,7 +437,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Ensure the products scan properly, by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Operations`. Next, click any operation type, such as :guilabel:`Receipts`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a draft stock move. Scan the product weight barcode, such as `2112345015002`, and if the intended product appears, the barcode setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:None msgid "Show successfully scanned barcode." msgstr "" @@ -469,7 +470,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Is GS1 Nomenclature`: ensure this checkbox is **not** ticked, as the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` uses |UPC| and |EAN| encoding, *not* GS1 encoding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:None msgid "Default Nomenclature page setting fields." msgstr "" @@ -652,9 +653,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:103 msgid "10" msgstr "" @@ -729,7 +730,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select :menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:None msgid "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 rules." msgstr "" @@ -1283,7 +1284,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After activating tracking by lots and serial numbers from the settings page, specify that this feature is to be applied on each product by navigating to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:None msgid "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product form." msgstr "" @@ -1461,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines* for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:None msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" @@ -1497,7 +1498,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Operations` and select an operation type (like delivery orders) grouped into batches. From here, select the card for the appropriate batch transfer, and click the :guilabel:`BATCH` smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:None msgid "The Delivery Orders page." msgstr "" @@ -1599,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:None msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" @@ -1623,8 +1624,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:None msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." msgstr "" @@ -1665,7 +1666,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be closed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:None msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." msgstr "" @@ -1689,7 +1690,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:None msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." msgstr "" @@ -1705,7 +1706,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:None msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -1737,7 +1738,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:None msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" @@ -1781,7 +1782,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Specify the size of the tag and its filter value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:None msgid "Complete the fields of the EPC Encoder/Decoder tool." msgstr "" @@ -1790,7 +1791,7 @@ msgid "Generating EPCs in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:42 -msgid "Generate EPCs for tracked products directly in Odoo. Products should be tracked by serial number, but this is not a requirement. A GTIN-14-compatible" +msgid "Generate EPCs for tracked products directly in Odoo. Products should be tracked by serial number, but this is not a requirement. A GTIN-14-compatible barcode must be set on the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:45 @@ -1845,50 +1846,58 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Managing inventory with an RFID barcode scanner is possible with the **Barcodes** app and a physical RFID scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/rfid`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:11 msgid "Make sure the RFD40 scanner is paired and connected to the mobile computer or smartphone. Open an operation (like a receipt, transfer, delivery order, or manufacturing order), or count inventory using the RFID scanner. Scanning an existing operation barcode pulls up the relevant inventory or manufacturing documents in Odoo on the mobile device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:17 msgid "Overview of the workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:19 msgid "With the RFD40 scanner in hand, open the **Barcode** app on the computer or phone. Open the operation record (via the **Barcode** interface or scanning the operation barcode), or open the :guilabel:`Inventory count` operation. Scan the RFID barcodes for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup/operation_types`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:26 msgid "To begin managing inventory using RFID tags, open the **Barcode** app on the smart device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:31 msgid "Manage inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:33 msgid "From the **Barcode** app, scan the operation barcode or tap the :guilabel:`Operations` button to open operations for receipts, internal transfers, delivery orders, or manufacturing orders. If the reading device is not connected, Odoo will automatically connect to the device. When the device is connected, a toast notification appears on the screen that verifies the connection. Scan the products, then validate the scan on the mobile computer or smartphone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:None msgid "Validate the operation on the mobile device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:45 msgid "Counting inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:47 msgid "It is required by many factories and warehouses to keep track of inventory, including regular counts of products to ensure all records are correct. To change the amount of a product in stock, or adjust inventory, open the :guilabel:`Inventory count` operation. Scan the products to count. If necessary, verify the count manually. You can update the count by clicking the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(edit)` icon. Click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the count on the smart device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:None msgid "Apply the count on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`retrieve_epcs`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" @@ -1941,7 +1950,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as :guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations the products are being moved from, and moved to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:None msgid "Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." msgstr "" @@ -1953,7 +1962,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:None msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -2081,7 +2090,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and product quantities that should be transferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:None msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." msgstr "" @@ -2093,6 +2102,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/barcodelookup.rst:5 +msgid "Barcode Lookup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/barcodelookup.rst:7 +msgid "`Barcode Lookup `_ allows you to scan (or enter) products' barcodes (:abbr:`UPC (Universal Product Code)`, :abbr:`EAN (European Article Number)`, or :abbr:`ISBN (International Standard Book Number)`) to automatically create them in your Odoo database, complete with product names, descriptions, images, categories, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/barcodelookup.rst:17 +msgid "If your database is hosted on **Odoo Online**, you can use Barcode Lookup without configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/barcodelookup.rst:19 +msgid "If your database is hosted on **Odoo.sh** or **on-premise**, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/barcodelookup.rst:21 +msgid "Visit the `Barcode Lookup website `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign Up for the API`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/barcodelookup.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the appropriate plan based on the number of barcodes you need to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/barcodelookup.rst:24 +msgid "Fill in the required details and complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/barcodelookup.rst:25 +msgid "Copy the API key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/barcodelookup.rst:26 +msgid "In Odoo, open the Settings app, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Integrations` section, and, under :guilabel:`Barcode Database`, paste the Barcode Lookup :guilabel:`API Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/barcodelookup.rst:30 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/barcodelookup.rst:32 +msgid "To fill in product information using Barcode Lookup, create a new product and fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field. The product's details are then automatically imported from Barcode Lookup, updating the following fields: :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Price`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Tax`, :guilabel:`Image`, :guilabel:`Weight`, :guilabel:`Attributes`, :guilabel:`Product category`, and :guilabel:`Volume`. You can then modify any field(s) as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/barcodelookup.rst:39 +msgid ":ref:`Create new products during internal transfers using the Barcode Lookup database `." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:3 msgid "Barcode device troubleshooting" msgstr "" @@ -2221,8 +2278,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the profile is selected, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output` option, and ensure the :guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option is :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:None msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app." msgstr "" @@ -2252,7 +2309,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`AppSettings`. On the resulting page, locate the :guilabel:`Process mode` section, and select :guilabel:`Keyboard input`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:None msgid "Process mode section on MUNBYN scanner's AppSettings page." msgstr "" @@ -2284,7 +2341,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`Scanner App --> Settings`. From the :guilabel:`Settings` page, click :guilabel:`Output Mode`. The resulting pop-up window presents the different output options available to users. Select :guilabel:`Keyboard Mode`, then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:None msgid "Output mode pop-up window on MUNBYN scanner." msgstr "" @@ -2312,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, also under the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge` section, locate the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode` option. By default, the input mode is set to :guilabel:`Text injection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:None msgid "Wedge configuration menu on Datalogic scanner." msgstr "" @@ -2320,7 +2377,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode`, and change the setting to :guilabel:`Key pressure`. This ensures that scanned barcodes are translated into keyboard strokes, instead of being injected into the text area." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:None msgid "Keyboard wedge input mode selection on Datalogic scanner." msgstr "" @@ -2348,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, the NETUM barcode scanner's user manual only shows the French keyboard configuration. To use the Belgian keyboard, scan the code below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:None msgid "Belgian FR key barcode." msgstr "" @@ -2373,7 +2430,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:None msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner." msgstr "" @@ -2481,7 +2538,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Data Processing Settings` specify how barcode data is processed by the computer. Locate the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting. By default, this is set to :guilabel:`Standard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:None msgid "Data processing settings options for Honeywell scanner." msgstr "" @@ -2513,7 +2570,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the :guilabel:`General Settings`, click :guilabel:`Data Output`, followed by :guilabel:`Keyboard Emulation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:None msgid "Cipherlab scanner data output setting page." msgstr "" @@ -2521,7 +2578,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Input Method`, under :guilabel:`Keyboard Emulation`, is set to :guilabel:`Default Mode`. Change this setting to :guilabel:`KeyEvent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:None msgid "Cipherlab scanner keyboard emulation settings." msgstr "" @@ -2537,7 +2594,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory operations, like :doc:`receipts and delivery orders <../../inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, as well as commands, like validating a transfer or putting products in packages, can be performed by scanning barcodes through the **Barcode** app. This allows employees to handle tasks and access menus without the need to touch a screen or use the **Inventory** app on a computer, and allows workflow streamlining by putting operation barcodes in the appropriate physical location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/operation_types.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/operation_types.rst:None msgid "Printable barcodes for Receipts, Delivery Orders, and Manufacturing." msgstr "" @@ -2601,12 +2658,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When first opening the **Barcode** app, there is a prompt with options to print barcodes for commands and operations, as well as some sample barcodes to print and use for testing. Clicking these links is the easiest way to print command and operation barcodes, but will no longer be displayed after the first time it is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/operation_types.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/operation_types.rst:None msgid "A prompt to print demo data or barcodes for operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/operation_types.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:110 msgid "From Inventory settings" msgstr "" @@ -2614,7 +2671,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the barcode print prompt is not available, inventory commands and operation types barcodes can always be printed from the *Settings* page. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` and in the :guilabel:`Barcode` section under the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` setting, click :icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`Print barcode commands and operation types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/operation_types.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/operation_types.rst:None msgid "Link to print inventory operations and commands." msgstr "" @@ -2626,7 +2683,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Barcodes for individual operations, like receipts and manufacturing orders, can also be printed from the *Operations Types* configuration menu. To select operations to print, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types` and tick the box by each operation type required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/operation_types.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/operation_types.rst:None msgid "Available operations selected making a 'Print' button appear." msgstr "" @@ -2654,7 +2711,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the **Barcode** app, tap the :guilabel:`Operations` button, select the operation type, and then the specific order to print. From there, either scan the `PRINT PICKING OPERATION` barcode if there is one available, or tap the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to open the **Barcode** actions menu and tap the :guilabel:`Print Picking Operation` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/operation_types.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/operation_types.rst:None msgid "Menu from a receipt with the 'Print Picking Operation' button." msgstr "" @@ -2761,7 +2818,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable more granular control of the manufacturing process through **Barcode**, enable the :doc:`Work Orders <../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>` feature. To print barcodes for work orders, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` section, make sure the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box is ticked and click :icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`Print barcode commands`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/operation_types.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/operation_types.rst:None msgid "'Print barcode commands' like in the Work Orders section of Manufacturing settings." msgstr "" @@ -2825,7 +2882,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, download the APK. On the :guilabel:`Downloads` page, under the :guilabel:`Mobile Application` section, click :guilabel:`Download` next to the :guilabel:`Android` option, then select :guilabel:`Download APK (with Zebra RFID support)` from the drop-down menu. Download this file via a computer and transfer the APK via USB or Bluetooth, or use the device's web browser to download the APK." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:None msgid "Download the APK from the Download page." msgstr "" @@ -2877,6 +2934,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Products need to be GS1-registered because barcodes must be unique." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../operations/scan_rfid`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`../operations/retrieve_epcs`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/serial_numbers_lots.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes for lot and serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -2913,7 +2978,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` and in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section under :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`, tick the box for :guilabel:`Print GS1 Barcodes for Lots & Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/serial_numbers_lots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/serial_numbers_lots.rst:None msgid "Inventory settings with 'Print GS1 Barcodes for Lots & Serial Numbers' ticked." msgstr "" @@ -2933,7 +2998,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To make it mandatory to scan a barcode for serial numbers and lots, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types` and select the operation type where barcodes should be required for serial numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Barcode App` tab, and in the :guilabel:`MANDATORY SCAN` section set :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` to :guilabel:`Mandatory Scan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/serial_numbers_lots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/serial_numbers_lots.rst:None msgid "Selecting 'Optional Scan' in the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" @@ -2945,7 +3010,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To print a barcode for one or multiple product lot and serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots / Serial Numbers`. In the list view, tick the checkbox for each the product to print, click the :icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`Print` button, and select either PDF or ZPL depending on printer setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/serial_numbers_lots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/serial_numbers_lots.rst:None msgid "Three selected products and a Print button showing 'Lot/Serial Number (PDF)' highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -2969,7 +3034,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For instances where there are few products or rare shipments, it may be easiest to type lot or serial numbers in at the time of receipt. After opening an existing receipt or creating a new one and scanning the product bar code, tap the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon. Tap the :guilabel:`Serial/Lot Number` field and enter the serial number and tap :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/serial_numbers_lots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/serial_numbers_lots.rst:None msgid "Typing in a serial number." msgstr "" @@ -2985,7 +3050,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To generate lot and serial numbers, in the **Inventory** app click :guilabel:`Receipts` and select the receipt that requires generated lot or serial numbers. In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, find the line for the product, and click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon. In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up menu, click :guilabel:`Generate Serials/Lots`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/serial_numbers_lots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/serial_numbers_lots.rst:None msgid "Generate serial numbers for an incoming shipment." msgstr "" @@ -3033,7 +3098,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To change the barcode nomenclature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section to select the nomenclature under :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:None msgid "Changing barcode nomenclature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" @@ -3050,82 +3115,82 @@ msgid "To enable automatic barcode look up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:48 -msgid "Databases hosted on **Odoo.sh** or **on-premise**, require :ref:`configuring an API key `." +msgid ":doc:`Barcode Lookup `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:53 msgid "Set product barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:55 msgid "Barcodes can be assigned to existing products from the *Product Barcodes* configuration page or from any product form in the **Inventory**, **Manufacturing** or **Purchase** apps. The barcode field can be populated either by typing or using scanner input." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 msgid "When adding a new product, the :ref:`barcode lookup feature ` can be used to automatically find information about a product based on its barcode, and new products can be added to the database directly from the **Barcode** app by scanning a barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "From Barcode app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "New products definitions can be added to the database product lists as well as having their on-hand inventory tracked from the **Barcode** app, if the :ref:`Barcode Lookup feature ` is enabled. To create a new receipt for scanning new products, choose one of two methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "From the **Barcode** front page, tap :guilabel:`Operations`, tap :guilabel:`Receipts`, and then tap the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73 msgid "Scan a printed :guilabel:`Receipts (WHIN)` inventory command barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:None msgid "Empty new receipt form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78 msgid "Scanning a product that is not currently in inventory prompts a message that the product does not exist, with a button option to :guilabel:`Create New Product`. Pressing this button will search the `Barcode Lookup `_ database for a product matching the code and format, create a new product definition in the Odoo database with the available information, and add that product to the receipt to track the quantity on hand in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:None msgid "New product confirmation dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:88 msgid "Even if a transfer order with a product created through **Barcode** is cancelled, the product remains available in the products list in the **Inventory** app unless it is deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:92 msgid "From a product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:94 msgid "Barcodes can be added to both existing products and new products as they are created through the products configuration form. To access a product's form, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and select the product to add a barcode to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:98 msgid "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, click the :guilabel:`Barcode` field to either type in the barcode or use a scanner to input the barcode value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:None msgid "The 'Barcode' field on a product form with an active cursor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:105 msgid "If using :doc:`product variants <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`, configure barcodes on individual variants and not the product template to allow scanning to retrieve the variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:112 msgid "To access the *Product Barcodes* configuration page, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, under the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature, click :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes`. From this list view, click the :guilabel:`Barcodes` column for any product to enter its barcode. Barcode scanners will populate this field when the product is scanned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:None msgid "Selecting the Barcode field in the Product Configuration form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:122 msgid "To filter for the products that do not have barcodes yet, click the :icon:`fa-sort-desc` :guilabel:`(Toggle Search Panel)` icon to add a custom filter where the :guilabel:`Barcode` property is :guilabel:`is not set`." msgstr "" @@ -3133,19 +3198,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "'Add Custom Filter' pop-up with 'Barcode is not set' configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:132 msgid "Print location barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:134 msgid "Barcodes can be assigned to locations to track of where products are stored and manage transfers, and are automatically available if the :doc:`Storage Locations <../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations>` feature is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:138 msgid "To print barcodes for locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section and click :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Locations`. Tick the boxes for locations and the :guilabel:`Print` button will appear, downloading a PDF with barcodes for all selected locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:None msgid "Multiple storage locations selected with 'Print' button at the top of the view." msgstr "" @@ -3296,8 +3361,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/cheat_sheet.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/cheat_sheet.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/cheat_sheet.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:235 msgid "2" msgstr "" @@ -3658,7 +3723,7 @@ msgid "Journal Entries Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/cheat_sheet.rst:349 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:360 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" @@ -3865,7 +3930,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Default Journal` drop-down menu to reveal a list of accounting journals. Select a journal for which all accounting entries related to landed costs should be recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:None msgid "Landed Costs feature and resulting Default Journal field in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -3913,7 +3978,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`By Volume`: splits the cost, according to the volume of the products in the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:None msgid "Is a Landed Cost checkbox and Default Split Method on service type product form." msgstr "" @@ -3963,7 +4028,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Save)` icon to manually save and update the draft bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:None msgid "Landed Costs column checkboxes for product and landed cost." msgstr "" @@ -3975,7 +4040,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Additionally, at the top of the form, a :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:None msgid "Create Landed Costs button on vendor bill." msgstr "" @@ -3995,7 +4060,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the :guilabel:`Landed Cost` form, click the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu, and select which transfer the landed cost belongs to. Only validated transfers can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:None msgid "Landed cost form with selected receipt transfer." msgstr "" @@ -4280,7 +4345,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This is useful for adjusting individual lot prices when a purchase order or bill includes multiple lots/serial numbers, as initial prices are identical upon reception." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:None msgid "Show valuation report, by lots." msgstr "" @@ -4631,6 +4696,7 @@ msgid "Manual inventory adjustments are required to convert between lots, such a msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:32 msgid "A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages can also be used to store items in bulk." msgstr "" @@ -4670,7 +4736,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:None msgid "Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" @@ -4686,7 +4752,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open the :guilabel:`Barcode App` tab, then select the :guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:None msgid "Enable \"Move Entire Packages\" on the Operation Type." msgstr "" @@ -4707,7 +4773,7 @@ msgid "Using the :ref:`Put in Pack ` b msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:75 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "Detailed operations" msgstr "" @@ -4715,7 +4781,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:None msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line." msgstr "" @@ -4815,7 +4881,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:None msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box." msgstr "" @@ -4827,7 +4893,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:None msgid "Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" @@ -4867,7 +4933,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages used to ship products to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:None msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack." msgstr "" @@ -4887,7 +4953,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drag-and-drop packages to move them between internal locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:None msgid "Packages dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -4907,7 +4973,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, enable the :guilabel:`Units of Measure & Packagings` feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:None msgid "Enable packagings by selecting Units of Measure & Packagings." msgstr "" @@ -4951,7 +5017,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Barcodes`: identifier for tracing packaging in stock moves or pickings, using the :ref:`Barcode app `. Leave blank if not in use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:None msgid "Create a new packaging in the Create Packagings box." msgstr "" @@ -5003,7 +5069,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To see the :guilabel:`Reserve Packaging` field, the :guilabel:`Product Packaging` feature **must** be enabled. To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Products` section, tick the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:None msgid "Show Reserve Packagings field on the product categories page." msgstr "" @@ -5131,7 +5197,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Smart buttons: Some smart buttons appear above the form when :guilabel:`Goods` is selected; others show upon selecting a :guilabel:`Track Inventory` method. For example, :guilabel:`On Hand` and :guilabel:`Forecasted` display when :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is ticked. In general, most smart buttons on a product form link to :ref:`inventory operations `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:None msgid "Designate a product as a good or service." msgstr "" @@ -5163,7 +5229,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is ticked, a drop-down menu appears, offering for inventory to be tracked one of three ways: :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`, :guilabel:`By Lots`, or :guilabel:`By Quantity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:None msgid "Configure a tracked good." msgstr "" @@ -5476,7 +5542,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure & Packagings` setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:None msgid "Enable Units of Measure & Packagings in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -5500,7 +5566,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To specify what unit the product is inventoried in, update the second field of the :guilabel:`Sales Price` or :guilabel:`Cost` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:None msgid "Edit the inventory unit of measure in the \"Sales Price\" or \"Cost\" fields." msgstr "" @@ -5516,7 +5582,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Units of measure that the product is sold in are considered packagings. To define these packagings, open the :guilabel:`Sales` tab of the product, and then in the :guilabel:`Upsell & Cross-Sell` section, add a packaging to the :guilabel:`Packagings` field. Multiple packagings can be specified for each product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:None msgid "Add a packaging to the \"Sales\" tab of the product." msgstr "" @@ -5532,7 +5598,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Units of measure that the product is purchased in are defined in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the product. Purchase orders can be created in these units of measure after they are defined in the vendor price list. Purchase units of measure must be in the same category as the default unit of measure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:None msgid "Specify a purchase unit of measure in the \"Purchase\" tab." msgstr "" @@ -5608,7 +5674,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:None msgid "Click the Confirm button to manually replenish." msgstr "" @@ -5706,8 +5772,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:None msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -5744,7 +5810,7 @@ msgid "Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, l msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:357 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "" @@ -5768,7 +5834,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one product per serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:None msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." msgstr "" @@ -5808,7 +5874,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable :guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:None msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." msgstr "" @@ -5844,7 +5910,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to the same lot, if any issues arise." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:None msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." msgstr "" @@ -5908,7 +5974,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` when finished to close the pop-up. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:None msgid "Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." msgstr "" @@ -5928,7 +5994,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Choose a product to manufacture from the :guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the :guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:None msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." msgstr "" @@ -5944,7 +6010,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appropriate number of :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` automatically populated in the field. Click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(Details)` icon to reveal additional information for those specific numbers. On that pop-up, all expiration information that was previously configured for the product is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:None msgid "Components pop-up with expiration information for specific lot number." msgstr "" @@ -5985,7 +6051,7 @@ msgid "To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies`" msgstr "" @@ -6002,7 +6068,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once there, remove any default search filters from the search bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down menu. Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and the assigned lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:None msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" @@ -6046,7 +6112,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:None msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" @@ -6119,12 +6185,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:None msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 -msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" +msgid "Assigning lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:66 @@ -6132,7 +6198,7 @@ msgid "Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 -msgid "On delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 -msgid "Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:149 +msgid "Assigning on delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 +msgid "Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:154 msgid "To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the :menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for that specific |SO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 msgid "Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 -msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the :guilabel:`Details` link to the right of the product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 msgid "In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full :guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock in that particular lot)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:171 msgid "If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the :guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the :guilabel:`Quantity` directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 msgid "The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is enough to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 msgid "Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:None msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 msgid "Lot management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:196 msgid "Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:196 -msgid "By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number to :ref:`modify or add details ` linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created ` from this page, by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:199 +msgid "Sort this list by product by clicking in the :guilabel:`Search` field, then selecting :menuselection:`Group By --> Product`. Selecting the drop-down menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number to :ref:`modify or add details ` linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created ` from this page, by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:209 msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:209 msgid "Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:214 msgid "Modify lot" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:216 msgid "Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:220 msgid "Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated number to any desired one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:224 msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the :guilabel:`Product`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:227 msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier manufacturer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:230 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in this text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 msgid "On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:None msgid "Show the lot number form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:243 msgid "Add property" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:245 msgid "To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:248 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page, then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below the existing fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:252 msgid "Name and :doc:`configure the new field `. Once finished, enter the property value in the new field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:256 msgid "The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry wood`." msgstr "" @@ -6353,31 +6423,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Configuring custom properties `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:269 msgid "To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 msgid "Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers on receipts `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 msgid "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:282 msgid "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:287 msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" @@ -6385,109 +6455,109 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:292 msgid "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on a receipt `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:297 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:299 msgid "By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:303 msgid "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:307 msgid "On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:None msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:315 msgid "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for warehouse receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:321 msgid "Display lots on delivery slips" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:323 msgid "When selling products tracked with lots, it is possible to include the lot numbers on the delivery slips sent to customers. This can be helpful to customers in cases where lot numbers are needed, such as filing an RMA or repair request, or registering the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:327 msgid "To include lot numbers on delivery slips, open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, and navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:332 msgid "After enabling the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery Slips` setting, lot numbers are listed on delivery slips for products tracked by lots, once the delivery order is validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:335 msgid "To view lot numbers on delivery orders and delivery slips, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, and select an order containing a product tracked using lots." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:339 msgid "To view the lot numbers of products included in the order, make sure the :guilabel:`Operations` tab is selected, then click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` button to the right of the tab. Ensure that the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` checkbox is ticked, which causes a :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The lot number(s) for each product included in the order are displayed in this column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:334 msgid "When the order is ready to be processed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery and add product information to the delivery slip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "At the top of the order's form, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Actions)` button, and select :guilabel:`Print --> Delivery Slip`. The delivery slip is then downloaded. Open the delivery slip using the device's browser or file manager. Lot numbers are listed next to their respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:None msgid "The order lines section of a delivery slip, showing a product and its serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:359 msgid "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:362 msgid "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:366 msgid "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 msgid "To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options, and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:375 msgid "Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:None msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:382 msgid "Traceability report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:384 msgid "To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:None msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:392 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking`" msgstr "" @@ -6499,7 +6569,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, *after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not originally assigned lots." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:None msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." msgstr "" @@ -6531,7 +6601,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:None msgid "Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" field." msgstr "" @@ -6543,8 +6613,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:None msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." msgstr "" @@ -6564,7 +6634,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:None msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." msgstr "" @@ -6572,7 +6642,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button on the far-right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:None msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "" @@ -6612,7 +6682,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Lots & Serial Numbers* traceability feature *must* be enabled first to track products. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` checkbox. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:None msgid "Enabled Lots & Serial Numbers setting." msgstr "" @@ -6636,8 +6706,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or :guilabel:`Manufacturing`), and select the :guilabel:`Create New` option in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` section of the operation type's configuration page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 -msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:None +msgid "Create New option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69 @@ -6652,8 +6722,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the product form, make sure the box next to :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is checked. Then, select :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Now, existing or new serial numbers can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 -msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:None +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:86 @@ -6712,7 +6782,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:None msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" @@ -6752,7 +6822,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers can be entered directly into the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` field on a receipt or delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:None msgid "Select value for Serial Number field on receipt." msgstr "" @@ -6769,11 +6839,11 @@ msgid "Example **Serial Numbers** field on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:182 -msgid "Stock move pop-up window" +msgid "Detailed Operations pop-up window" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:184 -msgid "For various methods of assigning serial numbers individually or in bulk, click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the product line of a receipt." +msgid "For various methods of assigning serial numbers individually or in bulk, click the :guilabel:`Details` link in the product line of a receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:188 @@ -6781,11 +6851,11 @@ msgid "Add a line" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:190 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, manually enter serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column. This method is best reserved for adding only one or a few serial numbers." +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, manually enter serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column. This method is best reserved for adding only one or a few serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 -msgid "Add a line on the stock move pop-up." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:None +msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:200 @@ -6793,10 +6863,10 @@ msgid "Generate Serials/Lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:202 -msgid "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgid "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:None msgid "Show generate serials pop-up." msgstr "" @@ -6805,14 +6875,14 @@ msgid "Doing so opens a new popup, :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers`, which co msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:210 -msgid ":guilabel:`First SN`: Input the first serial number that should start the sequence. From there, Odoo automatically detects what pattern should be followed to generate more serial numbers." +msgid ":guilabel:`First Serial Number`: Input the first serial number that should start the sequence. From there, Odoo automatically detects what pattern should be followed to generate more serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid ":guilabel:`Number of SN`: Specify the desired number of serial numbers to generate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:216 msgid "The number of serials generated will be reflected in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field on a receipt or delivery order. Even if the number of serial numbers generated exceeds the :guilabel:`Demand` value, Odoo still allows the quantity (based on the serial numbers) to be delivered or received." msgstr "" @@ -6820,159 +6890,159 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how the quantity of serial numbers alters the delivery order quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox: Check this box to keep existing serial numbers that may have been previously added. To replace existing serial numbers in the list, leave the box unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227 -msgid "After filling out these fields, click the :guilabel:`Generate` button. The newly generated serials now appear in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` window. By clicking :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Save)`, the :guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` fields on the delivery order or receipt update automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "After filling out these fields, click the :guilabel:`Generate` button. The newly generated serials now appear in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window. By clicking :guilabel:`Save`, the :guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` fields on the delivery order or receipt update automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "Import Serials/Lots" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:235 -msgid "Another option for assigning multiple serial numbers at once is to click the :guilabel:`Import Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "Another option for assigning multiple serial numbers at once is to click the :guilabel:`Import Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:240 msgid "If the import button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` box is checked in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:243 msgid "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Serials` pop-up window. Enter each serial number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:246 msgid "As when :ref:`generating serials `, check the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` box to keep existing serial numbers, or leave it unchecked to overwrite them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:251 msgid "To expedite this process, copy/paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet and add them to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:None msgid "Show import serials pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:259 -msgid "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:260 +msgid "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `10.00` products, one product has already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:262 -msgid "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `SN-2` through `SN-10` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:271 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already been assigned." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:279 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `SN-1`, that has already been assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 msgid "Show example of correctly inputting serial numbers in the text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:290 msgid "Accessible from both receipt and delivery order forms, the *Detailed Operations* page shows a detailed view of product movements, including information about serial numbers, exact locations, expiration dates, etc. This level of detail permits more precise tracking, for example, when handling perishable or regulated goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "To access this page, first :ref:`select a warehouse receipt or delivery order `. Then, click on the :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`Moves` smart button at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:299 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column, manually type (or select from the drop-down menu) the desired serial numbers for each individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:None msgid "Show the detailed Moves page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:305 msgid "When finished, click the receipt/delivery order's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:309 msgid "Display serial numbers on delivery slips" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:311 msgid "When selling products tracked using serial numbers, it is possible to include the serial numbers on the delivery slips sent to customers. This can be helpful to customers in cases where serial numbers are needed, such as filing an RMA or repair request, or registering the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:315 msgid "To include serial numbers on delivery slips, open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, and navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:320 msgid "After enabling the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery Slips` setting, serial numbers are listed on delivery slips for products tracked by serial numbers, once the delivery order is validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:324 msgid "To view serial numbers on delivery orders and delivery slips, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, and select an order containing a product tracked using serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:328 msgid "To view the serial numbers of products included in the order, make sure the :guilabel:`Operations` tab is selected, then click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon to the right of the tab. Ensure that the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` checkbox is ticked, which causes a :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The serial number(s) for each product included in the order are displayed in this column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:337 msgid "At the top of the order's form, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Actions)` button, and select :menuselection:`Print --> Delivery Slip`. The delivery slip is then downloaded. Open the delivery slip using the device's browser or file manager. Serial numbers are listed next to their respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:346 msgid "Traceability & reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:348 msgid "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the *Lots/Serial Numbers* dashboard and traceability reports to see the entire lifecycle of a product: when and where it originated, where it was stored, and who it was shipped to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:353 msgid "Lots/Serial Numbers dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:355 msgid "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:362 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard, products with serial numbers assigned to them are listed by default. Click the :icon:`fa-caret-right` :guilabel:`(expand)` icon to show which serial numbers are assigned to the chosen product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:366 msgid "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:371 msgid "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots. Each row can be expanded to show all quantities of product assigned to that serial/lot number. For unique serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:None msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:379 msgid "For additional information regarding an individual serial (or lot) number, click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:385 msgid ":doc:`Reassign `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:387 msgid "In addition to using the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard, there are several other reporting templates that display the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field or the ability to filter by serial number. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting` to access:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:391 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations` report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:392 msgid ":guilabel:`Moves History` report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:393 msgid ":guilabel:`Moves Analysis` report" msgstr "" @@ -7128,7 +7198,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To change delivery settings from :doc:`one step ` to three steps, make sure the *Multi-Step Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:None msgid "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -7136,7 +7206,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select :guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:None msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." msgstr "" @@ -7161,7 +7231,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the quotation form. Clicking it opens the picking order to move the ordered product from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Packing Zone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:None msgid "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" @@ -7182,7 +7252,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:None msgid "Picking order operation showing source location and destination location." msgstr "" @@ -7202,7 +7272,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:None msgid "Packing order operation showing source location and destination location." msgstr "" @@ -7230,7 +7300,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the delivery (WH/OUT) transfer to open the delivery order. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:None msgid "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" "the customer location." msgstr "" @@ -7259,7 +7329,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:None msgid "Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the product form." msgstr "" @@ -7267,7 +7337,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:None msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." msgstr "" @@ -7275,7 +7345,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the :guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:None msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." msgstr "" @@ -7291,7 +7361,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a sales order is created for a dropshipped product, an associated request for quotation (RfQ) is automatically generated to purchase the product from the vendor. Sales orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:None msgid "A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right corner." msgstr "" @@ -7299,7 +7369,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a purchase order, and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button in the top-right corner of the purchase order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:None msgid "A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right corner." msgstr "" @@ -7307,7 +7377,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The dropship receipt displays :guilabel:`Partners/Vendors` in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field, and :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` field. Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top-left of the dropship receipt to confirm the delivered quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:None msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." msgstr "" @@ -7315,7 +7385,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:None msgid "Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." msgstr "" @@ -7339,7 +7409,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click :guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:None msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." msgstr "" @@ -7367,7 +7437,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, :guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:None msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." msgstr "" @@ -7391,7 +7461,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:None msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." msgstr "" @@ -7427,7 +7497,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the :guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to finish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:None msgid "Consignment stock moves history." msgstr "" @@ -7475,7 +7545,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:None msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" @@ -7620,7 +7690,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:None msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" @@ -7654,7 +7724,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:None msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" @@ -7673,7 +7743,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt (WH/IN) form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:None msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" @@ -7688,7 +7758,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:None msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." msgstr "" @@ -7720,7 +7790,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:None msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" @@ -7738,7 +7808,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery (WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:None msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." msgstr "" @@ -7756,7 +7826,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:None msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." msgstr "" @@ -7801,7 +7871,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:None msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" @@ -7813,7 +7883,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:None msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" @@ -7841,11 +7911,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:None msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:None msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." msgstr "" @@ -7861,7 +7931,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:None msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" @@ -7889,7 +7959,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:None msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" @@ -7901,7 +7971,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:None msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" @@ -7909,7 +7979,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:None msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "" @@ -7933,7 +8003,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to reveal the picking order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:None msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" @@ -7957,7 +8027,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the previously validated picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:None msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" @@ -7981,7 +8051,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo is configured by default to :doc:`receive and deliver goods in one step `, so the settings need to be changed in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:None msgid "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -7993,7 +8063,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:None msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" @@ -8017,7 +8087,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:None msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." msgstr "" @@ -8041,7 +8111,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the receipt, and move the product to the destination location, :guilabel:`WH/Input`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:None msgid "Receipt operation for product being moved to WH/Input location." msgstr "" @@ -8065,7 +8135,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:None msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to quality control zone." msgstr "" @@ -8085,7 +8155,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move the product from :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:None msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to warehouse stock." msgstr "" @@ -8161,7 +8231,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:None msgid "New warehouse form." msgstr "" @@ -8245,7 +8315,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) **must** have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to :guilabel:`Internal Location`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:None msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" @@ -8277,7 +8347,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:None msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." msgstr "" @@ -8321,7 +8391,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created `. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:None msgid "Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info* tab." msgstr "" @@ -8333,7 +8403,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the :guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are tied to the virtual parent location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:None msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." msgstr "" @@ -8413,7 +8483,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If intending to set capacities by :ref:`package type `, also make sure :guilabel:`Packages` is enabled. Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:None msgid "Enable Storage Locations and Multi-Step Routes to enable storage categories." msgstr "" @@ -8643,7 +8713,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations. As the products move through the locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" @@ -8651,7 +8721,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" @@ -8659,7 +8729,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" @@ -8736,7 +8806,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" @@ -8756,7 +8826,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "A pre-configured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" @@ -8764,7 +8834,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "" @@ -8772,7 +8842,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In the route form, the user can view which places the route is :guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" @@ -8780,7 +8850,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific :guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an :guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a :guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" @@ -8792,7 +8862,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of places." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "" @@ -8808,7 +8878,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products from the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" @@ -8816,7 +8886,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to :guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" @@ -8828,7 +8898,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the quotation/sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" @@ -8840,7 +8910,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" @@ -8856,7 +8926,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" @@ -8884,7 +8954,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" "zone." msgstr "" @@ -8933,7 +9003,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in :guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from :guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" @@ -8941,7 +9011,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" @@ -8949,7 +9019,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" @@ -8957,7 +9027,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and output zones." msgstr "" @@ -8965,7 +9035,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing zones." msgstr "" @@ -8977,7 +9047,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:None msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" @@ -9005,7 +9075,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster Transfers` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:None msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" @@ -9013,8 +9083,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:None msgid "Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" @@ -9035,7 +9105,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To manually group transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, hover over the desired operation type from the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` menu (e.g. the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban card), click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon, then select :guilabel:`Prepare Batch`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:None msgid "The Inventory dashboard with the Prepare Batch option highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -9106,7 +9176,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the :guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:None msgid "Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" @@ -9115,7 +9185,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:None #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" @@ -9147,8 +9217,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:None msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." msgstr "" @@ -9192,7 +9262,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Destination Location`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:None msgid "The Batch and Wave Transfers settings page with the Auto batch grouping criteria visible." msgstr "" @@ -9268,7 +9338,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:None msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." msgstr "" @@ -9328,7 +9398,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable cluster picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster Transfers` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:None msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." msgstr "" @@ -9509,7 +9579,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable wave picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster Transfers` checkbox to enable the setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:None msgid "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." msgstr "" @@ -9529,7 +9599,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`. Find the desired Kanban card, then click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon to open the options menu. Under :guilabel:`New`, click :guilabel:`Prepare Wave`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:None msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." msgstr "" @@ -9541,7 +9611,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`Prepare Wave` pop-up, stock moves lines are grouped by source location. Select the checkboxes for the product lines that should be added. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:None msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." msgstr "" @@ -9621,7 +9691,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Product Category`: Split transfers by product category, then group transfers that have the same product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:None msgid "The Automatic batches feature with the wave grouping option for product category selected." msgstr "" @@ -9710,7 +9780,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Removal strategies are set on either the product category or storage location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:None msgid "Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or Locations." msgstr "" @@ -9808,12 +9878,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate these features, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, enable the :guilabel:`Storage Location` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:None msgid "Enable the locations and route features." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:143 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:166 msgid "Expiration date" msgstr "" @@ -9825,7 +9895,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, ensure the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is selected, and then select the check box for :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:None msgid "Enable expiration dates feature for FEFO." msgstr "" @@ -9837,7 +9907,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and select the check box for the :guilabel:`Packages` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:None msgid "Enable the packages feature." msgstr "" @@ -9865,70 +9935,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goal of this strategy is to save the warehouse worker from taking a long journey to a farther shelf when the product is also available at a closer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`About removal strategies <../removal_strategies>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:13 msgid "To understand *location sequence* in the closest removal strategy, consider the following example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:16 msgid "A product is stored in the following locations: `Shelf A/Pallet`, `Shelf A/Rack 1`, and `Shelf A/Rack 2`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:None msgid "Show a mockup of real storage location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:22 msgid "The sublocation, `Pallet`, is on the ground level. Products stored here are easier to retrieve, compared to requiring a forklift to reach `Rack 1` and `Rack 2`. The storage locations were strategically named in alphabetic order, based on ease of access." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:31 -msgid "To use this removal strategy, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:27 +msgid "Enabling the Closest Location removal strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:35 -msgid ":ref:`Set up removal strategy `" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:29 +msgid "**Storage locations** and **multi-step routes** are necessary features for setting all types of removal strategies on a location. However, these features are specifically required for the closest location removal strategy since it is only applied at the location level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:40 -msgid "Location names" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:33 +msgid "To activate these features, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, enable the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:None +msgid "Enable Storage Locations and Multi-Step Routes in the inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:43 +msgid "Configure location names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:45 msgid "To configure location names, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Then, select an existing location, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, and then enter the desired name in the :guilabel:`Location Name` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:48 +msgid "Set the removal strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:52 msgid "Once the locations are named in alphabetical order, based on their proximity to the output or packing location, set the removal strategy on the :ref:`parent location `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:56 msgid "To do that, in the :guilabel:`Locations` list, select the parent location of the alphabetically named storage locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:59 msgid "Doing so opens the form for the parent location. In the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` field, select :guilabel:`Closest Location`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:None +msgid "Set Closest Location as the location's removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:66 msgid "In a warehouse, the storage location `WH/Stock/Shelf 1` is located closest to the packing area, where products retrieved from shelves are packed for shipment. The popular product, `iPhone charger` is stored in three locations, `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:62 -msgid "To use closest location, set the removal strategy on the parent location, 'WH/Stock'." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:71 +msgid "To use the closest location, set the removal strategy on the parent location, `WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:37 @@ -9936,40 +10016,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:67 -msgid "To see how the closest location removal strategy works, consider the following example, featuring the popular product, `iPhone charger`, which is stored in `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:76 +msgid "To see how the closest location removal strategy works, consider the following example, featuring the popular product, `iPhone Charger`, which is stored in `WH/Stock/Shelf A/Pallets`, `WH/Stock/Shelf A/Rack 1`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf A/Rack2`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:80 msgid "Fifteen, five, and thirty units are in stock at each respective location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:74 -msgid "To check the on-hand stock at each storage location, navigate to the product form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:83 +msgid "To check the on-hand stock at each storage location, open the :guilabel:`Locations` report by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`. Filter by :guilabel:`On Hand`, as well as product (if necessary)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:0 msgid "Show on-hand stock at all locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:81 -msgid "Create a :ref:`delivery order ` for eighteen units of the `iPhone charger` by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:90 +msgid "Create a :ref:`delivery order ` for eighteen units of the `iPhone Charger` by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:93 msgid "After adding the products, clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery order that reserves items stored at the closest location, using the removal strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:87 -msgid "For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that displays how the reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:96 +msgid "For more details about *where* the units were picked, click the :guilabel:`Details` link, located on the far right. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window that displays how the reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:91 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from` field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are picked. All fifteen of the units stored at the closest location, `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, are picked first. The remaining three units are then selected from the second closest location, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:100 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick From` field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are picked. All fifteen of the units stored at the closest location, `WH/Stock/Shelf A/Pallets`, are picked first. The remaining three units are then selected from the second closest location, `WH/Stock/Shelf A/Rack 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:-1 -msgid "Display *Pick From* quantities for the order for iPhone chargers." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:None +msgid "Display Pick From quantities for the order for iPhone chargers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`About removal strategies <../removal_strategies>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:110 +msgid ":ref:`Set up removal strategy `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:3 @@ -9980,183 +10069,287 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) removal strategy targets products for removal based on their assigned removal dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:14 -msgid "Removal date" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:11 +msgid "Enabling the FEFO removal strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:16 -msgid "Products **must** be removed from inventory before their *removal date*, which is set as a certain number of days before the product's *expiration date*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:13 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers differentiate identical products and track information like arrival or expiration dates. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, check the box beside :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. After :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` is enabled, the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` feature appears. Enable it to track expiration dates, best-before dates, removal dates, and alert dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:19 -msgid "The user sets this number of days by navigating to the product form's :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, ensure the :guilabel:`Tracking` field is set to either :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:None +msgid "Enable Lots & Serial Numbers and Expiration Dates in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:23 -msgid "Next, select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` option, which makes the :guilabel:`Removal Date` field (and other date fields) appear." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:30 +msgid "Enable tracking by lots or serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:27 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Lots and Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` to track expiration dates." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:35 +msgid "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by navigating to the product form through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products` and selecting the desired product. On the product form, open the :guilabel:`General Information` tab and select the check box next to the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` field, then select either :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:31 -msgid "The expiration date of a product is determined by adding the date the product was received to the number of days specified in the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` field of the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:None +msgid "Enable tracking by lot." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:34 -msgid "The removal date takes this expiration date, and subtracts the number of days specified in the :guilabel:`Removal Date` field of the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:36 +msgid "Setting dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`Expiration dates <../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:41 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, `Egg`, the following :guilabel:`Dates` are set by the user:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: `30` days after receipt" +msgid "Next, set the :guilabel:`Expiration Date`, :guilabel:`Best Before Date`, :guilabel:`Removal Date`, and :guilabel:`Alert Date` settings for the product. In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form, under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` check box. The :guilabel:`Dates` heading appears. See :ref:`Removal date ` for more information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:45 -msgid ":guilabel:`Removal Date`: `15` days before expiration date" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:42 +msgid "Assigning lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:-1 -msgid "Display expiration and removal dates set on the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:47 +msgid "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using an :doc:`inventory adjustment <../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` or during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:51 -msgid "A shipment of Eggs arrive at the warehouse on January 1st. So, the expiration date of the Eggs is **January 31st** (Jan 1st + 30). By extension, the removal date is **January 16th** (Jan 31 - 15)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:49 +msgid "Setting removal strategies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:57 -msgid "To view the expiration dates of items in stock, navigate to the product form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:54 +msgid "After lot or serial numbers have been assigned, set the removal strategy on the storage location or product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:60 -msgid "Next, click the additional options icon, located on the far-right, and select the columns: :guilabel:`Expiration Date` and :guilabel:`Removal Date`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:None +msgid "Find the Locations or Categories from the Configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:-1 -msgid "Show expiration dates from the inventory adjustments model accessed from the *On Hand*\n" -"smart button from the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:61 +msgid "On the location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:63 +msgid "Open :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Select the desired location. On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, select :guilabel:`First Expiry First Out (FEFO)` from the list of removal strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:None +msgid "Set First Expiry First Out as the location removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:71 -msgid "Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy ensures that products with the nearest removal date are picked first." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:68 +msgid "On the product category" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:74 -msgid "To understand how this removal strategy works, consider the following example below about the product, `Carton of eggs`, which is a box containing twelve eggs." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:73 +msgid "Configure removal strategies on product categories by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Categories` and selecting the intended product category. Next, in the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` field, specify :guilabel:`First Expiry First Out (FEFO)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:77 -msgid "The product is tracked :guilabel:`By Lots`, and the product category's :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`First Expired, First Out (FEFO)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:None +msgid "Set First Expiry First Out as the product category removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:24 -msgid ":ref:`Set up force removal strategy `" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:79 +msgid "When there are different removal strategies applied on both the location and product category for a product, the value set on the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` field set on a product category form is applied as top priority." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:25 -msgid ":ref:`Enable lots tracking `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:83 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Perishable Products `_" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:88 +msgid "Removal date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:35 -msgid "LOT1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:36 -msgid "LOT2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:37 -msgid "LOT3" +msgid "Products **must** be removed from inventory before their *removal date*, which is set as a certain number of days before the product's *expiration date*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:38 +msgid "The user sets this number of days by navigating to the product form's :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, ensure the :guilabel:`Tracking` field is set to either :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:97 +msgid "Next, select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` option, which makes the :guilabel:`Removal Date` field (and other date fields) appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Lots and Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` to track expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:105 +msgid "The expiration date of a product is determined by adding the date the product was received to the number of days specified in the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` field of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:108 +msgid "The removal date takes this expiration date, and subtracts the number of days specified in the :guilabel:`Removal Date` field of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:112 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, `Egg`, the following :guilabel:`Dates` are set by the user:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:115 +msgid ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: `30` days after receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Removal Date`: `15` days before expiration date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:None +msgid "Display expiration and removal dates set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:121 +msgid "A shipment of Eggs arrive at the warehouse on January 1st. So, the expiration date of the Eggs is **January 31st** (Jan 1st + 30). By extension, the removal date is **January 16th** (Jan 31 - 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:127 +msgid "To view the expiration dates of items in stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots / Serial Numbers`. By default, this report is grouped by location. If necessary, remove that grouping in the search bar and group by product. Expand the product to show its lots. Next, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon, located on the far-right, and select the columns: :guilabel:`Expiration Date` and :guilabel:`Removal Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:None +msgid "Show expiration dates from the Lots / Serial Numbers list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:136 +msgid "Alternatively, view these dates by clicking the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` smart button on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:None +msgid "Show expiration dates from the Lots/Serial Numbers list on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:145 +msgid "Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy ensures that products with the nearest removal date are picked first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:148 +msgid "To understand how this removal strategy works, consider the following example below about the product, `Carton of Eggs`, which is a box containing twelve eggs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:151 +msgid "The product is tracked :guilabel:`By Lots`, and the product category's :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`First Expiry First Out (FEFO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:97 +msgid "LOT1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:98 +msgid "LOT2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:99 +msgid "LOT3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:100 msgid "On-hand stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:231 msgid "5" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:165 msgid "1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:98 -msgid "April 4" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:167 +msgid "January 8, 2026" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:99 -msgid "April 10" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:168 +msgid "January 15, 2026" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:100 -msgid "April 15" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:169 +msgid "January 22, 2026" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:170 msgid ":ref:`Removal date `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:102 -msgid "February 26" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:171 +msgid "December 24, 2025" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:103 -msgid "March 4" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:172 +msgid "December 31, 2025" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:104 -msgid "March 9" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:173 +msgid "January 7, 2026" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:175 msgid "To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and create a new quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:109 -msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery order for today, December 29th, and the lot numbers with the soonest expiration dates are reserved, using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:178 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery order for today, December 9th, and the lot numbers with the soonest expiration dates are reserved, using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:113 -msgid "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right of the Carton of egg's product line, in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:182 +msgid "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`Details` link, located on the far-right of the Carton of Eggs' product line, in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:117 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from` field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are picked from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:186 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick From` field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are picked from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:120 -msgid "Since the order demanded six Cartons of eggs, using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, all five Cartons from `LOT1`, with the removal date of February 26th, are picked. The remaining Carton is selected from `LOT2`, which has a removal date of March 4th." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:189 +msgid "Since the order demanded six Cartons of Eggs, using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, all five Cartons from `LOT1`, with the removal date of December 24, are picked. The remaining Carton is selected from `LOT2`, which has a removal date of December 31." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:-1 -msgid "The stock moves window that shows the lots to be removed using FEFO." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:None +msgid "The detailed operations window that shows the lots to be removed using FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:132 +msgid ":doc:`Removal strategies <../removal_strategies>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:157 +msgid ":ref:`Set up force removal strategy `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:199 +msgid ":doc:`Expiration dates <../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`Enable lots tracking `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:201 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Perishable Products `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:3 @@ -10164,100 +10357,143 @@ msgid "FIFO removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:5 -msgid "The *First In, First Out* (FIFO) removal strategy selects products with the earliest arrival dates. This method is useful for companies selling products that have short demand cycles, like clothes, for example. By using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, companies can prevent prolonged stock retention of specific styles." +msgid "The *First In, First Out* (FIFO) removal strategy selects products with the earliest arrival dates. This method is useful for companies selling products that have short demand cycles, like clothes. By using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, companies can prevent prolonged stock retention of specific styles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:14 -msgid "Various quantities of the product, `T-shirt`, tracked by lot numbers, arrive on August 1st and August 25th. For an order made on September 1st, the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy prioritizes lots that have been in stock the longest. So, products received on August 1st are selected first for picking." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:11 +msgid "Different shipments of t-shirts, tracked by lot numbers, arrive in a business's warehouse between August 1st and August 25th. When a customer makes an order on September 1st, the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy prioritizes lots that have been in stock the longest. So, products received on August 1st are selected first for picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0 msgid "Illustration of FIFO selecting the oldest products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:24 -msgid ":ref:`Lot/serial number setup details `" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:22 +msgid "Enabling the FIFO removal strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:24 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers differentiate identical products and track information like arrival or expiration dates. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, check the box beside :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:None +msgid "Enable Lots & Serial Numbers in the Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:None +msgid "Enable tracking by serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:44 +msgid "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using an :doc:`inventory adjustment <../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` or :ref:`during reception `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:54 +msgid "After lot or serial numbers have been assigned, set the removal strategy on the product category or storage location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:63 +msgid "Open :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Select the desired location. On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, select :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` from the list of removal strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:None +msgid "Set First In First Out as the location removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:73 +msgid "Configure removal strategies on product categories by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Categories` and selecting the intended product category. Next, in the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` field, specify :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:None +msgid "Set First In First Out as the product category removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:88 msgid "Arrival date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:31 -msgid "To see the product lot or serial number that arrived in inventory first, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:90 +msgid "To see the product lot or serial number that arrived in inventory first, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. By default, this list is grouped by location. If necessary, remove that grouping and group by product instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:34 -msgid "Then, select the :guilabel:`▶️ (right-pointing arrow)` icon on the left of a product line, in order to reveal a list of the product's lots or serial numbers that are in stock. The :guilabel:`Created On` field shows the lot/serial number creation date, which is, essentially, the arrival date." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:94 +msgid "Then, select the :icon:`fa-caret-right` :guilabel:`(right-pointing arrow)` icon on the left of a product line, in order to reveal a list of the product's lots or serial numbers that are in stock. The :guilabel:`Created on` field shows the lot/serial number creation date, which the system considers to be the arrival date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:39 -msgid "Serial number `00000000500` of the product, `Cabinet with Doors`, arrived on December 29th, as displayed in the :guilabel:`Created On` field." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:100 +msgid "Serial number `0000000000500` of the product, `Cabinet with Doors`, arrived on December 9th, as displayed in the :guilabel:`Created on` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0 msgid "Display arrival date of a lot for an item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:109 msgid "To understand how :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` rotates products out, consider the following example, focusing on three lots of white shirts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:112 msgid "The shirts are from the *All/Clothes* category, where :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` is set as the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:115 msgid "The white shirts are tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:118 msgid "The following table represents the on-hand stock and lot number details of white shirts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:228 msgid "3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:104 msgid ":ref:`Created on `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:133 msgid "March 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:134 msgid "April 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:135 msgid "May 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:137 msgid "To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order ` for six white shirts by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:140 msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` on the sales order, a delivery order with the oldest lot numbers for shirts are reserved, using the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:87 -msgid "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right of the white shirt's product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:143 +msgid "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`Details` link, located on the far-right of the white shirt's product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:91 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from` field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are picked from. Since the order demanded six shirts, all five shirts from `LOT1`, and one shirt from `LOT2`, are selected." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:147 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick From` field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are picked from. Since the order demanded six shirts, all five shirts from `LOT1`, and one shirt from `LOT2`, are selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:None msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:156 +msgid ":ref:`Lot/serial number setup details `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:3 msgid "Least packages removal" msgstr "" @@ -10266,74 +10502,119 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Least Packages* removal strategy fulfills an order by opening the fewest number of packages, which is ideal for maintaining organized stock without needing to open multiple boxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:10 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Least Packages `_" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:12 msgid "To understand how the removal strategy works, consider the following example, featuring a warehouse that stores packages of flour in bulk packages of `100 kg`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:15 -msgid "To minimize moisture, and/or prevent pests from entering open packages, the least packages removal strategy is used to pick from a single, opened package." +msgid "To minimize moisture and prevent possible loss of product due to spillage and repacking, the least packages removal strategy is used to fill the order by opening the fewest packages of flour, instead of opening multiple packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:19 msgid "A package of `100 kg` of flour is depleted to `54 kg` after fulfilling some orders. There are other packages of `100 kg` in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:24 -msgid "When an order for `14 kg` of flour is placed, the package of `54 kg` is selected." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:22 +msgid "When an order for `14 kg` of flour is placed, the package of `54 kg` is selected, leaving `40 kg` of flour in the bag. Another order for `80 kg` of flour is placed. An unopened `100 kg` package is used to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:25 -msgid "When an order for *more* than `54 kg` of flour is placed, an unopened `100 kg` package is used to fulfill the order. While this temporarily results in two open packages, these open packages are prioritized in the next picking." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:26 +msgid "While this temporarily results in two open packages, one for `40 kg` and another for `20 kg`, these open packages are prioritized in the next pickings that are those sizes or smaller." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:32 -msgid "Using the least package removal strategy, the fewest number of packages is used to fulfill an order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:30 +msgid "Enabling the least packages removal strategy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:35 -msgid "The :ref:`Packages feature ` **must** be enabled to use this strategy." +msgid "The packages feature is used to group products together and is required for the *least packages* removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:38 -msgid "Consider the following example, featuring the product, `Flour`. The product's :guilabel:`Units of Measure` field, located on the product form, is set to `kg`. The product is stored in packages of `100 kg`, with one remaining package containing `54 kg`. The product category's :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`Least Packages`." +msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` and in the :guilabel:`Operations` section, select the check box for the :guilabel:`Packages` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:42 +msgid "Store products in packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:44 -msgid ":ref:`Set removal strategy on product category `" +msgid "First, products are received either in packages or individually. Next, the received products are stored in packages created :ref:`during a transfer `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:47 -msgid "To check the product's on-hand stock, navigate to the product form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:50 +msgid "After you have configured your product inventory, set the removal strategy on the :ref:`storage location ` or :ref:`product category `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:58 +msgid "On the storage location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:59 +msgid "To set a removal strategy on a storage location, you must first enable a couple settings in the **Inventory** configuration settings. Open :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:64 +msgid "Next, open :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Open an existing location or create a new location. On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, set the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy`. to :guilabel:`Least Packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:None +msgid "Set Least Packages as the location's removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:76 +msgid "Configure removal strategies on product categories by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Categories` and selecting the intended product category. Next, in the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` field, select :guilabel:`Least Packages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:None +msgid "Set Least Packages as the category's removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:88 +msgid "For example, flour is stored in 100-kilogram packages. It is stored in a location with other heavy items. To minimize how far pickers have to walk, the location uses the :doc:`closest location removal strategy `. To further optimize the picking time, and to reduce the number of packages opened during picking, the flour's product category, `Baking Materials`, uses the least packages removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:97 +msgid "Using the *least packages* removal strategy, the fewest number of packages is used to fulfill an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:100 +msgid "Consider the following example, featuring the product, `Flour (kg)`. The product's :doc:`unit of measure <../../product_management/configure/uom>`, located on the product form, is set to `kg`. The product is stored in packages of `100 kg`, with one remaining package containing `54 kg`. The product category's :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`Least Packages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:106 +msgid "You can verify the product's on-hand stock in the :guilabel:`Locations` report. Open :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`. Click in the :guilabel:`Search` field to filter by :guilabel:`On Hand`, as well as product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:0 msgid "Show on-hand stock in each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:54 -msgid "Create a :ref:`delivery order ` for eighty kilograms of flour by going to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation. After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, the delivery order is created." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:113 +msgid "A sales order is created for eighty kilograms of flour by going to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation. After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, the :ref:`delivery order ` is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:117 msgid "On the delivery order, the :guilabel:`Quantity` field displays the amount automatically picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:61 -msgid "For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, displaying how the reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:120 +msgid "For more details about *where* the units were picked, click :guilabel:`Details` on the product line. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, displaying how the reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:65 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from` field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are picked. Since the order demanded eighty kilograms, which exceeds the quantity in the opened package of `54 kg`, an unopened package of `100 kg` is selected." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:124 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick From` field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are picked. Because the order demands eighty kilograms, which exceeds the quantity in the opened package of `54 kg`, an unopened package of `100 kg` is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:None msgid "Show which package was picked in the *Pick From* field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:134 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Least Packages `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:3 msgid "LIFO removal" msgstr "" @@ -10346,54 +10627,94 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Every time an order is placed for products using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is created for the lot/serial number that has most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that entered the warehouse's inventory)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:13 msgid "In many countries, the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy is banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete products being delivered to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:19 -msgid "Consider the following example, with the product, `Cinder Block`, which is tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form. The :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` for the cinder block's product category is set to :guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)`." +msgid "Enabling the LIFO removal strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:26 -msgid ":ref:`Check arrival date `" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:21 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers differentiate identical products and track information like arrival or expiration dates. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, check the box beside :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:28 -msgid "The following table represents the cinder blocks in stock, and their various lot number details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:43 -msgid "June 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:44 -msgid "June 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:45 -msgid "June 6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:47 -msgid "To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order ` for seven cinder blocks by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:32 +msgid "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by navigating to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then selecting the desired product. On the product form, open the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, select the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` field, then choose either :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:51 -msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order to create a delivery order. Doing so reserves the newest lot numbers are using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy." +msgid "After lots or serial numbers have been assigned, set the removal strategy on the product category or storage location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:54 -msgid "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right of the cinder block's product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:60 +msgid "Open :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Select the desired location. On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, select :guilabel:`Last In First Out (LIFO)` from the list of removal strategies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:58 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from` field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are picked from. Since the order demanded seven cinder blocks, the newest cinder blocks from `LOT3` are selected, using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:None +msgid "Set Last In First Out as the location removal strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:70 +msgid "Configure removal strategies on product categories by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Categories` and selecting the intended product category. In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, specify :guilabel:`Last In First Out (LIFO)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:None +msgid "Set Last In First Out as the product category removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:86 +msgid "Consider the following example, with the product, `Cinder Block`, which is tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab of the product form. The :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` for the cinder block's product category is set to :guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:90 +msgid "The following table lists the cinder blocks in stock and their respective lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:105 +msgid "June 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:106 +msgid "June 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:107 +msgid "June 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:109 +msgid "To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order ` for seven cinder blocks by navigating to the **Sales** app and creating a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:112 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` on the sales order form to create a delivery order. Doing so reserves the newest lot numbers using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:115 +msgid "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`Details` link at the far-right of the cinder block's product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:None +msgid "Find the Details link in the Operations tab of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:121 +msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`Details` link opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:123 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick From` field shows where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are picked. Since the order demanded seven cinder blocks, the newest cinder blocks from `LOT3` are selected using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:None msgid "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`Check arrival date `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:6 msgid "Reservation methods" msgstr "" @@ -10442,10 +10763,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`General` tab of the operation type form, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` option, and choose which method should be used for this type of operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:None msgid "Reservation method field on delivery order operation type form." msgstr "" @@ -10504,7 +10825,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the :guilabel:`Type of Operation` is changed to :guilabel:`Receipt` on an :guilabel:`Operations Type` form, reservation methods are **not** available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:None msgid "Operations Types highlighted from the Configurations submenu in the Inventory app." msgstr "" @@ -10571,9 +10892,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Instead of revealing the reserved number of units for the order, the :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Available`, and reveals the available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:None msgid "Confirmed sales order with product availability tooltip selected." msgstr "" @@ -10593,7 +10914,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Additionally, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` quantity is calculated at the top of the page, by adding the :guilabel:`On Hand` and :guilabel:`Incoming` quantity, and subtracting the :guilabel:`Outgoing` quantity, as shown below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:None msgid "Forecasted quantity equation from the Forecasted Report page." msgstr "" @@ -10605,7 +10926,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To deliver the products, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form. To confirm that the reservation worked properly, ensure that the :guilabel:`Product Availability` field reads `Available` (in green text), and the numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` and :guilabel:`Quantity` columns match (in this case, both should read `100.00`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:None msgid "Delivery order for product included in sales order with at confirmation reservation." msgstr "" @@ -10657,7 +10978,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This means products are reserved two days before the scheduled delivery date for normal orders, and three days before the scheduled delivery date for starred (favorited) transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:None msgid "Reserve before scheduled date field with set numerical values." msgstr "" @@ -10689,7 +11010,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This sets the scheduled delivery date for this specific product to five days after the creation date of the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:None msgid "Product form with customer lead time set in Inventory tab." msgstr "" @@ -10743,8 +11064,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Note the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, above the :guilabel:`Product Availability` field, displays the date five days from the order creation date. This indicates that the products are not reserved until three days from today's date (two days before the scheduled delivery date)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:None msgid "Delivery order form with product availability and reserved quantity." msgstr "" @@ -10809,7 +11130,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card displays the current status of live orders, including those with a :guilabel:`Waiting` status. Orders with this status indicate that the products in those orders have either not been reserved yet, or are not in stock at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:None msgid "Delivery orders task card with waiting status orders." msgstr "" @@ -10905,7 +11226,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in the search bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` module, click :guilabel:`Install` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:None msgid "Install the Delivery Costs module." msgstr "" @@ -10954,7 +11275,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping carrier details on the delivery order. After confirming the order, a :icon:`fa-truck` :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at the top of the page. Click the :icon:`fa-truck` :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to open the warehouse delivery form. To add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself, open the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:None msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form." msgstr "" @@ -11026,7 +11347,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` page, go to the :guilabel:`Admin` tab, then the :guilabel:`General Settings` tab, to find the :guilabel:`Account ID` and :guilabel:`Passphrase` needed to configure Odoo's shipping method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:None msgid "In the *Admin* tab, show the Account ID and Passphrase." msgstr "" @@ -11110,7 +11431,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Generate Return Label` feature to automatically print a return label upon validating the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:None msgid "Show Bpost shipping method." msgstr "" @@ -11221,7 +11542,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank shipping method form. If a shipping method has already been created, it can be selected from this screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:None msgid "The form for a DHL shipping method." msgstr "" @@ -11435,7 +11756,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new category, or click into an existing category to modify it. In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter the type of vehicle (e.g., `Pick-up truck`, `Van`, or `Cargo truck`). Then, enter the vehicle capacity in the :guilabel:`Max Weight` (in kilograms) and :guilabel:`Max Volume` (in cubic meters) fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:None msgid "Vehicle categories with defined weight and volume." msgstr "" @@ -11664,7 +11985,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Statistics`: open pivot table of the batch transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:None msgid "Show prepare batch option from the Transport Management drop-down menu." msgstr "" @@ -11708,7 +12029,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Map` button is only visible for transfers with the :guilabel:`In progress` status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:None msgid "Show map in Odoo, with information of the delivery orders." msgstr "" @@ -11716,7 +12037,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Additionally, use the :guilabel:`View in Google Maps` button to generate a route from the warehouse to the delivery points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:None msgid "Show Google Map route." msgstr "" @@ -11781,7 +12102,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Envia will send an SMS or WhatsApp message to confirm the email address and phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:None msgid "Select carrier services." msgstr "" @@ -11797,7 +12118,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This key is required to authenticate Odoo's connection with Envia.com. Retrieve it at any time by returning to the :guilabel:`API Keys` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:None msgid "API Keys in Envia.com." msgstr "" @@ -11868,7 +12189,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once previous fields are properly set, navigate to the :guilabel:`Envia Configuration` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Envia.com Service Name` field, click the :icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`(refresh)` icon to sync the carriers. In the pop-up window that appears, select a carrier and a service level from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:None msgid "Envia.com carrier and services popup." msgstr "" @@ -12113,7 +12434,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Shipments registered with Envia can be tracked using the :guilabel:`Tracking` smart button from the delivery order or using the tracking link from the :doc:`customer portal <../../../../general/users/portal>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:None msgid "Customer portal tracking." msgstr "" @@ -12176,7 +12497,7 @@ msgid "Integrating a FedEx account with Odoo's **Inventory** app makes it possib msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:11 -msgid "As of October 21, 2025, the FedEx integration using the latest API is temporarily unavailable while FedEx reviews Odoo's certification as a solution provider. Any *existing* integrations using the *FedEx Legacy* provider currently work, but *new* setups are currently **blocked**." +msgid "As of October 21, 2025, the FedEx integration using the latest API is temporarily unavailable while Odoo finalizes its solution-provider validation for FedEx. Any *existing* integrations using the *FedEx Legacy* provider currently work, but *new* setups are currently **blocked**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:15 @@ -12199,7 +12520,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. After doing so, a :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`FedEx Shipping Methods` button appears below :guilabel:`FedEx Connector`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:None msgid "The FedEx Shipping Methods button below the FedEx Connector." msgstr "" @@ -12223,7 +12544,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a delivery method to open its form. Alternatively, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank form, and configure a new delivery method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:None msgid "The form for a FedEx delivery method." msgstr "" @@ -12267,7 +12588,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`Tell us about your API needs` popup, select `Ships with FedEX and needs to integrate FedEx APIs into their system` in the :guilabel:`I work for a company that:` drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:None msgid "Pop-up on FedEx website to select API needs." msgstr "" @@ -12295,7 +12616,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Trade Documents Upload API`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:None msgid "Page on FedEx website where users select the APIs needed for project." msgstr "" @@ -12303,7 +12624,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Project name`, then select any countries where packages will be shipped to, or delivered from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:None msgid "Page on FedEx website where users select the countries they ship to and from." msgstr "" @@ -12455,7 +12776,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set prices to delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, enable the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:None msgid "Enable the \"Delivery Methods\" feature in Settings." msgstr "" @@ -12511,7 +12832,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button at the bottom-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:None msgid "Click \"Add Shipping\" button at the bottom right, near the total." msgstr "" @@ -12527,7 +12848,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` is automatically calculated using the weight of the items in the order. Finally, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to close the window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:None msgid "Calculate shipping by selecting a shipping method." msgstr "" @@ -12535,7 +12856,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the sales order, the delivery product appears in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, with the :guilabel:`Unit Price` set as the shipping cost calculated in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:None msgid "Show delivery product on the sales order line." msgstr "" @@ -12543,7 +12864,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, after the product is delivered, click the :guilabel:`Create invoice` button, and an invoice is created that includes the shipping cost that was added earlier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:None msgid "Show \"Create Invoice\" button." msgstr "" @@ -12551,7 +12872,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` button, and a draft invoice is generated, with the shipping cost included in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:None msgid "Show delivery product in the invoice line." msgstr "" @@ -12567,7 +12888,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, on a draft invoice, modify the :guilabel:`Unit Price` to reflect the real shipping cost. Finally, invoice the customer the adjusted shipping cost by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:None msgid "Show delivery product on the invoice line." msgstr "" @@ -12587,7 +12908,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx International* will be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:None msgid "Different shipping methods." msgstr "" @@ -12595,7 +12916,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the carrier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:None msgid "Select a label type." msgstr "" @@ -12607,7 +12928,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:None msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." msgstr "" @@ -12615,7 +12936,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:None msgid "Delivery order smart button." msgstr "" @@ -12623,7 +12944,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:None msgid "Shipping PDF documents." msgstr "" @@ -12635,7 +12956,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example of a FedEx letter sized label is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:None msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "" @@ -12643,7 +12964,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:None msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "" @@ -12663,7 +12984,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install the third-party shipping connector <../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. Then, configure and activate the :ref:`delivery method `, being sure to set the :guilabel:`Integration Level` to :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to generate shipping labels. Finally, provide the company's :ref:`source address ` and :ref:`product weights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:None msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "" @@ -12715,7 +13036,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the quotation form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:None msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" @@ -12735,7 +13056,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as the :ref:`configured delivery product `. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` on the quotation, and click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to access the |DO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:None msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -12775,7 +13096,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:None msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -12800,7 +13121,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:None msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "" @@ -12816,7 +13137,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:None msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" @@ -12828,7 +13149,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:None msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" @@ -12836,7 +13157,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of the selected items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:None msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." msgstr "" @@ -12856,47 +13177,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:78 msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:80 msgid "If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create a backorder for the items being shipped later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:83 msgid "Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above ` to package them as required. If they will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the :guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:88 msgid "After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as :guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a :guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will be shipped later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:None msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:97 msgid "The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to view the backorder delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:None msgid "The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:105 msgid "The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:None msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:113 msgid "Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:118 msgid "It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to create the first backorder." msgstr "" @@ -13115,7 +13436,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is `$9.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:None msgid "Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured." msgstr "" @@ -13175,7 +13496,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the desired route is not selectable, check that the *Shipping Methods* option is enabled in the route's *Applicable On* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:None msgid "Show set routes on shipping method form." msgstr "" @@ -13231,7 +13552,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the related section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:None msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." msgstr "" @@ -13255,7 +13576,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference number, and the total order weight." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:None msgid "Example delivery slip." msgstr "" @@ -13275,7 +13596,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes for both the order and the return operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:None msgid "Example return slip." msgstr "" @@ -13406,7 +13727,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Refer to the :doc:`Connect a printer <../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` documentation for details on connecting a printer to Odoo's *IoT* app. Upon completion, assign the carrier label to the printer, by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`, and selecting the desired printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:None msgid "Show a list of IoT devices." msgstr "" @@ -13418,7 +13739,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Shipping Documents` report is for :ref:`export documents `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:None msgid "Show carrier label report added to the *Printer Reports*." msgstr "" @@ -13454,7 +13775,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For Zebra printers, set the :guilabel:`Label Format` to :guilabel:`ZPL2`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:None msgid "Show the *Label Type* field on FedEx's shipping method configuration page." msgstr "" @@ -13596,7 +13917,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:None msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" @@ -13660,7 +13981,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:None msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" @@ -13680,7 +14001,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:None msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" @@ -13817,8 +14138,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:None msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -13890,7 +14211,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From here, choose either: :guilabel:`Shipping` to customers, :guilabel:`Returns` from customers, or :guilabel:`Both`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:None msgid "Use Shipping Rules field." msgstr "" @@ -13926,7 +14247,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers --> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:None msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" @@ -13938,7 +14259,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:None msgid "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" @@ -14006,8 +14327,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once logged into the Starshipit account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Pickup address`, and fill in the :guilabel:`Pickup address`. Ensure this field matches the warehouse address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:None msgid "Adding addresses in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "" @@ -14031,7 +14352,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure shipping rate calculations, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Checkout rates`. The selected delivery costs are automatically applied in Odoo when calculating shipping costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:None msgid "Checkout rates in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "" @@ -14063,7 +14384,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Action` to :guilabel:`Set Courier & Product Code`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:None msgid "Shipping rules in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "" @@ -14075,7 +14396,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the Starshipit account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> API` in the side menu. This page contains the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` keys needed to connect to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:None msgid "Finding the Starshipit API keys." msgstr "" @@ -14087,7 +14408,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the Starshipit account is set up, integrate it with the Odoo database. To do that, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the :guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping` module, and click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:None msgid "Starshipit Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" @@ -14219,7 +14540,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Starshipit connector is configured for returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:None msgid "Example of a shipped order in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -14430,7 +14751,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Delivery methods <../setup_configuration>` can also be integrated with operations in the *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Website* apps. To install, refer to the :ref:`install apps and modules ` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:None msgid "Options of available shipping connectors in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -14534,7 +14855,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setting the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production` creates **real** shipping labels, and users are at risk of being charged through their carrier account (e.g. UPS, FedEx, etc.) **before** users charge customers for shipping. Verify all configurations are correct before launching the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:None msgid "Show the \"Test Environment\" smart button." msgstr "" @@ -14546,7 +14867,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the warehouse configuration page, open the warehouse contact page by clicking the :guilabel:`Company` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:None msgid "Highlight the \"Company\" field." msgstr "" @@ -14554,7 +14875,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Verify that the :guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Phone` number are correct, as they are required for the shipping connector to work properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:None msgid "Show company address and phone number." msgstr "" @@ -14570,7 +14891,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and define the :guilabel:`Weight` of the product in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:None msgid "Display the \"Weight\" field in the Inventory tab of the product form." msgstr "" @@ -14594,7 +14915,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To assign a third-party shipping carrier, and get an estimated cost of shipping, begin by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. Create or select an existing quotation, and add the cost of shipping through a third-party carrier to a quotation, by clicking the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:None msgid "Show the \"Add shipping\" button at the bottom of a quotation." msgstr "" @@ -14630,7 +14951,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Generate shipping labels `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:None msgid "Show the delivery order's \"Additional info\" tab." msgstr "" @@ -14670,7 +14991,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Track shipping data inconsistencies by activating debug logging. To do that, go to the delivery method's configuration page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Method`), and select the desired shipping method. Click the :guilabel:`No Debugging` smart button to activate :guilabel:`Debug Requests`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:None msgid "Show the \"No Debug\" smart button." msgstr "" @@ -14682,7 +15003,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Logs are created for a shipping method each time the :ref:`Get Rate ` button is clicked on :abbr:`SOs (Sales Orders)` and invoices, **and** when a customer adds the shipping carrier to their order through the *Website* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:None msgid "Show how to find the \"Logging\" option from the \"Technical\" menu." msgstr "" @@ -14690,7 +15011,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the *HTTP request* line item to open a detailed page, and verify the correct information is sent from Odoo to the shipping carrier. In the *HTTP response*, verify that the same information is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:None msgid "Show debug request history in Settings > Technical > Logging." msgstr "" @@ -14738,7 +15059,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After logging in, click the profile icon in the top-right corner, and select :guilabel:`Accounts and Payment` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:None msgid "Show how to navigate to the \"Accounts and Payment\" page from the home screen." msgstr "" @@ -14754,7 +15075,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add an Odoo shipment account, select :guilabel:`Add New Account` from the :guilabel:`Add a Payment Method` drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:None msgid "Display \"Add an account\" option from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" @@ -14766,7 +15087,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When complete, submit the application on the last page of the wizard to finish setting up the shipping account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:None msgid "Display UPS form to fill out company shipping information." msgstr "" @@ -14778,7 +15099,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the shipping account set up, the UPS :guilabel:`Account Number` becomes available. To access it, navigate to :menuselection:`Profile --> Accounts and Payment` and refer to the shipping account's :guilabel:`Number` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:None msgid "Show Account \"Number\" field for the shipping account." msgstr "" @@ -14790,7 +15111,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Accounts and Payments` page and select the :guilabel:`Add Payment Card` option from the :guilabel:`Add a Payment Method` drop-down menu. Then, complete the form to add the credit card information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:None msgid "Show \"Add Payment Card\" option from the drop-down." msgstr "" @@ -14802,7 +15123,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, log into the `UPS developer account `_ to generate the developer key. To begin, click the profile icon in the top-right corner, and choose the :guilabel:`Apps` option from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:None msgid "Display the \"Apps\" drop-down option after clicking the profile picture icon." msgstr "" @@ -14818,7 +15139,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the next label, :guilabel:`Choose an account to associate with these credentials. \\*`, select :guilabel:`Add existing account` from the drop-down menu in the corresponding field, and then select the :ref:`account number ` linked to the UPS account created in the previous step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:None msgid "Show form to fill in the UPS account number." msgstr "" @@ -14870,7 +15191,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`UPS API Catalog `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:None msgid "Show \"Add Apps\" form, where the app details are configured." msgstr "" @@ -14882,7 +15203,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the new app created, in the :menuselection:`Profile --> My Apps --> App` page, select the app from the :guilabel:`Credentials` section to view the UPS credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:None msgid "Show newly created app in the \"My Apps\" section." msgstr "" @@ -14890,7 +15211,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` section, copy the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:None msgid "Display the \"Client ID\" and \"Client Secret\" key." msgstr "" @@ -14946,7 +15267,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Label Format`: Choose the label format shipping labels: :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`ZPL`, :guilabel:`EPL`, or :guilabel:`SPL`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:None msgid "Show the \"UPS Configuration\" tab on the Shipping Methods form." msgstr "" @@ -15010,7 +15331,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To manually navigate to the :guilabel:`Reports` page, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Reporting: Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:None msgid "Show global search result for \"Reports\"." msgstr "" @@ -15066,7 +15387,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To ensure the customization is **not** overwritten during an update, click the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon on the view page. Then, select the :guilabel:`View Metadata` option from the resulting drop-down menu, in order to open the :guilabel:`View Metadata` pop-up window. Then, ensure the :guilabel:`No Update` field is set to :guilabel:`true (change)`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to exit the :guilabel:`View Metadata` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:None msgid "Architecture tab in the view." msgstr "" @@ -15295,7 +15616,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Transit`: used for inter-company or inter-warehouse operations to track products shipped between different addresses, such as :ref:`Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:None msgid "List of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -15355,7 +15676,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:None msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" @@ -15472,7 +15793,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the quantities match, and have not been changed at all, no value appears in the :guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:None msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" @@ -15500,7 +15821,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for traceability." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:None msgid "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is specified." msgstr "" @@ -15512,7 +15833,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|Ia| can also be used to relocate products to different storage locations, or to different packages. To relocate a product, tick the checkbox at the far left of the line for the desired product. At the top of the page, click the :guilabel:`Relocate` button. Doing so opens a pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:None msgid "The Relocate products pop-up on the Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "" @@ -15564,7 +15885,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the :guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:None msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" @@ -15584,7 +15905,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:None msgid "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product moves." msgstr "" @@ -15592,7 +15913,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Actions` menu appears when one or more products' checkboxes are selected. The :guilabel:`Actions` menu includes the option to :guilabel:`Set to quantity on hand`, which sets the selected products' :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` to the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Set to 0`, which sets the selected products' :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` to zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:None msgid "Inventory Adjustments Actions menu." msgstr "" @@ -15633,7 +15954,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:None msgid "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month setting." msgstr "" @@ -15666,7 +15987,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, tick the checkbox at the top of the table, in the header row next to the :guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:None msgid "Request a count pop-up on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" @@ -15698,7 +16019,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:None msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" @@ -15718,7 +16039,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The user who performed the count is listed in parenthesis in the :guilabel:`Reference` field, while the user who applied the count is listed in the :guilabel:`Done By`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:None msgid "The history record for an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" @@ -15762,7 +16083,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Then, tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:None msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -15786,7 +16107,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, locate the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` by default (if this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the value to any number of days desired for the frequency of counts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:None msgid "Location frequency setting on location." msgstr "" @@ -15814,7 +16135,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To select a specific location, and view all products within that location, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon, to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, in the :guilabel:`Group By` column, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to reveal a new drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:None msgid "Filters and Group By menu on Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "" @@ -15854,7 +16175,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting field, which includes a drop-down field that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December`, by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:None msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." msgstr "" @@ -15906,7 +16227,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the first blank line of the tab, click the :guilabel:`Catalog` link to open the catalog in a new page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:None msgid "The \"Catalog\" button on the \"Order Lines\" tab of a sales quotation." msgstr "" @@ -15938,7 +16259,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Variant attributes (e.g. *Color: White*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:None msgid "A product card in the product catalog." msgstr "" @@ -15958,7 +16279,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the sidebar on the left side of the page, select an option in the :icon:`fa-th-list` :guilabel:`PRODUCT CATEGORY` section to filter by product category, or an option in the :icon:`fa-th-list` :guilabel:`ATTRIBUTES` section to filter by variant attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:None msgid "The filter sidebar in the product catalog." msgstr "" @@ -15982,7 +16303,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To remove a product from the order or |BoM| entirely, either click the :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`Remove` button in the bottom-right corner of the product card, or click the :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(minus)` button until the quantity has been reduced to zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:None msgid "A product card for a product that has been added." msgstr "" @@ -16030,7 +16351,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:None msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" @@ -16050,7 +16371,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:None msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" @@ -16082,7 +16403,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:None msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." msgstr "" @@ -16094,7 +16415,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select :guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a :guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:None msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." msgstr "" @@ -16114,7 +16435,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:None msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "" @@ -16130,7 +16451,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Typically, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is used with :doc:`Multi-Step Routes <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, which controls how products move between locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:None msgid "Show Storage Locations feature." msgstr "" @@ -16142,7 +16463,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After enabling *Storage Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:None msgid "List of internal locations." msgstr "" @@ -16190,7 +16511,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Replenishments`: used for :doc:`configuring routes <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, tick this checkbox to set the location as a destination for receiving products from *Buy*, *Manufacture*, or other procurement routes, ensuring products are correctly supplied to the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:None msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." msgstr "" @@ -16198,7 +16519,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency` field from the default `0`, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:None msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." msgstr "" @@ -16342,7 +16663,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Use inventory adjustments to add stock to new warehouses `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:None msgid "Example warehouse form." msgstr "" @@ -16547,7 +16868,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:None msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" @@ -16663,7 +16984,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the products in the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:None msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" @@ -16752,7 +17073,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Days the vendor needs to review an |RFQ| after it is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:None msgid "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" @@ -16872,7 +17193,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The |MO| deadline, which is the deadline to begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled delivery date, can be determined by configuring the manufacturing lead times and manufacturing security lead times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:None msgid "Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead times." msgstr "" @@ -16892,7 +17213,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:None msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr "" @@ -16968,7 +17289,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:None msgid "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app settings." msgstr "" @@ -17008,7 +17329,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. Odoo uses lead times and automated reordering rules to schedule the necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, September 20th:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:None msgid "Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse operations." msgstr "" @@ -17088,7 +17409,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon on the right side of the search bar, and click the :guilabel:`Archived` filter to enable it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:None msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." msgstr "" @@ -17096,7 +17417,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After enabling the :guilabel:`Archived` filter, the :guilabel:`Routes` page shows all routes which are currently archived. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:None msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." msgstr "" @@ -17120,7 +17441,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy or manufacture it)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:None msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." msgstr "" @@ -17286,7 +17607,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the product form, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Goods`, and make sure the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox is ticked. This is necessary for Odoo to track the product's stock levels and trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:None msgid "Product Type and Track Inventory configurations." msgstr "" @@ -17431,7 +17752,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Min` field and :guilabel:`Max` field, leave the values set to `0.00`. In the :guilabel:`To Order` field, enter a value of `1.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:None msgid "A 0/0/1 reordering rule." msgstr "" @@ -17575,7 +17896,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a product appears on the replenishment dashboard, clicking the :guilabel:`Order` button generates the purchase or manufacturing order with the specified amounts :guilabel:`To Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:None msgid "Click the Order button on the replenishment dashboard to replenish stock." msgstr "" @@ -17607,7 +17928,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the preferred route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:None msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" @@ -17720,7 +18041,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default horizon days setting can be set or updated by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Advanced Scheduling`. Enter the desired number of days in the :guilabel:`Replenishment Horizon` field, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:None msgid "The Replenishment Horizon setting in the Inventory app." msgstr "" @@ -17732,7 +18053,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the Replenishment report, there are currently two products listed due for reordering: `Drawer, Black` and `Corner Desk`. This is based on their current level of on-hand stock, and their forecasted stock level. The default horizon days is set as `20`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:None msgid "Replenishment report with horizon days set at 20." msgstr "" @@ -17740,7 +18061,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "However, by extending the horizon days to `30`, an additional product is added to the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:None msgid "Replenishment report with horizon days set at 30." msgstr "" @@ -17792,7 +18113,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Defining a :guilabel:`Vendor` allows filtering or grouping demands by the vendor. This simplifies the process of identifying products to order and can reduce shipment costs. Click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust settings)` icon and select :guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down list to view the field on the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:None msgid "Replenishment report that displays recommended quantities to order." msgstr "" @@ -17808,7 +18129,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, select one or more products by ticking the appropriate checkbox. Then, click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button and select :guilabel:`Order to Max`. Doing so creates a request for quotation (RFQ) for the first possible replenishment date for each product for the maximum specified in the reordering rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:None msgid "The Order to Max option on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -17900,7 +18221,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After selecting a sourcing warehouse, click :guilabel:`Select Route` :guilabel:`Order` button is clicked, the reordering rule will revert to its preferred route (Buy or Manufacture)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:None msgid "The warehouse tab on the Replenishment Information pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -17936,7 +18257,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The initial configuration for both replenishment strategies is the same. First go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, activate :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:None msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -17964,7 +18285,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:None msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." msgstr "" @@ -18143,7 +18464,7 @@ msgid ":ref:`Customizing Odoo dashboards ` page, accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:None msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." msgstr "" @@ -18813,7 +19134,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the moves history report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:None msgid "Display Moves History report." msgstr "" @@ -18985,7 +19306,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:None msgid "Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." msgstr "" @@ -19185,7 +19506,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to :menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:None msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" @@ -19225,7 +19546,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's warranty will expire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:None msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" @@ -19257,7 +19578,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`: the average number of days needed to repair the equipment. This number is calculated automatically based on the duration of previous maintenance requests, and cannot be configured manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:None msgid "The maintenance tab for a piece of equipment." msgstr "" @@ -19290,7 +19611,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new request, click anywhere on the calendar. Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window. In the :guilabel:`Name:` field, assign a title to the new request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:None msgid "New event creation pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -19314,7 +19635,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Request` field, assign a title to the new request. In the :guilabel:`Created By` field, from the drop-down menu, select which user the request was created by. By default, this field populates with the user actually creating the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:None msgid "New maintenance request form creation." msgstr "" @@ -19362,7 +19683,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the desired maintenance team who will perform the maintenance. In the :guilabel:`Responsible` field, select the technician responsible for the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:None msgid "Filled-out details of maintenance request form." msgstr "" @@ -19394,7 +19715,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab, if necessary, select one of the three radio button options to provide maintenance instructions to the assigned team or technician. The available methods for providing instructions are via :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`Google Slide`, or :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:None msgid "Instructions tab options on maintenance request form." msgstr "" @@ -19438,7 +19759,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The right-hand side of the drop-down menu lists the :guilabel:`Favorites`, or any searches that have been saved as a favorite to be revisited at a later date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:None msgid "Favorites section of filters drop-down menu." msgstr "" @@ -19470,7 +19791,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar` is available in six different views: :guilabel:`Calendar` (default), :guilabel:`Kanban`, :guilabel:`List`, :guilabel:`Pivot`, :guilabel:`Graph`, and :guilabel:`Activity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:None msgid "Different view type icons for maintenance calendar." msgstr "" @@ -19486,7 +19807,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the top-left corner of the page, there is a drop-down menu set to :guilabel:`Week`, by default. Clicking that drop-down menu reveals the different periods of time, in which the calendar can be viewed: :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Month`, and :guilabel:`Year`. There is also an option to :guilabel:`Show weekends`, selected by default. If unselected, weekends are not shown on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:None msgid "Calendar period drop-down menu options." msgstr "" @@ -19522,7 +19843,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each column has a name (i.e. :guilabel:`In Progress`). Hovering at the top of a column reveals a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon reveals a list of options for that column: :guilabel:`Fold`, :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Automations`, and :guilabel:`Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:None msgid "Column options for stage in Kanban view." msgstr "" @@ -19534,7 +19855,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Edit` opens an :guilabel:`Edit: (stage name)` pop-up window, with the corresponding stage name, wherein the column's details can be edited. The following are the column options that can be edited:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:None msgid "Edit In Progress pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -19610,7 +19931,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add more data to the pivot table, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal a drop-down menu. By default, :guilabel:`Count` is selected. Additional options to add to the table are :guilabel:`Additional Leaves to Plan Ahead`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and :guilabel:`Repeat Every`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:None msgid "Measures options on Pivot view page." msgstr "" @@ -19646,7 +19967,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the graph view selected, the following options appear between the search bar and visual representation of the data. These graph-specific options are located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` and :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:None msgid "Graph type icons on Graph view page." msgstr "" @@ -19705,7 +20026,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the :guilabel:`Activity` view selected, all open maintenance requests are listed in their own row, with the ability to schedule activities related to those requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:None msgid "Maintenance requests on Activity view." msgstr "" @@ -19717,7 +20038,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the pop-up window, choose the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, provide a :guilabel:`Summary`, schedule a :guilabel:`Due Date`, and choose the responsible user in the :guilabel:`Assigned to` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:None msgid "Schedule Activity pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -19737,7 +20058,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To schedule an activity with that specific activity type, click into any blank box on the corresponding row for the desired maintenance request, and click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon. This opens an :guilabel:`Odoo` pop-up window, wherein the activity can be scheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:None msgid "Odoo pop-up schedule activity window." msgstr "" @@ -19866,7 +20187,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: enter the instructions in the text-entry field that appears after the option is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:None msgid "A maintenance request form filled out for a piece of equipment." msgstr "" @@ -19914,7 +20235,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the resulting :guilabel:`Teams` page, a list of all existing teams (if any) is displayed, with the :guilabel:`Team Name`, :guilabel:`Team Members`, and :guilabel:`Company` listed in the columns, by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:None msgid "List of Teams on Maintenance Teams page." msgstr "" @@ -19930,7 +20251,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Search More...` to open a :guilabel:`Search: Team Members` pop-up window to search for users **not** shown on the initial drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:None msgid "Search: Team Members pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -19950,7 +20271,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`, and click on an existing maintenance request. From the resulting popover, locate the :guilabel:`Technician` field. The name listed in the field is the team member, and is the user responsible for that particular request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:None msgid "Maintenance request popover with Technician field shown." msgstr "" @@ -19978,7 +20299,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new equipment category, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Configuration --> Equipment Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a blank equipment category form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:None msgid "Equipment category form with various information filled out." msgstr "" @@ -20010,7 +20331,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Configuration --> Equipment Categories`, and select a category to view. Locate the :guilabel:`Equipment` and :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart buttons at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:None msgid "Equipment and Maintenance smart buttons on equipment category form." msgstr "" @@ -20038,7 +20359,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Used By` field, select from one of three radio button options: :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Employee`, or :guilabel:`Other`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:None msgid "Left-hand side of information fields on new equipment form." msgstr "" @@ -20058,7 +20379,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Maintenance Team` field, select the team responsible for this equipment. In the :guilabel:`Technician` field, select the team member/user responsible for this equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:None msgid "Right-hand side of information fields on new equipment form." msgstr "" @@ -20082,7 +20403,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add any relevant information while creating a new piece of equipment, from the equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Product Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:None msgid "Product Information tab with available fields below it." msgstr "" @@ -20118,7 +20439,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view the maintenance metrics for a specific piece of equipment, from the equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:None msgid "Maintenance tab on equipment form showing computed metrics fields." msgstr "" @@ -20163,7 +20484,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each piece of equipment is listed with certain relevant information: the :guilabel:`Equipment Name`, the responsible :guilabel:`Technician`, the :guilabel:`Equipment Category` it belongs to, and a few important maintenance metrics: its |MTBF|, |MTTR|, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:None msgid "List of equipment included in a work center." msgstr "" @@ -20319,7 +20640,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:None msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." msgstr "" @@ -20367,7 +20688,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the :doc:`product variants <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:None msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" @@ -20423,7 +20744,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:None msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." msgstr "" @@ -20455,7 +20776,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:None msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" @@ -20499,7 +20820,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green :guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity to sell and manufacture, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:None msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." msgstr "" @@ -20539,7 +20860,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the manufacturing order form to complete the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:None msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." msgstr "" @@ -20595,7 +20916,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Learn how to build a simple bill of materials <../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`. For the PCB, this would include the transistors, resistors, and other components." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:None msgid "A bill of materials for a PCB." msgstr "" @@ -20607,7 +20928,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the top-level product (the keyboard) is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product form, and then select :guilabel:`New` to make a |BOM| for the top-level product. Add the sublevel products to this |BOM|, along with any other necessary components." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:None msgid "A bill of materials for a keyboard, containing a bill of materials for a PCB." msgstr "" @@ -20790,7 +21111,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the **Manufacturing** app, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers` and click the :guilabel:`New` button to open a new work center form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:None msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." msgstr "" @@ -20830,7 +21151,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To change the working hours, hover over the current :guilabel:`Working Hours` value and click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` (:guilabel:`Internal link`) icon to open the working hours form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:None msgid "The working hours form for Standard 40 hours/week." msgstr "" @@ -20856,7 +21177,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for productivity goals to be assigned to a work center. These are used as the basis for calculating how much of the potential time the work center is being used and its operating costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:None msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." msgstr "" @@ -20912,7 +21233,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Capacity` setting on a work center creates a default value for how many units can be produced at one time in a work center. To specify that a work center can produce different quantities of different products, select the :guilabel:`Specific Capacities` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:None msgid "A work center form with different capacities specified for different products." msgstr "" @@ -20945,7 +21266,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:None msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" @@ -20989,7 +21310,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment failure will occur" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:None msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." msgstr "" @@ -21005,7 +21326,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The currently scheduled work orders can be viewed by accessing :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:None msgid "The Gantt view of planning showing two assembly work centers." msgstr "" @@ -21021,7 +21342,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work center. Metrics are displayed in smart buttons at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:None msgid "A work center form with smart buttons showing performance metrics." msgstr "" @@ -21113,7 +21434,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report has been created to compare the time efficiency of two shifts producing the same product in the same work center." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:None msgid "A bar graph of two work centers with duration deviations of -6.50 and 15.00" msgstr "" @@ -21162,7 +21483,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the |BOM|, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, then enable the :guilabel:`Operation Dependencies` checkbox. This makes a new :guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:None msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM." msgstr "" @@ -21170,7 +21491,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On the top-right of the tab, click on the tab's :guilabel:`settings` button, then enable the :guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:None msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM." msgstr "" @@ -21178,7 +21499,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the line of the operation that should be blocked by another operation, click the :guilabel:`Blocked By` field, and an :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Blocked By` drop-down field on the pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before* the operation that is blocked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:None msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM." msgstr "" @@ -21206,7 +21527,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Work orders that are blocked by one or more work orders display a `Waiting for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, the tag updates to `Ready`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:None msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" @@ -21214,7 +21535,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To schedule the manufacturing order's work orders, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button at the top of the page. After doing so, the :guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` field for each work order on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab auto-fills with the scheduled start date and time. A blocked work order is scheduled at the end of the time period specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that precedes it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:None msgid "The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" @@ -21238,7 +21559,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If one work order is blocked by the completion of another, the work order that is blocked is shown as scheduled to start after the work order blocking it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the blocking operation to the blocked operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:None msgid "The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it." msgstr "" @@ -21298,7 +21619,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the :guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the :guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the :guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to its configuration form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:None msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" @@ -21338,7 +21659,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:None msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." msgstr "" @@ -21394,7 +21715,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:None msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -21426,7 +21747,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the :guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:None msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." msgstr "" @@ -21438,7 +21759,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check <../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:None msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." msgstr "" @@ -21494,7 +21815,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Lead times <../../inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:None msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." msgstr "" @@ -21510,7 +21831,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-Products` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:None msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." msgstr "" @@ -21546,7 +21867,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the :guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:None msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" @@ -21583,7 +21904,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a new |BOM|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:None msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" @@ -21595,7 +21916,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until all components have been added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:None msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" @@ -21607,7 +21928,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:None msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" @@ -21767,7 +22088,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the |MO| has been completed by clicking :guilabel:`Produce All`, the values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` column update to match those displayed in the :guilabel:`Real Cost` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:None msgid "The MO Overview page." msgstr "" @@ -21839,7 +22160,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fairway Fields confirms an |MO| for one putting green. Before manufacturing starts, the |MO| overview lists a cost of `$65.00` in both the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and :guilabel:`Real Cost` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:None msgid "The MO Overview page for one putting green, before production starts." msgstr "" @@ -21847,7 +22168,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manufacturing begins, and the operations take ten minutes longer than expected, for a total manufacturing time of 40 minutes. This deviation from the |BoM| is reflected on the |MO| overview, which now lists a :guilabel:`Real Cost` of `$70.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:None msgid "The MO Overview page for one putting green, during production." msgstr "" @@ -21953,7 +22274,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the :guilabel:`Start` button for that work order. Odoo *Manufacturing* then starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:None msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" @@ -21963,7 +22284,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Done` button for that work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:None msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" @@ -21997,9 +22318,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button at the top-left of the window to open the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:None msgid "The Open Shop Floor button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" @@ -22009,9 +22330,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When accessed directly from a specific work order within an |MO|, *Shop Floor* defaults to the page for the work center where the work order is configured to be carried out. The page shows a card for the work order that displays the |MO| number, the product and number of units to be produced, and the steps required to complete the work order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:None msgid "A work order card on a work center page in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" @@ -22110,8 +22431,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` breadcrumb at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:None msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer." msgstr "" @@ -22119,11 +22440,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:None msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:None msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" @@ -22159,11 +22480,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the :guilabel:`Start` button for that operation. Odoo *Manufacturing* then starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:None msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:None msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" @@ -22211,7 +22532,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If there **are** existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, **and** there are enough units of the product on-hand to fulfill those orders, then the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button only appears at the top of the page once the |MO| has been marked as done, by clicking :guilabel:`Produce All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:None msgid "The Allocation smart button at the top of an MO." msgstr "" @@ -22251,7 +22572,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If an order requires one quantity of four units of the product, and one quantity of one unit of the product, clicking :guilabel:`Assign` next to the quantity of one unit assigns a product to that quantity, but leaves the quantity of four units without any products assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:None msgid "The MRP Reception Report for an MO containing finished products." msgstr "" @@ -22271,7 +22592,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Assign All` or :guilabel:`Assign` button to the right of a specific |MO| to assign components to that |MO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:None msgid "The MRP Reception Report for an MO containing components." msgstr "" @@ -22291,7 +22612,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Assign All` or :guilabel:`Assign`, the :guilabel:`Print Labels` or :guilabel:`Print Label` button to the right of either button becomes selectable. Selecting either button generates and downloads a PDF document with one label for each product that was assigned. These labels are used to designate each product as being reserved for that specific order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:None msgid "The assignment labels generated by clicking Print Labels or Print Label." msgstr "" @@ -22303,7 +22624,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo's *Manufacturing* app displays *delays* in manufacturing orders through the :guilabel:`Delayed Productions` filter. If the |MO|'s end date exceeds its deadline, the deadline is highlighted in red to draw attention to the delay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/delayed.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/delayed.rst:None msgid "The delayed production filter in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -22383,7 +22704,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the |MO| has a scheduled end date after September 17th, it appears in the :guilabel:`Late` filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/delayed.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/delayed.rst:None msgid "An MO with the deadline emphasized." msgstr "" @@ -22555,7 +22876,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is also possible to see |OEE| data in a pivot view, or a list displaying each time entry, by clicking the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot view)` or :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list view)` buttons at the top-right corner of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:None msgid "The dashboard of the OEE report." msgstr "" @@ -22815,7 +23136,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the left side of the module is the operator panel, which shows all of the employees currently signed in to *Shop Floor*, and allows new employees to sign in. The operator panel is always available in the module, regardless of which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:None msgid "The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or off." msgstr "" @@ -22885,7 +23206,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:None msgid "An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" @@ -22949,7 +23270,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:None msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" @@ -22977,7 +23298,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the :guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:None msgid "The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed in." msgstr "" @@ -23037,7 +23358,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`All MO #` page of the **Shop Floor** module, the cards for each |MO| appear in this order: WH/MO/00411, WH/MO/00413, WH/MO/00412." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:None msgid "MOs in the Shop Floor module, ordered by their scheduled date." msgstr "" @@ -23069,7 +23390,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All active operators are listed in the operator panel on the left side of the module. The panel can be opened or collapsed by clicking the :guilabel:`show/hide panel (white square with black column on left side)` button, located in the top-left corner of the module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:None msgid "The operator panel in the Shop Floor module, with the show/hide panel button above it." msgstr "" @@ -23085,7 +23406,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a PIN code is required, a :guilabel:`Password?` pop-up window appears, showing a number pad, from which the code can be entered. Enter the code using the number pad, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to sign in to the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:None msgid "The \"Password?\" pop-up window, which is used to enter an operator PIN code." msgstr "" @@ -23125,7 +23446,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the page for the work center, find the card for the work order. Once work begins, click the header of the work order card to start timing the duration it takes to complete. This duration is displayed by a timer on the header of the work order card, which tracks the collective time spent working on the work order, by all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:None msgid "A work order card with an active timer." msgstr "" @@ -23137,7 +23458,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Employees are able to work on multiple work orders simultaneously, and track their time for each. The reference number for each work order being worked on appears below the employee's name, along with a timer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:None msgid "An employee card in the operator panel, showing two work order timers." msgstr "" @@ -23201,7 +23522,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:None msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." msgstr "" @@ -23358,9 +23679,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:None msgid "The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a product page." msgstr "" @@ -23412,7 +23733,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:None msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." msgstr "" @@ -23476,8 +23797,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:None msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." msgstr "" @@ -23598,7 +23919,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by May 17th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:None msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." msgstr "" @@ -23706,7 +24027,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two days before the Deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:None msgid "The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." msgstr "" @@ -23787,9 +24108,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the :guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:None msgid "The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using subcontracting." msgstr "" @@ -24152,7 +24473,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:None msgid "A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" "button at the top of the page." msgstr "" @@ -24181,7 +24502,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the *subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:None msgid "A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" "Dropship smart button at the top of the page." msgstr "" @@ -24419,7 +24740,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To specify by-products on a product's |BoM|, the *By-Products* setting **must** be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`By-Products` checkbox, located under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:None msgid "The By-Products setting on the Manufacturing app settings page." msgstr "" @@ -24443,7 +24764,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the by-product is produced during a specific operation of a manufacturing order (MO), select the operation in the :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` field. For example, if a scrap wood by-product is produced during an *Assemble* operation, select that operation in the :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:None msgid "The By-Products tab on a BoM, configured with a \"Scrap Wood\" by-product." msgstr "" @@ -24467,7 +24788,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button at the top of the |MO| page to see the movements of components and products. Each by-product is listed on the resulting :guilabel:`Inventory Moves` page, with the :guilabel:`From` column displaying the virtual production location, and the :guilabel:`To` column displaying the location where the by-product is stored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:None msgid "The Product Moves page for an MO with by-products." msgstr "" @@ -24662,7 +24983,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The product revision workflow begins when the customer service team receives a ticket in the Helpdesk app from a customer having problems with the coat rack she purchased. The customer, Abigail Peterson, has found that her coat rack falls over when more than five coats are hanging from it. This is a major issue, as the coat rack has enough dowels for six coats." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:None msgid "A Helpdesk ticket about an issue with the coat rack product." msgstr "" @@ -24674,7 +24995,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Julie reviews the alert, and consults with her team about the best course of action. They decide that it is necessary to revise the product's |BoM| to prevent the issue from occurring in the future, which Julie notes in the :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab of the quality alert." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:None msgid "A quality alert created about the issue with the coat rack product." msgstr "" @@ -24682,7 +25003,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, Julie messages product engineer, Joe Kazan in the chatter of the quality alert to bring it to his attention. Joe opens the |PLM| app and creates a new |ECO|, noting the problem with the coat rack, and suggesting that a change to the product's |BoM| may be necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:None msgid "An ECO created to update the coat rack product's BoM." msgstr "" @@ -24694,7 +25015,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After some testing, Joe discovers that adding a metal *support rod* to the coat rack strengthens it, allowing the rack to hold six or more coats without falling over. He updates the |BoM| to include the support rod as one of the components, and adds an extra operation to make sure it is installed during the manufacturing process. Finally, he leaves a message in the chatter of the |ECO|, letting his manager, Jose, know that it is ready for review." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:None msgid "The coat rack BoM, updated to add an extra component and operation." msgstr "" @@ -24771,8 +25092,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Alternatively, click on the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field and select an existing lot number, or manually enter a new lot number and click :guilabel:`Create \"#\"` in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:None msgid "The \"Lot/Serial Number\" field on an MO." msgstr "" @@ -24844,7 +25165,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To assign serial numbers and complete production, click the :guilabel:`Produce` button. Doing so splits the |MO| into individual |MOs|, one for each unit in the original |MO|. All of the |MOs| are closed, since production is complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:None msgid "The \"Batch Production\" pop-up window, from which serial numbers can be assigned." msgstr "" @@ -24892,7 +25213,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the manufacturing order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:None msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" @@ -24900,7 +25221,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:None msgid "The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\" pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -24958,7 +25279,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window, enter the number of units produced in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Make sure the number entered is *less* than the number of units listed to the right of the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:None msgid "The Register Production pop-up window in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" @@ -25058,7 +25379,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the |MO|, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Actions)` icon, then choose :guilabel:`Scrap` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:None msgid "MO with the cog's drop-down menu revealed, to show the Scrap option." msgstr "" @@ -25066,7 +25387,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In **Shop Floor**, only components can be scrapped. Navigate to the desired |MO| card, and then tap the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Actions)` icon and in the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window, select :guilabel:`Scrap`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:None msgid "Scrap pop-up window in the Shop Floor app." msgstr "" @@ -25090,7 +25411,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Replenish Scrapped Quantities` checkbox if a picking order should be created to replace the scrapped component upon confirmation of the scrap order. This option should only be enabled for warehouses with :doc:`two-step <../basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>` or :doc:`three-step <../basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing enabled, since components are not picked as part of the :doc:`one-step <../basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:None msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -25122,7 +25443,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:None msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" @@ -25130,7 +25451,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After selecting :guilabel:`Split`, a :guilabel:`Split production` pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Split #` field, enter the number of manufacturing orders that the original order should be split into, then click outside of the field. A table appears below, with a line for each new manufacturing order that will be created by the split. In the :guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` column, enter the number of units that will be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click :guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:None msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." msgstr "" @@ -25150,7 +25471,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To merge two or more manufacturing orders into a single order, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating the checkbox to the left of the name of each order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:None msgid "Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for each." msgstr "" @@ -25158,7 +25479,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all manufacturing orders have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:None msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page." msgstr "" @@ -25234,7 +25555,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, once the product has been unbuilt, click the :guilabel:`Unbuild` button at the top of the order to confirm that it has been completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:None msgid "A filled-out unbuild order." msgstr "" @@ -25327,7 +25648,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the values of the :guilabel:`Time Range` or :guilabel:`Number of Columns` fields are altered, click :guilabel:`Save` again to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:None msgid "The MPS setting in the Manufacturing app's settings." msgstr "" @@ -25339,7 +25660,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To open the |MPS|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Planning --> Master Production Schedule`. The |MPS| view appears as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:None msgid "The Master Production Schedule in the Manufacturing app." msgstr "" @@ -25481,7 +25802,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to add the product to the |MPS|. The product now appears on the |MPS| page each time it is opened. If a |BoM| was selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` field of the :guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window, any components listed on the |BoM| appear on the page, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:None msgid "The Add a Product pop-up window in the MPS." msgstr "" @@ -25597,7 +25918,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the work center that is made unavailable, select the second work center from the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is unavailable for any reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:None msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." msgstr "" @@ -25609,7 +25930,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to a work center. Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and selecting the affected work center. Click the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(Internal link)` button on the right side of the :guilabel:`Working Hours` drop-down menu, to open the working hours page for the work center." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:None msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." msgstr "" @@ -25621,7 +25942,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On this page, click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new time-off entry. On the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure (e.g. broken equipment, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the :guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` to specify the period during which the work center is unavailable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:None msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." msgstr "" @@ -25753,7 +26074,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Within the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` Kanban view for a specific |ECO| type, *stages* are milestones used to identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be applied. By default, Odoo uses `New`, `In Progress`, `Validated`, and `Effective`, but these are fully customizable to the specific life cycle of an |ECO| type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:None msgid "Default stages for an ECO type." msgstr "" @@ -25917,7 +26238,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Revision` smart button is available **only** when the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` radio button is selected in the :guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has been pressed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:None msgid "ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and Revision smart button." msgstr "" @@ -26175,7 +26496,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the revised |BOM|, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and select the :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(Show Instructions)` icon. Doing so opens a list of :guilabel:`Steps` to perform the operation, with the newest instruction titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the line item to view the suggested changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:None msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM." msgstr "" @@ -26252,7 +26573,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bill of Materials`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:None msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab." msgstr "" @@ -26272,7 +26593,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the *PLM* app is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:None msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM." msgstr "" @@ -26288,7 +26609,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files associated with the |BOM|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:None msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product." msgstr "" @@ -26320,7 +26641,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The files associated with the |BOM| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Files` section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:None msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM." msgstr "" @@ -26469,7 +26790,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Approvers can track their to-do approvals by navigating to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and selecting the card for an |ECO| type, which shows the count of open tasks assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:None msgid "Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of ECOs." msgstr "" @@ -26805,11 +27126,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Joel's portal view of the PO. The first image displays the :guilabel:`Connect with your software!` button, and the second image displays a pop-up window with the :guilabel:`Copy` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/edi.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/edi.rst:None msgid "Portal view of the PO, with \"Connect your software!\" button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/edi.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/edi.rst:None msgid "Pop-up to copy link." msgstr "" @@ -26963,7 +27284,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report generates in the selected view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:None msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." msgstr "" @@ -26985,7 +27306,7 @@ msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/purchase_dashboard.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/purchase_dashboard.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/purchase_dashboard.rst:None msgid "Purchase & Vendor analysis dashboard" msgstr "" @@ -27425,7 +27746,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These options are only available after the date range is selected under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. :guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same time period from the previous year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:None msgid "The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the vendor costs report." msgstr "" @@ -27445,7 +27766,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the *Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:None msgid "A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average costs." msgstr "" @@ -27485,8 +27806,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In addition to creating blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* setting also allows users to create alternative requests for quotation (RfQs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:None msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." msgstr "" @@ -27530,7 +27851,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company assigned to this specific blanket order. By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field **cannot** be changed, and defaults to the only company listed in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:None msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." msgstr "" @@ -27575,7 +27896,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the new |RfQ| form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor. Click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:None msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." msgstr "" @@ -27583,7 +27904,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the |PO| has been confirmed, click back to the blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the blanket order form, there is now one |RfQ| listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top-right of the form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the |PO| that was just created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:None msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." msgstr "" @@ -27595,7 +27916,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the :guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information dictates when, where, and at what price the product should be replenished." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:None msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." msgstr "" @@ -27651,7 +27972,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create alternative |RfQs| from the original, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:None msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." msgstr "" @@ -27699,7 +28020,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the desired number of specific products are added, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:None msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." msgstr "" @@ -27735,7 +28056,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "However, to link this |RfQ| with existing alternatives, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the :guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:None msgid "Pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." msgstr "" @@ -27767,7 +28088,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all linked |RfQs|. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` option, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:None msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" @@ -27811,7 +28132,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Although they haven't been cancelled yet, this indicates that each of those orders can be cancelled without having an effect on the other live orders, once those orders have been confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:None msgid "Cancelled quotations in the Purchase app overview." msgstr "" @@ -27847,7 +28168,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all products are ordered, select :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` from whichever |PO| is open at that time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:None msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" @@ -27915,7 +28236,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate *3-way matching*, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`3-way matching` to enable the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:None msgid "Enabled 3-way matching feature in Purchase app settings." msgstr "" @@ -27939,7 +28260,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` to view the available options: :guilabel:`Yes`, :guilabel:`No`, and :guilabel:`Exception`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:None msgid "Should Be Paid field status on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" @@ -27987,7 +28308,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab, and locate the :guilabel:`Billing Status` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:None msgid "Billing status field on a purchase order form." msgstr "" @@ -28076,7 +28397,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`On received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** all (or part) of the total order has been received. The products and quantities received are used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:None msgid "Bill control policies on a product record." msgstr "" @@ -28192,7 +28513,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button. This creates a list of journal entries on a separate page. The journal entries on this list are all tied to their corresponding vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:None msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -28216,7 +28537,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, tick the :guilabel:`Purchase Agreements` checkbox. Click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:None msgid "The Purchase agreements setting in the Purchase app." msgstr "" @@ -28276,7 +28597,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After confirming the order, return to the |pt| via the breadcrumbs. The :icon:`fa-list-alt` :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button has been updated to list the confirmed order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:None msgid "The RFQ smart button on a purchase template." msgstr "" @@ -28308,7 +28629,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Configure product types and track quantities <../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:None msgid "Required configuration for purchasable products." msgstr "" @@ -28376,7 +28697,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Late`: |RFQs| or |POs| where the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` has passed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:None msgid "RFQ dashboard with orders and order statuses." msgstr "" @@ -28553,7 +28874,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Vendor pricelist on product form `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:None msgid "Vendor pricelist on product form." msgstr "" @@ -28581,7 +28902,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button that appears, and choose :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:None msgid "Show selected exported fields, with the Export button visible." msgstr "" @@ -28818,7 +29139,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Common fields `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:None msgid "Upload file screen." msgstr "" @@ -28996,7 +29317,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, on the product form, enable reordering by ticking the :guilabel:`Purchase` checkbox underneath the :guilabel:`Product` name field. Then, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Goods`. Finally, tick the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Track Inventory`, and select an :doc:`option <../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking>` from the drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:None msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -29040,7 +29361,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Unit` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity is to be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for non-discrete products like water or bricks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:None msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -29144,7 +29465,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before creating a :abbr:`SO (sales order)` for the product, ensure the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button on the product form reads `0.00 Units`. Then, ensure that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button reads `0`, indicating there are no rules applied to this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:None msgid "Product form smart button row displaying reordering rules and on hand buttons." msgstr "" @@ -29160,7 +29481,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Next, select the desired product from the drop-down menu. Lastly, :guilabel:`Confirm` the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:None msgid "Sales order for product with no set reordering rules." msgstr "" @@ -29180,7 +29501,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Additionally, two replenishment options are located to the far-right of the row: :guilabel:`Order Once` and :guilabel:`Automate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:None msgid "Replenishment report displaying temporary reordering rule and options." msgstr "" @@ -29204,7 +29525,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From here, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, then click :guilabel:`Receive Products`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:None msgid "Purchase order for product ordered with temporary reordering rule." msgstr "" @@ -29276,7 +29597,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears above the order. Click the button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality checks created for the order can be processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:None msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" @@ -29312,7 +29633,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Instructions* quality check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that details how to complete the quality check. Once completed, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to complete the check, and move on to the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:None msgid "An Instruction check as it appears in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" @@ -29369,7 +29690,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, enter instructions for how the picture should be taken." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:None msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check." msgstr "" @@ -29403,7 +29724,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the measurement should be taken." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:None msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks." msgstr "" @@ -29453,7 +29774,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To process a *Measure* quality check, measure the product as instructed, then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:None msgid "A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" @@ -29465,7 +29786,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "However, if the value entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`. The body of the pop-up shows a warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and :guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:None msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -29514,7 +29835,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process the work order's steps until the *Measure* quality check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes instructions for how the measurement should be taken. After taking the measurement, enter it in the :guilabel:`Measure` field of the pop-up window, and then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:None msgid "A Measure check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" @@ -29526,7 +29847,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The body of the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window shows a message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should be between # units and # units`, as well as the instructions entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-up window, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and :guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:None msgid "The Quality Check Failed pop-up window for a Measure check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" @@ -29587,7 +29908,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check to pass." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:None msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check." msgstr "" @@ -29603,7 +29924,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check to pass." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:None msgid "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail quality check." msgstr "" @@ -29631,7 +29952,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check, follow the instructions shown on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:None msgid "A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" @@ -29655,7 +29976,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the :guilabel:`Pass` button is clicked, the pop-up window moves to the next step for the work order. If the :guilabel:`Fail` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window appears, detailing what should be done next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:None msgid "A Pass - Fail check as it appears in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" @@ -29692,7 +30013,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` quality check type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:None msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" @@ -29712,7 +30033,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the picture should be taken." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:None msgid "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" @@ -29732,7 +30053,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:None msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" @@ -29748,7 +30069,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to complete the quality check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:None msgid "A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" @@ -29776,7 +30097,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the bottom of the pop-up window to complete the quality check. The pop-up window then moves on to the next step of the work order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:None msgid "A Take a Picture check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" @@ -29792,7 +30113,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The attached picture appears in the :guilabel:`Picture` section of the quality check form. After reviewing the picture, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:None msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached." msgstr "" @@ -29820,7 +30141,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable the *Storage Locations* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, under the :guilabel:`Warehouses` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:None msgid "The Storage Locations setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "" @@ -29856,7 +30177,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Failure Locations` field, select one or more locations from the drop-down menu. To create a new location, type the desired location name into the field, and then select :guilabel:`Create \"[name]\"` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:None msgid "A QCP form in the Quality app, configured with a failure location." msgstr "" @@ -29880,7 +30201,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Quantity Failed` field, enter the quantity of the product that failed to pass the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Failure Location` field, select a location to which the failed quantity should be sent. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` at the bottom of the pop-up window to close it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:None msgid "The pop-up window that appears after a quality check fails." msgstr "" @@ -30004,7 +30325,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, select the :guilabel:`Vendor` of the product. If using an Odoo database which manages multiple companies, select the relevant company in the :guilabel:`Company` field. Finally, specify when the alert was assigned to a quality team in the :guilabel:`Date Assigned` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:None msgid "A quality alert form that has been filled out." msgstr "" @@ -30024,7 +30345,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new alert within a specific stage, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to the right of the stage name. In the new alert card that appears below the stage title, enter the :guilabel:`Title` of the alert, and then click :guilabel:`Add`. To configure the rest of the alert, select the alert card to open its form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:None msgid "The Quality Alerts page, displaying alerts in a Kanban view." msgstr "" @@ -30112,7 +30433,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:None msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." msgstr "" @@ -30156,7 +30477,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button appears instead. Click it to complete the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:None msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" @@ -30360,7 +30681,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:None msgid "A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation." msgstr "" @@ -30416,8 +30737,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From this form, click :guilabel:`Return`. This opens a :guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:None msgid "Reverse transfer pop-up window on delivery order form." msgstr "" @@ -30464,7 +30785,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new |RO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Repairs app`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank |RO| form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:None msgid "Left-hand side of blank repair order form." msgstr "" @@ -30496,7 +30817,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, click the date to reveal a calendar popover window. From this calendar, select a date for the repair, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:None msgid "Right-hand side of blank repair order form." msgstr "" @@ -30524,7 +30845,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Type` column, click the box to reveal three options to choose from: :guilabel:`Add` (selected by default), :guilabel:`Remove`, and :guilabel:`Recycle`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:None msgid "Type column options or new part under Parts tab." msgstr "" @@ -30560,7 +30881,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add additional columns to the line, click the :guilabel:`(optional columns drop-down)` icon, at the far-right of the header row. Select the desired options to add to the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:None msgid "Optional additional options to add to new part line." msgstr "" @@ -30600,7 +30921,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If all parts added to the |RO| were not used, clicking :guilabel:`End Repair` causes an :guilabel:`Uncomplete Move(s)` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:None msgid "Uncomplete Moves pop-up window for unused parts." msgstr "" @@ -30620,7 +30941,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button to view the product's moves history during and after the repair process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:None msgid "Moves history of product included in the repair order." msgstr "" @@ -30644,7 +30965,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the product is not under warranty, or should the customer bear the repair costs, click :guilabel:`Create Quotation`. This opens a new |SO| form, pre-populated with the parts used in the |RO|, with the total cost of the repair calculated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:None msgid "Pre-populated new quotation for parts included in repair order." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/marketing.pot b/locale/sources/marketing.pot index ebfa2e36bf..b19e138e5e 100644 --- a/locale/sources/marketing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/marketing.pot @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-19 09:34+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-20 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After installing the application, click the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` app icon from the main Odoo dashboard. Doing so reveals the main :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the default list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Kanban view, represented by the :guilabel:`(inverted bar graph)` icon, can be accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "Kanban view of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign card, a :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` icon appears. When clicked, a mini drop-down menu reveals the option to color-code the email, :guilabel:`Delete` the email, or :guilabel:`Archive` the message for potential future use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the three-dot drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "While in calendar view, a monthly calendar (by default), shows when the mailings have been sent or are scheduled to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "Calendar view of the mailings dashboard in the Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "While in graph view, the status of the emails on the :guilabel:`Mailings` page is represented in a bar graph, but other graph view options can be implemented, if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "How the Graph view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access those options, click the :guilabel:`(downward arrow)` icon, located to the right of the search bar. Doing so reveals a drop-down mega menu featuring those filtering and grouping options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "The drop-down mega menu of search options the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view and modify the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the Configuration menu with Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are four features available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`New` reveals a blank email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a target audience for the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ msgid "For example, with the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` option chosen in the : msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured message templates to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the templates in the Mail Body tab in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select the desired template, and proceed to modify every element of its design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building blocks, which appear on the right sidebar when a template is chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the building blocks in the Mail Body tab in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Send Final On` field allows users to choose a date that is used to know *when* Odoo should determine the \"winning\" email, and subsequently, send that version of the email to the remaining recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the A/B Tests tab in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Without the *Mailing Campaigns* feature activated, the :guilabel:`Settings` tab on the email form only contains the :guilabel:`Preview Text`, :guilabel:`Send From`, :guilabel:`Reply To`, :guilabel:`Attachments`, and :guilabel:`Responsible` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing app, without campaign setting activated." msgstr "" @@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the *Mailing Campaign* feature *is* activated, an additional :guilabel:`Campaign` field appears in the :guilabel:`Tracking` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing when campaign setting is activated." msgstr "" @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Send` button reveals a :guilabel:`Ready to unleash emails?` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of pop-up window that appears when the send button on an email form is clicked." msgstr "" @@ -773,8 +773,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Schedule` button reveals a :guilabel:`When do you want to send your mailing?` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of pop-up window that appears when the schedule button on an email form is clicked." msgstr "" @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Test` button reveals a :guilabel:`Test Mailing` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of pop-up window that appears when the test button on an email form is clicked." msgstr "" @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to create and customize mailing campaigns, the *Mailing Campaigns* feature **must** be activated in the *Settings* page of the *Email Marketing* application. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, tick the box beside :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`, and click the :guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the campaign feature setting in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When that is clicked, Odoo reveals a separate :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, displaying all the mailing campaigns in the database, and the current stage they are in, showcased in a default Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the campaign page in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked in the default Kanban view on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, a Kanban card appears in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the campaign pop-up kanban in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enter the list view on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, click the :guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner. Doing so reveals all campaign information in a list format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the campaign page in list view in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page while in list view, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Doing so reveals a blank campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the blank campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the campaign form (after clicking :guilabel:`Edit` from the Kanban card, or selecting an existing campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page) there are additional options and metrics available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new campaign from the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of a mailing form, click the :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and start typing the name of the new campaign. Then, select either :guilabel:`Create \"[Campaign Name]\"` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the mailing campaign creation in the Settings tab of an email form." msgstr "" @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, and reveal a :guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the email mailing campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At the top of the record, detailed metrics are displayed as smart buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:None msgid "The smart buttons on a mass mailing, displaying the results of the message." msgstr "" @@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the third field, use the calendar popover window to select dates, and click :guilabel:`Apply` to lock in the time range." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:None msgid "A custom filter rule setting the time period to be anything before today's date." msgstr "" @@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the rule is added in this way, the logic in the third field renders as :code:`OR` (`|`) statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:None msgid "Include multiple Stages in the filtering rule, using the \"is in\" operator." msgstr "" @@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For more information, refer to the section below outlining how to :ref:`select appropriate lost reasons `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:None msgid "A list of filter rules that exclude all lost reasons other than the desired reason." msgstr "" @@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For the first field of the bottom rule of the branch, select :guilabel:`Active` from the drop-down menu again. However, this time, select :guilabel:`is not` from the operator drop-down menu in the second field. The rule should then read: :guilabel:`Active` *is not* `set`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:None msgid "A pair of Match Any Of filter rules that include both active and inactive leads." msgstr "" @@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking on any of the smart buttons opens a list of records matching that button's specific criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:None msgid "The Mailing page of a sent email showing the smart buttons along the top of the page." msgstr "" @@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`New` reveals a blank mailing list form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:None msgid "View of the mailing list form in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts can also be directly imported to a specific mailing list from the :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` page, by clicking :guilabel:`Import Contacts` to the far-right of the desired mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:None msgid "The import contacts button of a mailing list line in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`Import Mailing Contacts` pop-up form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:None msgid "The import mailing contacts pop-up form that appears in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -1838,7 +1838,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add contacts to a specific mailing list from a master list of all mailing list contacts in the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Mailing List Contacts` page, featuring a list of all contacts associated with every mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:None msgid "The Mailing List page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At the bottom of their contact form, click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Mailing List` column, locate the desired mailing list from the drop-down menu, and select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:None msgid "The Add a line for mailing lists on a standard contact form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -1914,7 +1914,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, in the search bar of the right-sidebar, search for `Newsletter`. The :guilabel:`Newsletter` selection of building blocks is used to add subscription fields for any mailing list onto the website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:None msgid "View of how to quickly search for Newsletter blocks in the Odoo Website application." msgstr "" @@ -1926,8 +1926,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Newsletter Block` option places a customizable block onto the body of the website where a visitor to enter their email and click a button to subscribe to a designated mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:None msgid "Sample of how a newsletter block appears on an Odoo Website." msgstr "" @@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` option reveals a customizable pop-up window that appears when a visitor scrolls to the specific section of the webpage on which the building block is placed. When the visitor reaches the designated section, a pop-up window appears, in which a visitor can enter their email address, click a button, and subscribe to that predetermined mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:None msgid "Sample of how a newsletter popup block appears on an Odoo Website." msgstr "" @@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From there, open the :guilabel:`Newsletter` drop-down menu, and select the specific mailing list that should be applied to the block." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:None msgid "The newsletter drop-down menu in the customize sidebar that appears in Odoo Website." msgstr "" @@ -1991,7 +1991,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:None msgid "View of the blacklist feature in the Settings page of the Odoo Email Marketing app." msgstr "" @@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a recipient clicks the *Unsubscribe* link in a mailing, Odoo instantly unsubscribes them from the mailing list, presents them with a :guilabel:`Mailing Subscriptions` page where they can directly manage their subscriptions, and informs them that they've been :guilabel:`Successfully Unsubscribed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:None msgid "The Mailng Subscriptions page that appears when 'Unsubscribe' link in mailing is clicked." msgstr "" @@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upon clicking :guilabel:`Exclude Me`, Odoo informs the recipient they have been successfully blacklisted, with a message reading: :guilabel:`✔️ Email added to our blocklist`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:None msgid "The blocklist question on the Mailing Subscriptions page that recipients see." msgstr "" @@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view a complete list of all blacklisted email addresses, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Blacklisted Email Addresses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:None msgid "View of the blacklisted email addresses page in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -2068,7 +2068,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a blacklisted record is selected from this list, Odoo reveals a separate page with the recipient's contact information, along with the provided :guilabel:`Reason` why they chose to blacklist themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:None msgid "View of a blacklisted contact detail form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In this pop-up window, the email address of the selected blacklisted record is shown, and there's a :guilabel:`Reason` field, in which a reason can be entered, explaining why this particular contact was removed from the blacklist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:None msgid "View of the unblacklist pop-up window in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -2132,7 +2132,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Events` dashboard is displayed in the :icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`Kanban` view, which is populated with a variety of pipeline stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:None msgid "Overview of events setting with the kanban view in Odoo Events." msgstr "" @@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To quickly add a new event to a pipeline, click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon at the top of the stage to which the event should be added to reveal a blank Kanban card to fill out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:None msgid "Typical blank kanban card to fill out in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -2180,7 +2180,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Events` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are selectable features that can be enabled to add various elements to events created with the Odoo **Events** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:None msgid "The Events section on the Odoo Events settings page in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -2224,7 +2224,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Registration` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` page provides selectable settings that are directly related to event registration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:None msgid "The Registration section in the Odoo Events settings page in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -2244,7 +2244,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Attendance` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` page, there is a selectable setting that is directly related to how attendees can attend/enter the event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:None msgid "The Attendance section in the Odoo Events Settings page in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -2382,7 +2382,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new event, begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Events app` to land on the default :guilabel:`Events` dashboard, in the :icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`Kanban` view. From there, or alternatively from the :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`List` or :icon:`fa-tasks` :guilabel:`Gantt` views, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the dashboard to open up a new event form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:None msgid "Typical event template in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -2562,7 +2562,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create custom tickets (and ticket tiers) for events in the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab of an event form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:None msgid "A typical tickets tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -2630,7 +2630,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form, create various marketing communications that can be scheduled to be sent at specific intervals leading up to, and following, the event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:None msgid "Typical communication tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -2724,7 +2724,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "These questions can be focused on gathering basic information about the attendee, learning about their preferences, expectations, and other things of that nature. This information can also be used to create more detailed reporting metrics, in addition to being utilized to create specific lead generation rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:None msgid "Typical questions tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -2740,7 +2740,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a question in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window. From here, users can create and configure their question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:None msgid "The Create Question pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -2832,7 +2832,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab of an event form, users can leave detailed internal notes and/or event-related instructions/information for attendees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:None msgid "Typical notes tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -2908,7 +2908,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Booth Management` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_booths.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_booths.rst:None msgid "The Booth Management setting in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -2932,7 +2932,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the :guilabel:`Booth Category` dashboard, go to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth Categories`, which reveals a list of all created booth categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_booths.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_booths.rst:None msgid "The Booth Category page in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -2972,7 +2972,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a booth category from the :guilabel:`Booth Category` page, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner to reveal a blank booth category form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_booths.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_booths.rst:None msgid "A typical booth category form in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -3024,7 +3024,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Sponsor Level` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_booths.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_booths.rst:None msgid "The Create Sponsor Level pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -3076,7 +3076,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The booth form in Odoo *Events* lets users customize and configure event booths in a number of different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_booths.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_booths.rst:None msgid "Typical booth form in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -3152,7 +3152,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From there, click the :guilabel:`Get A Booth` event subheader menu option. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Get A Booth` page, showcasing all the configured event booths that were created on the event form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_booths.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_booths.rst:None msgid "Typical Get A Booth page on the event website via the Odoo Events app." msgstr "" @@ -3219,7 +3219,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event Templates`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page. Here, find all the existing event templates in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:None msgid "The Event Templates page in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -3267,7 +3267,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All the fields on a standard :guilabel:`Event Template` form are *also* on the *Create Template* pop-up window, accessible via the *Template* field on an event form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:None msgid "A standard event template form in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -3371,7 +3371,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a booth from the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:None msgid "A Create Booths pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -3391,7 +3391,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` merely creates the category, which can (and should be) customized at a later date. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` reveals a new :guilabel:`Create Booth Category` pop-up window, from which the category can be configured in a number of different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:None msgid "The Create Booth Category pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -3471,7 +3471,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Also, when that setting checkbox is ticked, two additional setting options appear beneath it: :guilabel:`Live Broadcast` and :guilabel:`Event Gamification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:None msgid "The Schedule and Tracks setting in the Odoo Events app, along with corresponding options." msgstr "" @@ -3515,7 +3515,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`Tracks` smart button reveals the :guilabel:`Event Tracks` page for that particular event, which presents all the tracks (both scheduled and proposed) for the event, if there are any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:None msgid "Typical event tracks page for an event in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -3543,7 +3543,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the :guilabel:`Event Tracks` page, click :guilabel:`New` in the upper-left corner to reveal a blank event track form to create an event track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:None msgid "Typical event track form in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Speaker` tab on an event track form is filled with various fields related to the specific speaker who is planning to conduct/host the track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:None msgid "The Speaker tab on an event track form in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -3665,7 +3665,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Interactivity` tab on an event track form features a single option at first: :guilabel:`Magic Button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:None msgid "The Interactivity tab on an event track form in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -3705,7 +3705,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a quiz to the event track, click the :guilabel:`Add Quiz` button. Doing so reveals a separate page where an event track quiz can be created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:None msgid "The Add Quiz page in the Odoo Events application for an event track." msgstr "" @@ -3721,7 +3721,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add questions to the quiz, click :guilabel:`Add a line` beneath the :guilabel:`Question` column. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Questions` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:None msgid "The Create Questions pop-up window on an event-specific track quiz in the Odoo Events app." msgstr "" @@ -3785,8 +3785,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An event track can *also* be published by opening the desired event track form, and clicking the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button. Then, in order for the track page to be viewable (and accessible) for event attendees, toggle the :icon:`fa-toggle-off` :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch at the top of the page to :icon:`fa-toggle-on` :guilabel:`Published`; thus turning it from red to green, and making it accessible for attendees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:None msgid "The track-related event submenu options on an event website built with Odoo Events." msgstr "" @@ -3806,7 +3806,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On a mobile device (on the Odoo app or in a browser), open the :menuselection:`Events app`, and click the :guilabel:`Registration Desk` to view the :guilabel:`Registration Desk` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/registration_desk.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/registration_desk.rst:None msgid "The Registration Desk page in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -3830,7 +3830,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once Odoo has access to the camera, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up window appears, showing the camera's point-of-view. There is also a specified view finder box present, whose size can be manually modified, accordingly, using the :icon:`fa-crop` :guilabel:`(crop)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/registration_desk.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/registration_desk.rst:None msgid "The Barcode Scanner window of the Registration Desk in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -3854,7 +3854,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo reveals an :guilabel:`Attendees` page, with all the attendees for every event in the database, in a default :icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`Kanban` view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/registration_desk.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/registration_desk.rst:None msgid "The Attendees page, via the Registration Desk, located in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -3903,7 +3903,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the *Attendees* reporting page, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Reporting --> Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/revenues_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/revenues_report.rst:None msgid "The default view of the Revenues reporting page in the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -4091,7 +4091,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The following is an example of how various filters and grouping options can create a useful analytic graph report related to event revenues. In this case, the configurations present data about sold or free tickets to published events, with the metrics separated by ticket type and event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/revenues_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/revenues_report.rst:None msgid "The event ticket analysis sample report with unique filters and groupings in place." msgstr "" @@ -4135,7 +4135,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The following is an example of how various filters and grouping options can create a useful analytic pivot table report related to event revenues. In this case, the configurations present data about how much revenue different event types have generated, in order to gauge which events are the most profitable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/revenues_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/revenues_report.rst:None msgid "The event type analysis sample report with unique filters and groupings in place." msgstr "" @@ -4199,7 +4199,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If these options are *not* enabled, a default :guilabel:`Register` button becomes available for visitors to interact with and procure free registrations to the event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:None msgid "View of the settings page for Odoo Events." msgstr "" @@ -4219,7 +4219,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Any event with paid tickets sold, features a :icon:`fa-dollar` :guilabel:`Sales` smart button at the top of the event form, where the respective sales orders attributed to those ticket sales become available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:None msgid "View of an event's form and the sales smart button in Odoo Events." msgstr "" @@ -4243,7 +4243,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once an event registration product is selected, a :guilabel:`Configure an event` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:None msgid "Standard 'Configure an event' pop-up window that appears on an event ticket sales order." msgstr "" @@ -4275,7 +4275,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If different ticket tiers are configured for the event, the visitor is presented with a :guilabel:`Tickets` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:None msgid "The tickets pop-up window that appears on the event's website when 'Register' is clicked." msgstr "" @@ -4287,7 +4287,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, an :guilabel:`Attendees` pop-up window appears, containing all the questions that have been configured in the *Questions* tab of the event form for this particular event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:None msgid "The attendees pop-up window that appears on the event's website when 'Ok' is clicked." msgstr "" @@ -4339,7 +4339,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Talks` link takes the attendee to a page filled with all the planned tracks for the event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:None msgid "The Talks page on an event website built through the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -4375,7 +4375,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Tags` pop-up form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:None msgid "The Create Tags pop-up form that coincides with drop-down filter menus on Talks page." msgstr "" @@ -4412,7 +4412,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Talk Proposals` link takes attendees to a page on the event website, wherein they can formerly submit a proposal for a talk (:dfn:`track`) for the event, via a custom online form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:None msgid "The Talk Proposals page on the event website built with the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -4456,7 +4456,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Agenda` link takes attendees to a page on the event website, showcasing an event calendar, depicting when (and where) events are taking place for that specific event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:None msgid "The event Agenda page on the event website built with the Odoo Events application." msgstr "" @@ -4584,7 +4584,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Send an email to new leads and assign them a high priority if they open it.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:None msgid "Six campaign template cards on the Campaigns dashboard of the Marketing Automation app." msgstr "" @@ -4886,7 +4886,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To prepare for sending newsletter marketing emails on an Odoo database, a mailing contact list must be procured. One way of collecting subscribers is through a sign-up form on the website that adds contacts to the *Newsletter* mailing list on the form submission." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/campaign_templates/double_optin.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/campaign_templates/double_optin.rst:None msgid "Newsletter sign-up form on Odoo website footer." msgstr "" @@ -4898,7 +4898,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After launching the *Double Opt-in* campaign, view the contacts that have double opt-in in the *Confirmed contacts* mailing list (:menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Mailing Lists --> Mailing Lists`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/campaign_templates/double_optin.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/campaign_templates/double_optin.rst:None msgid "Activity metrics on the campaign form." msgstr "" @@ -4966,7 +4966,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To refine the :guilabel:`Filter` rules of a campaign, click the :guilabel:`➕ Add condition` button to reveal a new row with configurable rule parameters. See the :ref:`Search, filter, and group records ` documentation for more information on how to create filter rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst:None msgid "A new filter rule row on the campaign form Filters." msgstr "" @@ -5070,7 +5070,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:None msgid "Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" @@ -5078,7 +5078,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:None msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." msgstr "" @@ -5094,7 +5094,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:None msgid "Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -5102,7 +5102,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.) *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:None msgid "A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" @@ -5114,7 +5114,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:None msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" @@ -5130,7 +5130,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:None msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" @@ -5158,7 +5158,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:None msgid "The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" @@ -5166,7 +5166,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button to apply any modifications made to the campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:None msgid "The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" @@ -5182,7 +5182,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, :guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:None msgid "The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing campaign in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -5194,7 +5194,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:None msgid "The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation application." msgstr "" @@ -5202,7 +5202,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to :guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:None msgid "Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" @@ -5231,7 +5231,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the *Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/understanding_metrics.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/understanding_metrics.rst:None msgid "An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -5299,8 +5299,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel` icon)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/understanding_metrics.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/understanding_metrics.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/understanding_metrics.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/understanding_metrics.rst:None msgid "What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" @@ -5346,7 +5346,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the :guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/understanding_metrics.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/understanding_metrics.rst:None msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." msgstr "" @@ -5370,7 +5370,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the :guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/understanding_metrics.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/understanding_metrics.rst:None msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." msgstr "" @@ -5422,7 +5422,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the activity is fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add it to the campaign's workflow, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the activity to the workflow and open a new :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window to add another activity. Clicking :guilabel:`Discard` closes the pop-up window without saving the activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:None msgid "The create activities pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -5447,8 +5447,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, start typing the title of the new template, then select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. Proceed to create and configure the new email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:None msgid "The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -5472,7 +5472,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If :guilabel:`Server Action` is selected as the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to :guilabel:`Pick a Server Action` in the :guilabel:`Server Action` field is available. This field is a drop-down menu containing all the pre-configured server actions for the campaign's :guilabel:`Target` model. Optionally, :ref:`create a new server action `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:None msgid "The Server Action drop-down menu on create activities pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -5492,7 +5492,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The option to create a new server action is also available. To do so, type in the :guilabel:`Server Action` field a title for the new action, then click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up window, wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:None msgid "The Create Server Action pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -5573,7 +5573,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once an :ref:`activity type ` is configured, the next step in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window is to define when the activity should be executed. This is done in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:None msgid "The trigger field group on Create Activities pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -5840,7 +5840,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To start, click :guilabel:`Create` on the main :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` dashboard, and Odoo reveals a blank SMS template form, which can be configured in a number of different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/create_sms.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/create_sms.rst:None msgid "Creating an SMS marketing template." msgstr "" @@ -5860,7 +5860,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To learn more about mailing lists and contacts, check out :doc:`mailing_lists_blacklists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/create_sms.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/create_sms.rst:None msgid "View of the mailing list page in the SMS marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -5904,7 +5904,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To check the price of sending an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` for a country, click on the :guilabel:`Information` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/create_sms.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/create_sms.rst:None msgid "SMS price check icon." msgstr "" @@ -5924,7 +5924,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When links are used in :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` messages, Odoo automatically generates link trackers to gather analytical data and metrics related to those specific links, which can be found by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Link Tracker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/create_sms.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/create_sms.rst:None msgid "SMS Link Tracker page." msgstr "" @@ -5940,7 +5940,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An employee can be designated as the :guilabel:`Responsible` in the :guilabel:`Tracking` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/create_sms.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/create_sms.rst:None msgid "SMS Settings tab." msgstr "" @@ -5984,7 +5984,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing Lists` to see an overview of all mailing lists in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:None msgid "View of the main SMS mailing list page on the Odoo SMS Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -5996,7 +5996,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new mailing list, click :guilabel:`Create` in the upper left corner of the :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` page. Doing so, will reveal a blank mailing list template form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:None msgid "View of the mailing list pop-up window in Odoo SMS Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -6028,7 +6028,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To make changes to the mailing list itself, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button in the upper-left corner of the mailing list detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:None msgid "View of the mailing list template form in Odoo SMS Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -6044,7 +6044,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Access contacts information from one or more mailing lists navigate to :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` to reveal a dashboard with with all the contacts associated with one or more of the configured mailing lists in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:None msgid "View of the mailing lists contact page in the Odoo SMS Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -6068,7 +6068,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For example, sales representatives can use the chatter to quickly find out which :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailing promotions a certain customer has received (or not received)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:None msgid "View of what the chatter looks like in the Odoo Contacts app." msgstr "" @@ -6084,8 +6084,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To see a complete collection of blacklisted numbers, navigate to the :menuselection:`SMS Marketing app --> Configuration --> Blacklisted Phone Numbers` to reveal a dashboard containing every blacklisted phone number in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:None msgid "SMS Blacklist menu in the application." msgstr "" @@ -6109,7 +6109,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing app --> Configuration --> Blacklisted Phone Numbers`, and then select the :guilabel:`Favorites` drop-down menu (beneath the search bar), and click :guilabel:`Import records`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:None msgid "View of how to import a blacklist in Odoo SMS Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -6133,7 +6133,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` campaigns in Odoo, make sure the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated by going to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`, and then enable :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` and :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:None msgid "View of the mailing campaigns setting in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -6161,7 +6161,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When clicked, a series of other options appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:None msgid "The A/B Test tab is located on an Odoo SMS Marketing app campaign form." msgstr "" @@ -6198,7 +6198,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create, edit, or analyze any campaign, click :menuselection:`Campaigns` in the header menu of the :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` app. On the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, each campaign displays various information related to the mailings associated with that campaign (e.g. number of emails, social posts, SMSs, and push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:None msgid "Dasbhoard view of different Campaigns in the Odoo SMS Marketing app, separated by stage." msgstr "" @@ -6206,7 +6206,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new campaign, and Odoo reveals a blank campaign template form to fill out. Alternatively, select any previously-made campaign in order to duplicate, review, or edit its campaign template form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:None msgid "View of an SMS campaign template in Odoo SMS marketing." msgstr "" @@ -6238,7 +6238,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to send an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` in this fashion, navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app, select the desired contact in the database, and click on the :guilabel:`SMS` icon on the contact form (next to the :guilabel:`Phone Number` field)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:None msgid "The SMS icon is located on an individual's contact form in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "" @@ -6246,7 +6246,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To send a message to multiple contacts at once, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Contacts` app main dashboard, choose the :guilabel:`List View`, and select all the desired contacts to whom the message should be sent. Then, under :guilabel:`Action`, select :guilabel:`Send SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:None msgid "Select a number of contacts, click action, and select send multiple SMSs." msgstr "" @@ -6266,7 +6266,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next return to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and, in the now-visible header menus at the top, choose :menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates` to begin setting up :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` templates for future marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:None msgid "Select the SMS Template option in the Technical dropdown on the Settings app." msgstr "" @@ -6278,7 +6278,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On this page, :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` templates can be edited or created from scratch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/marketing_campaigns.rst:None msgid "The SMS Templates page in Odoo is available after enabling developer mode in the General\n" "Settings" msgstr "" @@ -6307,7 +6307,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message, that includes the following characters:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing_and_faq.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None msgid "GSM7 characters available in Odoo SMS Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -6331,7 +6331,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The number of SMSs a message represents will always be available in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing_and_faq.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None msgid "Number of GSM7 characters that fit in an SMS message in Odoo SMS Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -6343,7 +6343,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing_and_faq.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None msgid "Buying credits for SMS Marketing in Odoo settings." msgstr "" @@ -6351,7 +6351,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing_and_faq.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None msgid "Using Odoo IAP to recharge credits for SMS Marketing in Odoo settings." msgstr "" @@ -6479,7 +6479,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For example, while in the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` data is visualized as different graphs and charts, which can be sorted and grouped in various ways (e.g. :guilabel:`Measures` drop down menu)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/sms_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/sms_analysis.rst:None msgid "Reporting page in SMS Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -6599,7 +6599,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, set the :guilabel:`SMS Template` and choose whether the SMS message should be logged as a note, by making a selection in the drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Send SMS as`. Click :guilabel:`Save and Close` to save the changes to this new action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/sms_analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/sms_analysis.rst:None msgid "Automation rule template with rule to do, SMS template and log as note highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -6791,7 +6791,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -6803,7 +6803,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:None msgid "Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams and content." msgstr "" @@ -6831,7 +6831,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -6843,8 +6843,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it is associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -6876,7 +6876,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s) connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Visitors`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:None msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -6904,8 +6904,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access a complete overview of all social marketing campaigns, open the :menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, and click :menuselection:`Campaigns` from the header menu. Doing so reveals a separate page with every campaign in a default kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_campaigns.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_campaigns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_campaigns.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_campaigns.rst:None msgid "View of the campaigns page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -6953,7 +6953,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Both options reveal a new campaign detail window directly on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_campaigns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_campaigns.rst:None msgid "View of the quick add option for campaigns in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -6993,7 +6993,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On a *Campaign Template* page, numerous elements can be customized/modified, and various forms of communications can be created, modified, and sent or scheduled. Below is a sample of a completed campaign template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_campaigns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_campaigns.rst:None msgid "View of a sample campaign template page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -7165,7 +7165,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:None msgid "Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -7189,7 +7189,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:None msgid "The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." msgstr "" @@ -7197,7 +7197,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:None msgid "The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -7213,7 +7213,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information can be entered and processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:None msgid "New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -7229,7 +7229,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top of each stream." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:None msgid "Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social Marketing app." msgstr "" @@ -7257,7 +7257,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the :menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:None msgid "New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -7265,7 +7265,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:None msgid "New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -7273,7 +7273,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be customized and configured in a number of different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:None msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -7329,7 +7329,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:None msgid "Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social media outlets." msgstr "" @@ -7353,7 +7353,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:None msgid "Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" @@ -7373,7 +7373,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:None msgid "Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." msgstr "" @@ -7385,7 +7385,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a :guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:None msgid "Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail form." msgstr "" @@ -7405,7 +7405,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:None msgid "Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -7429,7 +7429,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:None msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." msgstr "" @@ -7477,7 +7477,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:None msgid "Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in the database." msgstr "" @@ -7525,7 +7525,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upon opening the *Surveys* application, Odoo presents the main dashboard of the *Surveys* application, otherwise known as the :guilabel:`Surveys` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:None msgid "The Odoo Surveys application dashboard in the default Kanban view." msgstr "" @@ -7615,7 +7615,7 @@ msgid "Once modifications are complete, click :guilabel:`Send` to send that emai msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:None msgid "The 'Share a Survey' pop-up window in Odoo Surveys with the Send by Email toggled on." msgstr "" @@ -7675,7 +7675,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: users can opt to choose a color to add to the survey line on the dashboard for added organizational purposes, if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:None msgid "The three-dot drop-down menu of options that appears on the Odoo Surveys dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -7683,7 +7683,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Beneath the buttons that are located to the far-right of the survey lines, there is an *Activities* button, represented by a :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon. When clicked, a mini pop-up window appears, from which activities related to that particular survey can be scheduled and customized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:None msgid "The Schedule Activities drop-down menu that appears on the Odoo Surveys dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -7695,7 +7695,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the :guilabel:`≣ (bars)` icon is clicked, the survey related data is displayed in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:None msgid "The list view option located on the Odoo Surveys application dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -7739,7 +7739,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To have the *Surveys* application dashboard display nothing but the activities associated to the surveys in the database, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon to the far-right of the other view options, located in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:None msgid "The activities view option located on the Odoo Surveys dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -7849,7 +7849,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`Surveys` dashboard, to the far-right of each survey line displayed in the default list view, there is a :guilabel:`See results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "The 'See Results' button present on the main dashboard of the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -7857,7 +7857,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the :guilabel:`See results` button is clicked, a new browser tab opens, revealing a separate page filled with all of that particular survey's results and responses, with an informative :guilabel:`Results Overview` and some filtering drop-down menus at the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "Typical survey results page when 'See results' is clicked from the Odoo Surveys dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -7881,7 +7881,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When that drop-down menu is clicked open, another option, :guilabel:`Completed surveys`, appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "The 'All surveys' drop-down menu opened on the 'See results' page of the Odoo Surveys app." msgstr "" @@ -7905,7 +7905,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When that second drop-down menu of filter options is clicked open, two additional options appear: :guilabel:`Passed only` and :guilabel:`Failed only`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "The 'Passed and Failed' drop-down menu on the 'See results' page of the Odoo Surveys app." msgstr "" @@ -7921,7 +7921,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Results Overview` section is below the survey title, filter option drop-down menus, and :guilabel:`Print` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "The 'Results Overview' section on the 'See results' page in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -7953,7 +7953,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To the far-right of the question, there are indicators to see how many participants :guilabel:`Responded` and how many :guilabel:`Skipped` the question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "The Responded and Skipped indicators on the 'See results' page in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -7961,7 +7961,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the question required the participant to enter in their own answer, without any options to choose from, like entering a specific number or date, for example, there is also an indicator to showcase how many users answered the question :guilabel:`Correct`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "Sample of a 'correct' indicator on the 'See results' page in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -7977,7 +7977,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If there is only one correct response to a multiple choice question, those results and responses are represented by a :guilabel:`Pie Graph`. The correct answer is indicated by a :guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)` icon next to the correct answer option, in the legend above the graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "Typical pie graph results on the 'See results' page in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -7985,7 +7985,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If there are multiple correct answer options (or no correct answers at all) for a multiple choice question, those results and responses are represented by a :guilabel:`Bar Graph`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "Typical bar graph results on the 'See results' page in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -7997,7 +7997,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Data` tab shows all the provided :guilabel:`Answer` options for the question. The :guilabel:`User Choice` (with percentages and votes) along with the :guilabel:`Score` of each option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "Typical 'Data' tab on the 'See results' page in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -8009,7 +8009,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Most Common` tab shows the :guilabel:`User Responses`, the :guilabel:`Occurrence`, and the :guilabel:`Score` (if applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "Typical 'Most Common' tab on the 'See results' page in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -8017,7 +8017,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`All Data` tab shows a list of all the submitted responses to that particular question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "Typical 'All Data' tab on the 'See results' page in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -8025,7 +8025,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a question is looking for participants to enter a numerical value as a response, :guilabel:`Maximum`, :guilabel:`Minimum`, and :guilabel:`Average` indicators appear to the far-right of the results tabs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "The Maximum, Minimum, and Average indicators on the 'See results' page in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -8033,7 +8033,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A :guilabel:`filter` icon is also present either to the right of the :guilabel:`User Choice` column in a :guilabel:`Data` tab, or to the far-right of a :guilabel:`User Response` line in an :guilabel:`All Data` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "Typical 'Filter' icon on the 'See results' page in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -8041,7 +8041,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When that :guilabel:`filter` icon is clicked, Odoo returns the user to the top of the results page, with that chosen filter applied, showing the results of each question for participants who submitted that particular answer for that specific question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "The applied filter on the 'See results' page in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -8057,7 +8057,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view a consolidated list of participation results for a specific survey, navigate to :menuselection:`Surveys app`, select the desired survey from the list, and click the :guilabel:`Participations` smart button at the top of the survey form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "The Participations smart button at the top of a survey form in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -8065,7 +8065,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Participations` page, showcasing the participants for that specific survey, along with a collection of pertinent information related to each one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "The Participations page for a singular survey in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -8073,7 +8073,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Here, users can view information related to individual participants who took that specific survey. If they desire to see a more detailed breakdown of their various answers and responses, they can click on any participant, and Odoo reveals a separate page showing that participant's survey details, along with their submitted answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "An individual participant's detail form in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -8081,7 +8081,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view a consolidated list of all participants of every survey in the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Surveys app --> Participations`. Here, every survey in the database is shown in a default nested list. Beside each survey title has the number of participants in parenthesis." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "The Participations page for all surveys in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -8093,7 +8093,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Participations` page can also be viewed in a Kanban layout, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:None msgid "The Participations page in the Kanban view in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -8120,7 +8120,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Survey form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:None msgid "How a blank survey form looks in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -8186,7 +8186,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Indicate whether questions require a mandatory answer by clicking the :guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon to the far-right of the column titles. Then, select :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` from the drop-down menu to reveal the :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` column in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:None msgid "The slider drop-down menu with the Mandatory Answer option selected in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -8258,7 +8258,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Questions section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:None msgid "The Questions section of the Options tab on a survey form in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -8303,7 +8303,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Time & Scoring section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:None msgid "The Time and Scoring section of the Options tab on a survey form in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -8348,7 +8348,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Participants section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:None msgid "The Participants section of the Options tab on a survey form in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -8369,7 +8369,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live Session section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:None msgid "The Live Session section of the Options tab on a survey form in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -8429,7 +8429,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the survey has been configured properly, and questions have been added, the user can utilize any of the available buttons in the upper-left corner of the survey form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:None msgid "The various buttons on a survey form in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -8441,7 +8441,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Share`: click to reveal a :guilabel:`Share a Survey` pop-up form that can be used to invite potential participants to the survey — complete with a :guilabel:`Survey Link` that can be copied and sent to potential participants, and a :guilabel:`Send by Email` toggle switch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:None msgid "The 'Share a Survey' pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -8507,7 +8507,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, the audience of participants submit their answer, either via their computer or mobile device, and once the responses have been gathered, the host reveals all the participant's responses, in real time, with each answer's results displayed as a bar graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:None msgid "Rendered concept of how a Live Session question and answer result appears in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -8543,7 +8543,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the :guilabel:`Question Time Limit` option is enabled, a new field appears beside it, wherein the user **must** enter the desired amount of time (in seconds) the participant gets to answer the question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:None msgid "The Live Session question time limit option for questions in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -8715,7 +8715,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To reveal the :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` column on the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, which indicates if questions require a mandatory answer or not, click the :guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon located to the far-right of the column titles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:None msgid "The slider drop-down menu showing the Mandatory Answer option in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -8747,7 +8747,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Sections and Questions pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:None msgid "The Create Sections and Questions pop-up form in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -8827,7 +8827,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` is selected as the :guilabel:`Question Type`, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains, although it only provides two checkbox options: :guilabel:`Input must be an email` and :guilabel:`Save as user nickname`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:None msgid "The Single Line Text box question type answers tab in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -8843,7 +8843,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For all other applicable :guilabel:`Question Type` options that provide answer options to the participant, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab appears the same." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:None msgid "The answer tab with a multiple choice answer option selected in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -8879,7 +8879,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An exception to that is if the :guilabel:`Matrix` option is selected as the :guilabel:`Question Type`. If that's chosen, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains, but below the typical :guilabel:`Choices` section, there is a :guilabel:`Rows` section. That's because the :guilabel:`Matrix` option provides an answer table for participants to fill out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:None msgid "The answer tab with a matrix question type selected in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -8915,7 +8915,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When enabled, two additional fields appear: :guilabel:`Comment Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:None msgid "The answers section of the options tab when a multiple choice question type is selected." msgstr "" @@ -8935,7 +8935,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the selected :guilabel:`Question Type` is :guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`, a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field appears in the :guilabel:`Answers` section of the :guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:None msgid "The placeholder field when a multiple lines text box option is chosen in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -8956,7 +8956,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the :guilabel:`Validate Entry` option is enabled, two additional fields appear beneath: :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` and :guilabel:`Validation Error`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:None msgid "The answers section of the option tab when a single line text box question type is chosen." msgstr "" @@ -8976,7 +8976,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Constraints` section in the :guilabel:`Options` tab is the same, regardless of the selected :guilabel:`Question Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:None msgid "The Constraints section in the options tab in Odoo Surveys." msgstr "" @@ -9008,7 +9008,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "There is only one field in the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` section: :guilabel:`Triggering Answers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:None msgid "The Conditional Display section of the options tab in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -9028,7 +9028,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "There is only one option available in the :guilabel:`Live Sessions` section: :guilabel:`Question Time Limit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:None msgid "The Live Sessions section of the Option tab in the Odoo Surveys application." msgstr "" @@ -9076,7 +9076,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Candidates` section, participants can be required to log in to take the survey. If the :guilabel:`Login Required` setting is enabled, two new options appear: the :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` checkbox, which limits the number of times a participant can attempt the survey, and the option to :guilabel:`Give Badge`, located beneath the :guilabel:`Certification` options in the :guilabel:`Scoring` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:None msgid "Setting the Required Score (percentage), login required, and certification template." msgstr "" @@ -9084,6 +9084,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Badges are displayed on the eLearning portion of a given user's portal, and are a way to set milestones and reward participants for passing surveys or gaining points. Besides the awardee, website visitors who access the :guilabel:`Courses` page will also be able to see the granted badges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:None msgid "Example of how a badge looks on the eLearning portion of the website." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/productivity.pot b/locale/sources/productivity.pot index b8f5736dfe..f666853af5 100644 --- a/locale/sources/productivity.pot +++ b/locale/sources/productivity.pot @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 10:43+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-20 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enter a prompt from anywhere in the database, enter :kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`k` to open the command palette. From here, type in a prompt, then click the |AI| icon or hit enter. This opens a conversation window with the *Ask AI* agent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai.rst:None msgid "An open command palatte with a prompt." msgstr "" @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The specificity and length of the :guilabel:`System Prompt` can vary, depending on the use case for the agent. Use the preconfigured agents as an example of the possible information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/agents.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/agents.rst:None msgid "A new agent form with the required information." msgstr "" @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once a source is added, the :guilabel:`Status` field updates to reflect its current status. The source is ready when the status changes from *Processing* to *Indexed*. Slide the :guilabel:`Active` toggle to activate the source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/agents.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/agents.rst:None msgid "A list of sources for an agent, each denoted with their format." msgstr "" @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the *API Keys* page, click :guilabel:`Create new secret key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/apikeys.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/apikeys.rst:None msgid "The API keys page in OpenAI." msgstr "" @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for this key. This is optional, but recommended. Then, select the :guilabel:`Project` from the drop-down menu. Finally, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Permissions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/apikeys.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/apikeys.rst:None msgid "The popup where new api keys are created in OpenAI." msgstr "" @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create an |API| key for Google Gemini, visit `API Keys `_. Enter the login information for the Google account, and click :guilabel:`Next` to open Google |AI| Studio. In the top right corner, click :guilabel:`Create API Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/apikeys.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/apikeys.rst:None msgid "The Gemini api keys page." msgstr "" @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the *API Keys* page, find the appropriate key and click the copy icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/apikeys.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/apikeys.rst:None msgid "The new Gemini key with the copy button highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, navigate to the page in the database where a new field is needed. Then, click on the :icon:`oi-studio` :guilabel:`studio` icon to open the app. On the left sidebar, click and drag the :guilabel:`AI Field` option and place it in the desired location on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/fields.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/fields.rst:None msgid "Adding a new field to a record." msgstr "" @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating a prompt, use the `/field` command to reference specific fields in the database. For example, to reference the :guilabel:`Company` field on a record, enter `/field`, and click the :guilabel:`Field Selector` option. Type `Company` in the search bar, and select :guilabel:`Company` from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/fields.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/fields.rst:None msgid "The add a field pop-up where the ai prompt is entered." msgstr "" @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|AI| fields can also be added as property fields without opening the **Studio** app. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` icon and select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Edit Properties`. Tick the :guilabel:`AI` checkbox, confirm the field should be |AI|-enabled, then follow the steps :ref:`above ` to define the field type and enter the prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/fields.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/fields.rst:None msgid "The edit properties pop-up on a form view." msgstr "" @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Website app`. In the top-right of the page, click :guilabel:`New`, then click :guilabel:`Page`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/webpage.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/webpage.rst:None msgid "Adding a new page to a website in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Informative`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/webpage.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/ai/webpage.rst:None msgid "The new page pop-up with the Generate AI text options visible." msgstr "" @@ -771,26 +771,42 @@ msgid "*Linked resources* are only used when using the :ref:`auto-assign ` is enabled. Then, navigate to the :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Click :guilabel:`New` to add a new parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:54 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Key` field, enter `appointment.resource_max_capacity_allowed`. In the :guilabel:`Value` field, enter the maximum capacity that should be allowed. Click :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Save manually)` when finished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:None +msgid "The new system parameter for capacity limits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:64 msgid "Appointment type configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:66 msgid "Before appointments can be scheduled or booked, an appointment type must be created. Navigate to the :menuselection:`Appointments` app dashboard and click :guilabel:`New`. On the new blank record, enter an :guilabel:`Appointment Title`, then set a :guilabel:`Duration` for this appointment type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:70 msgid "Next, set a :guilabel:`Pre-Booking Time`. This is the minimum amount of time between when an appointment can be booked and when the appointment can begin. If the :guilabel:`Pre-Booking Time` is `1` hour, appointments must be booked *at least* `1` hour in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:75 msgid "An appointment type is created for `Tennis Courts`, with a :guilabel:`Duration` of `1` hour, and a :guilabel:`Pre-Booking Time` of `1` hour. At `02:00` PM, a customer attempts to book an appointment for the same day at `02:45` pm. The first available time is `04:00` pm." msgstr "" @@ -798,23 +814,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An example of the booking calendar showing available times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:82 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Scheduling Window`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:84 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Available now` to allow customers to book an appointment immediately. Use the :guilabel:`Up to X days into the future` field to define how far in advance customers can schedule appointments. For example, if `14` is entered, customers cannot book anything more than 14 days from the current date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:88 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Within a date range` to limit bookings to a specific range of dates. After selecting this option, click the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`to` fields, and use the calendar pop-up window to customize the date and time range." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:92 msgid "Update the :guilabel:`Allow Cancelling` field to limit the amount of time before an appointment where a customer can cancel. If this setting is enabled, customers are unable to cancel within the designated time frame." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:97 msgid "If a customer does try to cancel within the time frame, they receive an error message with contact information. If the appointment is for a resource, the contact details are for the user that created the appointment type. If the appointment is for a user, the contact details are for the user the appointment is with." msgstr "" @@ -822,52 +838,52 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An example of the message a customer sees when cancelling." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:105 msgid "Next, designate whether this appointment type is based on :guilabel:`Users` or :guilabel:`Resources`, by selecting the appropriate radio button. If it is based on users, select one or more :guilabel:`Users` in the drop-down. If it is based on :ref:`resources `, select one or more :guilabel:`Resources` in the drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:111 msgid "User-based appointment types can be used for scheduling sales meetings and demos, as well as recruiting interviews." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:114 msgid "Resource-based appointment types can be used for scheduling time in specific rooms or locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:116 msgid "Selecting :guilabel:`Resources` in the :guilabel:`Availability on` field reveals the :guilabel:`Manage Capacities` option. If selected, the appointment limits the number of participants based on the capacity of the resources selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:120 msgid "Choose an :guilabel:`Assignment Method` by selecting the appropriate radio button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:122 msgid ":guilabel:`Pick User/Resource then Time`: customers select from a list of available users/resources, then select an open time slot." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:124 msgid ":guilabel:`Select Time then User/Resource`: customers choose a date and time, then select from the list of available users/resources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Select Time then auto-assign`: customers select a time slot and are automatically assigned a user/resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:208 msgid "Schedule tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:132 msgid "The :guilabel:`Schedule` tab is used to outline when this appointment type is to be made available. The settings define the time slots shown on the booking page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:135 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to create a new time frame. Select a day of the week from the :guilabel:`Every` drop-down menu, then update the times in the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields. Click the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash)` icon to delete an entry. Multiple entries can be included for a single day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:141 msgid "If an appointment should not be available at specific times, such as when users are taking lunch, include time slots before and after." msgstr "" @@ -875,86 +891,86 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An example of the Schedule tab in an appointment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:148 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:221 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:150 msgid "The :guilabel:`Options` tab is used to customize the display options for this appointment, as well as notification settings for customers and users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:153 msgid "The :guilabel:`Front-End Display` field determines how the appointment is presented on the website to customers. Select the :guilabel:`Show Pictures` radio button to publish the default pictures of the user or resources for this appointment on the website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:157 msgid "The :guilabel:`Timezone` and :guilabel:`Location` fields automatically populate for resource appointments, based on where the resource is located. For user-based appointments, the :guilabel:`Location` field defaults to an `Online Meeting`, with a :guilabel:`Videoconference Link` automatically generated. If this should not be an online meeting, select a different option in the :guilabel:`Location` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:163 msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Manual Confirmation` checkbox to require approval before a meeting is accepted. If this feature is enabled, the appointment time slot is still considered *reserved* until it is confirmed or rejected. Leave this checkbox blank to automatically accept meetings created from this appointment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:168 msgid "The :doc:`Create Opportunities ` feature adds an opportunity to the **CRM** app for each scheduled appointment, which is assigned to the responsible user. Tick the :guilabel:`Create Opportunities` checkbox to enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:173 msgid "This field is only visible if the **CRM** app is installed on the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:175 msgid "The :guilabel:`Reminders` field is used to set how customers are to be contacted before the appointment time. Select one or more options from the drop-down, based on the communication method, and the time frame." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:179 msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Allow Guests` checkbox to grant customers the ability to add additional guests when registering for an appointment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:185 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:260 msgid "Questions tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:187 msgid "The :guilabel:`Questions` tab can be used to prompt customers for additional information while they are booking an appointment. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:190 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Create Questions` pop-up window, enter the :guilabel:`Question`, then choose an :guilabel:`Answer Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:193 msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` checkbox to require customers to answer this question before they are allowed to book an appointment. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another question, or :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:274 msgid "Messages tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:200 msgid "The :guilabel:`Messages` tab is used by the business to provide additional information to customers regarding this appointment type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:204 msgid "The content in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab is visible to customers and website visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:206 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Introduction Message` field, add a short description of the appointment type. This can include the topic of the appointment, a meeting agenda, or an introduction to the users responsible for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:210 msgid "The :guilabel:`Extra Message on Confirmation` is displayed to a customer after they have booked a meeting. Add any additional information here that the customer should be aware of. This can include parking information, last minute rules, or additional instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:215 msgid "Publishing an appointment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:217 msgid "When an appointment is ready to publish, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button at the top of the record. Then, slide the :icon:`fa-toggle-off` :guilabel:`Unpublished` icon to :icon:`fa-toggle-on` :guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" @@ -974,7 +990,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the **Appointments** app dashboard. Click :guilabel:`New` to :doc:`create a new appointment type <../appointments>`. To edit an existing appointment type, click :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Action` at the far-right of the appointment line, to open the drop-down menu, then click :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments/create-opps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments/create-opps.rst:None msgid "The edit button on an appointment type record." msgstr "" @@ -982,7 +998,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the appointment type record, click the :guilabel:`Options` tab, and tick the :guilabel:`Create Opportunities` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments/create-opps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments/create-opps.rst:None msgid "The options tab on an appointment type form." msgstr "" @@ -1014,7 +1030,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The contact information from the appointment is added to the opportunity record. The answers the customer provided to the optional questions are included in the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab. The scheduled appointment is listed in the *Chatter* of the record, and can be edited from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments/create-opps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments/create-opps.rst:None msgid "The chatter of an opportunity in the CRM with the scheduled appointment information." msgstr "" @@ -1034,7 +1050,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upon opening the :menuselection:`Calendar app`, users have an overview of their current meetings. The selected view option appears as a :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` drop-down menu. Under the view options drop-down menu, users can also enable or disable :guilabel:`Show weekends`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:None msgid "Overview of Calendar app." msgstr "" @@ -1094,7 +1110,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To put an event on the calendar, open the :menuselection:`Calendar app`, and click into the target date. On the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window that appears, start by adding the event title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:None msgid "Schedule an event window on Calendar app." msgstr "" @@ -1126,7 +1142,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the event is created, users can click into the virtual meeting directly from the calendar event to access more configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:None msgid "The full event form for a new calendar event." msgstr "" @@ -1190,7 +1206,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When scheduling an event for multiple users, on the **Calendar** app dashboard, tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Attendees` to view team members' availability. Tick (or untick) the checkbox next to listed users to show (or hide) individual calendars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:None msgid "View of Attendees section on Calendar app." msgstr "" @@ -1214,7 +1230,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once availability has been selected, click the :icon:`fa-external-link` :guilabel:`Open` button to navigate to the associated appointment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:None msgid "Share availability window on Calendar app." msgstr "" @@ -1406,7 +1422,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select (or create) an API project to configure OAuth in, and store credentials. Click :guilabel:`New Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:None msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." msgstr "" @@ -1422,7 +1438,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, click on :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` in the left menu. Select :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` again if the :guilabel:`Search bar` does not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:None msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." msgstr "" @@ -1430,7 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After that, search for `Google Calendar API` using the search bar and select :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click :guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:None msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." msgstr "" @@ -1506,7 +1522,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:None msgid "Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." msgstr "" @@ -1522,7 +1538,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are located, open the Odoo database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Calendar` to find the :guilabel:`Google Calendar` feature. Tick the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Google Calendar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:None msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -1542,7 +1558,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, open the :menuselection:`Calendar` app in Odoo and click on the :guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:None msgid "Click the Google sync button in Odoo Calendar to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -1550,7 +1566,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When syncing Google Calendar with Odoo for the first time, the page will redirect to the Google Account. From there, select the :guilabel:`Email Account` that should have access, then select :guilabel:`Continue` (should the app be unverified), and finally select :guilabel:`Continue` (to give permission for the transfer of data)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:None msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." msgstr "" @@ -1599,8 +1615,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In these cases, the account needs troubleshooting. A reset can be performed using the :guilabel:`Reset Account` button, which can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Manage Users`. Then, select the user to modify the calendar, and click the :guilabel:`Calendar` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:None msgid "Reset buttons highlighted on the calendar tab of the user." msgstr "" @@ -1618,7 +1634,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The following reset options are available for troubleshooting Google calendar sync with Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:None msgid "Google calendar reset options in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -1695,7 +1711,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If no test users are added to the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen`, then an :guilabel:`Error 403: access_denied` populates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:None msgid "403 Access Denied Error." msgstr "" @@ -1711,7 +1727,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating the credentials (OAuth *Client ID* and *Client Secret*), if :guilabel:`Desktop App` is selected for the :guilabel:`Application Type`, an :guilabel:`Authorization Error` appears (:guilabel:`Error 400:redirect_uri_mismatch`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:None msgid "Error 400 Redirect URI Mismatch." msgstr "" @@ -1775,7 +1791,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create an application, click :guilabel:`+ Add` in the top menu. From the resulting drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`App Registration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:None msgid "Microsoft Azure management page with + Add and App Registration menu highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -1803,7 +1819,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Access the `web.base.url` by activating :ref:`developer mode `, and navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical header menu --> Parameters section --> System Parameters`. Then, select it from the :guilabel:`Key` list on the :guilabel:`System Parameters` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:None msgid "The \"Supported account type\" and \"Redirect URI\" settings in the Microsoft Entra ID portal." msgstr "" @@ -1815,7 +1831,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, on the application registration page, click :guilabel:`Register` button to complete the application registration. The :guilabel:`Application (client) ID` is produced. Copy this value, as it is needed later, in the :ref:`outlook_calendar/odoo_setup`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:None msgid "Application client ID highlighted in the essentials section of the newly created\n" "application." msgstr "" @@ -1832,7 +1848,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a client secret, click :menuselection:`Certificates & secrets` in the left menu. Then click :guilabel:`+ New client secret` to create the client secret." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:None msgid "New client secret page with certificates and secrets menu and new client secret option\n" "highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -1865,7 +1881,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`Calendar app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` setting. Remember to click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:None msgid "The \"Outlook Calendar\" setting activated in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -1873,7 +1889,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the Microsoft *Azure* portal, under the :guilabel:`Overview` section of the application, copy the :guilabel:`Application (Client) ID`, if it has not already been copied, and paste it into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:None msgid "The \"Client ID\" in the Microsoft Azure portal." msgstr "" @@ -1881,7 +1897,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy the previously-acquired :guilabel:`Value` (Client Secret Value), and paste it into the :guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:None msgid "The \"Client Secret\" token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -1945,7 +1961,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the Odoo database, open to the *Calendar* module, and click the :guilabel:`Outlook` sync button on the right-side of the page, beneath the monthly calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:None msgid "The \"Outlook\" sync button in Odoo Calendar." msgstr "" @@ -1953,7 +1969,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled in both accounts (*Outlook* and Odoo). The page redirects to a Microsoft login page, and the user is asked to log in to their account, if they are not already. Finally, grant the required permissions by clicking :guilabel:`Accept`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:None msgid "Authentication process on Microsoft Outlook OAuth page." msgstr "" @@ -1981,7 +1997,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The following reset options are available for troubleshooting *Microsoft Outlook Calendar* sync with Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:None msgid "Outlook calendar reset options in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -2065,7 +2081,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking on a dashboard name opens that dashboard in the main view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:None msgid "Overview of Leads dashboard" msgstr "" @@ -2109,7 +2125,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is also possible to :ref:`search for values ` by typing directly in the search bar; the search categories shown reflect the available global filters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:None msgid "Global filters on the Warehouse Daily Operations dashboard" msgstr "" @@ -2133,7 +2149,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For dashboards with a date filter, this filter can be set via the search bar or via the button with the :icon:`fa-calendar` :guilabel:`(calendar)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:None msgid "Filtering a dashboard by date period" msgstr "" @@ -2229,7 +2245,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, hover over the chart, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(dropdown)` icon, then select the desired granularity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:None msgid "Changing time granularity on a chart's y-axis" msgstr "" @@ -2959,7 +2975,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to this dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Data Cleaning app --> Deduplication`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/data_cleaning.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/data_cleaning.rst:None msgid "Deduplication dashboard in the Data Cleaning application." msgstr "" @@ -3151,7 +3167,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to this dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Data Cleaning app --> Recycle Records`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/data_cleaning.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/data_cleaning.rst:None msgid "Field Recycle Records dashboard in the Data Cleaning application." msgstr "" @@ -3337,7 +3353,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to this dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Data Cleaning app --> Field Cleaning`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/data_cleaning.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/data_cleaning.rst:None msgid "Field Cleaning Records dashboard in the Data Cleaning application." msgstr "" @@ -3649,7 +3665,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At the top of the direct message window, click the name of the direct message to change the group name, and choose to add a description in the adjacent :guilabel:`Add a description` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:None msgid "View of the conversation actions." msgstr "" @@ -3705,7 +3721,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In **Discuss**, *Meetings* are video calls. To start a meeting from the :guilabel:`Discuss` dashboard, click :guilabel:`Start a meeting` in the top-left corner, and select who to invite to the meeting, via the :guilabel:`Invite People` drop-down window that appears. To start a meeting from a direct message, click the :icon:`fa-phone` :guilabel:`Start a Call` icon in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:None msgid "View of a Meeting in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" @@ -3796,7 +3812,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Access user-specific preferences for the **Discuss** app by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Manage Users`, select a user, then click the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:None msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" @@ -3816,7 +3832,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **Discuss** application enables communication across all of Odoo's applications. To view chats and channels, or start a new message, select the speech bubbles that are consistently present in the upper-right corner of the database header." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:None msgid "Use Discuss across other applications by clicking the speech bubbles." msgstr "" @@ -3849,7 +3865,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Canned responses consist of two main components: the *shortcut* and the *substitution*. The shortcut is the keyword or key phrase that is to be replaced. The substitution is the longer message that replaces the shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/canned_responses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/canned_responses.rst:None msgid "A live chat conversation using a canned response." msgstr "" @@ -3873,7 +3889,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Canned responses consist of two main components, a *shortcut* the user enters, and the *substitution* that replaces the shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/canned_responses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/canned_responses.rst:None msgid "A list of canned responses emphasizing the shortcut and substitution fields." msgstr "" @@ -4014,7 +4030,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a record was created, or edited, via an imported file, or was otherwise updated through an intervention by the system, the chatter thread creates a log note, and credits the change to OdooBot." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:None msgid "A close up of a chatter thread of an OdooBot created contact record." msgstr "" @@ -4126,7 +4142,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Followers ` of a record are added as recipients of a message automatically. If a follower should **not** receive a message, they must be removed as a follower before the message is sent, or a note is logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:None msgid "A chatter composer preparing to send a message to the followers of a CRM opportunity and\n" "the customer listed on the opportunity record." msgstr "" @@ -4167,7 +4183,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :icon:`fa-paperclip` :guilabel:`(paperclip)` icon to add any files to the message, then click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:None msgid "The expanded full chatter composer in the CRM application." msgstr "" @@ -4183,7 +4199,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter a prompt in the :guilabel:`Send a message` field to instruct the AI on the type of content needed, then press enter, or click the :icon:`fa-paper-plane` :guilabel:`(paper plane)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:None msgid "The generate text with AI popup." msgstr "" @@ -4215,7 +4231,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To edit a sent message, click the |ve| menu to the right of the message. Then, select :guilabel:`Edit`. Make any necessary adjustments to the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:None msgid "The edit message option in a chatter thread." msgstr "" @@ -4323,7 +4339,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Green** icons indicate an activity with a due date scheduled in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:None msgid "A chatter thread with planned activities with varying due dates." msgstr "" @@ -4343,7 +4359,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the activity is marked complete, an entry with the activity type, title, and any other details that were included in the pop-up window are listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:None msgid "A chatter thread with a completed activity, included additional details." msgstr "" @@ -4425,7 +4441,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*WhatsApp* templates **must** be approved before they can be used. See :ref:`WhatsApp templates ` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:None msgid "A send WhatsApp message pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -4453,7 +4469,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To translate a user's text from another language, click the |ve| menu to the right of the chatter. Then, select :guilabel:`Translate`. The content translates to the language set in the :doc:`user's preferences <../../general/users/language/>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:None msgid "alt text" msgstr "" @@ -4509,7 +4525,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For :guilabel:`What is your goal today?`, select :guilabel:`3rd party integrations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/ice_servers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/ice_servers.rst:None msgid "The Twilio welcome page." msgstr "" @@ -4525,7 +4541,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To locate the Account SID and Auth Token, go to the Twilio account dashboard. Then, click :guilabel:`Develop` on the sidebar. In the :guilabel:`Account Info` section, locate the :guilabel:`Account SID` and the :guilabel:`Auth Token`. Both of these are needed to connect Twilio to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/ice_servers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/ice_servers.rst:None msgid "The Twilio Account SID and Auth Token can be found uner the Account Info section." msgstr "" @@ -4537,7 +4553,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open the Odoo database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Discuss`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Use Twilio ICE servers` and enter the Twilio account's :guilabel:`Account SID` and :guilabel:`Auth Token`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/ice_servers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/ice_servers.rst:None msgid "Enable the \"Use Twilio ICE servers\" option in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -4553,7 +4569,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Discuss`, click the :guilabel:`ICE Servers` button under :guilabel:`Custom ICE server list`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/ice_servers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/ice_servers.rst:None msgid "The \"ICE Servers\" button in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -4561,7 +4577,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo will redirect to the :guilabel:`ICE servers` page. Here you can define your own list of ICE servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/ice_servers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/ice_servers.rst:None msgid "The \"ICE servers\" page in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -4585,7 +4601,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new channel, navigate to the :menuselection:`Discuss` app, and then click on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon next to the :guilabel:`Channels` heading in the left-side menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:None msgid "View of discuss's sidebar and a channel being created in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" @@ -4601,7 +4617,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To control which users can join a channel, open the channel's setting page and navigate to the :guilabel:`Privacy` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:None msgid "View of a channel's settings form in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" @@ -4633,7 +4649,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inviting members can also be done from the **Discuss** app's main dashboard, by selecting the channel, clicking the :icon:`fa-user-plus` :guilabel:`(add user)` icon in the top-right corner of the dashboard, and finally clicking :guilabel:`Invite to Channel` once all the users have been added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:None msgid "View of Discuss' option to invite members in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" @@ -4645,7 +4661,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once at least 20 channels, direct messages, or live chat conversations are pinned in the sidebar, a :guilabel:`Quick search…` bar is displayed. This feature is a convenient way to filter conversations and find relevant communications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:None msgid "View of the Discuss' sidebar emphasizing the quick search bar in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" @@ -4673,7 +4689,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Users are able to contribute to this group channel by typing messages in window and pressing *enter*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:None msgid "Channel linked in chatter." msgstr "" @@ -4974,7 +4990,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To divide a PDF into individual or groups of pages, open the PDF, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and select :icon:`fa-scissors` :guilabel:`Split PDF`. Click the :icon:`fa-scissors` (:guilabel:`scissors`) icon between pages to remove a split if needed, then click :guilabel:`Split` to confirm." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:None msgid "Split a PDF" msgstr "" @@ -5074,7 +5090,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To send a reminder email for all requested files, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`ellipsis`) icon in the :guilabel:`Requested Document` column and select :guilabel:`Document Request: Reminder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:None msgid "Send a reminder email from the Activity view" msgstr "" @@ -6226,7 +6242,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and fill in the required fields. Once sent, your document remains available. Go to :menuselection:`Documents --> All Documents` to see your document and the status of the signatures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:None msgid "Signature status" msgstr "" @@ -6238,7 +6254,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can set **validity dates** on limited-duration agreement documents or send **automatic email reminders** to obtain signatures on time. From your dashboard, click :guilabel:`Send` on your document. On the new page, go to the :guilabel:`Options` section, fill in the :guilabel:`Valid Until` field, toggle the :guilabel:`Reminder` switch, and click the value to edit the default number of days between reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:None msgid "Set the number of days between reminders" msgstr "" @@ -6315,7 +6331,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The person signing the document fills in the :guilabel:`Signature` field, then :guilabel:`Sign`, and clicks :guilabel:`Validate & Send Completed Document`. A :guilabel:`Final Validation` page pops up where to add their phone number. One-time codes are sent by SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:None msgid "Add a hash to your document" msgstr "" @@ -6343,7 +6359,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to the document that needs to be signed and add the :guilabel:`Signature` field. Switch to any role configured to use the feature, and click :guilabel:`Validate` and :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:None msgid "select customer identified with itsme®" msgstr "" @@ -6399,7 +6415,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A visual security frame displaying the beginning of the hash is added to the signatures. Internal users can hide or show it by turning the :guilabel:`Frame` option on or off when signing the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:None msgid "Adding the visual security frame to a signature." msgstr "" @@ -6431,7 +6447,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After uploading a PDF with at least two signature fields with two different roles and clicking :guilabel:`Send`, toggle the :guilabel:`Specify Signing Order` switch and search for the signer's name or email information to add them. You can decide on the signing order by typing **1** or **2** in the first column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:None msgid "Toggle the switch to specify the signing order." msgstr "" @@ -6503,7 +6519,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, write a :guilabel:`Tip`. Tips are displayed inside arrows on the left-hand side of the user's screen during the signing process to help them understand what the step entails (e.g., \"Sign here\" or “Fill in your birthdate”). You can also use a :guilabel:`Placeholder` text to be displayed inside the field before it is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:None msgid "Tip and placeholder example in Odoo Sign" msgstr "" @@ -9684,7 +9700,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you open a spreadsheet that has a different locale to that of your user profile, a blue :icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`(globe)` icon appears at the top right of the spreadsheet. Hovering over the icon reveals a warning message that indicates the spreadsheet locale and highlights formats that differ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/get_started.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/get_started.rst:None msgid "Warning about difference between user and spreadsheet locale" msgstr "" @@ -9792,7 +9808,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each data source is defined by properties that can be accessed via the :guilabel:`Data` menu. Data sources are identified by their respective :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot table)`, :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list)` or :icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(chart)` icon, followed by their ID and name, e.g., :icon:`oi-view-pivot` *(#1) Sales Analysis by Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/insert.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/insert.rst:None msgid "Data sources listed in Data menu" msgstr "" @@ -9820,7 +9836,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A warning in the :guilabel:`Data` menu identifies any data sources for which the corresponding list or pivot table no longer appears in the spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/insert.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/insert.rst:None msgid "Warning message about unused list" msgstr "" @@ -11477,7 +11493,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the example, sales performance by salesperson is shown using a two-color scale, with white representing the lowest value, and increasing amounts intensifying in color towards the selected green color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/visualize_data/conditional_formatting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/visualize_data/conditional_formatting.rst:None msgid "Color scale conditional formatting showing sales performance by salesperson" msgstr "" @@ -11585,7 +11601,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a pivot view from an Odoo database is inserted in a spreadsheet, it is by default a static pivot table. Each cell in a static pivot table contains an :ref:`Odoo-specific function ` that retrieves data from your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/work_with_data/dynamic_pivot_tables.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/work_with_data/dynamic_pivot_tables.rst:None msgid "Function of static pivot table cell" msgstr "" @@ -11665,7 +11681,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The top-left cell contains the editable function, while clicking on any other cell reveals this formula greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/work_with_data/dynamic_pivot_tables.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/work_with_data/dynamic_pivot_tables.rst:None msgid "Array function of a dynamic pivot table" msgstr "" @@ -15011,7 +15027,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, select the :guilabel:`Project`, :guilabel:`Assignees`, and :guilabel:`Tags`, then click :guilabel:`Convert to Task`. The to-do is now a project task and appears in the selected project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:None msgid "Converting a to-do into a task" msgstr "" @@ -15023,7 +15039,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your assigned **to-dos** are displayed on the app dashboard. You can drag and drop a to-do to move it from one stage to another." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:None msgid "Example of a to-do pipeline" msgstr "" @@ -15047,7 +15063,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To schedule an activity on a to-do, click the clock button on the app dashboard, then the :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:None msgid "Scheduling an activity from the To-do dashboard" msgstr "" @@ -15087,7 +15103,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you use the :doc:`Project app <../services/project>`, your to-dos also appear as private tasks under the :guilabel:`My Tasks` view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:None msgid "Example of a \"My Tasks\" pipeline in the Project app" msgstr "" @@ -15164,22 +15180,22 @@ msgid "|VOIP| host must support WebRTC protocol" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:72 -msgid "To add the credentials for the alternate provider, go to the **Settings** app and search for `VoIP`. In the :guilabel:`Integrations` section under :guilabel:`VoIP`, click :guilabel:`Manage Providers`. And then, click :guilabel:`New` and enter the requested information (like the websocket's URL). Note that the :guilabel:`OnSIP Domain` field is where the domain created by the alternate provider goes." +msgid "To add the credentials for the alternate provider, go to the **Settings** app and search for `VoIP`. In the :guilabel:`Integrations` section under :guilabel:`VoIP`, click :guilabel:`Manage Providers`. And then, click :guilabel:`New` and enter the requested information (like the websocket's URL)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:76 msgid "If any issues with the |VOIP| service provider are encountered, then reach out to their support team. If any issues when setting up the |VOIP| service provider are encountered in Odoo, then follow the :ref:`relevant troubleshooting steps `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:81 msgid "Odoo **cannot** verify that every alternate provider is compatible with Odoo's systems. However, if the above requirements are met, then no issues should be found." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:100 msgid "VoIP workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:102 msgid "Here are a few commonly used workflows for Odoo |VOIP|. This technology is especially popular with sales teams and support teams, but can be useful for other teams as well." msgstr "" @@ -15228,7 +15244,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Environment`: set as :guilabel:`Production`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:None msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database." msgstr "" @@ -15276,7 +15292,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`How to place calls on mobile`: method to make calls on a mobile device" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:None msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference." msgstr "" @@ -15474,7 +15490,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To manually log a dynamic agent out of a call queue, navigate to the `Axivox management console `_, and click :guilabel:`Queues` from the left-hand menu. Then, click the green :guilabel:`Refresh` button at the top of the :guilabel:`Connected agents` column. From here, click the red :guilabel:`Disconnect` button, and they are immediately disconnected. This can be helpful in situations where agents forget to log out at the end of the day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:None msgid "Call queue with connected agents column highlighted and connect an agent and report buttons\n" "highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -15563,7 +15579,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To select an individual :guilabel:`Event type`, click on the desired option in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:None msgid "Axivox queue report with result, event type, and period highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -15627,8 +15643,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click the green button labeled, :guilabel:`Add a conference`, and a :guilabel:`New conference` form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:None msgid "New conference form on Axivox." msgstr "" @@ -15713,7 +15729,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Anywhere in the Odoo database, open the *VoIP* widget, by clicking the :guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` icon, located in the upper-right corner. Then, dial the specific extension number for the conference, and click the :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:None msgid "Connecting to a conference extension using the Odoo VoIP widget." msgstr "" @@ -15776,7 +15792,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Visual Editor` button to the right of the desired dial plan to edit it. Finally, open the :guilabel:`New element` drop-down menu, select the element, and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:None msgid "Visual editor for a dial plan in Axivox, with Add and the dispatcher element highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -15960,7 +15976,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To specify all numbers behind a certain country code, or area code, include `\\d+` after the country code, or country code + area code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:None msgid "Dispatcher configuration panel, with name, regular expression and add a line highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -16004,7 +16020,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Calls follow this route/path when their number does not match any :guilabel:`Regular Expression` set on the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` element." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:None msgid "Dial plan with dispatcher element highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -16048,7 +16064,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Time Condition` element is especially useful for holidays, weekends, and to set working hours. When a caller reaches a destination where they can be helped, either with a real person or voicemail, this reduces wasted time and hangups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:None msgid "Time condition element set in a dial plan on Axivox. Time condition is highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -16080,7 +16096,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A regular expression (shortened to \"regex\" or \"regexp\"), sometimes also referred to as a \"rational expression,\" is a sequence of characters that specifies a match pattern in text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:None msgid "Access list element configuration with the allow/deny fields highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -16108,7 +16124,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Unknown calls can be routed through the regular menu flow by adding a :guilabel:`Menu` element, and connecting it to the :guilabel:`Unknown` path. :guilabel:`Refused` calls can be routed to the :guilabel:`Hang up` element. Lastly, :guilabel:`Authorized` callers can be sent to a specific extension or queue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:None msgid "Access list element highlighted in an example dial plan." msgstr "" @@ -16177,7 +16193,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, from the :guilabel:`New element` drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Switch`, and then click :guilabel:`Add`. Double-click on the element to further configure the :guilabel:`Switch` element." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:None msgid "Switch configuration in a dial plan, with inactive and active routes highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -16229,7 +16245,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up window that appears, click on the :guilabel:`New element` drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Multi-Switch`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add`. Double-click on the element to further configure the :guilabel:`Switch` element." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:None msgid "Multi-switch configuration in a dial plan, with chosen route highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -16273,7 +16289,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Axivox has no limit to the number of dial plans that can be created. These can be added, and improved upon, at any time. This allows for sandboxes to be created with many different configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:None msgid "Dial plan dashboard with the edit features and Add a dial plan button highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -16309,7 +16325,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This pop-up window is the primary place where the architecture, or structure, of the dial plan is configured. In this window, a :abbr:`GUI (graphical user interface)` appears, where various dial plan elements can be configured and linked together." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:None msgid "Visual editor for an example dial plan, with the new element, Add, and Save buttons\n" "highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -16475,7 +16491,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The following showcases a basic dial plan scenario for call routing, where additional elements can be added to expand the setup. This basic dial plan scenario includes the following linked elements :menuselection:`Start --> Play a file --> Menu --> (Hang-up, Calls, Queues, Conferences) --> (Voicemail, Hang-up)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:None msgid "Basic dial plan configuration." msgstr "" @@ -16740,16 +16756,16 @@ msgid "In the :guilabel:`GSM number` field, enter an alternative number at which msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:102 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:146 msgid "A country code is a locator code that allows access to the desired country's phone system. The country code is dialed first, prior to the target number. Each country in the world has its own specific country code." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:157 msgid "For a list of comprehensive country codes, visit: `https://countrycode.org `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:None msgid "General tab layout in the Axivox management console." msgstr "" @@ -16809,7 +16825,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Forwarding on busy` field, an administrator can :guilabel:`Add a destination`. When clicked, they can then set the :guilabel:`Destination` (user) and time frame. Should the original user's :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` extension, or incoming number, be busy, the call is forwarded to the destination(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:None msgid "Manage forwarding calls to different users or phone numbers in the Forwardings tab." msgstr "" @@ -16837,7 +16853,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The original user's :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` number does **not** ring with this option selected. Ring times can also be staggered, so the call is forwarded to another user after the first user does not pick up the call." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:None msgid "Ring destinations like different users or phone numbers from the Follow Me tab." msgstr "" @@ -16890,7 +16906,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Pickup`: this action allows the user to pick up an incoming call from a desk-phone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:None msgid "Manage user page with Keys tab highlighted and number 2 key drop-down menu selected (with\n" "highlight)" msgstr "" @@ -16940,7 +16956,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The value in the :guilabel:`SIP Password` field is unique for every Axivox user. This value is used to sign into Axivox on Odoo, and for any mobile :abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` clients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:None msgid "Important credentials used for external configurations of Axivox VoIP." msgstr "" @@ -17068,7 +17084,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upon finishing the setup for a new user, an :ref:`voip/axivox/incoming_number` can be linked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:None msgid "Manage a user page, with the permissions tab highlighted, along with the first permission\n" "highlighted indicating a no selection." msgstr "" @@ -17238,7 +17254,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the user is busy on another call, or away from the phone, there is an option present in this tab to :guilabel:`Send to voicemail as a last resort`, located in the :guilabel:`Forwarding on no answer` and :guilabel:`Forwarding on busy` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:None msgid "Send to voicemail as a last resort options highlighted on the Forwardings tab of the user." msgstr "" @@ -17368,7 +17384,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To implement the changes, click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:None msgid "Convert text to message window with voice, text, generate button and save highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -17492,7 +17508,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This step is **necessary**, whether using the mobile Odoo application or web browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:None msgid "Allow the database to access the microphone." msgstr "" @@ -17500,7 +17516,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo then asks how to make the call. The two options are : :guilabel:`VOIP` or :guilabel:`Phone` (should the tablet be enabled for calling). Click the box next to :guilabel:`Remember ?` should this decision be the default moving forward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:None msgid "Window prompt to choose whether to use VOIP or the devices phone to make the call." msgstr "" @@ -17508,7 +17524,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Here is the layout of what the Odoo *VoIP* app looks like on a mobile device:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:None msgid "Layout of what the VoIP app looks like on the a mobile device." msgstr "" @@ -17536,7 +17552,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` account is already set up, then click :guilabel:`Yes`. This means an account username and password has already been produced." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:None msgid "Zoiper account setup, shown in the view from a mobile device." msgstr "" @@ -17548,7 +17564,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the provider being configured is *Axivox*, then select :guilabel:`Belgium`. Then, choose :guilabel:`Axivox` as the provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:None msgid "Zoiper account setup, choosing the provider." msgstr "" @@ -17605,7 +17621,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At this point, *Zoiper* is now set up to make phone calls using the :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:None msgid "Zoiper account setup, registration successful." msgstr "" @@ -17637,7 +17653,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At this point, *Linphone* is ready to start making calls, once there is a green button at the top of the application screen that reads, :guilabel:`Connected`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:None msgid "Linphone account setup, registration successful." msgstr "" @@ -17685,7 +17701,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When buying a new number, it **must** support both inbound calls and Local CLI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/didww.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/didww.rst:None msgid "The purchase dashboard in DIDWW." msgstr "" @@ -17705,7 +17721,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new user, click :guilabel:`Users`, click the plus sign, then enter the necessary information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/didww.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/didww.rst:None msgid "The add a new user screen in DIDWW." msgstr "" @@ -17737,7 +17753,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The SRTP media encryption and TLS SIP transport are disabled by default in DIDWW. Contact the DIDWW sales team sales@didww.com to allow traffic encryption for your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/didww.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/didww.rst:None msgid "The settings for a new contact method in DIDWW." msgstr "" @@ -17749,7 +17765,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Lastly, verify that the DID number is selected in the *Inbound Calls* section of the SIP Device Route settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/didww.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/didww.rst:None msgid "The DID numbers field in DIDWW." msgstr "" @@ -17765,7 +17781,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the name, `DIDWW`, then update the :guilabel:`WebSocket` field with `wss://sip.phone.systems`. Under :guilabel:`PBX Server IP`, enter `sip.phone.systems`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/didww.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/didww.rst:None msgid "The VoIP providers page in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -17773,7 +17789,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure a user's VoIP provider, click the user avatar icon in the top-right corner of the database, and then choose :guilabel:`My Preferences` from the sub-menu. Then click into the :guilabel:`VoIP` tab, and under the :guilabel:`Voip Provider` field, select :guilabel:`DIDWW`. Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Voip Username` and :guilabel:`Voip Secret`, then save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/didww.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/didww.rst:None msgid "DIDWW provider, username, and secret credentials entered." msgstr "" @@ -17810,180 +17826,184 @@ msgid "After opening an OnSIP account, follow the configuration procedure below msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:35 -msgid "To configure the Odoo database to connect to OnSIP services, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps application` from the main Odoo dashboard. Then, remove the default `Apps` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and search for `OnSIP`." +msgid "To configure the Odoo database to connect to OnSIP services, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps application` from the main Odoo dashboard. Then, search for `phone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:39 -msgid "Next, activate the :guilabel:`VOIP OnSIP` module." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:38 +msgid "Next, activate the :guilabel:`Phone` module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:-1 -msgid "View of OnSIP app in the app search results." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:None +msgid "View of Odoo Phone in the app search results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:45 msgid "Odoo VoIP setting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:48 -msgid "After installing the *VOIP OnSIP* module, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Integrations` section, and locate the :guilabel:`VoIP` fields. Then, proceed to fill in those three fields with the following information:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:47 +msgid "After installing the *Phone* module, go to the :menuselection:`Phone app`, click on :guilabel:`Configuration` in the top bar menu, then on :guilabel:`Providers` fields. Then, create a new entry for OnSIP if it doesn't exist yet and fill the fields with the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:52 -msgid ":guilabel:`OnSIP Domain`: the domain that was assigned when creating an account on `OnSIP `_." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`PBX Server IP`: the domain that was assigned when creating an account on `OnSIP `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`WebSocket`: `wss://edge.sip.onsip.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Environment`: :guilabel:`Production`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:-1 -msgid "VoIP configuration settings in Odoo Settings app." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:56 +msgid "You can configure the other fields according to your own preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:None +msgid "Provider configuration in Odoo Phone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:63 msgid "To access the OnSIP domain, navigate to `OnSIP `_ and log in. Then, click the :guilabel:`Administrators` link in the top-right of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:66 msgid "Next, in the left menu, click :guilabel:`Users`, and then select any user. By default, the selected user opens on the :guilabel:`User Info` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:69 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Phone Settings` tab to reveal OnSIP configuration credentials (first column)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:None msgid "Domain setting revealed (highlighted) on administrative panel of OnSIP management\n" "console." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:77 +msgid "To enable compatibility with Odoo Phone, make sure that you set the `Auth username` field to the same value as the `Username` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:81 msgid "Odoo user setting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:83 msgid "Next, the user needs to be set up in Odoo. Every user associated with an OnSIP user **must** also be configured in the Odoo user's settings/preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:86 msgid "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Manage Users --> Select the User`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:84 -msgid "On the user form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to configure the user's OnSIP account. Then, click the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`VoIP Configuration` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:87 -msgid "In this section, fill in the fields with OnSIP credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:89 -msgid "Fill in the following fields with the associated credentials listed below:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:88 +msgid "On the user form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to configure the user's OnSIP account. Then, click the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`VoIP` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`Voip Username` = OnSIP :guilabel:`Username`" +msgid "In this section, select the provider you just configured and fill in the fields with OnSIP credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:92 -msgid ":guilabel:`OnSIP Auth Username` = OnSIP :guilabel:`Auth Username`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:93 -msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Secret` = OnSIP :guilabel:`SIP Password`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:94 +msgid "Fill in the following fields with the associated credentials listed below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:96 -msgid "The OnSIP extension can be found in the *User* banner line above the tabs." +msgid ":guilabel:`Username` = OnSIP :guilabel:`Username`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:98 -msgid "When these steps are complete, navigate away from the user form in Odoo to save the configurations." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Secret` = OnSIP :guilabel:`SIP Password`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:100 -msgid "Once saved, Odoo users can make phone calls by clicking the :guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` icon in the top-right corner of Odoo." +msgid "The OnSIP extension can be found in the *User* banner line above the tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:102 +msgid "When these steps are complete, navigate away from the user form in Odoo to save the configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:104 -msgid "Additional setup and troubleshooting steps can be found on `OnSIP's knowledge base `_." +msgid "Once saved, Odoo users can make phone calls by clicking the :guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` icon in the top-right corner of Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:108 +msgid "Additional setup and troubleshooting steps can be found on `OnSIP's knowledge base `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:112 msgid "Incoming calls" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:114 msgid "The Odoo database also receives incoming calls that produce pop-up windows in Odoo. When those call pop-up windows appear, click the green :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon to answer the call." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:117 msgid "To ignore the call, click the red :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:None msgid "Incoming call shown in the Odoo VoIP widget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`voip_widget`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:128 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:131 msgid "Missing parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:133 msgid "If a *Missing Parameters* message appears in the Odoo widget, make sure to refresh the Odoo browser window (or tab), and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:-1 -msgid "Missing parameter message in the Odoo VoIP widget." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:None +msgid "Missing parameter message in the Odoo Phone widget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/voip_widget.rst:169 msgid "Incorrect number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:143 msgid "If an *Incorrect Number* message appears in the Odoo widget, make sure to use the international format for the number. This means leading with the international country code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:150 msgid "For example, `16505555555` (where `1` is the international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:-1 -msgid "Incorrect number message populated in the Odoo VoIP widget." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:None +msgid "Incorrect number message populated in the Odoo Phone widget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:161 msgid "OnSIP on mobile phone" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:159 -msgid "In order to make and receive phone calls when the user is not in front of Odoo on their computer, a softphone app on a mobile phone can be used in parallel with Odoo *VoIP*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:162 -msgid "This is useful for convenient, on-the-go calls, and to make sure incoming calls are heard. Any SIP softphone will work." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:163 +msgid "In order to make and receive phone calls when the user is not in front of Odoo on their computer, a softphone app on a mobile phone can be used in parallel with Odoo *Phone*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:166 +msgid "This is useful for convenient, on-the-go calls, and to make sure incoming calls are heard. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`devices_integrations`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:171 msgid "`OnSIP App Download `_" msgstr "" @@ -18055,7 +18075,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":icon:`fa-pause` :guilabel:`(pause)`: Place the caller on hold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/sales_calls.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/sales_calls.rst:None msgid "The VoIP widget opened to a call, showing the shortcut icons a salesperson has access to." msgstr "" @@ -18167,7 +18187,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the database's home page, click the **Helpdesk** app, click into a helpdesk, and then open a ticket. If the ticket does not already have a call activity scheduled, click :guilabel:`Activities` in the ticket's chatter, then set the activity's :guilabel:`Activity Type` to :guilabel:`Call`, and then fill out the rest of the activity form, and finally click :guilabel:`Schedule`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/support_calls.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/support_calls.rst:None msgid "Scheduling a call activity for a support ticket." msgstr "" @@ -18247,7 +18267,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The |VOIP| widget contains three tabs: :guilabel:`Recent`, :guilabel:`Next Activities`, and :guilabel:`Contacts`, which are used for managing calls and day-to-day activities in Odoo. Use the search bar to find contacts faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/voip_widget.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/voip_widget.rst:None msgid "VoIP tabs that can be clicked on." msgstr "" @@ -18315,7 +18335,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the database home page, click :menuselection:`CRM app`. On the :guilabel:`Pipeline`, make sure it is open to the Kanban view. Next, near the top of the screen, click the :icon:`oi-voip` :guilabel:`VoIP` icon and make sure the |VOIP| widget is opened to the :guilabel:`Next Activites` tab. After that, hover over the opportunity that should have a call and click the :icon:`fa-phone` :guilabel:`(phone)` with the small green :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`plus` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/voip_widget.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/voip_widget.rst:None msgid "A sales opportunity with the option to add a call to the VoIP widget." msgstr "" @@ -18323,7 +18343,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To remove a call from the :guilabel:`Next activities` tab, hover over the opportunity that has a call scheduled, and click the red :icon:`fa-phone` :guilabel:`(phone)` icon that appears with the :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(minus)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/voip_widget.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/voip_widget.rst:None msgid "A sales opportunity with the option to remove a call from the VoIP widget." msgstr "" @@ -18715,7 +18735,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After finishing the previous WhatsApp product wizard, and clicking :guilabel:`Continue`, the browser should have directed to the WhatsApp :guilabel:`Quickstart` page; this :guilabel:`Quickstart` page is where to begin configuring the WhatsApp API by adding a phone number and then sending an initial test message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:None msgid "Navigating to the WhatsApp quickstart wizard in Meta for Developer dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -18928,7 +18948,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The finished :guilabel:`Webhooks` configuration will appear like this in the Meta developer console:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:None msgid "WhatsApp webhooks set in the Meta developer console." msgstr "" @@ -19152,7 +19172,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to find specific fields, multiple levels may need to be navigated in the search results box. Use the :guilabel:`> (right chevron)` and :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icons to navigate between the menu levels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:None msgid "Searching for the phone field in the search bar." msgstr "" @@ -19236,7 +19256,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Many companies like to customize their WhatsApp messages with a personalized piece of customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by referencing a field within a model by setting a dynamic variable. For example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the :guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:None msgid "WhatsApp message with dynamic variables highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -19408,7 +19428,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Templates must be synced on the Odoo database once they are approved by the Meta team. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`WhatsApp app --> Configuration --> WhatsApp Business Accounts` and select the configuration that should be synced. Under the section marked :menuselection:`Sending messages`, towards the bottom, click on :guilabel:`Sync Templates`. Meta will update the templates that are approved so that they can be utilized with various apps in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:None msgid "Syncing Meta WhatsApp templates to the Odoo database, with the 'Sync Templates'\n" "highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -19429,7 +19449,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, navigate to `Meta's WhatsApp template dashboard `_, and then go to :menuselection:`Account tools --> Message templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:None msgid "Account tools highlighted in business manager with the manage templates link highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -19445,7 +19465,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Multiple languages can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:None msgid "Template configuration options listed, with Marketing, Utility, Name and Language\n" "highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -19454,7 +19474,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After making the appropriate selections, click on :guilabel:`Continue` in the upper-right corner. The page redirects to the :guilabel:`Edit template` page. Here the :guilabel:`Header`, :guilabel:`Body`, :guilabel:`Footer` and :guilabel:`Buttons` are configured. To the right of the template is a preview of what the template will look like in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:None msgid "Edit the template using a header, body, footer and buttons." msgstr "" @@ -19490,7 +19510,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Users can be added to a WhatsApp chat by expanding the WhatsApp pop-up window. WhatsApp conversations are located in the *Discuss* app. Click on the :guilabel:`👤+ (add user)` icon next to it, and a window appears to invite users to the conversation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:None msgid "Adding users to a WhatsApp conversation, with the add user icon highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -19526,7 +19546,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When syncing the templates there may be an instance when there are multiple templates with the same name on Meta's business manager and in Odoo. This causes a duplicate validation error. To correct this issue, rename the duplicate template name on Odoo and sync the templates once again by following the steps here: :ref:`productivity/whatsapp/sync`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:None msgid "User error populated in Odoo when a duplicate template exists." msgstr "" @@ -19542,7 +19562,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Should the temporary token not be replaced with a permanent token a user error will populate in Odoo when testing the connection after sending fails. To correct this issues see :ref:`productivity/whatsapp/token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:None msgid "User error populated in Odoo when token expires." msgstr "" @@ -19558,6 +19578,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To correct this error, create an :guilabel:`Admin` system user, following the process outlined here: :ref:`productivity/whatsapp/token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:None msgid "User error populated in Odoo when an employee token is generated instead of a Admin user." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index e9f1607162..aed8bfdd25 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 10:43+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-20 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -63,7 +63,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:14 @@ -103,7 +102,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:None msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." msgstr "" @@ -111,8 +110,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Activating this feature adds a new menu option, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header bar, located along the top of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:None msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." msgstr "" @@ -140,7 +139,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Convert to Opportunity` button, located at the top-left of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:None msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." msgstr "" @@ -165,7 +164,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:None msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." msgstr "" @@ -221,7 +220,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:None msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." msgstr "" @@ -257,7 +256,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the :guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:None msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." msgstr "" @@ -353,7 +352,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:None msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" @@ -369,7 +368,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:None msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "" @@ -385,7 +384,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:None msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "" @@ -393,7 +392,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:None msgid "The pop-up window with the selection criteria in order to generate leads in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -453,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, the timezone, and direct contact information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:None msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." msgstr "" @@ -488,8 +487,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:None msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "" @@ -521,7 +520,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click :guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of the right sidebar:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:None msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." msgstr "" @@ -613,7 +612,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:None msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." msgstr "" @@ -690,8 +689,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At the top-left of the form, click the :guilabel:`New Quotation` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:None msgid "Qualified lead form with New Quotation button emphasized." msgstr "" @@ -811,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To organize products into sections click :guilabel:`Add a section` and type a name for the section. Then, click the :icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(drag)` icon to the left of the name and drag to move the section to the appropriate location. Move each product using the same method to finish organizing the quotation order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:None msgid "Categories are used to create separate sections on the order lines of a quote." msgstr "" @@ -827,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All products in the database are listed as cards and can be sorted in the left panel by :guilabel:`Product Category` and :guilabel:`Attributes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:None msgid "The product catalog displays all products as cards." msgstr "" @@ -835,7 +834,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a product, click the :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` :guilabel:`Add` button on the product card. Set the quantity of the item using the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(add)` or :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(subtract)` buttons, or type the quantity in the number field between the two buttons. To remove an item, click the :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`Remove` button on the product card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:None msgid "The purple add and subtract buttons are used to set the quantity of an item." msgstr "" @@ -969,7 +968,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -985,7 +984,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." msgstr "" @@ -1001,7 +1000,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -1041,7 +1040,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user can grant this badge. In the :guilabel:`Limitation Number` field, enter the maximum number of times this badge can be sent per month, per person." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "" @@ -1137,7 +1136,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "" @@ -1186,7 +1185,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set up lead enrichment in the *CRM* application, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Lead Enrichment`, and select either :guilabel:`Enrich leads on demand only` or :guilabel:`Enrich all leads automatically`. Click the :guilabel:`Save` button to activate the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:None msgid "CRM lead generation settings page, with lead enrichment activation highlighted, and enrich\n" "leads on demand only chosen." msgstr "" @@ -1231,7 +1230,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The same information will be retrieved at the same :abbr:`IAP (In-App Puchase)` credit cost (one per enrichment). This method of enrichment is useful when every lead does not need to be enriched, or cost is an issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:None msgid "Manual enrich button feature highlighted on the CRM lead." msgstr "" @@ -1251,7 +1250,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the :guilabel:`Lead Enrichment` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:None msgid "Buy credits from the lead enrichment settings." msgstr "" @@ -1380,7 +1379,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Contacts section`. Then, activate the :guilabel:`Partner Autocomplete` feature, by ticking the checkbox beside it, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:None msgid "View of settings page and the activations of the feature in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -1396,7 +1395,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For example, after typing `Odoo`, the following information populates:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:None msgid "Creating a new contact in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -1512,7 +1511,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:None msgid "The Activity settings on a new activity type with emphasis on the Action field." msgstr "" @@ -1556,7 +1555,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: :guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:None msgid "The Next Activity section on a new activity type form." msgstr "" @@ -1715,7 +1714,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a user in the :guilabel:`Assigned To` field. This user is assigned to any of the activities on the plan were configured with :guilabel:`Ask at launch` in the :guilabel:`Assignment` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:None msgid "The schedule activity pop-up window with an Activity plan selected." msgstr "" @@ -1727,7 +1726,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The details of the plan are added to the chatter, in addition to each of the activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:None msgid "The chatter thread of a CRM opportunity with a launched activity plan." msgstr "" @@ -1751,7 +1750,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An *expected revenue report* compiles all active leads in a sales pipeline that have a set expected closing date, and compares how sales teams are performing in a given time frame." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:None msgid "Close up of the expected closing date on a lead in the CRM app." msgstr "" @@ -1861,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Multiple teams can be added to the `Sales Team` rule, where each parameter is treated with an \"or\" (e.g. \"any\") operator in the search logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:None msgid "Add Custom Filters pop-up window with custom filters configured for expected revenue\n" "report." msgstr "" @@ -1878,7 +1877,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At the top of the :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` form, there is an option to match :guilabel:`any` or :guilabel:`all` of the rules. In order to properly run the report, only records that match **all** of the following filters should be included. Before adding the filters, make sure :guilabel:`all` is selected in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:None msgid "Emphasis on the match all filters option on the Add Custom Filter pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -2014,7 +2013,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default :guilabel:`Forecast` report includes opportunities assigned to the current user's pipeline, and are expected to close within four months. It also shows opportunities without an assigned expected closing date. The opportunities are grouped by month in a :icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:None msgid "A sample version of the Forecast report in the CRM app." msgstr "" @@ -2086,7 +2085,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Then, click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:None msgid "A pie chart view of the Forecast report." msgstr "" @@ -2122,7 +2121,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the *Pipeline Analysis* page, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Reporting --> Pipeline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:None msgid "Open the CRM app and click on the Reporting tab along the top, then click Pipeline." msgstr "" @@ -2134,7 +2133,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upon accessing the :guilabel:`Pipeline Analysis` page, a bar graph showcasing the leads from the past year automatically populates. The bars represent the number of leads in each stage of the sales pipeline, color-coded to show the month the lead reached that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:None msgid "The default state of the Pipeline Analysis page is a graph, with many options to change it." msgstr "" @@ -2253,7 +2252,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add new search criteria, type the desired criteria into the search bar, or click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon, next to the search bar, to open a drop-down menu of all options. See the sections below for more information on what each option does." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:None msgid "Clicking on the down arrow next to the search bar opens a menu of filters for the analysis." msgstr "" @@ -2489,7 +2488,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**To create more complex rules:** click the :guilabel:`Add branch` icon to the right of the rule. This adds another modifier below the rule for adding an \"all of\" or \"any of\" statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:None msgid "The add branch feature allows the creation of more complex all or any statements for rules." msgstr "" @@ -2760,7 +2759,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A win/loss report filters the leads from the past year, whether won or lost, and groups the results by their stage in the pipeline. Creating this report requires a custom filter, and grouping the results by :guilabel:`Stage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:None msgid "The search criteria for win/loss reports is Created On, Stage, and Active is in true false." msgstr "" @@ -2814,7 +2813,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:None msgid "The Add Custom Filter menu showing two rules: (1) Active is set, and (2) Active is not set." msgstr "" @@ -2822,7 +2821,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The report now displays the total :guilabel:`Count` of leads, whether \"Won\" or \"Lost,\" grouped by their stage in the CRM pipeline. Hover over a section of the report to see the number of leads in that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:None msgid "A basic win/loss report showing all leads whether won or lost grouped by stage." msgstr "" @@ -3134,7 +3133,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Lost`, located at the top of the opportunity's detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:None msgid "Buttons from the top of an opportunity record with the lost button emphasized." msgstr "" @@ -3150,7 +3149,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Neither the :guilabel:`Lost Reason` field, nor the :guilabel:`Closing Note` field, on the :guilabel:`Mark Lost` pop-up window are required. However, it is recommended to include this information for the sake of traceability, accountability, and reporting purposes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:None msgid "Lost reasons popup with sample reasons." msgstr "" @@ -3158,7 +3157,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Lost`, a red :guilabel:`Lost` banner is added to the upper-right corner of the opportunity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:None msgid "A lost opportunity with the lost banner added." msgstr "" @@ -3190,7 +3189,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To retrieve lost opportunities, go :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`, then click on the search bar at the top of the page, and then remove all of the default filters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:None msgid "Search bar with lost filter emphasized." msgstr "" @@ -3214,7 +3213,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window, click in the first field and type `Lost Reason` in the search bar, or scroll to search through the list to locate it. Then, click into the next field, and select :guilabel:`=` from the drop-down menu. Click into the third field, and then select a lost reason from the drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:None msgid "Search bar with custom filter added for lost reason." msgstr "" @@ -3246,7 +3245,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the lost opportunity's detail form, click :guilabel:`Restore` in the upper-left corner. Doing so removes the red :guilabel:`Lost` banner from the opportunity form, signifying the opportunity has been restored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:None msgid "Lost opportunity with emphasis on the Restore button." msgstr "" @@ -3270,7 +3269,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so removes those selected opportunities from the :guilabel:`Pipeline` page because they no longer fit the :guilabel:`Lost` filter criteria. Delete the :guilabel:`Lost` filter from the search bar to reveal these newly-restored opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:None msgid "Action button from list view with the Unarchive option emphasized." msgstr "" @@ -3378,7 +3377,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, and is not required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:None msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." msgstr "" @@ -3406,7 +3405,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:None msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -3430,7 +3429,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top-left of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:None msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." msgstr "" @@ -3442,7 +3441,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:None msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." msgstr "" @@ -3482,7 +3481,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Similar leads and opportunities are identified by comparing the *email address* and *phone number* of the associated contact. If a similar lead/opportunity is found, a *Similar Leads* smart button appears at the top of the lead (or opportunity) record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:None msgid "An opportunity record with emphasis on the Similar Leads smart button." msgstr "" @@ -3514,7 +3513,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, click :guilabel:`Merge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:None msgid "List of similar leads and opportunities selected for merge in the CRM app." msgstr "" @@ -3642,7 +3641,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For example, setting `01/01/2024 00:00:00` only includes leads created from, and including, the first day of 2024." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_distribution_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_distribution_report.rst:None msgid "Add a Created On rule for the start of the year onward." msgstr "" @@ -3662,7 +3661,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In this third field, enter the name of the desired sales team(s) that are to be included in the report. It is important for all :guilabel:`contains` argument values to be specific enough and spelled correctly as they exist in Odoo, otherwise this risks returning multiple (or zero) values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_distribution_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_distribution_report.rst:None msgid "Use Sales Team to filter the location the lead is associated with." msgstr "" @@ -3718,7 +3717,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the first field to :guilabel:`Active`. Then, select :guilabel:`is not set` in the next field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_distribution_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_distribution_report.rst:None msgid "Use Active to include active status in the report." msgstr "" @@ -3878,7 +3877,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The probability of success of each opportunity is displayed on the opportunity form, and it updates automatically as the opportunity progresses through the CRM pipeline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:None msgid "The probability of success displayed on the opportunity form." msgstr "" @@ -3898,7 +3897,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click on the drop-down menu to choose which variables the predictive lead scoring feature takes into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:None msgid "The Update Probabilities window in the Predictive Lead Scoring settings." msgstr "" @@ -3962,7 +3961,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To reactivate automatic probability, click on the gear icon next to the probability percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:None msgid "The gear icon used to reactivate automatic probability on an opportunity form." msgstr "" @@ -3990,7 +3989,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure automatic lead assignment, select :guilabel:`Repeatedly` for the :guilabel:`Running` section. The frequency of this automatic assignment is customized within the :guilabel:`Repeat every` section. Enter a specific number and select a corresponding time period to establish the desired interval. Time periods range from :guilabel:`Minutes` to :guilabel:`Weeks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:None msgid "The Rule-Based Assignment setting in CRM settings." msgstr "" @@ -4082,7 +4081,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Create leads <../acquire_leads/email_manual>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/marketing_attribution.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/marketing_attribution.rst:None msgid "Open the CRM app and click on the Reporting tab at the top of the page, then click Leads." msgstr "" @@ -4094,7 +4093,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Switch the view to the :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list)` option, by clicking the respective icon located at the top-right of the dashboard. This allows leads to easily be displayed in the grouping set by the *Group By* parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/marketing_attribution.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/marketing_attribution.rst:None msgid "Click the button with four horizontal lines on the top right of the Leads Analysis page." msgstr "" @@ -4150,7 +4149,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Group By`, found in the middle column, is used to organize the results into groups, and can be used with or without filters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/marketing_attribution.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/marketing_attribution.rst:None msgid "Select any number of filters and groups in the search options." msgstr "" @@ -4174,7 +4173,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "#. From the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select the :guilabel:`Active` filter to view only leads that are still marked as active. #. From the :guilabel:`Group By` column, select (in this specific order) :guilabel:`Source`, followed by the :guilabel:`City` or :guilabel:`Country`, depending on which grouping is more relevant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/marketing_attribution.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/marketing_attribution.rst:None msgid "Each lead is now sorted by source, followed by city or country." msgstr "" @@ -4210,7 +4209,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The report can be renamed using the `Name of the list` field, if desired. The number of items on the report can be set with the field labeled: `Insert the first _ records of the list`. Next, select either a new :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet`, or export into an existing spreadsheet. Finally, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/marketing_attribution.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/marketing_attribution.rst:None msgid "Set the name, number of records, and location of the export in the option menu." msgstr "" @@ -4375,7 +4374,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Add Custom filter` pop-up window, move the :guilabel:`Include archived` toggle to active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/quality_leads_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/quality_leads_report.rst:None msgid "The Add Custom Filter pop-up with emphasis on the Include Archived toggle." msgstr "" @@ -4479,7 +4478,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To utilize the reseller features, the *Resellers* module first needs to be installed. Navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps application`, and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, search for `Resellers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/resellers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/resellers.rst:None msgid "The resellers module in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -4572,7 +4571,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To change the active status of an activation, slide the toggle in the :guilabel:`Active` column of the desired activation to the *inactive* position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/resellers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/resellers.rst:None msgid "The list of default partner activations in the CRM app." msgstr "" @@ -4624,7 +4623,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Repeat these steps for all partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/resellers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/resellers.rst:None msgid "An example of the partners webpage, displaying available partners by level and location." msgstr "" @@ -4665,7 +4664,7 @@ msgid "Clicking on the `5 VP Chairs` lead, the sales manager opens the record of msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/unattended_leads_report.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/unattended_leads_report.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/unattended_leads_report.rst:None msgid "Example of overdue activities notification in the chatter of a lead." msgstr "" @@ -4835,7 +4834,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once an order is completed, proceed to checkout by clicking :guilabel:`Payment`. Select the **payment method**, enter the received amount, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. Click :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:None msgid "POS session interface." msgstr "" @@ -4883,7 +4882,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product notes from an :doc:`imported SO ` are displayed identically in the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:None msgid "Customer note button and notes (SO and POS session) on products in the cart" msgstr "" @@ -4891,7 +4890,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer notes appear on customers' receipts and invoices similarly to how they appear in the cart, under the related product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:None msgid "Customer receipt with notes from an SO and from the customer note feature" msgstr "" @@ -4951,7 +4950,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add or take out cash from the register, click the **menu icon** in the upper right corner of your screen and :guilabel:`Cash In/Out`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:None msgid "Dropdown menu to close a POS session, reach the backend, add or take cash out or check\n" "orders" msgstr "" @@ -4984,7 +4983,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before closing this window, count your cash using the calculator icon. Doing so opens a pop-up window that computes the total amount in the cash drawer depending on the coins and bills counted and added manually. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` or :guilabel:`Discard` to close the window. The computed amount is set in the :guilabel:`Counted` column, and the :guilabel:`Money Details` are specified in the **Notes** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:None msgid "How to close a POS session." msgstr "" @@ -5155,7 +5154,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the general POS settings, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, open the dropdown menu in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field and select the POS to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:None msgid "Dropdown menu to select the POS in the app settings" msgstr "" @@ -5179,7 +5178,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Connect and set up an ePOS printer. `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:None msgid "popup window to access quick settings in POS" msgstr "" @@ -5209,7 +5208,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` checkbox at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:None msgid "Making a product available in your POS." msgstr "" @@ -5241,7 +5240,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open a product form. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` tab and fill in the :guilabel:`Category` field under the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section with one or multiple PoS categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:None msgid "Point of Sale tab of a product form to add a PoS product category" msgstr "" @@ -5253,7 +5252,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can limit the categories displayed on your POS interface. To achieve this, go to your :ref:`POS settings ` and choose the specific categories to display in the :guilabel:`Restrict Categories` field within the :guilabel:`Product & PoS categories` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:None msgid "Setting to set up the restrict category feature" msgstr "" @@ -5282,7 +5281,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fill in the field with your ePos IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:None msgid "setting to enable the ePos printer feature" msgstr "" @@ -5894,7 +5893,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/pos_iot.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/pos_iot.rst:None msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." msgstr "" @@ -5938,7 +5937,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add the employees with **minimal POS functionality** access in the :guilabel:`Minimal rights` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:None msgid "setting to enable multiple cashiers in POS" msgstr "" @@ -6098,7 +6097,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the **Log in with Employees** feature is enabled, employees must log in to :ref:`open a POS session ` and access the POS interface. They can :ref:`scan their employee badge `, click the :icon:`fa-users` icon (:guilabel:`users`) to select their name from the list of authorized users, or by entering :ref:`their PIN code ` in the :guilabel:`Enter your PIN` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:None msgid "Login window to open a session when the multiple cashiers feature is active" msgstr "" @@ -6338,7 +6337,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Go to your Atlas account `_ and retrieve your API key and username by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> API Access`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:None msgid "Atlas API access" msgstr "" @@ -6386,7 +6385,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The store is automatically named after your point of sale name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:None msgid "Food delivery connector settings" msgstr "" @@ -6418,7 +6417,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Optionally, set up the :guilabel:`Meal Type` field and enable the :guilabel:`Is Recommended` and :guilabel:`Is Alcoholic` buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:None msgid "where to make a single product available for delivery" msgstr "" @@ -6438,7 +6437,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the desired POS in the :guilabel:`Available on Food Delivery` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:None msgid "Product list" msgstr "" @@ -6612,7 +6611,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select one of the reasons from the popup window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:None msgid "Reject order pop-up" msgstr "" @@ -7076,7 +7075,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view the total amount due or deposited by a customer from an open session, access the customer list by clicking :guilabel:`Customer` and search for the desired customer; the amount due or deposited is displayed next to their name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:None msgid "customer list and summary of their customer accounts" msgstr "" @@ -7330,7 +7329,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code` for other QR code types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst:None msgid "QR code payment method configuration" msgstr "" @@ -7342,7 +7341,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the payment method is created, go to the :ref:`POS' settings ` and add the payment method to your POS under the :guilabel:`Payment` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst:None msgid "Enable QR code payment method" msgstr "" @@ -7354,7 +7353,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When processing a payment, select the payment method for QR code payments. A QR code is generated and displayed on the screen for the customer to scan and pay with their mobile banking app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst:None msgid "QR code payment example" msgstr "" @@ -7387,9 +7386,9 @@ msgid "Enable the relevant terminal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_com.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:339 @@ -7410,7 +7409,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`Adyen `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico `" +msgid ":doc:`Axepta BNP Paribas `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 @@ -7446,7 +7445,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`Viva.com `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline `" +msgid ":doc:`Worldline `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:42 @@ -7554,7 +7553,6 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 @@ -7571,7 +7569,6 @@ msgid "Finally, fill in the mandatory fields with your :ref:`Adyen API key `, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` section." msgstr "" @@ -7608,76 +7605,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Close Tab` to validate the payment and the tip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:3 -msgid "Ingenico" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:3 +msgid "Mercado Pago" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:5 msgid "Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -msgid "Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT system `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -msgid "Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and Luxembourg." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:11 -msgid "Odoo works with the Ingenico Lane/, Desk/, and Move/ payment terminals as they support the TLV communication protocol through TCP/IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:18 -msgid "Connect an IoT system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 -msgid "Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires an IoT system. For more information on how to connect an IoT system to your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 -msgid "Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings password (default: `2009`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 -msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:34 -msgid "Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:36 -msgid "At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed on the IoT system's form in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:44 -msgid "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings ` and :doc:`create the related payment method <../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and select :guilabel:`Ingenico` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field. Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:3 -msgid "Mercado Pago" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:9 msgid "Only **Point Smart** payment terminals in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Peru, and Uruguay are supported. They can be purchased on `Mercado Pago's website `_." msgstr "" @@ -7795,7 +7731,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Force PDV` button to activate the Point of Sale mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:None #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/tyro.rst:0 msgid "Form to create a new payment method." msgstr "" @@ -7824,81 +7760,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Pine Labs terminals accept credit/debit cards (Visa, MasterCard, and RuPay) and UPI QR codes by swiping, scanning, or tapping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:13 +msgid "When an Odoo database is hosted outside India, Pine Labs requires a proxy to operate, as its services only accept traffic from Indian IP addresses. A proxy ensures the connection is routed through India for better integration. To activate a proxy on an Odoo Online or Odoo.sh database, `reach out to Odoo support `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:21 msgid "Pine Labs credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:23 msgid "`Create a Pine Labs account and order at least one terminal `_. The system then sends an email with the following credentials:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:27 msgid "Merchant ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:28 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:29 msgid "Client ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:30 msgid "Security Token" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:64 msgid "Odoo configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:37 msgid "To enable Pine Labs in Odoo, first :ref:`install the POS Pine Labs module ` to make it visible in the list of payment terminals. Then, follow these steps to connect the Pine Labs terminal with Odoo Point of Sale:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:41 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, enable the relevant :ref:`payment terminal `, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/qfpay.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_com.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:68 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and :doc:`create a payment method <../../payment_methods>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/qfpay.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_com.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:70 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Journal` field to :guilabel:`Bank`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/qfpay.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_com.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:71 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Integration` field to :guilabel:`Terminal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:48 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Integrate with` field to :guilabel:`Pine Labs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:49 msgid "Paste the copied :ref:`credentials ` in their corresponding fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:50 msgid "Select the preferred payment mode in the :guilabel:`Pine Labs Allowed Payment Modes` field and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:52 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and add the created payment method to the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` list to use it in a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:57 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Pine Labs Test Mode` to test transaction processes with a device." msgstr "" @@ -8133,7 +8073,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Setup Six Terminal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:None msgid "Creating a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal" msgstr "" @@ -8157,7 +8097,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Add Terminal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:None msgid "Configuring the Terminal ID for the SIX payment terminal" msgstr "" @@ -8230,7 +8170,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Don't forget to complete Stripe connect before using this payment method.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:None msgid "payment method creation form" msgstr "" @@ -8254,7 +8194,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Connect Stripe`. Doing so redirects you automatically to a configuration page. Fill in all the information to create your Stripe account and link it with Odoo. Once the forms are completed, the API keys (:guilabel:`Publishable Key` and :guilabel:`Secret Key`) can be retrieved on **Stripe's** website. To do so, click :guilabel:`Get your Secret and Publishable keys`, click the keys to copy them, and paste them into the corresponding fields in Odoo. Your terminal is ready to be configured in a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:None msgid "stripe connection form" msgstr "" @@ -8530,110 +8470,114 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to the :ref:`viva.com ` account and paste the webhook URL into the `corresponding field `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3 -msgid "Worldline" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:3 +msgid "Worldline & Axepta BNP Paribas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:5 -msgid "`Worldline `_ offers payment solutions through :doc:`payment terminals <../terminals>` to handle customer transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:5 +msgid "`Worldline `_ and `Axepta BNP Paribas `_ offer payment solutions through :doc:`payment terminals<../terminals>` to handle customer transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 -msgid "Connecting a Worldline payment terminal to Odoo requires an :doc:`IoT system `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:9 +msgid "Connecting a Worldline or an Axepta BNP Paribas payment terminal to Odoo requires an :doc:`IoT system `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 -msgid "Worldline is only available in **Belgium**, **the Netherlands**, and **Luxembourg** with Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:11 +msgid "Both Worldline and Axepta BNP Paribas are only available in **Belgium**, **the Netherlands**, and **Luxembourg** with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:13 msgid "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol (e.g., the **Yomani XR** and **Yoximo** terminals). Contact the payment provider to confirm the terminal's compatibility if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:19 -msgid "Worldline configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:16 +msgid "The configuration of Axepta BNP Paribas payment terminals is identical to that of Worldline terminals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:21 -msgid "First, enable the Worldline payment terminal in the :ref:`POS settings ` under :guilabel:`Payment Terminals`. Then :doc:`connect the IoT system to Odoo ` and follow these steps on the terminal:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:21 +msgid "Worldline/Axepta BNP Paribas configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:23 +msgid "First, enable the Worldline or the Axepta BNP Paribas payment terminal in the :ref:`POS settings ` under :guilabel:`Payment Terminals`. Then :doc:`connect the IoT system to Odoo ` and follow these steps on the terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:28 msgid "**Configure the ECR protocol**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:37 msgid "Press :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> Stop --> 3 --> 0 --> 9`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:38 msgid "Enter the technician password **1235789** and press **OK**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:32 msgid "Press :menuselection:`4 --> 2 --> CTEP (ECR protocol)`. Press **OK** to confirm each of the following checks: **CTEP ticket ECR**, **ECR ticket width**, and **Character set**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:49 msgid "Press **Stop** three times; the terminal restarts automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:35 msgid "**Set the hostname**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:39 msgid "Press :menuselection:`4 --> 9 --> TCP/IP (ECR physical conf.)` and **OK** twice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:40 msgid "Enter the :ref:`IoT's IP address ` on the **Hostname** screen by confirming each number with **OK** until the colon symbol, then confirm the step with **OK**. For example, if the IP address is `10.30.19.4:8069`, press :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK --> 19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:44 msgid "**Set the port number**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:46 msgid "Enter **9001** (if using an :doc:`IoT box `) or **9050** (if using a :doc:`Windows virtual IoT `) on the **Network domain name** screen and press **OK** twice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:51 msgid "The terminal is now active and displays the **Read card** screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:54 msgid "The `9050` port must be added as a :ref:`Windows Firewall exception ` for the :doc:`Windows virtual IoT `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:58 msgid "To check the terminal's connection status, open the IoT app and click the :ref:`IoT system's card `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:66 msgid "To connect the Worldline terminal with Odoo Point of Sale, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:72 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Integrate with` field to :guilabel:`Worldline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:73 msgid "Select the configured device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device` field and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:74 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and add the created payment method to the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` list to make it available in the POS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:81 msgid "If a setup uses separate cashier and customer payment terminals, :ref:`configure ` the cashier terminal first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline_axepta.rst:83 msgid "To prevent connection loss, set a fixed IP address on the IoT Box’s router or :ref:`restart the virtual IoT server `." msgstr "" @@ -8669,7 +8613,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Activate the :guilabel:`WhatsApp Enabled` or :guilabel:`SMS Enabled` option(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:None msgid "setting to enable to store phone numbers when sending receipts" msgstr "" @@ -8711,7 +8655,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so opens an email composing form. Fill it in and hit :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:None msgid "mail composer view" msgstr "" @@ -8775,7 +8719,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once approved, click the :guilabel:`Allow Multi` button to create a server action in the POS orders list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:None msgid "approved and configured for marketing uses whatsapp template" msgstr "" @@ -8799,7 +8743,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so opens a WhatsApp message composing form. Select the desired marketing template in the :guilabel:`Template` field and hit :guilabel:`Send Message`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:None msgid "whatsapp composer view" msgstr "" @@ -8827,7 +8771,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **customer display** feature provides real-time updates on a secondary screen for customers during the checkout process. This screen shows the :ref:`items in the cart `, the subtotal as items are added, and details throughout the payment process. It also displays the total amount, the selected :doc:`payment method `, and any change to be returned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:None msgid "customer screen" msgstr "" @@ -9035,7 +8979,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Remove the previous product from the scale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:None msgid "weighing window" msgstr "" @@ -9071,7 +9015,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Preparation Display` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:None msgid "Setting to enable the preparation display feature" msgstr "" @@ -9119,7 +9063,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Define an :guilabel:`Alert timer (min)` for each stage to indicate the expected processing time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:None msgid "preparation display set-up form" msgstr "" @@ -9131,7 +9075,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Preparation Display` to get an overview of all your displays." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:None msgid "Kanban view of the preparation display" msgstr "" @@ -9191,7 +9135,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The duration indicator turns red if the elapsed time exceeds the predefined alert time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:None msgid "the preparation display interface with orders to process." msgstr "" @@ -9352,7 +9296,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:None msgid "View of the discount button for manual discount" msgstr "" @@ -9372,7 +9316,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:None msgid "View of the feature to enable for global discount" msgstr "" @@ -9380,7 +9324,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:None msgid "View of the button to use for global discount via the pos interface" msgstr "" @@ -9388,7 +9332,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:None msgid "View of the discount offered in the payment summary" msgstr "" @@ -9404,7 +9348,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:None msgid "View of the pricelist feature" msgstr "" @@ -9424,7 +9368,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:None msgid "View of a time-limited pricelist for two products" msgstr "" @@ -9436,7 +9380,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:None msgid "View of the button to use for time-limited discounts via the pos interface" msgstr "" @@ -9452,7 +9396,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic shelf labels allow you to display product information like prices and barcodes on store shelves and to synchronize them remotely from the backend. This removes the need to print new labels when product information changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:None msgid "electronic label from Pricer" msgstr "" @@ -9528,7 +9472,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the :guilabel:`POS Pricer` module *(technical name: pos_pricer)* to have all the required features to use Pricer electronic tags." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:None msgid "Installing POS Pricer module from Apps" msgstr "" @@ -9564,7 +9508,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Pricer Store ID`: the ID of the related Pricer store as defined on your Pricer database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:None msgid "Configuring a Pricer Store" msgstr "" @@ -9659,7 +9603,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Update all tags` to force the update of every tag, regardless of whether changes were made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:None msgid "Update all Pricer tags" msgstr "" @@ -9707,7 +9651,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once a pricelist is set, the :guilabel:`On Sale Price` field appears, showing the :guilabel:`Sales Price` with the discount applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:None msgid "Linking a pricelist to a product variant" msgstr "" @@ -9829,7 +9773,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Multiple prices per product ` is the default pricelist option for setting simple fixed price rules per product. Select :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) ` to apply price rules to multiple products at once and to compute prices dynamically using percentage discounts or more complex formulas in addition to setting fixed prices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:None msgid "Enabling pricelists in the general P0S settings" msgstr "" @@ -9873,7 +9817,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add the :guilabel:`Price` to be applied when the conditions are met (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:None msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" msgstr "" @@ -9945,7 +9889,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add conditions, such as a specific quantity to reach for the price to change by using the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field or a specific period during which the pricelist should be applied by using the :guilabel:`Validity` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:None msgid "Setup form to configure an advanced pricelist" msgstr "" @@ -9961,7 +9905,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you :ref:`open a POS session `, click the **pricelists** button, and select the desired pricelist from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:None msgid "Button to select a pricelist on the POS frontend" msgstr "" @@ -10005,7 +9949,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To **print receipts** automatically once the payment is registered, enable the :guilabel:`Automatic Receipt Printing` setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:None msgid "POS receipt" msgstr "" @@ -10025,7 +9969,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the POS interface, click :guilabel:`Orders`, open the dropdown selection menu next to the search bar, and change the default :guilabel:`All active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the corresponding order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:None msgid "Print receipt button from the backend" msgstr "" @@ -10049,7 +9993,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To define what journals will be used for a specific POS, go to the :ref:`POS' settings ` and scroll down to the accounting section. Then, you can determine the accounting journals used by default for orders and invoices in the :guilabel:`Default Journals` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:None msgid "accounting section in the POS settings" msgstr "" @@ -10085,7 +10029,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "to access an order's invoice, open the **order form** by selecting the order, then click :guilabel:`Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:None msgid "invoice smart button from an order form" msgstr "" @@ -10105,7 +10049,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customers can also request an invoice by scanning the **QR code** printed on their receipt. Upon scanning, they must fill in a form with their billing information and click :guilabel:`Get my invoice`. On the one hand, doing so generates an invoice available for download. On the other hand, the order status goes from :guilabel:`Paid` or :guilabel:`Posted` to :guilabel:`Invoiced` in the Odoo backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:None msgid "order status change" msgstr "" @@ -11161,7 +11105,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use a barcode scanner, you must enable the feature in the Inventory app. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:None msgid "barcode setting in the Inventory application" msgstr "" @@ -11237,7 +11181,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the **Point of Sale** application, open a new session. Then, click on :guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to get the complete list of quotations and sales orders created on the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:None msgid "Quotations and sales order button on the Point of Sale interface" msgstr "" @@ -11253,7 +11197,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the list of sales order, select one to make a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:None msgid "list view of sales orders and quotations" msgstr "" @@ -11289,7 +11233,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable traceability, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products`. Then, select a product and check the :guilabel:`Tracking By Unique Serial Number` or the :guilabel:`Tracking By Lots` box in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:None msgid "Enable traceability settings" msgstr "" @@ -11301,8 +11245,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can import serial numbers in Point of Sale. To do so, select a **sales order** or a **quotation** containing tracked products. Then, agree to load the **Lots or Serial Numbers** linked to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:None msgid "Pop-up window for serial number import" msgstr "" @@ -11322,7 +11266,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a tracked product is available in your POS, adding the product to the cart opens a pop-up window where you can type or scan the product's serial or lot numbers. To add more than one of the same tracked products, click on **enter** to validate and start a new line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:None msgid "adding new serial and lots numbers" msgstr "" @@ -11354,7 +11298,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Go to the POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Inventory` section, and enable :guilabel:`Allow Ship Later`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:None msgid "settings to enable and configure the ship later feature" msgstr "" @@ -11394,7 +11338,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the popup window, set a shipping date and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to proceed to payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:None msgid "selecting ship later at checkout." msgstr "" @@ -11434,7 +11378,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upon opening the **Rental** application, the :guilabel:`Rental Orders` dashboard is revealed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:None msgid "Example of the Rental Orders dashboard available in the Odoo Rental application." msgstr "" @@ -11459,8 +11403,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure additional rental delay costs, availability of rental items, or minimum time of rental, navigate to :menuselection:`Rental app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:None msgid "How the Settings page appears in the Odoo Rental application." msgstr "" @@ -11661,7 +11605,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the customer clicks :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` :guilabel:`Add` the rental product and the deposit service product are added to their cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/manage_deposits.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/manage_deposits.rst:None msgid "A deposit service product listed in the rental quotation." msgstr "" @@ -11686,7 +11630,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure default settings on rental products, navigate to :menuselection:`Rental app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None msgid "The Rental setting view in the Rental app." msgstr "" @@ -11727,7 +11671,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set up a new physical rental product, go to the :menuselection:`Rental app --> Products`, then click :guilabel:`New`. In the new product window, the :guilabel:`Rental` checkbox is already ticked by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None msgid "The new product view in the Rental app." msgstr "" @@ -11748,17 +11692,17 @@ msgid "Sample of a New Period view in the Rental app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:121 msgid "Next, enter the :guilabel:`Price` for that specific :guilabel:`Period`. To apply the configured rental rate to an existing pricelist, click in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column and select the desired list from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:125 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Reservations` section, fill in the :guilabel:`Hourly Fine`, :guilabel:`Daily Fine`, and the :guilabel:`Reserve product` time. These values are automatically populated from the :guilabel:`Default Delay Costs` section, provided they have been configured in the :menuselection:`Rental app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:130 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Save manually)` icon near the top to save." msgstr "" @@ -11786,7 +11730,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a rental order in the *Rental* app, navigate to :menuselection:`Rental app --> Orders --> Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank rental order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None msgid "Sample of a filled out rental order available in the Odoo Rental application." msgstr "" @@ -11798,7 +11742,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To adjust the rental duration, click the first date in the :guilabel:`Rental period` field, and select the range of dates and time to represent the rental duration from the pop-up calendar form that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None msgid "Sample of a rental period calendar pop-up window in the Odoo Rental application." msgstr "" @@ -11818,7 +11762,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select the desired range of dates to represent the duration of the rental, then click :guilabel:`Update Rental Prices` in the :guilabel:`Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None msgid "The update rental prices option that appears in the Odoo Rental application." msgstr "" @@ -11831,7 +11775,7 @@ msgid "Once all the information has been entered correctly on the rental order f msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:144 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:292 msgid "Create an invoice" msgstr "" @@ -11839,18 +11783,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the desired invoice by navigating to **Rental** app and on the :guilabel:`Rental Orders` dashboard, in the :guilabel:`INVOICE STATUS` section, click :guilabel:`To Invoice` to view all the rental orders that require to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of the INVOICE STATUS section in the Rental app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:153 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:301 msgid "Click on the desired rental order and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Select :guilabel:`Regular invoice` from the :guilabel:`Create invoice(s)` window and click :guilabel:`Create Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of Create invoices window in the Rental app." msgstr "" @@ -11858,7 +11802,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If all the details are correct, click :guilabel:`Confirm` and click :guilabel:`Send` to email the invoice to the customer or :guilabel:`Print` and then click :guilabel:`Pay` if the customer is in person. In the :guilabel:`Pay` pop-up window, select a :guilabel:`Journal` and click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None msgid "Sample of the Pay page in the Rental app." msgstr "" @@ -11866,13 +11810,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Payments` smart button that appears on the top of the rental order. Click :guilabel:`Validate` on the Payment page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of the Payment page in the Rental app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:174 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:192 msgid "Customer signature" msgstr "" @@ -11888,7 +11832,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If signatures are required, go to the **Rental** app and from the default :guilabel:`Rental Orders` dashboard, select the desired rental order. To go the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Actions)` icon, and click :guilabel:`Request Signature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None msgid "The Request Signature option in the Odoo Rental application." msgstr "" @@ -11896,16 +11840,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A :guilabel:`Sign Documents` pop-up window displays. Select the desired document from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None msgid "The Sign Documents pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Rental application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:212 msgid "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`New Signature Request` pop-up window. Upon confirming the information in the :guilabel:`New Signature Request` pop-up form, click :guilabel:`Send` to initiate the signing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None msgid "The New Signature Request pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Rental application." msgstr "" @@ -11917,7 +11861,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the customer clicks :guilabel:`Sign document`, a separate page is then revealed, showcasing the document to be signed. The customer begins the process by clicking :guilabel:`Click to start`. The app guides the signee to the required signature locations and allows them to create electronic signatures to complete the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None msgid "The adopt your signature pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Rental application." msgstr "" @@ -11925,7 +11869,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the document has been signed and completed, click :guilabel:`Validate & Send Completed Document` at the bottom of the document. Odoo presents the option to download the signed document for record-keeping purposes, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None msgid "The validate and send completed document button in the Odoo Rental application." msgstr "" @@ -11945,7 +11889,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For multi-location management and rental item transfer tracking, navigate to the :menuselection:`Rental app > Configuration > Settings` and in the :guilabel:`Rental` section, tick the :guilabel:`Rental Transfers` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None msgid "Sample of the Rental settings with the Rental Transfers enabled." msgstr "" @@ -11982,7 +11926,7 @@ msgid "Sample of internal inventory locations that represent different rental st msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:273 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:326 msgid "Pickup products" msgstr "" @@ -11990,7 +11934,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a customer picks up products, navigate to the appropriate rental order, click :guilabel:`Pickup`. The **Rental** app displays a warehouse delivery form listing the reserved rental products. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to move the order to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None msgid "Sample of a Pickup page in the Rental app." msgstr "" @@ -11999,7 +11943,7 @@ msgid "Doing so places a :guilabel:`Pickedup` status banner on the rental order. msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:346 msgid "Return products" msgstr "" @@ -12011,7 +11955,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the same amount of products the customer returned in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column. If any of the products have serial numbers, enter them into the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None msgid "Sample of the Return page in the Rental app." msgstr "" @@ -12031,7 +11975,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To print pickup and/or return receipts, navigate to the appropriate rental order, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Actions)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/products.rst:None msgid "The pickup and return receipt print option in the Odoo Rental application." msgstr "" @@ -12059,7 +12003,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This document covers how to configure a rental service to automatically sync with staff shifts, track time sheet hours, and set up and link project tasks based on a rental order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of Rental app configuration settings." msgstr "" @@ -12080,118 +12024,116 @@ msgid "App integration configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:41 -msgid "The following Odoo apps and configurations are required. The listed apps allow for workflow efficiency and automation when creating a service product and rental order." +msgid "The following apps are essential for workflow efficiency and automation when creating a service product and rental order:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:45 -msgid "Sales app settings" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:44 +msgid "**Sales** app: Enables the use of online payments and utilizes quotation templates within the **Rental** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:47 -msgid "Install the **Sales** app. Navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` section, tick the :guilabel:`Online Signature`, :guilabel:`Online Payment`, and :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` checkboxes." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:46 +msgid "**Sign** app: Allows for the upload and customization of different rental and service agreements. These documents are used to facilitate the :guilabel:`Request Signature` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:51 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Default Template` field, click the :guilabel:`Quotation templates` to customize the quotation templates to use." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:48 +msgid "**Project** and **Planning** apps: Integrate with the Rental app to automatically match purchased products and services with employees based on availability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`../sales/sales_quotations/quote_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/subscriptions_deliveries.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../services/project/project_management`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:55 -msgid "Project app settings" +msgid ":doc:`../../services/planning`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:57 -msgid "Install the **Project** app and enable :guilabel:`Project stages` and :guilabel:`Timesheets`. Refer to the :doc:`Planning <../../services/planning>` page for more information." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/sign`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:61 -msgid "Planning app settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:63 -msgid "Install the **Planning** app and configure employee shifts and roles. Refer to the :doc:`Project management <../../services/planning>` for instructions on setting up your employees and shifts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:67 -msgid "Sign app settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:69 -msgid "Install the **Sign** app. Refer to the :doc:`Sign <../../productivity/sign>` page for instructions on uploading a rental agreement for the business to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:59 msgid "Rental services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:61 msgid "To view all products that can be rented in the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Rentals app --> Products`. By default, the :guilabel:`Rental` filter appears in the search bar, and the view is Kanban. Remove the filter, then click the search bar. From the preset filters, select :guilabel:`Services`. All the configured services appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:66 msgid "Each Kanban card displays the name and rental price of the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:71 msgid "Create a new service product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:75 msgid "The **Project** and the **Sales** apps must be installed for following options to be available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`Create on Order`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`Project Template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Project & Task`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:82 msgid "Ticking the :guilabel:`Sales` checkbox displays the :guilabel:`Create on Order` and :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:85 msgid "To set up a new rental service, go to the :menuselection:`Rental app --> Products` and then click :guilabel:`New`. In the new product window, the :guilabel:`Rental` checkbox is already ticked by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:89 msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Sales` checkbox. Select the :guilabel:`Product Type` as a :guilabel:`Service`. In the :guilabel:`Create on Order` drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Project & Task`. In the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:93 msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Plan Services` checkbox and either create a new role or select a pre-existing one. To create a new role, type in the name of the role in the blank field and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of a configured service product in the Rental app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:100 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Create Planning Role` pop-up window, enter the role's name. Select an option for the :guilabel:`Services` and :guilabel:`Resources`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of the Create Planning Role window for a service product in the Rental app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:107 msgid "Configure rental price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:109 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Rental prices` tab and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click :guilabel:`Add a price` to enter a new rental rate. Choose a *pricing period* (:dfn:`the unit of duration of the rental`) in the :guilabel:`Period` column, or create a new pricing period by typing in the name and clicking Create and edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:115 msgid "Customize rental rate time periods by navigating to :menuselection:`Rental app --> Configuration --> Rental periods`." msgstr "" @@ -12199,19 +12141,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample of a Create Period pop up window in the Rental app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:133 msgid "A photography studio rents out its photographers on an hourly and daily basis. They want to add a new four hour package for $750." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:136 msgid "All reservations require 24-hour notice to reserve a photographer, but they do not charge a fine if the reservations go over the agreed time. Instead, they default to their hourly fee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:139 msgid "Create a new pricing period by navigating to :menuselection:`Rental app --> Configuration --> Rental periods`. Click :guilabel:`New` and configure the period for four hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:142 msgid "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Photographer` service product and in the :guilabel:`Rental prices` tab, add the four hour period set at $750. Manually save to apply changes." msgstr "" @@ -12219,243 +12161,247 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample of the Rental prices tab of service product in the Rental app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:149 msgid "Create a rental order with a service product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:151 msgid "In Odoo, a rental order is the same as a sales order. When creating orders in the **Rental** app they are referred to as rental orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:154 msgid "Navigate to the **Rental** app which opens the Rental Orders dashboard. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new rental order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:157 msgid "Enter the :guilabel:`Customer` field, and select a :guilabel:`Quotation Template`, if applicable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:159 msgid "Next, set the desired rental duration in the :guilabel:`Rental period` field. To adjust the rental duration, click the first date in the :guilabel:`Rental period` field, and select the range of dates and times to represent the rental duration from the pop-up calendar form that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of the rental period field calendar pop-up window in the Rental app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:166 msgid "Once complete, click :guilabel:`Apply` in the calendar pop-up form. Following that, the pop-up form disappears, and the designated rental time period is represented in the :guilabel:`Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:169 msgid "Next, add a rental service in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` and selecting the desired rental service to add to the form. Enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:174 msgid "If a rental product is added before the Rental period field has been properly configured, the user can still adjust the Rental period field accordingly. Select the desired range of dates to represent the duration of the rental, then click Update Rental Prices in the Duration field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of the Duration field with the Update Rental Prices option in the Rental app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:181 msgid "Doing so reveals a Confirmation pop-up window. If everything is correct, click Ok, and Odoo recalculates the rental price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of a rental order for a service product in the Rental app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:187 msgid "Once all information has been entered correctly on the rental order form, click :guilabel:`Send` to email the quotation to the customer. When the customer approves the quotation, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. A banner displays on the rental order stating its current status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:194 msgid "Odoo enables electronic signature requests for customer service agreements and any other documents that require signatures. Service agreements detail the business relationship and mutual duties. These agreements protect both the provider and the customer by creating clear, enforceable guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:214 -msgid "Requesting an electronic signature can be done at any stage of the order. This feature also requires the **Sign** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:199 msgid "If signatures are required, go to the **Rental** app and from the default :guilabel:`Rental Orders` dashboard, select the desired rental order. Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Actions)` icon, and click :guilabel:`Request Signature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "The Action drop-down menu for requesting a signature in the Rental app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:206 msgid "A :guilabel:`New Signature Request` pop-up window displays. Select the desired document from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of the New Signature Request pop-up window in the Rental app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of the New Signature Request message in the Rental app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:219 msgid "A link to the signature request will appear in the chatter of the rental order. The document is accessible to the customer via the customer portal or email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:223 +msgid "Requesting an electronic signature can be done at any stage of the order. This feature requires the **Sign** app. Typically, rental or service agreements are signed **after the rental order is confirmed** to establish the responsibilities and terms for the parties involved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:228 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Request Signature` feature only allows the customer to sign the document through their email or customer portal. The customer cannot sign the document through the user's **Sign** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:233 msgid "Signing a document from an email link" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:235 msgid "When a customer clicks :guilabel:`Sign document`, a separate page is then revealed, showcasing the document to be signed. The customer begins the process by clicking :guilabel:`Click` to start." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:238 msgid "The app guides the signer to the required signature locations and allows them to create electronic signatures to complete the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of a customer signature with the Auto option chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:244 msgid "The *Adopt your signature* pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Rental application. Once the document has been signed and completed, click :guilabel:`Validate & Send Completed Document` at the bottom of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:248 msgid "Odoo presents the option to download the signed document for record-keeping purposes, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of a signed document with the Validate & Send Completed Document button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:254 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:257 msgid "Entering time for the rental order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:260 msgid "For the appropriate smart buttons to display, the **Project**, **Timesheet**, and **Planning** apps are needed. The selected service product on the rental order must be :ref:`properly configured ` to integrate with the recommended apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:264 msgid "Navigate to the rental orders by :menuselection:`Rental app --> Orders --> Orders` and select the desired rental order. At the top of the rental order form, the following smart buttons appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:267 msgid ":icon:`fa-puzzle-piece` :guilabel:`Tasks`: Linked to the **Projects** app and shows any projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:268 msgid "or tasks related to the rental order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:269 msgid ":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`Recorded`: Linked to the **Timesheets** app and shows how many hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:270 msgid "are related to the rental order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:272 msgid ":icon:`fa-tasks` :guilabel:`Planned`: Linked to the **Planning** app and shows how many shifts are" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:272 msgid "related to the rental order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:274 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-puzzle-piece` :guilabel:`Tasks` smart button to view a Kanban view of all the associated tasks that were automatically created when confirming the rental order. Click the desired task, then select the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of a project task card for the rental order in the Rental app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:281 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter the number of hours worked on the task manually. Click on the :icon:`fa-dollar` :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button to return to the rental order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of a task Timesheet tab for a rental order in the Rental app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:288 msgid "Once time is added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of a task, the status of the rental order is automatically changed to :guilabel:`Picked-up` and the :guilabel:`Return` button appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:294 msgid "Go to the desired invoice by navigating to the :menuselection:`Rental` app and, on the :guilabel:`Rental Orders` dashboard, click :guilabel:`To Invoice` in the :guilabel:`INVOICE STATUS` section to view all rental orders that require invoices to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:307 msgid "If all the details are correct, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. Click :guilabel:`Send` to email the invoice to the customer or :guilabel:`Print` and then click :guilabel:`Pay` if the customer is in person." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:311 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Pay` pop-up window, select a :guilabel:`Journal` and click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of the Pay pop-up window in the Rental app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:317 msgid "Click on the :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`Payments` smart button that appears on the top of the rental order. Click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Payment` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:323 msgid "Use the breadcrumbs to return to the rental order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:328 msgid "When time is entered on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of an associated task, the rental order status automatically changes to :guilabel:`Picked-up`. This happens even if time is entered before the physical product ordered with the service is picked up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:332 msgid "If a product is rented alongside a service, it is advised to pick it up before entering time on the associated task. The :guilabel:`Pickup` button is still available on the rental order if time is entered before picking up the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:336 msgid "When a customer picks up the product, navigate to the appropriate rental order, click :guilabel:`Pickup`, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` in the :guilabel:`Validate a pickup` pop-up form that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of a service product pick up pop-up window in the Rental." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:343 msgid "Doing so places a :guilabel:`Picked-up` status banner on the rental order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:348 msgid "Regardless if there is a product rented along with a service, the service or product must be returned on the rental order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:351 msgid "When a customer returns the products or when the service has been completed, navigate to the appropriate rental order and click :guilabel:`Return`. Validate the return by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the :guilabel:`Validate a return` pop-up form that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:None msgid "Sample of returning a service product in the Rental app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:358 msgid "Doing so places a :guilabel:`Returned` status banner on the rental order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:361 msgid "The photography studio had a customer who wanted to rent one of their photographers and banner decorations for a home photo shoot. The booking was for two hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental/service_products.rst:364 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Validate a return` form the rental order, the banner line item matches number of banners picked up and the photographer line item matches the number of hours submitted on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the related task." msgstr "" @@ -12969,7 +12915,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, return to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors section`, and click on the :guilabel:`Amazon Accounts` link under the :guilabel:`Amazon Sync` setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:None msgid "The Amazon Accounts link beneath the Amazon Sync settings in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -12981,7 +12927,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the blank :guilabel:`Amazon Account` form page, start by choosing a name for the account (e.g. `American Marketplace`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, select the marketplace on which the seller account was initially created from the :guilabel:`Home Marketplace` drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:None msgid "A typical Amazon Account form page in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" @@ -12989,7 +12935,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After saving, the field in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab is replaced by a :guilabel:`Link with Amazon` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:None msgid "A typical Amazon Account form page and Link with Amazon button in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -13033,7 +12979,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as *Amazon Offers*, which are listed under the :guilabel:`Offers` smart button on the account form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:None msgid "The Amazon Offers smart button on the account form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -13147,7 +13093,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Achievements`: Determines what is being measured toward commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/commissions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/commissions.rst:None msgid "A new commission plan detail form." msgstr "" @@ -13357,7 +13303,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy the generated API key using :guilabel:`Copy to Clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/gelato.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/gelato.rst:None msgid "Newly generated API key in the Gelato platform." msgstr "" @@ -13417,7 +13363,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` to complete this webhook configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/gelato.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/gelato.rst:None msgid "Newly configured webhook in the Gelato platform." msgstr "" @@ -13468,7 +13414,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/gelato.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 msgid "Product variants" msgstr "" @@ -13524,7 +13470,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes available via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create invoice(s)` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None msgid "Create invoice(s) pop-up form that appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -13590,7 +13536,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`, and add a :guilabel:`Customer` to the quotation. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Cabinet with Doors` product. When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), the quotation turns into a sales order. Once this occurs, create and view the invoice by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None msgid "Cabinet with doors sales order that's been confirmed in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" @@ -13606,7 +13552,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice` to create and view the invoice draft, which includes the down payment under the :guilabel:`Down Payments` section of the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab. From there, the invoice can be confirmed and posted by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`. Confirming the invoice changes the status from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Posted`. It also reveals a new series of buttons at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -13614,7 +13560,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From those buttons, the payment can be registered by clicking :guilabel:`Pay`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Pay` pop-up form, which is auto-populated with the necessary information. Confirm the information provided is correct, and make any necessary adjustments. When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None msgid "Showcase of the Pay pop-up window with create payment button." msgstr "" @@ -13622,7 +13568,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, Odoo reveals the customer invoice, now with a green :guilabel:`In Payment` or :guilabel:`Paid` banner in the upper-right corner, depending on how the database has configured and if manual confirmation of payments is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None msgid "Customer Invoice with a green Paid banner located in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" @@ -13630,7 +13576,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the sales order, a new :guilabel:`Down Payments` section is present in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, along with the down payment that was just invoiced and posted. When the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, another invoice must be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None msgid "The down payments section in the order lines tab of a sales order." msgstr "" @@ -13638,7 +13584,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. On the :guilabel:`Create invoice(s)` pop-up window that appears, there is a new field: :guilabel:`Already invoiced` and :guilabel:`Amount to invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None msgid "The deduct down payment option on the Create invoice(s) pop up in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -13654,7 +13600,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To complete the flow, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to change the status of the invoice from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Posted`. Then, click :guilabel:`Pay`. The :guilabel:`Pay` form appears, with all fields auto-populated with the necessary information, including the remaining amount left to be paid on the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None msgid "The second Pay pop-up form in Odoo sales." msgstr "" @@ -13662,7 +13608,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After confirming that information, click :guilabel:`Create Payment`. Doing so reveals the final :guilabel:`Customer Invoice` with a green :guilabel:`In Payment` or :guilabel:`Paid` banner in the upper-right corner, depending on how the database has configured and if manual confirmation of payments is required. Upon returning to the sales order, both down payments are present in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None msgid "The second down payment invoice with Paid banner in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -13698,7 +13644,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure a 100% down payment, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New` and add a :guilabel:`Customer` to the quote. Next, click :guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and select the `Solar Panel Installation` product. Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button, the quotation turns into a sales order. At that point, an invoice can now be created by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice` in the top-left corner. On the :guilabel:`Create invoice(s)` pop-up window that appears, select :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `100` in the :guilabel:`Down Payment` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None msgid "The Down payment (percentage) option selected with 100% set as the Down Payment." msgstr "" @@ -13726,7 +13672,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the invoice to be modified by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders`. Open an order, then click the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button. Open an invoice, click the drop-down arrow on the entry in the :guilabel:`Account` column and click :guilabel:`Search more...` to bring up the :guilabel:`Search: Account` form. In this form, a different account can be chosen from the list of pre-existing accounts. A new account can also be created by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None msgid "The Search:Account form with existing accounts displayed and a button to create a new\n" "account." msgstr "" @@ -13779,7 +13725,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:None msgid "This is how a confirmed sales order looks in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" @@ -13795,7 +13741,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, from the *Expenses* dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to reveal a blank expenses form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:None msgid "A blank expenses form in the Odoo Expenses application." msgstr "" @@ -13883,7 +13829,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Also, at the bottom of the expense form, there is a :guilabel:`Notes...` section, wherein any notes related to this expense can be added, if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:None msgid "A filled out expenses form in the Odoo Expenses application." msgstr "" @@ -13907,7 +13853,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` for the new expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:None msgid "An expense report summary in the Odoo Expenses application." msgstr "" @@ -13919,7 +13865,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The manager in charge of reviewing and approving the expense will inspect the details related to the expense, and if there are no issues, they will click the :guilabel:`Approve` button — which *only* appears on the manager's view of the :guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` that's been submitted to the manager by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:None msgid "An expense report summary that a manager will approve with an Approve button." msgstr "" @@ -13927,7 +13873,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once approved, the buttons at the top of the :guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` change once again. At this point, the buttons at the top of the :guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` are: :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, and :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:None msgid "An expense report summary with post journal entries button at the top of the form." msgstr "" @@ -13987,7 +13933,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the sales form, the newly-configured expense is now in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, with its :guilabel:`Delivered` column filled in, and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:None msgid "A sales order with the configured expense ready to be invoiced in the Order Lines tab." msgstr "" @@ -13995,7 +13941,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After confirming the details of the expense, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` at the top of the sales order. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:None msgid "A create invoices pop-up window that appears when the Create Invoice is clicked." msgstr "" @@ -14007,7 +13953,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft` showing *only* the expense in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:None msgid "A customer invoice draft with the expense in the Invoice Lines tab of the form." msgstr "" @@ -14027,7 +13973,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Back on the :guilabel:`Customer Invoice`, click the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button when the customer pays for the invoiced expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:None msgid "A customer invoice with the register payment button ready to be clicked." msgstr "" @@ -14035,8 +13981,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is clicked, a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up window appears. In this pop-up window, the necessary fields are auto-populated with the correct information. After reviewing the information, click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:None msgid "A register payment pop-up window on a customer invoice in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -14054,75 +14000,107 @@ msgid ":doc:`milestone`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" +msgid "Invoicing policies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 -msgid "Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" +msgid "Depending on business needs, it may be advantageous to choose whether to invoice customers based on the goods and services that they order or when those goods and services are delivered to them. To allow businesses maximum flexibility to best meet their needs, Odoo offers two invoicing policies that can be enabled in the **Sales** app: :ref:`Invoice what is ordered ` and :ref:`Invoice what is delivered `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:11 msgid "The *Invoice what is ordered* rule is used as the default mode in Odoo **Sales**, which means customers are invoiced once the sales order is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 msgid "The *Invoice what is delivered* rule invoices customers once the delivery is done. This rule is often used for businesses that sell materials, liquids, or food in large quantities. In these cases, the ordered quantity may differ slightly from the delivered quantity, making it preferable to invoice the quantity actually delivered. When the delivery order is validated, Odoo will automatically decrease the on-hand quantity in the inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 -msgid "Being able to have different invoicing options provides more flexibility." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "To configure an invoicing policy, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Invoicing` heading, select an :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` option: :guilabel:`Invoice what is ordered` or :guilabel:`Invoice what is delivered`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:18 -msgid "Invoicing policy features" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:23 +msgid "Activating an invoicing policy option automatically applies the chosen option to all newly created products. Existing products **must** have their invoicing policy manually updated on their product forms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:20 -msgid "To activate the necessary invoicing policy features, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Invoicing` heading, select an :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` rule: :guilabel:`Invoice what is ordered` or :guilabel:`Invoice what is delivered`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:None +msgid "Choosing an invoicing policy in the Sales app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:-1 -msgid "Choosing an invoicing policy on Odoo Sales." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:31 +msgid "If the :guilabel:`Invoice what is delivered` option is chosen, it is **not** possible to activate the :guilabel:`Automatic Invoice` feature, which automatically generates invoices when an online payment is confirmed. Regular draft invoices can only be created once the delivery order has been processed and validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 -msgid "If the :guilabel:`Invoice what is delivered` rule is chosen, it is **not** possible to activate the :guilabel:`Automatic Invoice` feature, which automatically generates invoices when an online payment is confirmed. Regular draft invoices can only be created once the delivery order has been processed and validated." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +msgid "Changing the invoicing policy for existing products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:36 -msgid "Invoicing policy on product form" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:39 +msgid "After the invoicing policy has been configured in *Settings*, navigate to a product's form through :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and choosing a product. Locate the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` option located under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. Use the drop-down menu to change the policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:38 -msgid "On any product page, via the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products dashboard`, locate the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` option located under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. It can be changed manually using the drop-down menu." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:None +msgid "How to change invoicing policy on a product form in the **Sales** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:-1 -msgid "How to change your invoicing policy on a product form on Odoo Sales." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:50 +msgid "Invoicing what is ordered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 -msgid "Impact on sales flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:49 -msgid "In Odoo *Sales*, the basic sales flow starts with the creation of a quotation. Then, that quotation is sent to a customer. Next, it needs to be confirmed, which turns the quotation into a sales order. This, in turn, creates an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:53 -msgid "The following is a breakdown of how invoicing policy rules impact the aforementioned sales flow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice what is ordered`: No impact on the basic sales flow. An invoice is created as soon as a sale is confirmed." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:52 +msgid "The *Invoice what is ordered* option is used as the default mode in the **Sales** app, which means customers are invoiced once a quotation has been sent to the customer and confirmed. The creation of a quotation in turn leads to the creation and confirmation of a sales order. An invoice can then be created as soon as the sales order is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:57 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice what is delivered`: Minor impact on sales flow, because the delivered quantity needs to be manually entered on the sales order. Or, the *Inventory* app can be installed and used to confirm the delivered quantity before creating an invoice with the *Sales* app." +msgid "This invoicing policy has no impact on the basic Odoo sales flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:60 +msgid "Invoice ordered quantity workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:62 -msgid "If a user attempts to create an invoice without validating the delivered quantity, the following error message appears: :guilabel:`There is no invoiceable line. If a product has a Delivered quantities invoicing policy, please make sure that a quantity has been delivered.`" +msgid "Confirm that the product's invoicing policy is set to :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` in the product form. :ref:`Create a quotation and sales order ` as normal. After the sales order has been confirmed, create an invoice by clicking the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button on the sales order form. Choose the type of invoice to be sent, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`, confirm the invoice when ready, and proceed with the payment flow as normal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:69 +msgid "A independent artisan with a small business sells handmade jewelery nationwide online. Because they have direct control over their inventory levels and ship with 3rd party carriers, they invoice their customers after a sales order has been confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:73 +msgid "The artisan receives an order for a necklace. They send their customer a quotation, confirm it, and create a sales order. After the sales order has been confirmed, an invoice can be created and sent to the customer for payment without any additional steps be taken. The invoice gets paid, the necklace is shipped and delivered, and the transaction is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:81 +msgid "Invoicing what is delivered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:83 +msgid "The *Invoice what is delivered* option invoices customers as different amounts of the ordered goods are delivered. This option is often used for businesses that sell large quantities of physical goods in each sales order, but may not always be able to completely fulfill a given order all at once. In these cases, the ordered quantity may differ slightly from the delivered quantity based on product availability. Once a quotation is confirmed, and the status changes from :guilabel:`Quotation sent` to :guilabel:`Sales order`, Odoo automatically adds both the delivered and invoiced quantities to the invoice and sales order. Both partial and complete deliveries are tracked. :ref:`Backorders ` can be created for partial orders that will be completed at a later time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:93 +msgid "This invoicing policy has a minor impact on the sales flow because the delivered quantity of a product needs to be manually entered on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:None +msgid "How to see delivered and invoiced quantities on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:100 +msgid "Invoice delivered quantity workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:102 +msgid "Confirm that the product's invoicing policy is set to :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` in the product form. :ref:`Create a quotation and sales order ` as normal. After the sales order has been confirmed, the product must be delivered before an invoice can be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:106 +msgid "Once the product has been shipped and delivery has been confirmed, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order screen and click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery order. Once at least a partial delivery has been confirmed, return to the sales order form. The :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button is now purple to indicate that an invoice can be created and confirmed, and that it is possible to proceed with the payment flow as normal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:113 +msgid "If a user attempts to create an invoice without validating the delivered quantity, the system returns an error message alerting them to the issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:0 @@ -14130,24 +14108,24 @@ msgid "If Delivered Quantities invoicing policy is chosen, ensure a quantity has "delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:71 -msgid "Once a quotation is confirmed, and the status changes from :guilabel:`Quotation sent` to :guilabel:`Sales order`, the delivered and invoiced quantities are available to view, directly from the sales order. This is true for both invoicing policy rule options." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:121 +msgid "A produce distributor using the invoice what is delivered option sells 50 heads of lettuce to a local restaurant. At the time the delivery is made, only 40 heads are available. The distributor delivers the available heads of lettuce and creates an invoice for what was delivered. Later, when more supply comes in, the distributor delivers the remaning 10 heads of lettuce and creates a second invoice to complete the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:-1 -msgid "How to see your delivered and invoiced quantities on Odoo Sales." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`../sales_quotations/create_quotations`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:79 -msgid "Odoo automatically adds the quantities to the invoice, both :guilabel:`Delivered` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`, even if it's a partial delivery, when the quotation is confirmed." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`down_payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:82 -msgid "Finally, there are a few different options to create an invoice: :guilabel:`Regular invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:86 -msgid "Be sure to check out the documentation explaining down payment options to learn more: :doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 @@ -14182,8 +14160,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the product form, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, the :guilabel:`Product Type` field *must* be set on any of the following options: :guilabel:`Service`, :guilabel:`Event Ticket`, :guilabel:`Event Booth`, or :guilabel:`Course`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:None msgid "The invoicing policy field drop-down menu with options on product form." msgstr "" @@ -14223,7 +14201,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When :guilabel:`Task` is selected, a :guilabel:`Project` field appears. In this field, select to which existing project in the *Projects* app this created task should be connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:None msgid "The Project field appears when the Task option is selected in Create on Order field." msgstr "" @@ -14231,7 +14209,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When :guilabel:`Project \\& Task` or :guilabel:`Project` is selected, two new fields appear: :guilabel:`Project Template` and :guilabel:`Workspace Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:None msgid "The Project template and workspace template fields that appear on milestone product." msgstr "" @@ -14291,7 +14269,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Milestones` smart button. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Milestones` page. Click :guilabel:`New` to add milestones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:None msgid "Adding milestones to a sales order with milestone products." msgstr "" @@ -14307,7 +14285,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs. From the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Tasks` smart button. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Tasks` page with a task for each sales order item with that option designated in the :guilabel:`Create on Order` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:None msgid "Sample tasks page accessed via the smart button from a sales order with milestone products." msgstr "" @@ -14315,7 +14293,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To manually assign a configured milestone to a task, click the desired task, which reveals the task form. On the task form, select the appropriate milestone to which this task should be connected, in the :guilabel:`Milestone` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:None msgid "The milestone field on the task form when dealing with milestone products in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -14339,7 +14317,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Back on the sales order form, click the :guilabel:`Milestones` smart button, and check the box in the :guilabel:`Reached` column for that particular task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:None msgid "What it looks like to mark a milestone as reached via the milestone smart button." msgstr "" @@ -14351,7 +14329,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Back on the sales order, the line item for the milestone that's been reached has its :guilabel:`Delivered` column filled. That's because the milestone has been reached, and therefore delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:None msgid "A milestone product that's been reached marked as delivered on the sales order in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -14359,7 +14337,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:None msgid "The create invoices pop-up window that appears when create invoice button is clicked." msgstr "" @@ -14371,7 +14349,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`, Odoo reveals the :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft`, *only* showing that reached milestone in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:None msgid "A customer invoice draft showing only the milestone product that's been reached." msgstr "" @@ -14383,7 +14361,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is clicked, a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:None msgid "The Register Payment pop-up window that appears when Register Payment is clicked." msgstr "" @@ -14395,7 +14373,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When clicked, the pop-up window disappears, and Odoo returns to the invoice for that milestone, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner in the upper-right corner. This banner signifies the invoice has been paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:None msgid "An invoice with a milestone product that has been paid with an In Payment banner." msgstr "" @@ -14403,7 +14381,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, return to the sales order, via the breadcrumb links. Back on the sales order, in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, the reached milestone that's been invoiced and paid for, now has its :guilabel:`Invoiced` column filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:None msgid "The Invoiced column of a milestone product that's been paid for is filled." msgstr "" @@ -14411,7 +14389,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "There is also a new :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button at the top of the sales order. Clicking that reveals all the invoices that are connected to this sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:None msgid "The invoices smart button that appears at the top of a sales order with milestones." msgstr "" @@ -14447,7 +14425,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations \\& Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:None msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" @@ -14459,7 +14437,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:None msgid "The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -14491,7 +14469,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:None msgid "The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -14539,7 +14517,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After installation, click the :guilabel:`Accounting` app icon from the main Odoo dashboard, and navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Analytics` section, and ensure the box next to :guilabel:`Analytic Accounting` is checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:None msgid "How it looks to activate the Analytic Accounting setting in Odoo Accounting Setting page." msgstr "" @@ -14552,7 +14530,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Odoo main dashboard --> Project app --> Configuration --> Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, in the :guilabel:`Time Management` section, ensure the box beside the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:None msgid "What the Timesheets feature looks like on the Odoo Project settings page." msgstr "" @@ -14580,7 +14558,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, from the :guilabel:`Create on Order` drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Project \\& Task`. That setting indicates that, when a sales order is created with this specific service product, a new project and task is created in the *Project* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:None msgid "The correct settings for Invoicing Policy and Create on Order fields for service product." msgstr "" @@ -14608,7 +14586,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After confirming the sales order, two smart buttons appear at the top of the order form: :guilabel:`Projects` and :guilabel:`Tasks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:None msgid "How the Projects and Tasks smart buttons look on a Sales Order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -14724,7 +14702,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` field will **only** have the corresponding sales order as an option if the sales order contains a service product that is billed based on *Timesheets*, *Milestones*, or *Delivered Quantities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:None msgid "How to properly fill out an expense form that's attached to a sales order in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -14736,7 +14714,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When all the information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create Report` to create an expense report detailing all the expense information that was just entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:None msgid "How an Expense Report Summary looks in Odoo Expenses." msgstr "" @@ -14760,7 +14738,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the expense report was linked to the sales order, the newly-configured expense now has its own line in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and can be invoiced to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:None msgid "An expense appearing on Order Lines tab of a Sales Order in Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" @@ -14772,7 +14750,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft` for the expense. Then, the invoicing process can be completed as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:None msgid "Sample customer invoice for an expense generated from a sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -14800,7 +14778,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, add a :guilabel:`Vendor` to the purchase order. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click the :guilabel:`extra column options` drop-down menu, represented by two horizontal lines with dots on them, located to the far-right of the column headers. From that drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:None msgid "How to add analytic distribution column on purchase order form in Odoo Purchase." msgstr "" @@ -14824,7 +14802,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, from the :guilabel:`Departments` drop-down menu, select the analytic distribution associated with the desired sales order to be invoiced for the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:None msgid "How to select the Analytic Distribution department from a purchase order in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -14848,7 +14826,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, return to the purchase order, via the breadcrumb links at the top of the page, and click :guilabel:`Create Bill` to create a vendor bill that can be invoiced to the customer on the attached sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:None msgid "Vendor bill draft for a purchase order to be invoiced to a customer in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -14872,7 +14850,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the sales order that was attached to the purchase order, the purchased product now has its own product line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and it is ready to be invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:None msgid "Purchase order product on sales order to be invoiced to customer via Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -14884,7 +14862,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft` with the newly-added purchase order product in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:None msgid "Customer invoice draft with purchase product attached to sales order in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -14896,6 +14874,124 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:3 +msgid "Accessory products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:5 +msgid "The use of accessory products is a marketing strategy that involves the cross-selling of related products alongside a desired core product. In Odoo, accessory products can be added to a core product's product form to integrate them into the customer's shopping experience and help drive increased sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:11 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:13 +msgid "An electronics business has configured their products with an eye on cross-selling accessories whenever customers purchase big-ticket items. After a customer adds a tablet to their shopping cart, they are automatically suggested useful accessories like cases, screen protectors, and extra cables because of the accessory products that have been configured. This helps to drive sales by creating opportunities for impulse purchases, as well as reminding customers of useful accessories that they may have intended to purchase but forgot about while shopping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:21 +msgid "Accessory products are differentiated from optional products and alternative products by where they appear in the customer's shopping experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:24 +msgid "Accessory products appear as suggestions when viewing an eCommerce cart with an associated core product in it. This creates an opportunity for cross-selling during the checkout process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:18 +msgid "Optional products are suggested when a core product has been added to a cart or a quotation. This creates an opportunity for cross-selling during the shopping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:14 +msgid "Alternative products are suggested at the bottom of an eCommerce product page whenever the product page is viewed. This creates an opportunity for upselling during the shopping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:32 +msgid "Configuring accessory products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:34 +msgid "To add an accessory product to a product form, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` and choose a product. Ensure that the product's :guilabel:`Sales` checkbox is ticked and click the :guilabel:`Sales` tab. Under :guilabel:`Upsell & Cross-sell` heading, the :guilabel:`Accessory Products` drop-down menu allows for accessory products to be set. Products will be displayed in alphabetical order. If the desired product isn't readily visible, type its name in the field to bring it up, then select it to add it as an accessory product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:None +msgid "A product form in Odoo Sales showing the accessory products section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:45 +msgid "How accessory products appear to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:47 +msgid "Accessory products appear alongside core products prior to checkout. They are automatically suggested based on what accessory products have been configured and what core products the customer has added to their shopping cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:54 +msgid "A screenshot of an eCommerce shopping cart showing accessory products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:54 +msgid "In this example, the core product, \"Leather jacket\", has several associated accessory products. Once a customer adds the core product to their shopping cart, the accessory products will appear as suggestions during the checkout process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/accessory_products.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`../../../websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:3 +msgid "Alternative products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:5 +msgid "The use of alternative products is a marketing strategy that involves upselling related products alongside a desired core product. For instance, by configuring alternative products, a customer could be suggested a mechanical keyboard or a wireless keyboard when they visit the eCommerce website page for a standard keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:11 +msgid "Alternative products are different from accessory and optional products because of where they show up in the customer's shopping experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:16 +msgid "Accessory products appear as suggestions when viewing an eCommerce cart. This creates an opportunity for cross-selling during the checkout process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:22 +msgid "Configuring alternative products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:24 +msgid "To add an alternative product to a product form, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` and choose a product. Ensure that the product's :guilabel:`Sales` checkbox is ticked and click the :guilabel:`Sales` tab. In the :guilabel:`Upsell & Cross-sell` section, click the :guilabel:`Alternative Products` drop-down menu to set alternative products. Products are displayed in alphabetical order. If the desired product isn't readily visible, type its name in the field to bring it up, then select it to add it as an alternative product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:34 +msgid "The alternative product field on the product form with multiple entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:34 +msgid "Entries in the :guilabel:`Alternative Products` field on a product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:37 +msgid "How alternative products appear to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:39 +msgid "Although the **Sales** app is used to configure alternative products, customers will only encounter them when visiting a website created with the **eCommerce** app. Alternative products are automatically suggested during the shopping process when a customer visits the webpage for an associated core product. They appear underneath the product listing under the header :guilabel:`Alternative Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:48 +msgid "Alternative products as they appear on an eCommerce website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:48 +msgid "The alternative products section of an eCommerce product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/alternative_products.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:3 msgid "Use eWallets and gift cards" msgstr "" @@ -15004,7 +15100,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Point of Sale`: select the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` in which the program is valid and available. Leave this field empty to include all :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:None msgid "eWallet program configuration page" msgstr "" @@ -15016,7 +15112,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Generated eWallets can be accessed through the :guilabel:`eWallets` smart button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or :guilabel:`Share` the eWallets via email or a URL link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:None msgid "eWallets send and share buttons" msgstr "" @@ -15076,7 +15172,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the gift card program" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:None msgid "Gift card program configuration page" msgstr "" @@ -15088,7 +15184,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Generated gift cards can be accessed through the :guilabel:`Gift Cards` smart button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or :guilabel:`Share` the gift cards via email or a URL link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:None msgid "Gift cards send and share buttons" msgstr "" @@ -15128,7 +15224,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Or, if there are already existing programs, select an existing program to edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:None msgid "Discount and loyalty program template cards." msgstr "" @@ -15140,7 +15236,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating or editing a program opens the program form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:None msgid "Program options on the loyalty program form." msgstr "" @@ -15204,7 +15300,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All of the existing cards, codes, coupons, etc. that have been generated for the program are accessible through the smart button located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:None msgid "Program items smart button on the loyalty program form." msgstr "" @@ -15212,7 +15308,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Odoo 17 (and later), when a loyalty card or coupon is associated with a contact in the database, a :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` smart button conditionally appears on the contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:None msgid "The Loyalty Card smart button as it appears on a contact form in Odoo 17." msgstr "" @@ -15264,7 +15360,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Rules & Rewards` tab, click :guilabel:`Add` next to :guilabel:`Conditional rules` to add *conditions* to the program. This reveals a :guilabel:`Create Conditional rules` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:None msgid "Rules & Rewards tab of the loyalty program form." msgstr "" @@ -15304,7 +15400,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Grant`: Enter the number of points the customer earns :guilabel:`per order`, :guilabel:`per currency spent`, or :guilabel:`per unit paid` (for the :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` and :guilabel:`Buy X Get Y` programs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:None msgid "Conditional rules configuration window for a discount or loyalty program." msgstr "" @@ -15373,7 +15469,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Description on order`: Enter the description of the reward, which is displayed to the customer upon checkout." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:None msgid "Rewards configuration window for a discount or loyalty program." msgstr "" @@ -15397,8 +15493,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the *Accounting* app has been installed, foreign currencies can be added to the database. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Currencies` section, and locate the :guilabel:`Main Currency` setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:None msgid "How the main currency feature appears on settings page in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" @@ -15442,7 +15538,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the :guilabel:`Currencies` link is clicked, a separate :guilabel:`Currencies` page is revealed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:None msgid "How the main currencies page appears in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" @@ -15478,7 +15574,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To edit any currency on the :guilabel:`Currencies` page, click the desired currency to reveal the detail form for that specific currency, and proceed to make any necessary changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:None msgid "How a currency detail form looks in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" @@ -15515,7 +15611,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the selected currency is the main currency of the company, a blue banner appears at the top of the currency detail form with the message: :guilabel:`This is your company's currency.`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:None msgid "How a main currency detail form looks in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" @@ -15535,7 +15631,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The same :guilabel:`New` button is located in the upper-right corner of any currency detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:None msgid "How a blank currency detail form looks in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" @@ -15603,7 +15699,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, on the product detail form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Price Rules` page, specific to that particular product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:None msgid "How to set product prices based on foreign currency pricelists in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -15659,7 +15755,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A discount can also be added directly to a sales order in the same way. Navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders`, click the desired sales order, and add the discount to :guilabel:`Disc.%` field as described above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/discounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/discounts.rst:None msgid "The Dis.% heading will now appear in Order Lines." msgstr "" @@ -15679,7 +15775,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the *Discounts* settings enabled, a :guilabel:`Discount` button appears at the bottom of sales orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/discounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/discounts.rst:None msgid "The discount button located at the bottom of a sales order form in the Odoo Sales app." msgstr "" @@ -15735,7 +15831,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable pricelists in the Odoo **Sales** app, first navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:None msgid "How the pricelist feature setting looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -15747,7 +15843,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists can be created and/or modified at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:None msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -15775,7 +15871,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the pricelist to edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a blank pricelist form that can be configured in a number of different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:None msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -15911,7 +16007,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, select the blank field in the :guilabel:`Recurring Plan` column to reveal a drop-down menu of pre-designated recurrence periods (e.g. `Monthly`, `Quarterly`, `Weekly`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:None msgid "The recurring prices tab in a pricelist configuration form." msgstr "" @@ -15919,7 +16015,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New recurrence periods can also be created from this column. To do so, type in the name for the new :guilabel:`Recurring Plan`, then select :guilabel:`Create` from the resulting drop-down menu to create the time period, which can be edited later. Alternatively, select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to reveal a :guilabel:`Create Recurring Plan` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, the new recurrence period can be configured, with specific :guilabel:`Details`, :guilabel:`Self-Service`, and :guilabel:`Pricing` options. When the configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:None msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -15951,7 +16047,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Lastly, configure a :guilabel:`Price` for the rental rule in the respective column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:None msgid "The rental tab in a pricelist configuration form." msgstr "" @@ -15971,7 +16067,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the customer from the main :guilabel:`Customers` page, or by clicking on the customer's name on a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:None msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -15979,7 +16075,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist should be applied to this specific customer from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:None msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -16075,8 +16171,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:None msgid "The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -16136,7 +16232,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo product import page, where the template download link is found, and click the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:None msgid "The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -16148,7 +16244,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:None msgid "The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been uploaded." msgstr "" @@ -16164,7 +16260,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems valid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:None msgid "The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered correctly." msgstr "" @@ -16172,7 +16268,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:None msgid "The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo Field." msgstr "" @@ -16192,7 +16288,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main :guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:None msgid "The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -16256,7 +16352,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, :guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:None msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." msgstr "" @@ -16328,7 +16424,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in order to properly import products with specific variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:None msgid "Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import purposes." msgstr "" @@ -16581,386 +16677,367 @@ msgid "In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid ":ref:`ecommerce/products/product-variants`" +msgid ":ref:`Product variants in the eCommerce `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the Odoo *Sales* application." +msgid "To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature in the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section, and click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 -msgid "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:-1 -msgid "Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 -msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:49 msgid "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they appear on the *Product Configurator*, *Point of Sale* dashboard, and *eCommerce* pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:52 msgid "To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:None msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 msgid "First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 msgid "Next, select one of the options from the :guilabel:`Display Type` field. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown on the online store, *Point of Sale* dashboard, and *Product Configurator*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:73 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:64 +msgid "The following :guilabel:`Display Type` options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 +msgid "Options appear as selectable buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:0 +msgid "Pills display type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page of the online store." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:76 -msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect any HTML color codes" +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page of the online store." +msgid "Options appear as small, colored circles; the colors can be defined using any HTML color code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:78 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page of the online store. set, on the product page of the online store." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:80 -msgid ":guilabel:`Multi-checkbox (option)`: options appear as selectable checkboxes on the product page of the online store. This allows customers to choose options for themselves and is good choice for highly customizable products." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:84 +msgid "Options appear as radio buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:92 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode` field **must** be set to :guilabel:`Never (option)` in order for the :guilabel:`Multi-checkbox (option)` to work properly as the :guilabel:`Display Type`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Options appear in a drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:96 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes and values are added to a product template." +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 -msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." +msgid "Options appear as images." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` cannot be edited." +msgid ":guilabel:`Multi-checkbox`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 -msgid "The :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether or not these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as they shop on the online store." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid ":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the front-end." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:109 -msgid ":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the front-end." +msgid "Options appear as selectable checkboxes. This allows customers to choose multiple options, e.g., to add extras to food orders or highly customizable products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Lastly, in the optional :guilabel:`eCommerce Category` field, select a category from a drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added specificity and organization." +msgid "The :guilabel:`Variant Creation` field determines if/when a new variant is automatically created once an attribute is added to a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 -msgid "To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the internal link :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon to the far-right of the :guilabel:`eCommerce Category` field, once an option has been selected. Doing so reveals that attribute category's detail form." +msgid "If the attribute's :guilabel:`Display Type` is :guilabel:`Multi-checkbox`, you **must** set the :guilabel:`Variant Creation` field to :guilabel:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:-1 -msgid "A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link arrow icon." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order of priority." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: prevents automatic creation of variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 +msgid "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation` mode cannot be edited." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgid ":ref:`Ecommerce-specific settings for attributes `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new attribute category can be configured and customized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:140 msgid "Attribute values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 msgid "Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:136 msgid "To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:138 msgid "Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are specific to this particular value)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:143 msgid "Colors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:145 msgid "Next to :guilabel:`Display Type`, select the :guilabel:`Color` option. Go to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to modify the value settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:None msgid "Add an image of the pattern to an attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:151 msgid "To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:None msgid "Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on attribute form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:157 msgid "In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color gradient window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "Businesses can attach images to product variant attribute values for customers to view on an eCommerce website. To do so, click the :icon:`fa-camera` :guilabel:`(camera)` icon, then click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon and select an image from your local drive. This image will appear as a color option for the relevant product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:None +msgid "Pattern as color option." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "Businesses can attach images to product variant attribute values for customers to view on an eCommerce webite. To do so, click the :icon:`fa-camera` :guilabel:`(camera)` icon, then click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon and select an image from your local drive. This image will appear as a color option on the ecommerce product page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:-1 -msgid "Pattern as color option on the ecommerce page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. That button lists every product in the database currently using that attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a product variant can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 msgid "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:None msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:194 msgid "To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then, choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:199 msgid "Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:204 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a :guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:208 msgid "Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:222 msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:224 msgid "To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific :guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:None msgid "The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:231 msgid "Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:235 msgid "The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price if the attribute is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:238 msgid "When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:None msgid "A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values general page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 msgid "On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an :guilabel:`Exclude for` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:248 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 msgid "Variants smart button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:257 msgid "When a product has attributes and variants configured in its :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:None msgid "The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations configured for that specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:None msgid "The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product form in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:273 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:275 msgid "In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:280 msgid ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:288 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:291 msgid ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:294 msgid "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:297 msgid "Adding and deleting attributes from product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:299 msgid "When attributes are added or deleted from products, variants that have already been created are affected. Depending on whether or not these variants have been used in orders, they are archived or deleted and recreated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:303 msgid "Variants that have not been used in an order are deleted and recreated with the new attributes. This may result in the deletion of additional customizations, depending on how the variants were configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:306 msgid "Variants that have been previously used in one or more orders are archived and removed from the product catalog instead of being deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:310 msgid "A business offers leather motorcycle jackets with the following attributes and values for a total of 27 product variants:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:313 msgid "Size: Small, Medium, Large" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:314 msgid "Color: Black, Brown, Natural" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:315 msgid "Material: Leather, Vegan Leather, Premium Leather" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:317 msgid "Due to rising costs, the business makes the decision to stop offering different leathers and removes the \"Material\" attribute from the product form. This has the following effects:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:320 msgid "Any leather jacket variants that have been sold will be archived" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:321 msgid "Any leather jacket variants that have not been sold will be deleted" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:322 msgid "A new set of variants using just Size and Color attributes will be created, for a total of 9 product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:325 msgid "The business owner can find archived product variants by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product Variants`, clicking the drop-down in the search bar, and finally clicking the :guilabel:`Archived filter`. Any deleted variants and their customizations will be lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:331 msgid ":doc:`import`" msgstr "" @@ -16988,7 +17065,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To start a return before invoicing, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, select the desired sales order, and click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to open the associated delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:None msgid "A typical sales order with a highlighted delivery smart button in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -16996,7 +17073,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the validated delivery order, click :guilabel:`Return`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:None msgid "A validated delivery order with a highlighted Return button in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -17008,7 +17085,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Quantity` matches the validated quantities from the delivery order. Update the quantities, if necessary. Click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon next to a line item to remove it from the return." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:None msgid "The \"Reverse Transfer\" pop-up window, to make a return before invoicing the customer." msgstr "" @@ -17016,7 +17093,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This generates a new warehouse operation for the incoming returned product(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:None msgid "Warehouse operation after a return has been confirmed in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -17024,7 +17101,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upon receiving the return, the warehouse team validates the warehouse operation by clicking :guilabel:`Validate`. Then, on the original sales order, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity updates to reflect the difference between the initial validated quantities and the returned quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:None msgid "The updated \"Delivered\" quantity on the sales order after the reverse transfer." msgstr "" @@ -17052,7 +17129,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If there is a payment registered on the sales order, the payment details appear in the chatter, and the invoice (accessible through the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button) has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:None msgid "Sample of a green in payment banner in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -17072,7 +17149,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To process a refund, navigate to the relevant invoice (from the sales order, click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button). Then, click the :guilabel:`Credit Note` button at the top of the validated invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:None msgid "A typical customer invoice with a Credit Note button highlighted in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -17080,7 +17157,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Credit Note` pop-up form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:None msgid "Typical credit note pop-up form that appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -17212,7 +17289,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Odoo's **Sales** app, quotations can include additional details and configurations that add more detail and information, such as :doc:`quotation templates `, :doc:`subscription plans <../../sales/subscriptions>`, and :doc:`sales team referrer name `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations.rst:None msgid "Unconfirmed sales quotation in Odoo **Sales** app." msgstr "" @@ -17232,7 +17309,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access these setting options, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:None msgid "The Quotations and Orders section on the Odoo Sales app Settings page." msgstr "" @@ -17288,7 +17365,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Quotations` dashboard displays all quotations in the database related to the current user, as indicated by the default :guilabel:`My Quotations` filter present in the search bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:None msgid "The Quotations dashboard present in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" @@ -17304,341 +17381,341 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view and/or modify any listed quotation from the :guilabel:`Quotations` dashboard, click on the desired quotation line from the list, and Odoo reveals the specific form for that selected quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:72 msgid "Create quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:74 msgid "To create a quotation, open the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click the :guilabel:`New` button, located in the upper-left corner of the main :guilabel:`Quotations` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:78 msgid "The :guilabel:`New` button is **only** present if the :guilabel:`Quotations` dashboard is in list or Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:81 msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`New` button reveals a blank quotation form, with various fields and tabs to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:None msgid "A typical quotation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:88 msgid "Begin by entering the customer's name in the :guilabel:`Customer` field at the top of the form. This is a **required** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:91 msgid "If the customer's information is already in the database, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields auto-populate with the saved information for those respective fields, based on the data from that customer's contact record (found in the **Contacts** application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:96 msgid "If the customer was referred by another customer or contact, enter their name in the :guilabel:`Referrer` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:99 msgid "If a :guilabel:`Referrer` is selected, a new field, :guilabel:`Commission Plan` appears, in which a commission can be selected from the drop-down menu. This commission is rewarded to the contact selected in the :guilabel:`Referrer` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:103 msgid "Next, if they have not already been auto-populated with the customer's information, enter the appropriate addresses in the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields. Both of these fields are **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:107 msgid "Then, if desired, choose a :guilabel:`Quotation Template` from the drop-down field to apply to this quotation. It should be noted that some additional fields may appear, depending on the template selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:111 msgid "The default date that appears in the :guilabel:`Expiration` field is based on the number configured in the :ref:`Default Quotation Validity setting ` (in :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:116 msgid "When using a quotation template, the date in the :guilabel:`Expiration` field is based off the :guilabel:`Quotation Validity` figure on the template form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:119 msgid "If the quotation is for a recurring product or subscription, select the desired :guilabel:`Recurring Plan` from that specific drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:122 msgid "If desired, select a specific :guilabel:`Pricelist` to be applied to this quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:124 msgid "Lastly, select any specific :guilabel:`Payment Terms` to be used for this quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:127 msgid "Order Lines tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:129 msgid "The first tab on the quotation form is the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:131 msgid "In this tab, select products, and quantities of those products, to add them to the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:133 msgid "There are two ways to add products to the quotation from this tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:135 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select the desired item from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down field, and proceed to adjust the quantity of that selected product, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:138 msgid "Or, click :guilabel:`Catalog` to reveal a separate page, showcasing every item (and every potential product variant) in an organized catalog display, with items organizable by :guilabel:`Product Category` and :guilabel:`Attributes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:None msgid "A product catalog accessible via a quotation in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:146 msgid "From here, simply locate the desired items, click the :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` :guilabel:`Add` button on the product card, and adjust the quantity, if needed. When complete, click the :guilabel:`Back to Quotation` button in the upper-left corner to return to the quotation, where the newly-selected catalog items can be found in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:151 msgid "If multiple items should be presented in a more organized way on the quotation, click :guilabel:`Add a section`, enter a name for the section, and drag-and-drop that section heading in the desired location amongst the items in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. The section heading appears in bold and a sub-total for all products in a section is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:156 msgid "If needed, click :guilabel:`Add a note` beneath a certain product line to add a custom note about that specific product. The note appears in italics. Then, if needed, proceed to drag-and-drop the note beneath the desired product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:160 msgid "Beneath the product lines, there are buttons that can be clicked to apply any of the following: :guilabel:`Coupon Code`, :guilabel:`Promotions`, :guilabel:`Discount`, and/or :guilabel:`Add shipping`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:165 msgid ":doc:`../products_prices/ewallets_giftcards`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:166 msgid ":doc:`../products_prices/loyalty_discount`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:167 msgid ":doc:`../products_prices/prices/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:170 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:148 msgid "Optional Products tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:172 msgid "Open the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab to select related products that can be presented to the customer, which may result in an increased sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:175 msgid "For example, if the customer wants to buy a car, an optional product that could be offered is a *Trailer Hitch*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:179 msgid ":doc:`optional_products`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:182 msgid "Other Info tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:184 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, there are various quotation-related configurations separated into four different sections: :guilabel:`Sales`, :guilabel:`Delivery`, :guilabel:`Invoicing`, and :guilabel:`Tracking`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:189 msgid "Some fields **only** appear if specific settings and options have been configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:192 msgid "Sales section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:194 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Sales` section of the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, there are sales specific fields that can be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:None msgid "The Sales section of the Other Info tab of a quotation form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:201 msgid ":guilabel:`Salesperson`: Assign a salesperson from the drop-down menu to be associated with this quotation. The user who originally created the quotation is selected in this field, by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:203 msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Team`: Assign a specific sales team to this quotation. If the selected :guilabel:`Salesperson` is a member of a sales team, that team is auto-populated in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select a company from the drop-down menu this quotation should be associated with. This field only appears when working in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:207 msgid ":guilabel:`Online signature`: Tick this checkbox to request an online signature from the customer to confirm the order. This field only appears if the *Online Signature* setting has been enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:209 msgid ":guilabel:`Online payment`: Tick this checkbox, and enter a desired percentage in the adjacent field, to request an online payment from the customer (for that designated percentage of the total amount) to confirm the order. This field only appears if the *Online Payment* setting has been enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:213 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer Reference`: Enter a custom reference ID for this customer. The entered reference ID can contain letters, numbers, or a mix of both." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:215 msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Add specific tags to the quotation for added organization and enhanced searchability in the Odoo **Sales** application. Multiple tags can be added, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:219 msgid "Delivery section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:221 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Delivery` section of the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, there are delivery-specific fields that can be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:None msgid "The Delivery section of the Other Info tab of a quotation form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:228 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: Displays the weight of the items being shipped. This field is not modifiable. Product weight is configured on individual product forms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:230 msgid ":guilabel:`Incoterm`: Select an Incoterm (International Commerical Term) to use as predefined commerical terms for international transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`Incoterm Location`: If an Incoterm is being used, enter the international location in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy`: Select a desired shipping policy from the drop-down menu. If all products are delivered at once, the delivery order is scheduled, based on the greatest product lead time. Otherwise, it is based on the shortest lead time. The available options are: :guilabel:`As soon as possible` or :guilabel:`When all products are ready`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:238 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: Click into the empty field to reveal a calendar popover, from which a customer delivery date can be selected. If no custom date is required, refer to the :guilabel:`Expected` date listed to the right of that field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:243 msgid "Invoicing section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:245 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section of the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, there are invoicing specific fields that can be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:None msgid "The Invoicing section of the Other Info tab of a quotation form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:252 msgid ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: Select a fiscal position to be used to adapt taxes and accounts for particular customers or sales orders/invoices. The default value comes from the customer. If a selection is made in this field, an :icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Update Taxes` clickable link and icon appear. When clicked, the taxes for this partiuclar customer and quotation are updated. A confirmation window appears, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:257 msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select an analytic account to apply to this customer/quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:260 msgid "Tracking section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:262 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Tracking` section of the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, there are tracking specific fields that can be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:None msgid "The Tracking section of the Other Info tab of a quotation form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:269 msgid ":guilabel:`Source Document`: Enter the reference of the document that generated the quotation/sales order, if applicable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Opportunity`: Select the specific opportunity (from the **CRM** app) related to this quotation, if applicable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:273 msgid ":guilabel:`Campaign`: Select the marketing campaign related to this quotation, if applicable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Medium`: Select the method by which this quotation originated (e.g. *Email*), if applicable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Source`: Select the source of the link used to generate this quotation (e.g. *Facebook*), if applicable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:280 msgid ":doc:`../../../websites/website/reporting/link_tracker`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:283 msgid "Notes tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:285 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab of the quotation form, enter any specific internal notes about the quotation and/or customer, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:291 msgid "Sending and confirming quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:293 msgid "Once all the necessary fields and tabs have been configured, it is time to send the quotation to the customer for confirmation. Upon confirmation, the quotation turns into an official sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:296 msgid "At the top of the form, there is a series of buttons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:298 msgid ":guilabel:`Send by Email`: When clicked, a pop-up window appears with the customer's name and email address in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, the quotation (and reference ID) in the :guilabel:`Subject` field, and a brief default message in the body of the email, which can be modified, if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:301 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:311 msgid "Below that, a PDF copy of the quotation is attached. When ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send the quotation, via email, to the customer, so they can review and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Send PRO-FORMA Invoice`: This button **only** appears if the *Pro-Forma Invoice* setting has been enabled. When clicked, a pop-up window appears with the customer's name and email address in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, the *Proforma* invoice (and reference ID) in the :guilabel:`Subject` field, and a brief default message in the body of the email, which can be modified, if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:313 msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm`: When clicked, the quotation is confirmed, and the status changes to :guilabel:`Sales Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:315 msgid ":guilabel:`Preview`: When clicked, Odoo reveals a preview of the quotation the customer sees when they log into their customer portal. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Back to edit mode` link at the top of the preview page, in the blue banner, to return to the quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:318 msgid ":guilabel:`Cancel`: When clicked, the quotation is canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:321 msgid "If the *Lock Confirmed Sales* setting is enabled, the sales order becomes :guilabel:`Locked`, and is indicated as such on the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:324 msgid "At this point, the quotation has been confirmed, turned into a sales order, and is now ready to be invoiced and paid for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:327 msgid "For more information about invoicing, refer to the :doc:`Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities <../invoicing/invoicing_policy>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/deadline.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:85 @@ -17647,27 +17724,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:332 msgid ":doc:`deadline`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:333 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:248 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:334 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:249 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:335 msgid ":doc:`pdf_quote_builder`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:336 msgid ":doc:`../invoicing/proforma`" msgstr "" @@ -17695,7 +17772,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the quotation form, click the :guilabel:`Expiration` field to reveal a pop-up calendar. From this pop-up calendar, select the desired month and date as the expiration date for the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/deadline.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/deadline.rst:None msgid "The expiration field on a standard quotation form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -17723,7 +17800,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the quotation template form, add a specific number of days to the :guilabel:`Quotation expires after` field, located beneath the quotation template name. The number of days represents how long the quotation will be valid for, before it expires." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/deadline.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/deadline.rst:None msgid "The quotation expires after field on a quotation template form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -17743,7 +17820,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To properly utilize multiple addresses in Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` heading. Then, tick the checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." msgstr "" @@ -17763,7 +17840,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the contact form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then select :guilabel:`Add`, which is located under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up form, in which additional addresses can be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form." msgstr "" @@ -17799,7 +17876,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once an option is selected, proceed to enter the corresponding contact information that should be used for the specified address type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." msgstr "" @@ -17815,7 +17892,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields autopopulate with the corresponding addresses specified on the customer's contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." msgstr "" @@ -17851,7 +17928,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate the *Online Payment* feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Quotations \\& Orders` heading, check the box next to the :guilabel:`Online Payment` feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:None msgid "The online payment setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" @@ -17863,7 +17940,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable this feature on a standard quotation, click the checkbox for the :guilabel:`Payment` feature option, located in the :guilabel:`Online confirmation` field, on the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:None msgid "The online payment setting on a standard quotation in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -17871,7 +17948,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable this feature on a quotation template, click the checkbox for the :guilabel:`Payment` feature option, located in the :guilabel:`Online confirmation` field of the quotation template form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:None msgid "The online payment setting on quotation template forms in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -17887,7 +17964,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking that link reveals a separate :guilabel:`Payment Providers` page, in which a large variety of payment providers can be enabled, customized, and published." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:None msgid "Payment providers page in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -17904,7 +17981,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After opening quotations in their customer portal, customers can click :guilabel:`Accept \\& Pay` to confirm their order with an online payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:None msgid "The accept and pay button on an online quotation in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -17912,7 +17989,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Accept \\& Pay`, customers are presented with :guilabel:`Validate Order` pop-up window containing different options for them to make online payments, in the :guilabel:`Pay with` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:None msgid "How to register a payment on a validate order pop-up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -17924,7 +18001,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the customer selects their desired method of payment, they will click the :guilabel:`Pay` button on the pop-up window to confirm the order. Odoo instantly notifies the assigned salesperson upon order confirmation with an online payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:None msgid "Sample of notification that appears in the chatter when an online payment is made." msgstr "" @@ -17948,7 +18025,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate the *Online Signature* feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Quotations \\& Orders` heading, and activate the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature by checking the box beside it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:None msgid "The Online Signature feature option in the Settings of the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" @@ -17980,7 +18057,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When clients access quotations online through their customer portal, there's a :guilabel:`Sign \\& Pay` button directly on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:None msgid "The Sign and Pay button present on online quotations in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -17988,7 +18065,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Validate Order` pop-up window appears. In this pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Full Name` field is auto-populated, based on the contact information in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:None msgid "The Validate Order pop-up window for online signatures in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -18024,7 +18101,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view a online signature from a paid invoice, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders` and select the desired sales order. A new tab, :guilabel:`Customer Signature`, is available. Click the tab to view the electronic signature as well as the :guilabel:`Signed By` and :guilabel:`Signed On` information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:None msgid "The Customer Signature tab on a sales order when in Developer Mode." msgstr "" @@ -18044,7 +18121,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate the *Margins* feature, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, tick the :guilabel:`Margins` checkbox. Then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/margin.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/margin.rst:None msgid "Margins checkbox." msgstr "" @@ -18076,7 +18153,7 @@ msgid "\\frac{Sales~Price - Cost~Price}{Sales~Price} \\times 100\n" "" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/margin.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/margin.rst:None msgid "Cable Management box product page." msgstr "" @@ -18088,7 +18165,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations` and click the :guilabel:`New` button to begin a new quotation. Fill out the quotation with the necessary information. While adding products to the quotation, a new field, :guilabel:`Margin`, automatically appears at the bottom of the document. This field displays the order's total margin in the configured currency as well as the percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/margin.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/margin.rst:None msgid "Sales order with Margin field on the bottom." msgstr "" @@ -18104,7 +18181,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Margin` and :guilabel:`Margin(%)` columns are not displayed by default, but once enabled, the columns appear on all new and existing quotations and :abbr:`SOs (sales orders)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/margin.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/margin.rst:None msgid "Sales order with Margin and Margin(%) columns displayed." msgstr "" @@ -18232,7 +18309,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To delete an optional product from the product form, simply click the :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(Delete)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:None msgid "Where the optional products section appears in product forms in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -18240,7 +18317,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Additional products can also be added to a core product by clicking :guilabel:`Search more...`. This opens the :guilabel:`Search: Optional Products` form, which displays all products in the catalog and includes the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new product. Multiple products may be selected as optional products at once when using this form by clicking their checkboxes and then clicking :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/optional_products.rst:None msgid "The Search: Optional Products form accessed by clicking Search more..." msgstr "" @@ -18272,7 +18349,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable that setting, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section. Then, check the box next to the :guilabel:`Variant Grid Entry` option, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:None msgid "The variant grid entry setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" @@ -18300,7 +18377,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It should be noted that these options **only** appear if at least two values of an attribute have been added to the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:None msgid "Sales variant selection options on the attributes and variants tab on product form." msgstr "" @@ -18324,7 +18401,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The product configurator feature appears as a :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up window, as soon as a product with (at least two) variants is added to a quotation or sales order, but **only** if the :guilabel:`Product Configurator` option is selected on its product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:None msgid "The product configurator pop-up window that appears on a quotation or sales order." msgstr "" @@ -18344,7 +18421,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The order grid entry feature appears as a :guilabel:`Choose Product Variants` pop-up window, as soon as a product with (at least two) variants is added to a quotation or sales order, but **only** if the :guilabel:`Order Grid Entry` option is selected on its product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:None msgid "The choose product variants pop-up window that appears on a quotation in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -18356,7 +18433,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When all the desired quantities and variants have been selected, the salesperson simply clicks :guilabel:`Confirm`, and those orders are instantly added to the quotation/sales order in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:None msgid "Populated order lines tab after order grid entry has been chosen to select products." msgstr "" @@ -18614,7 +18691,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button at the top of the page to navigate to a :guilabel:`Documents` page for that product, where files related to that product can be uploaded. From this page, either click :guilabel:`New` or :guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/pdf_quote_builder.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/pdf_quote_builder.rst:None msgid "The Documents smart button on a product form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -18630,7 +18707,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Prior to uploading a document, there's the option to designate whether the document is a :guilabel:`File` or :guilabel:`URL` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/pdf_quote_builder.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/pdf_quote_builder.rst:None msgid "A standard document form with an uploaded PDF in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -18690,7 +18767,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On a sales order, in the :guilabel:`Quote Builder` tab, select additional documents to be merged into the final PDF. If a selected document has custom fields, they appear as editable text boxes to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/pdf_quote_builder.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/pdf_quote_builder.rst:None msgid "Selectable quotation headers and footers under the Quote Builder section in a quotation." msgstr "" @@ -18702,7 +18779,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To print the PDF quote, navigate to the confirmed quote, and click :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Print`, then select :guilabel:`PDF Quote`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/pdf_quote_builder.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/pdf_quote_builder.rst:None msgid "Print PDF quote option on drop-down menu located on confirmed sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -18734,7 +18811,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the heading, tick the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` checkbox. Doing so reveals a new :guilabel:`Default Template` field, in which a default quotation template can be chosen from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:None msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -18758,7 +18835,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a quotation template, click the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` link on the :guilabel:`Settings` page once :guilabel:`Quotation templates` are enabled, or navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. Both options reveal the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` page, where quotation templates can be created, viewed, and edited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:None msgid "Quotation templates page in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" @@ -18766,7 +18843,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new quotation template, click the :guilabel:`New` button, located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank quotation template form that can be customized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:None msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -18794,7 +18871,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the email template, and a :guilabel:`Create Confirmation Mail` pop-up window appears, in which the email template can be customized and configured immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:None msgid "Create confirmation mail pop-up window from the quotation template form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -18890,7 +18967,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Optional products appear as a section on the bottom of sales orders and eCommerce pages. Customers can immediately add them to their online sales orders themselves, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:None msgid "Optional products appearing on a typical sales order with Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -18946,7 +19023,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view what the customer will see, click the :guilabel:`Preview` button at the top of the page to see how the quotation template appears on the front-end of the website through Odoo's customer portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:None msgid "Customer preview of a quotation template in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -18978,7 +19055,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From this drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Cancel quotations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:None msgid "The Cancel quotations option on the Actions drop-down menu in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" @@ -19258,7 +19335,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Pickup failed:** The 3PL parcel pickup attempt failed. The seller needs to rearrange shipment, and the rest of the order fulfillment content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector/manage.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector/manage.rst:None msgid "Shopee delivery status in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -19286,7 +19363,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For :abbr:`FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant)` orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the Shopee connector, thanks to the shipping status of Shopee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector/manage.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector/manage.rst:None msgid "Stock move created for Shopee order in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -19571,7 +19648,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a Shopee order is synchronized, only lines for items are created on the sales order in Odoo. Each one represents one for the product that was sold on Shopee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector/setup.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/shopee_connector/setup.rst:None msgid "Shopee synchronized sale order in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -19687,7 +19764,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new recurring plan by clicking :guilabel:`New` on the :guilabel:`Recurring Plans` dashboard, to reveal a blank form where the plan :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`DETAILS`, :guilabel:`SELF-SERVICE` and :guilabel:`Pricing` field values are specified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:None msgid "A blank recurring plan form in the Odoo Subscriptions application." msgstr "" @@ -19815,7 +19892,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` option is already enabled, prompting Odoo to recognize it as a subscription product. Be sure to leave the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` and :guilabel:`Sales` options enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:None msgid "A basic subscription product form in Odoo Subscriptions application." msgstr "" @@ -19903,7 +19980,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Payment Terms`, to set a specified time window for when the subscription must be paid. This is not to be confused for when the quotation is *confirmed* and becomes a sales order, to where, payment may then be obtained immediately or within a certain amount of days, weeks, months, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:None msgid "A completed example of a new subscription quotation in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -20047,7 +20124,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the payment *was* made, a new invoice must be made and posted manually. This automatically updates the next invoice date of the subscription. Once the invoice is created, enter :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode>` and navigate to the new sales order. Click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and untick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Contract in exception`. Reload the sales order and confirm that the :guilabel:`Payment Failure` tag is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_payments.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_payments.rst:None msgid "The contract in exception option selected with the payment failure tag shown." msgstr "" @@ -20079,7 +20156,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once on the :guilabel:`Recurring Plans` form, enable the :guilabel:`Closable` option, in the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section, to allow customers to close their own subscriptions using the customer portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:None msgid "The Closable option on a recurring plan form in Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" @@ -20099,7 +20176,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At that point, the ability to close the subscription becomes available, via the :guilabel:`Close` button at the top of the subscription order, near the row that contains :guilabel:`In Progress` and other stages. This option is also available after the order has been invoiced and the payment has been registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:None msgid "Close subscription from an administration point of view with Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" @@ -20107,7 +20184,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`Close` button prompts a :guilabel:`Close Reason` pop-up window to appear, allowing administrators to input the reason for closing the subscription, or choose from the drop-down menu of options in the :guilabel:`Reason` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:None msgid "The Close Reason pop-up when the Close button is clicked in Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" @@ -20119,7 +20196,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Submit` on the :guilabel:`Close Reason` pop-up window updates the subscription sales order to show :guilabel:`Churned` status tag, along with the specified :guilabel:`Close Reason`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:None msgid "A churned sales order for a closed subscription in Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" @@ -20127,7 +20204,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "That same close reason can be found in the *Chatter* of the sales order, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:None msgid "The chatter of a churned sales order for a closed subscription in Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" @@ -20143,7 +20220,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the customer's point of view, in the customer portal, the :guilabel:`Close Subscription` button is located on the left side of the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:None msgid "Close subscription button on a customer's view of a sales order in Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" @@ -20151,7 +20228,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the customer clicks the :guilabel:`Close Subscription` button, a :guilabel:`Close Subscription` pop-up window appears, in which the customer has to choose from a select list of reasons why they are choosing to close the subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:None msgid "The close subscription pop-up window customers see when closing a subscription." msgstr "" @@ -20212,7 +20289,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The new subscription product is now available to purchase on the eCommerce website, with options for the different recurring periods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:None msgid "Subscription product on eCommerce website." msgstr "" @@ -20252,7 +20329,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To check if an existing subscription quotation meets the prerequisites, navigate to :menuselection:`Subscriptions app --> Subscriptions --> Quotations` and select the desired quotation from the list. Properly configured subscriptions show as being in the :guilabel:`Sales Order` stage, have an :guilabel:`In Progress` tag, and have the :guilabel:`Renew` button in the row of buttons directly above the order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:None msgid "Renew button on subscription sales order with Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" @@ -20268,7 +20345,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the renewal quotation is confirmed, it becomes a sales order and a :icon:`fa-usd` :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button appears at the top of the page. When the :icon:`fa-usd` :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo loads a new page showcasing the different sales orders attached to this subscription, along with their individual :guilabel:`Subscription Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:None msgid "Renewal quotation in the Odoo Subscriptions application." msgstr "" @@ -20277,11 +20354,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/subscriptions_deliveries.rst:74 -msgid ":doc:`../sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:3 msgid "Subscription reports" msgstr "" @@ -20390,7 +20462,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Pivot`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:None msgid "The different view options available on the Subscriptions Analysis page." msgstr "" @@ -20402,7 +20474,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the graph view selected, the following options appear between the search bar and visual representation of the data. These graph-specific options are located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` and :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:None msgid "The different graph view options in the Odoo Subscriptions app." msgstr "" @@ -20481,7 +20553,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Three pivot-specific options are available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu and :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:None msgid "The pivot-specific view options available in the Odoo Subscriptions app." msgstr "" @@ -20509,7 +20581,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The graph and pivot reporting pages have their own metric-specific :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu of data-related options to choose from, located in the upper-left corner, above the visual representation of metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:None msgid "The standard measures drop-down menu in the Odoo Subscriptions app." msgstr "" @@ -20533,7 +20605,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When clicked, the ability to add the configured data currently being showcased on the reporting page into a new or pre-existing spreadsheet or dashboard becomes available, via a pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:None msgid "The spreadsheet pop-up window of the Subscriptions Analysis page." msgstr "" @@ -20593,7 +20665,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The following filters are also present in the search bar: :guilabel:`In Progress or Paused` and :guilabel:`Recurring`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:None msgid "The default view of the Subscriptions Analysis reporting page in Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" @@ -20601,7 +20673,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the :guilabel:`Measures` button on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions Analysis` page is clicked, a series of metric-related options becomes available as a drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:None msgid "The measures drop-down menu of the Subscriptions Analysis page." msgstr "" @@ -20656,7 +20728,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Retention Analysis` reporting page differs from the other **Subscriptions** app reporting pages, in that it does **not** provide any additional view options. The data on this page is only presented in a customizable data chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:None msgid "The default view of the Retention Analysis reporting page in Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" @@ -20664,7 +20736,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu on the :guilabel:`Retention Analysis` reporting page is clicked, a series of metric-related options become available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:None msgid "The measures drop-down menu of the Retention Analysis page." msgstr "" @@ -20708,7 +20780,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When clicked, a drop-down menu of various time period options become available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:None msgid "The time period drop-down menu of the Retention Analysis page." msgstr "" @@ -20756,8 +20828,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A default filter is also available in the search bar for :guilabel:`Event Date: Month > Event Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:None msgid "The default appearance of the MRR Breakdown reporting page in Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" @@ -20821,8 +20893,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A default filter is also found in the search bar for :guilabel:`Event Date: Month`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:None msgid "The default appearance of the MRR Analysis reporting page in Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" @@ -20866,7 +20938,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With developer mode activated, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:None msgid "The scheduled actions option under the technical menu in the Odoo Settings application." msgstr "" @@ -20886,7 +20958,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Sale Subscription: subscriptions expiration`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:None msgid "The subscription-related results on the scheduled actions page in Odoo Settings." msgstr "" @@ -20898,7 +20970,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a scheduled action needs to be activated, click into the desired scheduled action from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:None msgid "The scheduled action form in the Odoo Settings application." msgstr "" @@ -20930,7 +21002,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set up *Deferred Expense* and *Deferred Revenue* accounts, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Both accounts can be configured in the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:None msgid "The necessary deferred account settings in the Odoo Accounting app's settings page." msgstr "" @@ -20954,7 +21026,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On a confirmed subscription sales order form, focus on the :guilabel:`Recurring Plan` and :guilabel:`Date of Next Invoice` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:None msgid "A confirmed subscription sales order in the Odoo Subscriptions application." msgstr "" @@ -20994,7 +21066,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If there is no :guilabel:`Payment Token`, the invoice is created, and sent to the customer. The payment **must** be registered manually in this case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:None msgid "The Payment Token field under the Other Info tab on a subscription sales order form." msgstr "" @@ -21046,7 +21118,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, the :guilabel:`Sale Subscription: subscriptions expiration` scheduled action checks to see if the end date has passed, which is configured on the subscription sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:None msgid "The expiration date on a subscription sales order in Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" @@ -21058,7 +21130,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the invoices attached to a subscription, access the sales order for the subscription product, and click the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button. Then, look at the :guilabel:`Invoice Date` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:None msgid "The Invoice Date column on subscriptions invoice page in Odoo Subscriptions app." msgstr "" @@ -21066,7 +21138,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Unpaid subscriptions with an :guilabel:`Invoice Date` that are past the determined number of days in the :guilabel:`Automatic Closing` field of a :guilabel:`Recurring Plan` are automatically closed by the :guilabel:`Sale Subscription: subscriptions expiration` scheduled action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:None msgid "The Automatic Closing field on a Recurring Plan form in Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" @@ -21187,7 +21259,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate the *Discounts* feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, and tick the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Discounts`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:None msgid "Activation of the discount option in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" @@ -21211,7 +21283,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the subscription sales order is opened, either in the *Sales* or *Subscriptions* application, the ability to upsell that subscription is available, via the :guilabel:`Upsell` button at the top of the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:None msgid "Upsell button for subscription sales orders with Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" @@ -21231,7 +21303,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired subscription product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:None msgid "Adding products to your subscription via the upsell option in Odoo Subscriptions" msgstr "" @@ -21255,6 +21327,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly showcasing their individual :guilabel:`Subscription Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:None msgid "The related sales order viewable from the Sales History smart button in Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/services.pot b/locale/sources/services.pot index 159f69ef19..553a0d5a8e 100644 --- a/locale/sources/services.pot +++ b/locale/sources/services.pot @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 10:43+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-20 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set up a default warehouse for a specific user, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Manage users`, select a user, then go to the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab. Scroll down to :guilabel:`Inventory`, and select the default warehouse from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/product_management.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/product_management.rst:None msgid "Selection of a default warehouse on a user profile." msgstr "" @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Default Worksheet` template is selected. To define another default worksheet template, click the :guilabel:`➔` (:guilabel:`Internal link`) icon that appears when you hover your mouse over the :guilabel:`Project` field on the task form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/worksheets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/worksheets.rst:None msgid "Mouse on project name to setup default worksheet template" msgstr "" @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view or modify **Helpdesk** teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the :guilabel:`New` button on the top-left of the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:None msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If an employee has time off scheduled in the **Time Off** application, they are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are currently available, the system looks ahead on the calendar until there is a match." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:None msgid "View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" "Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Team`: Specify which :guilabel:`Sales Team` and :guilabel:`Salesperson` this created opportunity is assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:None msgid "The convert to opportunity pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a credit note, navigate to a ticket on the :menuselection:`Helpdesk app`, and click the :guilabel:`Refund` button in the top-left corner of the ticket form. This opens a :guilabel:`Refund` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:None msgid "View of a refund creation page." msgstr "" @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the credit note has been posted, a :guilabel:`Credit Notes` smart button is added to the **Helpdesk** ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:None msgid "View of smart buttons on a ticket focusing on the credit note button." msgstr "" @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To generate a coupon, open a **Helpdesk** ticket and click on the :guilabel:`Coupon` button in the top-left corner. Select an option from the :guilabel:`Coupon Program` drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Generate a Coupon` pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:None msgid "View of a coupon generation window." msgstr "" @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After a :guilabel:`Coupon Code` has been generated, a :guilabel:`Coupons` smart button is added to the top of the ticket; click the smart button to view the coupon code, expiration date, and additional information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:None msgid "View of the smart buttons on a ticket focusing on the coupon button." msgstr "" @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Returns are completed through *reverse transfers*, which generate new warehouse operations for the returning products. Click the :guilabel:`Return` button at the top of a ticket to open the :guilabel:`Return` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:None msgid "View of a Helpdesk ticket with the return button highlighted." msgstr "" @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Return Location` where the items should be directed after the return is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:None msgid "View of a reverse transfer creation page." msgstr "" @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use the breadcrumbs to return to the helpdesk ticket. A new :guilabel:`Return` smart button can now be accessed at the top of the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:None msgid "View of the return smart button on a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new repair order, open a :menuselection:`Helpdesk` ticket and click on the :guilabel:`Repair` button in the top-left corner. This opens a :guilabel:`Repair Reference` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:None msgid "View of a repair reference page." msgstr "" @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A :guilabel:`Repairs` smart button is then added to the ticket, linking to the repair order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:None msgid "View of smart buttons focusing on repair button." msgstr "" @@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new **Field Service** task, navigate to a :menuselection:`Helpdesk` ticket. Click :guilabel:`Plan Intervention` to open the :guilabel:`Create a Field Service task` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:None msgid "View of a Field Service task creation page." msgstr "" @@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the task is created, a :guilabel:`Tasks` smart button is added to the ticket, linking the :guilabel:`Field Service` task to the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:None msgid "View of ticket smart buttons focused on task." msgstr "" @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To fold a stage, navigate to the :menuselection:`Helpdesk` dashboard and click on a team to open the pipeline. Hover over a stage's heading, and then click the :icon:`fa-gear` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner of that stage's Kanban column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None msgid "View of stage on Helpdesk pipeline with emphasis on gear icon and edit stage option." msgstr "" @@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Start by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team. On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section and tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Closure by Customers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None msgid "Customer closing setting in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the ticket closing settings are enabled, a :guilabel:`Close Ticket` button is available for customers when they view their ticket through the customer portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None msgid "Customer view of ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new project where the timesheets are recorded, click into the :guilabel:`Project` drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click :guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu beneath." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:None msgid "View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time settings." msgstr "" @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals the product detail form. The product is configured with the :guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Make any necessary changes to the product record, such as the :guilabel:`Cost` or :guilabel:`Sales Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:None msgid "View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on timesheets'." msgstr "" @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:None msgid "View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." msgstr "" @@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field, at the bottom-right of the tab, is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:None msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining hours on an SO." msgstr "" @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Repeat these steps until all timesheet entries have been recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:None msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" @@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the :guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:None msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." msgstr "" @@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo **Helpdesk** integrates with the **Forums**, **eLearning**, and **Knowledge** apps to create the *Help Center*. The *Help Center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can search for and share detailed information about products and services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:None msgid "Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the Help Center features." msgstr "" @@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (bookmark)` icon, located at the top-right of the page, to open a pop-up search window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:None msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" @@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the above steps, and click the :icon:`fa-share-alt` :guilabel:`Share` icon. This reveals a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:None msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." msgstr "" @@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Type :kbd:`/` to open the *powerbox*, and view a drop-down list of :ref:`commands `. Select or type :kbd:`clipboard`. A gray block is then added to the page. Add any necessary content to this block." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:None msgid "View of a clipboard in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." msgstr "" @@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:None msgid "Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a ticket, navigate to a forum post, and click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-h` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Ticket`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:None msgid "A forum post with the create ticket option visible." msgstr "" @@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select :guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click :guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize the course in sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:None msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With all the course content selected, click any of the boxes in the :guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to automatically publish all course content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:None msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." msgstr "" @@ -1787,7 +1787,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team, navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Click on a team from the list to open the settings page. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Performance` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:None msgid "Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the rating on ticket feature\n" "in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -1828,7 +1828,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Dissatisfied** - |frown|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:None msgid "A preview of the ticket rating request template in Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -1908,7 +1908,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, scroll to :menuselection:`Channels --> Email Alias`. In the :guilabel:`Alias` field, type the desired name for the team's email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None msgid "View of the settings page of a Helpdesk team emphasizing the email alias feature in Odoo\n" "Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ msgid "If a **Helpdesk** team is named `Customer Care`, a **Live Chat** channel msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None msgid "View of the Kanban cards for the available Live Chat channels." msgstr "" @@ -2014,7 +2014,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Options` tab contains the visual and text settings for the live chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None msgid "View of the options tab of a Live Chat channel's settings." msgstr "" @@ -2166,7 +2166,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Additionally, if a *Help Center* is published, the smart button navigates there first. Simply click the :guilabel:`Contact Us` button, at the bottom of the forum, to navigate to the ticket submission form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None msgid "View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the Go to Website button in\n" "Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: choose whether or not the field should include animation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None msgid "View of the unpublished website form to submit a ticket for Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -2243,7 +2243,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All tickets include a :guilabel:`Priority` field. The highest priority tickets appear at the top of the Kanban and list views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None msgid "View of a team's Kanban view and the prioritized tasks in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This report is useful for identifying where teams are spending the most time, and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among the support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team and groups them by stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None msgid "View of Ticket Analysis report default view." msgstr "" @@ -2387,7 +2387,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, this report is filtered to show the number of |SLAs| failed, in progress, and the number that have been successful. The results are grouped by teams." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None msgid "View of Group by options of Ticket Analysis report." msgstr "" @@ -2419,7 +2419,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Reporting --> Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on individual support tickets, as well as any additional comments submitted with the rating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None msgid "View of the Kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." msgstr "" @@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on an individual rating to see additional details about the rating submitted by the customer, including a link to the original ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None msgid "View of the details of an individual customer rating." msgstr "" @@ -2615,7 +2615,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The deadline is then added to the ticket, as well as a tag indicating the name of the |SLAs| applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:None msgid "View of a ticket's form emphasizing an open SLA deadline on a ticket in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a ticket satisfies an |SLA| policy, the |SLA| tag turns green, and the deadline disappears from view on the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:None msgid "View of a ticket's form emphasizing a satisfied SLA in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -2635,7 +2635,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the |SLA| deadline passes and the ticket has not moved to the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`, the |SLA| tag turns red. After the |SLA| has failed, the red tag stays on the ticket, even after the ticket is moved to the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:None msgid "View of a ticket's form with a failing and passing SLA in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" @@ -2671,7 +2671,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whenever a measurement is picked, a :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon appears in the drop-down menu to indicate that the measurement is included, and a corresponding new column emerges in the pivot table to show the relevant calculations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:None msgid "View of the available measures in the SLA status analysis report." msgstr "" @@ -2679,7 +2679,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a group to a row or column, click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon next to the policy name and then select one of the groups. To remove one, click the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` :guilabel:`(minus)` icon next to the policy name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:None msgid "View of the available group by options in the SLA status analysis report." msgstr "" @@ -2815,7 +2815,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a property field, switch to the list view from any schedule. From there, click :guilabel:`View` on the shift that you wish to edit. If the :guilabel:`Role` field is empty, fill it in with the desired role, then click the cog icon and select :guilabel:`Add Properties`. :doc:`Configure ` the new field according to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning.rst:None msgid "Creating a new property field in Planning." msgstr "" @@ -2851,7 +2851,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To adapt the employee's planning settings, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Configuration --> Employees`, and choose the employee for whom you want to edit the settings. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning.rst:None msgid "Employee profile and the work information tab." msgstr "" @@ -2939,7 +2939,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a shift template, click :guilabel:`New` on any schedule, then fill in the :ref:`details of the shift `. In order for the shift to be saved as a template, click :guilabel:`Save Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning.rst:None msgid "Shift form." msgstr "" @@ -2983,7 +2983,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The schedule is displayed in the Gantt view, which allows you to edit (with a drag and drop), resize, split, and duplicate shifts without having to open them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning.rst:None msgid "A schedule displaying various visual elements." msgstr "" @@ -3233,7 +3233,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can customize your existing **projects** from the dashboard by clicking the drop-down toggle button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on your project's **card**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:None msgid "Project card" msgstr "" @@ -3293,7 +3293,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Additionally, you can mark the project as :guilabel:`Favorite`, allowing you to find it using the :guilabel:`My Favorites` filter on the Kanban view;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:None msgid "Project settings" msgstr "" @@ -3397,7 +3397,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can then click the buttons to access the related records without leaving the Project app. To return to your project tasks' Kanban view, click the :guilabel:`Tasks` button in the top bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:None msgid "Top bar selection menu" msgstr "" @@ -3625,7 +3625,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Aside from the Gantt view, you can also create, edit, and mark milestones as reached from :ref:`the project dashboard `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_milestones.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_milestones.rst:None msgid "Project milestones in Gantt view." msgstr "" @@ -3653,7 +3653,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **profitability dashboard** is on the right side of the project dashboard and displays data for all records linked to the project and its :doc:`analytic account `. It’s divided into two major sections: :ref:`revenues `, which displays a breakdown of income generated by the project, and :ref:`costs ` accrued by your company. The same record can be displayed in both sections, e.g., the same timesheet is listed under :guilabel:`Revenues` with the amount the customer paid for the work and under :guilabel:`Costs` with the amount of wages paid to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_profitability.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_profitability.rst:None msgid "Project dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -4165,7 +4165,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Accept Emails From**: refine the senders whose emails will create tasks in the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:None msgid "View of the email alias chosen on the dashboard view in Odoo Project" msgstr "" @@ -4261,7 +4261,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a task dependency from the Gantt view, hover your mouse over the predecessor task, then click one of the dots that appear around it. Drag and drop the dot onto the successor task. An arrow appears, indicating the dependency from the predecessor task to the successor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:None msgid "Task dependency" msgstr "" @@ -4437,7 +4437,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Below the billing rate indicators, the total monthly amount of time logged by the user is also displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/billing_rates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/billing_rates.rst:None msgid "Billing rate indicators." msgstr "" @@ -4469,7 +4469,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking on the area of the top three performers opens the leaderboard for all team members. Use the drop-down menu in the upper left corner to switch between the :guilabel:`Billing Rate Leaderboard` and the :guilabel:`Total Time Leaderboard`, which displays the total time logged by team members across billable and internal projects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/billing_rates.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/billing_rates.rst:None msgid "Billing rate leaderboard." msgstr "" @@ -4497,7 +4497,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if you like." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/time_off.rst:None msgid "View of Timesheets setting enabling the feature record time off in Odoo Timesheets" msgstr "" @@ -4505,7 +4505,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be validated or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/time_off.rst:None msgid "View of a time off types form emphasizing the time off requests and timesheets section in\n" "Odoo Time Off" msgstr "" @@ -4518,7 +4518,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to 15th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/time_off.rst:None msgid "View of the time off request form in Odoo Time Off" msgstr "" @@ -4526,7 +4526,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating does it so." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/time_off.rst:None msgid "Video of timesheets emphasizing the requested time off from the employee in Odoo Timesheets" msgstr "" @@ -4534,6 +4534,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the project/task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/time_off.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/time_off.rst:None msgid "View of the details of a project/task in Odoo Timeheets" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/studio.pot b/locale/sources/studio.pot index f85852e2b3..9147615771 100644 --- a/locale/sources/studio.pot +++ b/locale/sources/studio.pot @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 10:43+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-20 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once an approval rule has been defined for a button, a **user avatar** icon is displayed next to the button's label for each approval step. Clicking an icon reveals the step(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:None msgid "Confirm button with two approval steps" msgstr "" @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is *highly recommended* to consult with a developer, solution architect, or another technical role when deciding to use webhooks and throughout the implementation process. If not properly configured, webhooks may disrupt the Odoo database and can take time to revert." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:None msgid "Example of a Based on date field trigger" msgstr "" @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Repeat as many times as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:None msgid "Define multiple actions to be executed" msgstr "" @@ -2238,7 +2238,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Export` button to download the ZIP file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:None msgid "Choosing to export both data and demo data" msgstr "" @@ -2526,7 +2526,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The dashed rectangles represent **conditional blocks** (*if/else* statements). These are used to show/hide content based on specific conditions. Click on the block to view the conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:None msgid "View conditions applied to a block." msgstr "" @@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a value to preview its corresponding output and edit it if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:None msgid "Preview the output of another condition." msgstr "" @@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a field, type `/` and select the :guilabel:`Field` command. In the list that opens, select or search for the field; click the right arrow next to the field name to access the list of related fields if needed. Then, specify the default value that will be shown if the field is not completed in the record and press `Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:None msgid "Select a related field." msgstr "" @@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can insert, move and delete columns and rows using the table tools. Position the cursor on top of the column or to the left of the row then click the purple rectangle and select an option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:None msgid "List of available options for editing table structure." msgstr "" @@ -2654,7 +2654,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a field to a cell, delete any placeholder text then add the :ref:`field of your choice `. The dialog box that opens shows the source object for the field (e.g., the *Order Lines* model) and the list of available fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:None msgid "List of available fields for the sale order lines model." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/websites.pot b/locale/sources/websites.pot index df36a28de2..7e25fabd82 100644 --- a/locale/sources/websites.pot +++ b/locale/sources/websites.pot @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 10:43+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-20 18:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under :guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:None msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" msgstr "" @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ msgid "Prices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:15 -msgid "While B2C businesses sell directly to the end consumer with a :ref:`tax-included ` price, B2B businesses usually :ref:`exclude taxes ` and may even prefer to hide prices altogether, showcasing only their products instead. To configure a B2B-specific ecommerce shop, make sure the :ref:`Tax-Excluded ` option is enabled, and complete the configuration to :ref:`hide the pricing `." +msgid "While B2C businesses sell directly to the end consumer with a :ref:`tax-included ` price, B2B businesses usually :ref:`exclude taxes ` and may even prefer to hide prices altogether, showcasing only their products instead. To configure a B2B-specific online shop, make sure the :ref:`Tax-Excluded ` option is enabled, and complete the configuration to :ref:`hide the pricing `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/b2b_b2c.rst:24 @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To display the :guilabel:`Contact Us` button and a note saying `Not Available For Sale` , you need to :ref:`hide your prices ` on your product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:None msgid "Contact us button on product page" msgstr "" @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To let customers choose to go to the :ref:`Order summary ` step directly, you can add an additional :guilabel:`Buy now` button. To do so, go to any product's page, open the website editor, go to the :guilabel:`Style` tab, and click the :icon:`fa-bolt` :guilabel:`Buy Now` button next to the :guilabel:`Purchase Options`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:None msgid "Buy now button" msgstr "" @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customers can pay with an eWallet or gift card during checkout. To offer these options, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable :menuselection:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card` in the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section. Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Gift cards & eWallet` and :doc:`create a gift card and/or eWallet program `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:None msgid "Gift card and eWallet options at checkout" msgstr "" @@ -654,14 +654,14 @@ msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:5 -msgid "Using customer accounts for an ecommerce shop enables you to :ref:`manage customers `, control access to the :ref:`shop `, the :ref:`checkout `, or the :ref:`customer portal `, and support both :doc:`B2B and B2C operations `." +msgid "Using customer accounts for an e-commerce enables you to :ref:`manage customers `, control access to the :ref:`shop `, the :ref:`checkout `, or the :ref:`customer portal `, and support both :doc:`B2B and B2C operations `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:11 msgid "After logging in, customers can access their :doc:`customer portal <../../general/users/portal>` by clicking their username in the top-right corner of the screen and selecting :guilabel:`My Account`. From there, they can view all their documents in one place, such as quotations, orders, invoices, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/customer_accounts.rst:None msgid "Customer account access" msgstr "" @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ msgid "Google Merchant Center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/google_merchant_center.rst:5 -msgid "Google Merchant Center is a tool that allows ecommerce retailers to manage and submit product data to Google. It serves as a central hub to upload and maintain product details, such as images, prices, and descriptions so that products can appear across Google's platforms." +msgid "Google Merchant Center is a tool that allows e-commerce retailers to manage and submit product data to Google. It serves as a central hub to upload and maintain product details, such as images, prices, and descriptions so that products can appear across Google's platforms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/google_merchant_center.rst:10 @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ msgid "Google Merchant Center setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/google_merchant_center.rst:22 -msgid "To connect your ecommerce with the :abbr:`GMC (Google Merchant Center)` platform, proceed as follows:" +msgid "To connect your e-commerce with the :abbr:`GMC (Google Merchant Center)` platform, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/google_merchant_center.rst:25 @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Manage feeds`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/google_merchant_center.rst:71 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Product Feeds` pop-up window, select a :ref:`pricelist `, a :ref:`language ` and :ref:`categories `, and :guilabel:`Save`." +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Product Feeds` pop-up window, select a :ref:`pricelist `, a :ref:`language ` and :ref:`categories `, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/google_merchant_center.rst:76 @@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ msgid "Order handling" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:5 -msgid "When a customer orders on your eCommerce, there are **three** record types required to be handle in Odoo:" +msgid "When a customer orders on your e-commerce, there are **three** record types required to be handle in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:8 @@ -970,10 +970,10 @@ msgid "Order and payment status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:20 -msgid "The first step when a customer adds a product to his cart is the creation of a quotation. Orders can be managed either from the **Website** or :doc:`Sales ` app. eCommerce orders can automatically be assigned to a specific sales team by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Shop - Checkout Process** section, select a :guilabel:`Sales Team` or :guilabel:`Salesperson` to handle eCommerce orders." +msgid "The first step when a customer adds a product to his cart is the creation of a quotation. Orders can be managed either from the **Website** or :doc:`Sales ` app. E-commerce orders can automatically be assigned to a specific sales team by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Shop - Checkout Process** section, select a :guilabel:`Sales Team` or :guilabel:`Salesperson` to handle e-commerce orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:None msgid "Assignment of online orders to a sales team or salesperson" msgstr "" @@ -993,8 +993,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Order**: the customer has gone through the checkout process, confirmed the order, and the payment is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:-1 -msgid "Statuses of eCommerce orders" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:None +msgid "Statuses of e-commerce orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:45 @@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ msgid "Once a quotation has been confirmed, a delivery order is automatically cr msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:69 -msgid "Packing eCommerce orders usually requires picking the product, preparing the packaging, printing the shipping label(s) and shipping to the customer. Depending on the number of orders, strategy, or resources, those steps can be considered as one or multiple actions in Odoo." +msgid "Packing e-commerce orders usually requires picking the product, preparing the packaging, printing the shipping label(s) and shipping to the customer. Depending on the number of orders, strategy, or resources, those steps can be considered as one or multiple actions in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:73 @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ msgid "Invoice and legal requirements" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:106 -msgid "The final step of an ecommerce order is to generate the invoice and send it to the customer. Depending on your needs, an invoice can either be generated automatically or on demand of the customer. This process can be automated if (and when) the online payment is :ref:`confirmed `." +msgid "The final step of an e-commerce order is to generate the invoice and send it to the customer. Depending on your needs, an invoice can either be generated automatically or on demand of the customer. This process can be automated if (and when) the online payment is :ref:`confirmed `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/order_handling.rst:111 @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ msgid "Performance management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo integrates a variety of tools to analyze and improve the performance of your eCommerce website." +msgid "Odoo integrates a variety of tools to analyze and improve the performance of your e-commerce website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:9 @@ -1094,79 +1094,79 @@ msgid "Data monitoring" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:11 -msgid "**Website** allows monitoring and analysis of the sales performance of your eCommerce. To access the **reporting view**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Reporting --> eCommerce`. This dashboard helps you monitor everything related to sales, such as sales performance per product, category, day, etc." +msgid "**Website** allows monitoring and analysis of the sales performance of your e-commerce. To access the **reporting view**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Reporting --> eCommerce`. This dashboard helps you monitor everything related to sales, such as sales performance per product, category, day, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:-1 -msgid "Performance reporting of eCommerce" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:None +msgid "Performance reporting of e-commerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:20 msgid "By clicking :guilabel:`Measures`, you can select the type of measurement used, such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Margin`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:23 msgid ":guilabel:`Qty Invoiced`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Volume`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:26 msgid "..." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:28 msgid "Other options include **multiple views (Pivot, etc.), comparison** by periods or years, and directly :guilabel:`insert in spreadsheet`, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:147 msgid "Analytics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:34 msgid "It is possible to link your Odoo website with :ref:`analytics/plausible` and :ref:`analytics/google-analytics`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:40 msgid "Email queue optimization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:42 msgid "For websites handling flash sales (e.g., event ticket sales) or experiencing high traffic spikes, order confirmation emails can become a performance bottleneck, potentially slowing down the checkout process for other customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:46 msgid "To improve performance, these emails can be queued and processed separately from the order confirmation flow. This is managed by the :guilabel:`Sales: Send pending emails` scheduled action, which sends queued emails as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:50 msgid "To enable asynchronous email sending:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:52 msgid "Enable the :doc:`developer mode `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:53 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters` and set the :guilabel:`sale.async_emails` system parameter to `True`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:55 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions` and ensure that the :guilabel:`Sales: Send pending emails` scheduled action is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:59 msgid "Enabling this feature may delay order confirmation and invoice emails by a few minutes. It is recommended only for high-traffic websites, as it can introduce unnecessary delays for e-commerce websites with moderate traffic." msgstr "" @@ -1175,401 +1175,338 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:7 -msgid "**Odoo eCommerce** allows you to :ref:`add products ` and manage your :ref:`product pages ` directly from the Website app. It also allows you to add :ref:`product variants ` and :ref:`digital files `, :ref:`translating ` the product page content, and :ref:`managing stock `." +msgid "**Odoo eCommerce** allows you to :ref:`add products ` and manage your :ref:`product pages ` directly from the Website app. It also allows you to add :ref:`digital files `, :ref:`translate ` the product page content, and :ref:`manage the stock `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:16 msgid "Add products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:21 msgid "Create products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:23 msgid "To create a product from the frontend, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right corner, then :guilabel:`Product`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name`, :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the default :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` for local transactions, and :guilabel:`Save`. You can then update the product's details, add an image, and :ref:`customize ` the product page. When you :guilabel:`Save`, the product page is automatically published." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:30 msgid "You can also create a product from the backend by going to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:32 msgid "Products created from the frontend are automatically :ref:`published `, while products created from the backend are not. To publish a product, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to access the product page, then toggle the switch from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:39 -msgid ":doc:`Create new products using the Barcode Lookup database `." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`Create new products using the Barcode Lookup database `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`Configure the Gelato connector in Odoo to synchronize the product catalog and automate order fulfilment with Gelato `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:46 msgid "Import products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:48 msgid "To :ref:`import product data ` using XLSX or CSV files, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, click the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`gear`) icon, then :ref:`Import records `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:53 msgid "To publish **large batches** of products, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:55 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:56 msgid "Remove the :guilabel:`Published` filter and switch to the :guilabel:`List` view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:57 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-sliders` (:guilabel:`dropdown toggle`) icon and enable :guilabel:`Is published`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:59 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Is Published` column to re-order it by **published** or **unpublished** products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:61 msgid "Select the products to publish by ticking their box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:62 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Is Published` column, tick the box for any of the selected products, then :guilabel:`Confirm` to publish them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:68 msgid "Product page customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:73 msgid "Product information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:75 -msgid "To add general information about a product, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and select the product. You can configure the product page from the form by adding :ref:`variants `, :ref:`digital documents `, or :ref:`translating ` content." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:76 +msgid "To add general information about a product, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and select the product. You can configure the product page from the form by adding :ref:`variants `, :ref:`digital documents `, or :ref:`translating ` content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:80 -msgid "You can also add an ecommerce-specific product description to be displayed below the product name on the product's page. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Ecommerce description` section, and add a description. Use Odoo's :doc:`rich-text editor <../../essentials/html_editor>` features to personalize the content." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:83 +msgid "You can also add an e-commerce-specific product description to be displayed below the product name on the product's page. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Ecommerce description` section, and add a description. Use Odoo's :doc:`rich-text editor <../../essentials/html_editor>` features to personalize the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:89 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to return to the frontend product's page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:94 msgid "Product presentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:96 msgid "To customize the product presentation on the website, go to the :guilabel:`Shop` and click on the product. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to :ref:`customize ` the page, :ref:`edit its images ` or add :doc:`building blocks <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:102 msgid "When dragging and dropping a building block on the product page, placing it above or below the top or bottom blue lines makes it visible on all product pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:104 msgid "You can edit any text on your website by clicking on it while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:106 msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Customize` tab to modify the page layout or add features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:108 msgid ":guilabel:`Terms and Conditions`: Toggle the switch to display a link to your :doc:`terms and conditions <../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions>` on the product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Customers`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Rating`: Allow logged-in portal users to submit product reviews by clicking the stars below the product's name and sharing their experience in the :guilabel:`Customer Reviews` section at the bottom. Reviews are visible from the product page using the :icon:`fa-plus` (:guilabel:`plus`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Customer Reviews` heading or from the product form's chatter. To restrict visibility to internal employees, toggle the :guilabel:`Public` switch next to the review comment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:120 msgid ":guilabel:`Share`: Add social media and email icon buttons allowing customers to share the product through those channels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: Toggle the switch to allow customers to select the product quantity they want to purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Indication`: Toggle the switch to indicate if the price is :ref:`VAT included or excluded `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:126 -msgid ":guilabel:`Variants`: Show all possible product :ref:`variants ` vertically as a :guilabel:`Products List` or horizontally as selectable :guilabel:`Options` to compose the variant yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:130 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product Tags`: Toggle the switch to display the :guilabel:`Product Template Tags` on the product page and allow customers to filter products using those tags." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`Variants`: Show all possible product :ref:`variants ` vertically as a :guilabel:`Products List` or horizontally as selectable :guilabel:`Options` to compose the variant yourself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Tags`: Toggle the switch to display the :guilabel:`Product Template Tags` on the product page and allow customers to filter products using those tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:136 msgid ":guilabel:`Cart`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:138 msgid ":guilabel:`Buy Now`: Add a :icon:`fa-bolt` :guilabel:`Buy Now` option to take the customer to the checkout page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:140 msgid ":guilabel:`Wishlist`: Add an :icon:`fa-heart-o` :guilabel:`Add to wishlist` option allowing logged-in customers to save products in a :ref:`wishlist `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:143 msgid ":guilabel:`Compare`: Add a :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`Compare` option, allowing customers to :ref:`compare products ` based on their attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:144 -msgid ":guilabel:`Specification`: Select :guilabel:`Bottom of Page` to display a detailed list of the attributes and their values available for the product. This option only works for products with :ref:`variants ` if the :ref:`Product comparison tool ` is enabled in the Website :guilabel:`Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:151 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product Variants` must be enabled by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:153 -msgid "Enabled functions apply to all product pages." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:147 +msgid ":guilabel:`Specification`: Select :guilabel:`Bottom of Page` to display a detailed list of the attributes and their values available for the product. This option only works for products with :ref:`variants ` if the :ref:`Product comparison tool ` is enabled in the Website :guilabel:`Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Variants` must be enabled by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:156 +msgid "Enabled functions apply to all product pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:157 msgid "Products with single values for their attributes do not generate variants but are still displayed in the :guilabel:`Product Specifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:163 msgid "Product images and videos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:165 msgid "To add more media items, such as images and videos, navigate to the :ref:`product form `, then go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab and click :guilabel:`Add Media` under the :guilabel:`Ecommerce Media` section. In the :guilabel:`Select a media` pop-up window, go to the :guilabel:`Images` tab, select an image, click :guilabel:`Upload an image` or :guilabel:`Add URL`. Or navigate to the :guilabel:`Videos` tab, paste a video URL or embed code. Once done, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:169 -msgid "To customize the images or videos, go to the ecommerce product page, click :guilabel:`Edit` and select the relevant media. In the :guilabel:`Customize` tab, use the following features:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:172 +msgid "To customize the images or videos, go to the e-commerce product page, click :guilabel:`Edit` and select the relevant media. In the :guilabel:`Customize` tab, use the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:175 msgid ":guilabel:`Images Width`: Changes the width of the product images displayed on the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:176 msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: The :guilabel:`Carousel` layout allows customers to navigate from one image to the next using the :icon:`fa-angle-left` (:guilabel:`left arrow`) or :icon:`fa-angle-right` (:guilabel:`right arrow`); whereas the :guilabel:`Grid` displays four images in a square layout." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Image Zoom`: Select the zoom effect for product images: :guilabel:`Magnifier on hover` :guilabel:`Pop-up on Click`, :guilabel:`Both`, or :guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Thumbnails`: Align thumbnails on the :icon:`fa-long-arrow-left` (:guilabel:`Left`) or at the :icon:`fa-long-arrow-down` (:guilabel:`Bottom`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Main Image`: Click :guilabel:`Replace` to change the product's main image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:185 msgid ":guilabel:`Extra Images`: :guilabel:`Add` more extra images or videos (including via URL) or :guilabel:`Remove all`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:186 -msgid "Images must be in PNG or JPG format and with a minimum size of 1024x1024 to trigger the zoom." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:191 -msgid "Products block" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:193 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Products` :doc:`building block <../website/web_design/building_blocks>` is used to display a selection of products sold on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 -msgid "Example of a products block" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:199 -msgid "By default, the block displays the :guilabel:`Newest Products`. To change which products are shown, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab's :guilabel:`Products` section and set the :guilabel:`Filter` field to :guilabel:`Recently Sold Products` or :guilabel:`Recently Viewed Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:203 -msgid "In addition, it is possible to display products from a specific category only using the :guilabel:`Category` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:206 -msgid "You can also filter products by :guilabel:`Tags`, include :guilabel:`Variants`, and adjust the display by selecting a different :guilabel:`Template`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:212 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:214 -msgid ":doc:`Product variants <../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` are different versions of the same product, such as various colors or materials, with potential differences in price and availability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:218 -msgid "To configure product variants for a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:220 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:221 -msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and enable the :guilabel:`Product Variants` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:223 -msgid "Access the :ref:`product forms ` and go to the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab, where you can add attributes and values, allowing customers to configure and select product variants on the product page. For multiple attributes, you can combine them to create specific variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:228 -msgid "To display or hide an attribute on the :guilabel:`Shop` page and allow visitors to filter them, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Attributes`, click on the attribute, and select :guilabel:`Visible` or :guilabel:`Hidden` in the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:233 -msgid "To display the product attributes in the :doc:`product catalog `, set the :guilabel:`Attributes` feature to :guilabel:`Left` using the website editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:235 -msgid "To group attributes under the same section when :ref:`comparing products `, go to the :guilabel:`eCommerce Category` field and either select an :doc:`existing category or create a new one <../../websites/ecommerce/products>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:241 -msgid "Two attribute values are needed to make the filter visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:244 -msgid ":doc:`Product variants <../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:249 msgid "Digital files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:193 msgid "You can link digital files like certificates, eBooks, or user manuals to the products. These documents are available :ref:`before payment ` on the product page or in the customer portal :ref:`after checkout `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:198 msgid "To link a digital file to a product, go to the :ref:`product form ` and click the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button. Then, click :guilabel:`Upload` to upload a file directly, or for additional options, click :guilabel:`New`, then :guilabel:`Upload your file`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:203 msgid "You can link a URL instead of a digital file. To do so, click :guilabel:`New`, go to the :guilabel:`Type` field, and select :guilabel:`URL`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:205 msgid "To edit an existing file, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`dropdown menu`) in the top-right corner of the document card and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:211 msgid "Digital files available before payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:213 msgid "To make the file available on the product page (before payment), leave the :guilabel:`Visibility` field blank and toggle the :guilabel:`Show on product page` switch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:None msgid "digital file available before payment on the product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:222 msgid "Digital files available after payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:224 msgid "To make the file available (after payment), set the :guilabel:`Visibility` field to :guilabel:`Confirmed order` and turn off the :guilabel:`Show on product page` switch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:230 msgid "Translation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:232 msgid "If multiple languages are available on your website, you can translate a product's information directly on the :ref:`product form `. Fields that support multiple languages are identifiable by their abbreviation language (e.g., EN) next to their field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:294 -msgid "The eCommerce-related fields to translate are:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:236 +msgid "The e-commerce-related fields to translate are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:238 msgid ":guilabel:`Product name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:239 msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:240 msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Description` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:243 msgid "Having untranslated content on a web page may be detrimental to the user experience and :doc:`SEO <../../websites/website/structure/seo>`. You can use the :doc:`Translate <../website/configuration/translate>` feature to translate the page's content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:246 msgid "To check the language(s) of your website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and go to the :guilabel:`Website Info` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:252 msgid "Website availability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:254 msgid "To set the product's website availability, navigate to the :ref:`product form `, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and in the :guilabel:`eCommerce shop` section, select the :guilabel:`Website` you wish the product to be available on. Leave the field blank to make the product available on *all* websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:318 -msgid "You can make a product available on either *one* website or *all* websites, but selecting only *some* websites is not possible." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:260 +msgid "You can make a product available on either *one* website or *all* websites, but selecting only *some* websites is not possible. To sell the product on multiple specific websites without making it available on all, **duplicate** the product for each website and assign the corresponding website to each duplicate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:264 +msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Is Published` toggle to make sure the product is available for website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:270 msgid "Stock management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:272 msgid "To enable and configure inventory management options, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:277 msgid "The **Inventory** app must be installed to see the inventory management options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:278 msgid "To display the stock level on the product page, the :guilabel:`Product Type` field must be set to :guilabel:`Storable` in the :ref:`product form `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:282 +msgid "If a unique reference is needed for inventory management, install the :doc:`Manufacturing app `, and create :doc:`Kit bills of materials `. Each kit links its published \"virtual\" products to the main reference tracked in Inventory. This ensures that any item sold on the website is converted into the corresponding stocked item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:290 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:292 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section, fill in those fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:294 msgid ":doc:`Warehouse <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:295 msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock`: Enable :guilabel:`Continue Selling` to allow customers to place orders even when the product is **out of stock**. Leave the box unchecked to **prevent orders**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Show Available Qty`: Displays the available quantity left under a specified threshold on the product page. The available quantity is calculated based on the :guilabel:`On hand` quantity minus the quantity already reserved for outgoing transfers." msgstr "" @@ -1582,20 +1519,20 @@ msgid "Product comparison" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:15 -msgid "The :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`Add to compare`) button allows website visitors to compare products based on their :ref:`attributes `. Customers can click this button to select the products they wish to compare, then click :guilabel:`Compare` in the pop-up window at the bottom of the page to see the comparison summary." +msgid "The :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`Add to compare`) button allows website visitors to compare products based on their :ref:`attributes `. Customers can click this button to select the products they wish to compare, then click :guilabel:`Compare` in the pop-up window at the bottom of the page to see the comparison summary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:None msgid "Product comparison window" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:59 msgid "This button can be enabled independently in different sections of the website:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:63 msgid "Product page" msgstr "" @@ -1604,7 +1541,7 @@ msgid "Go to a product page, open the website editor, go to the :guilabel:`Style msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:69 msgid "Catalog page" msgstr "" @@ -1616,87 +1553,91 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can only compare a maximum of four products at a time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:47 +msgid "Define :ref:`attribute categories ` to group similar attributes under the same section when comparing products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:53 msgid "Wishlist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:55 msgid "The :icon:`fa-heart-o` (:guilabel:`Add to wishlist`) button allows customers to add products to their wishlist, i.e., save them for later. It is enabled by default and available on each product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:65 msgid "Go to a product page, open the website editor, go to the :guilabel:`Style` tab, navigate to the :guilabel:`Products Details` section, and toggle the :icon:`fa-heart` :guilabel:`Wishlist` button. Once done, it becomes available on each product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:71 msgid "To display the :icon:`fa-heart-o` (:guilabel:`Wishlist`) button on the :ref:`shop page `, open the website editor, go to :guilabel:`Style`, and click the :icon:`fa-paint-brush` (:guilabel:`paint brush`) icon next to :guilabel:`Product Design`. In the :guilabel:`Actions` section, toggle the :icon:`fa-heart` (:guilabel:`Wishlist`) button and choose between :guilabel:`Fixed` and :guilabel:`Fixed - On Hover`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:78 msgid "Header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:80 msgid "To display the :icon:`fa-heart` (:guilabel:`Wishlist`) icon in the header, open the website editor, click the header, navigate to the :guilabel:`Show/Hide Elements` section, and toggle the :icon:`fa-heart` (:guilabel:`Wishlist`) icon next to :guilabel:`Show Empty`. If it is not enabled, the wishlist icon only appears when an item has been added to the wishlist. The number of items in the wishlist is also displayed next to the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:87 msgid "Wishlist page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:89 msgid "It is possible to customize the layout of the :guilabel:`My Wishlist` page. To do so, open the website editor while on the wishlist page, and in the :guilabel:`Style` tab under the :guilabel:`Wishlist Page` section, choose a :guilabel:`Products Design`. Depending on the selected design, adapt the layout according to :guilabel:`Desktop` or :guilabel:`Mobile` devices. Click the :icon:`fa-paint-brush` (:guilabel:`paint brush`) icon next to :guilabel:`Products Design` to access more customization options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:97 msgid "Customers can move products from their cart to their wishlist by clicking the :guilabel:`Save for later` button in the :guilabel:`Order summary` :ref:`checkout step `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:100 msgid "On the :guilabel:`My Wishlist` page, customers can move products from their wishlist to the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:106 msgid "Product highlight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:108 msgid "The eCommerce app allows you to highlight products to increase their visibility. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Product Ribbons`. You can either use one of the preconfigured ribbons (:guilabel:`Sold out`, :guilabel:`Sale`, :guilabel:`Out of stock` or :guilabel:`New!`) or create a :guilabel:`New` one. Add a ribbon name, and select the method to :guilabel:`Assign` it:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Manually`: assign the ribbon manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:115 msgid ":guilabel:`On Sale`: the ribbon is displayed when the product is on sale, e.g., when using a :ref:`comparison price `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:117 msgid ":guilabel:`When New`: the ribbon is displayed when a new product is added. Specify the number of :guilabel:`days after publication` it should be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`when out of stock`: the ribbon is displayed when the product is currently no longer available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:118 -msgid "Choose its :guilabel:`Position`, either :guilabel:`Left` or :guilabel:`Right`, and a :guilabel:`Style`, either :guilabel:`Ribbon` or :guilabel:`Badge`. Define the :guilabel:`Text Color` and the :guilabel:`Background Color`. Then :guilabel:`Save`. The ribbon is now available for all the ecommerce products." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:122 +msgid "Choose its :guilabel:`Position`, either :guilabel:`Left` or :guilabel:`Right`, and a :guilabel:`Style`, either :guilabel:`Ribbon` or :guilabel:`Badge`. Define the :guilabel:`Text Color` and the :guilabel:`Background Color`. Then :guilabel:`Save`. The ribbon is now available for all the e-commerce products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:None msgid "Product with badge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:131 msgid "There are other ways to create a new product ribbon:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:133 msgid "Access the product form, and under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, change or create the ribbon in the :guilabel:`Ribbon` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:135 msgid "Edit/create ribbons from the :doc:`website editor <../../website/web_design>`. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Style` tab, and navigate to the :guilabel:`Product Details` section. Click the green :icon:`fa-plus` (:guilabel:`Create`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Ribbon` field or the :icon:`fa-pencil-square-o` (:guilabel:`Edit`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Ribbon` label. The :guilabel:`Assign` feature is not available for configuration in the website editor." msgstr "" @@ -1704,256 +1645,421 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new ribbon in the website editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:141 -msgid "It is also possible to add ribbons for specific :ref:`product variants `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and select a product. Click the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button, choose a variant, and add a ribbon in the :guilabel:`Variant Ribbon` field of the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/additional_features.rst:145 +msgid "It is also possible to add ribbons for specific :ref:`product variants `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and select a product. Click the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button, choose a variant, and add a ribbon in the :guilabel:`Variant Ribbon` field of the :guilabel:`Sales` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "Catalog" +msgid "Product catalog" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:5 -msgid "The eCommerce catalog displays products for customers to browse. It is organized using product categories, available options, sorting, and navigation paths. Essentially, the eCommerce catalog is the shop page of your website." +msgid "The e-commerce catalog displays products for customers to browse. It is organized using :ref:`product categories `, available :ref:`product variants `, sorting options, and navigation paths. Essentially, the e-commerce catalog is the shop page of your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:9 -msgid "The product catalog includes a :ref:`top bar `, a :ref:`side panel `, and a :ref:`product listing area `. With Odoo, you can :ref:`customize the layout `, and filter by :ref:`categories and attributes `." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:10 +msgid "The product catalog features a :ref:`toolbar and some filters ` in the sidebar (or slide-out menu), along with a dedicated :ref:`product listing area `. Additionally, the shop and category pages' :ref:`layout `, as well as the :ref:`e-commerce footer `, can be customized, and you can add :ref:`building blocks ` as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:15 -msgid "You can customize the shop page using the website editor. To access it, go to the shop page, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-right corner, and navigate to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:21 -msgid "Top bar" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:17 +msgid "To customize the catalog, go to the shop page, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-right corner, select the section you want to change, and navigate to the :guilabel:`Style` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:23 -msgid "The top bar can include a search bar, a currency selector, :ref:`sort-by and display options `, and :ref:`category quick access `." +msgid "Toolbar and filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:25 +msgid "The toolbar and sidebar (or slide-out menu) provide advanced filtering tools to help customers search and navigate the product catalog using :ref:`categories ` and :ref:`attributes `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:30 -msgid "Sort-by search and display options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:32 -msgid "You can toggle the :guilabel:`Search Bar`, display :ref:`categories ` and/or :ref:`attributes `, and enable or disable the :guilabel:`Sort-By` as well as the :ref:`Layout ` buttons in the :guilabel:`Top Bar`." +msgid "If you do not want to display a toolbar or sidebar, disable all related options in the website editor, :ref:`hide attributes `, and make sure to only assign one pricelist to the website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:37 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Sort-by` button is toggled by default, and customers can choose between the following :guilabel:`Default Sort` options:" +msgid "Categories" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`None`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:39 +msgid "To create a :ref:`category ` quick access in the toolbar or general access in the sidebar, click the :guilabel:`Top` and/or :guilabel:`Sidebar` button next to :guilabel:`Categories`, and choose a :guilabel:`Style` for them. When the :guilabel:`Sidebar` is selected, the option :guilabel:`Collapse Category Recursive` appears, allowing you to collapse the category in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Featured`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:None +msgid "Category quick access in the toolbar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Newest Arrivals`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:49 +msgid "The category filters located in the sidebar are not affected by the :guilabel:`Filters` setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:43 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name (A-Z)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Price - Low to High`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:45 -msgid ":guilabel:`Price - High to Low`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:47 -msgid "The default sort applies to *all* :ref:`categories `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:50 -msgid "If you don't want to display a top bar or :ref:`side panel `, you can disable all related options in the website editor." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:54 +msgid "Toolbar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:56 -msgid "Side panel" +msgid "It is possible to display a search bar or sort-by options in the toolbar of the shop page by clicking the :guilabel:`Sort By` and/or :guilabel:`Search` buttons next to the :guilabel:`Toolbar` label. Toggle the :guilabel:`Floating` switch on to always display the search bar, the :ref:`pricelist selector ` (if any), and sort-by options at the bottom of the window, even when scrolling, and select a :guilabel:`Default Sort` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:58 -msgid "The side panel provides advanced filtering tools to organize your product categories. To further :ref:`categorize ` the shop page, you can activate various filters, such as the :ref:`attribute ` filter." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:63 +msgid "The default sort applies to *all* :ref:`categories `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:62 -msgid "You can also add a :guilabel:`Datepicker` option to display a date range calendar to check the availability of rental products over a specific period. The :doc:`Rental app <../../../sales/rental>` must be installed to use this feature." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:69 +msgid "Filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:66 -msgid "It is also possible to toggle the :guilabel:`Collapsible sidebar` switch to make the side panel manually collapsible." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:71 +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Filters` field to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:70 -msgid "To use a price range or tags filter, you have to enable :ref:`attributes ` first." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sidebar`: to display filters in the side panel;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Off-screen menu`: to display filters in a slide-out menu that opens when clicking the :icon:`fa-sliders` :guilabel:`Filters` button in the toolbar;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:76 -msgid "Product categorization in catalog" +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide`: to hide filters entirely." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:78 -msgid "eCommerce categories are used to organize products into groups, making it easier for customers to browse the online store." +msgid "By default, two :guilabel:`Filters` are enabled:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:81 -msgid "To create eCommerce categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> eCommerce Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`. On the category form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, optionally enter a :guilabel:`Parent Category`, and write a :guilabel:`Category Description`, if needed." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Price`: Use the switch to display a :guilabel:`Price Range` bar, which allows customers to filter products according to a specific price range by dragging adjustable handles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:86 -msgid "To use eCommerce categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select the product you wish to modify, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, navigate to the :guilabel:`Ecommerce shop` section, and select the :guilabel:`Categories` it belongs to." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Toggle the switch to display product :guilabel:`Tags` on the shop page, and allow customers to filter products using those tags by going to the :guilabel:`Tags` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:91 -msgid "A single product can belong to multiple eCommerce categories." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:88 +msgid "To create product tags on your e-commerce, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Product Tags`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Add a :guilabel:`Tag` name, toggle the :guilabel:`Visible to customers` switch, and select a :guilabel:`Color`. Optionally, add an image. Then go to the product form, and assign the relevant tags where needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:93 -msgid "Once the categories are configured and assigned to the relevant products, go to the main shop page and open the website editor. In the :guilabel:`Categories` option, you can either enable a menu on the :guilabel:`Left`, i.e., in the :ref:`side panel `, or on the :guilabel:`Top`, i.e., in the :ref:`top bar `, or both. If you select the :guilabel:`Left` category, the option :guilabel:`Collapsible Category Recursive` appears, allowing you to collapse the category in the side panel." +msgid "For :doc:`rental products <../../../sales/rental>`, you can also add a :guilabel:`Rental Date` option to display a date range calendar to check their availability over a specific period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:-1 -msgid "Categories options for your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:104 -msgid ":doc:`../products`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:37 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:111 -msgid "Attributes refer to characteristics of a product, such as the color or material, whereas variants are the different combinations of attributes. To configure attributes and variants, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, and click the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab. Add as many attributes as desired." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:101 +msgid "When you offer :ref:`product variants ` with different :ref:`attributes `, those options appear in the sidebar or slide-out menu when filters are shown. The menu automatically adapts to the number of attribute sections:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:106 +msgid "**Up to 4 attributes**: all the attribute values are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:107 +msgid "**More than 4 attributes**: the sections are automatically collapsed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:111 +msgid "For :guilabel:`Radio` and :guilabel:`Select` :ref:`display types `, a :guilabel:`View More` button appears when there are more than **8** values, and a search field when the number of values exceeds **20**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:114 +msgid "At least two attribute values are required for the filter to be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:115 +msgid "The attribute filters located in the sidebar or slide-out menu are affected by the :guilabel:`Filters` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:119 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:-1 -msgid "Attributes and variants of your product" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`categories_variants`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:122 -msgid "To enable attribute filtering, go to your main shop page, then open the website editor, and set the :guilabel:`Attributes` field to :guilabel:`Left` (:ref:`side panel `) and/or :guilabel:`Top` (:ref:`top bar `)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:128 -msgid "When attribute filtering is enabled in the top bar, customers must click the :icon:`fa-sliders` (:guilabel:`dropdown toggle`) button to access it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:131 -msgid "When enabling :guilabel:`Attributes`, more options become available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:133 -msgid ":guilabel:`Price Filter`: Toggle the switch to display a :guilabel:`Price Range` bar, which allows customers to filter products according to a specific price range by dragging adjustable handles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:136 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product Tags Filter`: Toggle the switch to display the :guilabel:`Product Tags` on the shop page, and allow customers to filter products using those tags by going to the :guilabel:`Tags` section in the :ref:`side panel `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:141 -msgid "If you want to use tags on your e-commerce, go to :menuselection:`eCommerce --> Product Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. In the :guilabel:`Product Templates` tab of the product tags form, add the products to link to the given tag. You can also add product variants in the :guilabel:`Product Variants` tab and view a summary of all selected products in the :guilabel:`All Products` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:146 -msgid "Price filtering works independently from attributes and, therefore, can be enabled on its own, if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:125 msgid "Product listing area" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:154 -msgid "You can customize the layout of the entire shop page, as well as that of :ref:`individual category pages `." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:129 +msgid "Define the number of products to display on your shop pages by configuring the :guilabel:`Size` displayed per page and line, and specify the number of columns for :guilabel:`Mobile` devices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:158 -msgid "It is also possible to customize individual :ref:`product pages `." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:133 +msgid "The number of products displayed on a page may affect performance and page loading speed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:162 -msgid "In the website editor, choose the :ref:`layout `, and set the default layout to either :guilabel:`Grid` or :guilabel:`List` view." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:135 +msgid "In addition, you can manually change a product’s position on the shop page or product category page. To do so, click a specific product, change its :guilabel:`Size`, and :guilabel:`Re-order` it using the arrows in the :guilabel:`Product` section of the :guilabel:`Style` tab. The :icon:`fa-angle-double-left` (:guilabel:`double left arrow`) and :icon:`fa-angle-double-right` (:guilabel:`double right arrow`) buttons allow you to move the product to the extreme left or right, and the :icon:`fa-angle-left` (:guilabel:`single left arrow`) and :icon:`fa-angle-right` (:guilabel:`single right arrow`) buttons allow you to move it one row to the left or right. You can also choose or create a :ref:`ribbon or badge ` to highlight a specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:165 -msgid "Use the following options to further adjust the layout:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:167 -msgid ":guilabel:`Size`: Set the number of products displayed per page and line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:168 -msgid ":guilabel:`Gap`: Define the gap between the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:169 -msgid ":guilabel:`Style`: Select :guilabel:`Default`, :guilabel:`Cards`, :guilabel:`Thumbnails`, or :guilabel:`Grid`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:171 -msgid ":guilabel:`Image Size`: Choose the aspect ratio for the product images: :guilabel:`Landscape (4/3)`, :guilabel:`Default (1/1)`, :guilabel:`Portrait (4/5)`, or :guilabel:`Vertical (2/3)`. You can also adjust the display by changing the :guilabel:`Fill` options to fit your design preferences best." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:176 -msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Prod. Desc.` switch to display the product description below the product's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:180 -msgid "You can choose the size of the grid, but be aware that displaying too many products may affect performance and page loading speed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:183 -msgid "In addition, you can manually change a product’s position on the shop page. To do so, go to the main shop page, click the product, and open the website editor. In the :guilabel:`Product` section, you can reorder the products by using the arrows. The `<<` `>>` buttons allow to move the product to the extreme left or right, and `<` `>` allow to move it one row to the left or right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:146 msgid "It is also possible to change the products' positions on the shop page by going to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, switching to the list view, and dragging and dropping the products within the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:153 +msgid "Product card design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:155 +msgid "To customize the product cards' design, choose a :guilabel:`Products Design`, click the :icon:`fa-paint-brush` :guilabel:`(paint brush)` icon next to it to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:158 +msgid "Choose a :guilabel:`Preset` layout;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:159 +msgid "Adapt the :guilabel:`General` design;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:160 +msgid "Customize the :guilabel:`Text & content` (e.g., show a :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`Ratings`);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:162 +msgid "Customize the :guilabel:`Images`' layout (e.g., enable :guilabel:`Secondary Image` to show a second image when hovering over the product image on the shop or category page);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:164 +msgid "Enable some :guilabel:`Actions` (e.g., :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` :ref:`Add to cart `, :icon:`fa-exchange` :ref:`Compare `, or :icon:`fa-heart` :ref:`Wishlist `) and customize their placement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:170 +msgid "You can also add a :ref:`variant picture ` on the product card and product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:176 msgid "Shop and category page design" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:198 -msgid "Use :doc:`building blocks <../../website/web_design/building_blocks>` to add content on the shop and/or category page." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:178 +msgid "The design of the shop and individual category pages can be customized as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:201 -msgid "You can customize the top and/or bottom section of the catalog, either for the entire shop page or for a specific category. In the latter case, the block appears *only* when filtering by that category. To do so, move the block to the far top or bottom section to display it on the general shop page or to the area below the category's name at the top or beneath the product list to display it only when filtering by that specific category." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:180 +msgid "Choose whether the :guilabel:`Content Width` of the shop and category pages should be :guilabel:`Regular` or :guilabel:`Full` width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:182 +msgid "Define the headers: navigate to the relevant page, then change the header directly on the page if needed. Toggle the :guilabel:`Show Title` and/or the :guilabel:`Center Content` switches. For product category pages, toggle the :guilabel:`Show Description` switch to show the :ref:`category description `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:186 +msgid "Use :doc:`building blocks <../../website/web_design/building_blocks>` to add content in the top/bottom section of the page, either for the entire shop page or for a specific category. In the latter case, the block appears *only* when filtering by that category. To do so, move the block to the far top or bottom section to display it on the general shop page or to the area below the category's name at the top or beneath the product list to display it only when filtering by that specific category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:0 msgid "Place building block in the header or footer." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:197 +msgid "Adding content to an e-commerce category page helps improve the :doc:`SEO <../../website/structure/seo>` strategy. Using keywords linked to the products or the e-commerce categories can also increase organic traffic. Additionally, each category has its own specific URL that can be pointed to and is indexed by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:201 +msgid "E-commerce categories can also be added as :ref:`mega menu items ` for quick access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:203 +msgid "It is also possible to customize individual :ref:`product pages `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:209 +msgid "Catalog blocks" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:211 -msgid "Adding content to an eCommerce category page helps improve the :doc:`SEO <../../website/structure/seo>` strategy. Using keywords linked to the products or the eCommerce categories can also increase organic traffic. Additionally, each category has its own specific URL that can be pointed to and is indexed by search engines." +msgid "The :guilabel:`Catalog` :doc:`building blocks ` can be used, for example, to create quick access to the shop page, showcase specific product categories, highlight a specific product selection, or add a banner with general information or promotions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:215 -msgid "eCommerce categories can also be added as :ref:`mega menu items ` for quick access." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:216 +msgid "Depending on the selected template, you can :ref:`customize ` the blocks in the :guilabel:`Style` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:219 -msgid ":doc:`Products <../products>`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a catalog block for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:220 -msgid ":doc:`additional_features`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:223 +msgid "For example, this specific :guilabel:`Catalog` block template displays a selection of products and can be customized to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:226 +msgid "Adapt the block's design." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:227 +msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Cards Design`, and :ref:`configure ` it using the :icon:`fa-paint-brush` :guilabel:`(paint brush)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:229 +msgid "Define which items are shown in the block by selecting the relevant :guilabel:`Filter` option, e.g., :guilabel:`Newest Products` to show the latest arrivals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:231 +msgid "Select a specific product category in the :guilabel:`Category` dropdown list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:232 +msgid "Filter products by toggling the :guilabel:`Tags` and/or :guilabel:`Show variants` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:237 +msgid "E-commerce-specific website footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:239 +msgid "The :ref:`website footer ` can also be configured to use the e-commerce-specific template. Then, add the relevant :ref:`links `, and adapt the footer's text and layout as needed in the website editor. The :doc:`available payment methods ` are also shown in this footer. To adapt their display, go to the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` section in the website editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:246 +msgid "It is not possible to create a customized footer per category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:3 +msgid "Categories and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo eCommerce provides multiple ways to configure, :doc:`present `, and sell different product options to customers while organizing products by category for a better overview and smoother navigation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:12 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`Product variants ` are different versions of the same product, created by combining :ref:`attributes ` like color, size, material, etc., which can lead to differences in price and/or availability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:18 +msgid "To configure product variants for a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:21 +msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section and enable the :guilabel:`Product Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:23 +msgid "Access the :ref:`product form ` and go to the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and select the relevant attribute and its values. Repeat this step for each additional attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:28 +msgid "The product variants are created automatically (or not) based on the :ref:`attribute's configuration `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:39 +msgid "Attributes refer to the characteristics of a product, such as its color or material. Each attribute includes a set of values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:None +msgid "Attributes and variants of your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:45 +msgid "Once your attributes are :ref:`created `, set the following options on the attribute form to control where and/or how they appear on the website:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`eCommerce Filter`: Set the field to :guilabel:`Visible` to make the attribute available in the shop's filter section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Product Cards`: Set the field to :guilabel:`Visible` or :guilabel:`Hover` to display attributes on the product card on the shop page. These options are only available when :ref:`variants are created instantly for the attribute `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:54 +msgid "When the field is set to :guilabel:`Visible`, the :guilabel:`Show Thumbnails` option can be toggled to show a product variant image instead of the attribute values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:57 +msgid "It is also possible to add a variant picture on the product card on the shop page. To do so, go to the product form, click the :icon:`fa-sitemap` :guilabel:`Variants` :ref:`smart button `, select a variant, and click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(Edit)` icon to add a picture for each variant. Make sure that the :ref:`Show Thumbnails ` option is enabled on the attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:None +msgid "Variant thumbnails on product card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:69 +msgid "Attribute categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:71 +msgid "To group similar attributes under the same section when :ref:`comparing products `, select the relevant :guilabel:`eCommerce Category` or create a new one. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(internal link)` icon next to the category name to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:76 +msgid "Rename the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:77 +msgid "Change its :guilabel:`Sequence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:78 +msgid "Reorder the :guilabel:`Related Attributes` to define the order in which they are displayed in the comparison summary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:80 +msgid "Add attributes to the category by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:None +msgid "Comparison summary page with attribute categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:88 +msgid "E-commerce categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:90 +msgid "E-commerce categories are used to organize products into groups, making it easier for customers to browse the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:96 +msgid "To create e-commerce categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> eCommerce Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`. On the category form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, optionally enter a :guilabel:`Parent` category, restrict it to a specific :guilabel:`Website`, and write a :guilabel:`Description`, if needed. You can also add a :guilabel:`Cover Image` for the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:102 +msgid "To use :guilabel:`eCommerce categories`, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select the product you wish to modify, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, navigate to the :guilabel:`Ecommerce shop` section, and select the :guilabel:`Categories` it belongs to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:107 +msgid "A single product can belong to multiple e-commerce categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:108 +msgid "Define how to :ref:`display categories ` on the shop page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:109 +msgid "Categories that do not contain any products are not visible on the shop page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/categories_variants.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:3 @@ -1984,7 +2090,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable **optional products**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and enter the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Optional Products` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:None msgid "Optional products cross-selling" msgstr "" @@ -2000,7 +2106,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable **accessory products**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and enter the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Accessory Products` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:None msgid "Suggested accessories at checkout during cart review" msgstr "" @@ -2012,7 +2118,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can display **alternative products** at the bottom of the product page as an upselling technique, encouraging customers to consider a more expensive variant or product than their initial choice by presenting appealing alternatives." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:None msgid "Alternative products on the product page" msgstr "" @@ -2029,7 +2135,7 @@ msgid "To adjust the settings, click :guilabel:`Edit` and select the related :do msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo offers multiple options to configure prices on the ecommerce. For example, you can apply :ref:`prices per unit `, offer :ref:`discounts `, and set up :ref:`pricelists `." +msgid "Odoo offers multiple options to configure prices on the e-commerce. For example, you can apply :ref:`prices per unit `, offer :ref:`discounts `, and set up :ref:`pricelists `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:12 @@ -2161,11 +2267,11 @@ msgid "Selectable pricelists" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:122 -msgid "Selectable pricelists are useful, for example, when selling products in :doc:`multiple currencies ` and allow customers to choose a pricelist using the catalog's pricelist selector located next to the :ref:`search bar `." +msgid "Selectable pricelists are useful, for example, when selling products in :doc:`multiple currencies ` and allow customers to choose a pricelist using the catalog's pricelist selector located next to the :ref:`search bar `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:-1 -msgid "Pricelist selector on the ecommerce." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:None +msgid "Pricelist selector on the e-commerce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:130 @@ -2185,7 +2291,7 @@ msgid "Only one pricelist is defined as :guilabel:`Selectable` and the :ref:`con msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:139 -msgid "Multiple selectable pricelists exist, but only those matching the customer's :ref:`country group ` are shown. It is strongly recommended to disable the :guilabel:`Selectable` option when using pricelists with country groups on the ecommerce." +msgid "Multiple selectable pricelists exist, but only those matching the customer's :ref:`country group ` are shown. It is strongly recommended to disable the :guilabel:`Selectable` option when using pricelists with country groups on the e-commerce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:145 @@ -2225,7 +2331,7 @@ msgid "Filter for country group creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:178 -msgid "When using GeoIP to determine the appropriate pricelist, **all** pricelists used on the ecommerce must have a country group assigned." +msgid "When using GeoIP to determine the appropriate pricelist, **all** pricelists used on the e-commerce must have a country group assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:180 @@ -2257,7 +2363,7 @@ msgid "Pricelist application" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:203 -msgid "On the ecommerce, the *default* pricelist is automatically selected for public, non-logged in users when no country group is assigned. If :ref:`GeoIP and country groups ` are used, public users see the pricelist of their country group by default. :ref:`Logged-in users ` with :ref:`assigned pricelists ` see the assigned pricelist by default **if it is assigned to the website** they are visiting. If not, the website's default pricelist is applied (i.e., the first available pricelist assigned to the website and without a country group, following the sequence order)." +msgid "On the e-commerce, the *default* pricelist is automatically selected for public, non-logged in users when no country group is assigned. If :ref:`GeoIP and country groups ` are used, public users see the pricelist of their country group by default. :ref:`Logged-in users ` with :ref:`assigned pricelists ` see the assigned pricelist by default **if it is assigned to the website** they are visiting. If not, the website's default pricelist is applied (i.e., the first available pricelist assigned to the website and without a country group, following the sequence order)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:212 @@ -2285,7 +2391,7 @@ msgid "Discounts programs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:235 -msgid "To enable :doc:`discount programs ` for your ecommerce, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, and enable the :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card` feature." +msgid "To enable :doc:`discount programs ` for your e-commerce, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, and enable the :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:240 @@ -2300,7 +2406,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the price of a specific product has been permanently reduced, the strikethrough strategy is commonly used. This involves showing the new discounted price, with the original price crossed out alongside it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:None msgid "Price strikethrough." msgstr "" @@ -2353,7 +2459,7 @@ msgid "Some businesses, such as :ref:`B2B shops ` or c msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:315 -msgid "To hide product prices on the ecommerce, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, enable :guilabel:`Prevent Sale of Zero Priced Product` in the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, and enter a redirect URL in the :guilabel:`Button URL` field. The :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button on the product page is then replaced by a :guilabel:`Contact us` button, which can be :ref:`customized ` if needed." +msgid "To hide product prices on the e-commerce, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, enable :guilabel:`Prevent Sale of Zero Priced Product` in the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, and enter a redirect URL in the :guilabel:`Button URL` field. The :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button on the product page is then replaced by a :guilabel:`Contact us` button, which can be :ref:`customized ` if needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:321 @@ -2361,7 +2467,7 @@ msgid "After enabling this feature, either set the price to `0` for all desired msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:326 -msgid "Ensure no pricelist used on the ecommerce has been marked as :guilabel:`Selectable` to prevent accidentally displaying the zero-priced pricelist." +msgid "Ensure no pricelist used on the e-commerce has been marked as :guilabel:`Selectable` to prevent accidentally displaying the zero-priced pricelist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices.rst:328 @@ -2552,7 +2658,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Four tabs allow you to edit your course further: :ref:`Content `, :ref:`Description `, :ref:`Options `, and :ref:`Karma `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:None msgid "Create your elearning course." msgstr "" @@ -2573,7 +2679,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can add a short description or information related to the course in the :guilabel:`Description` tab. It appears under the course title on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:None msgid "Add a description to your course." msgstr "" @@ -2586,7 +2692,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Options` tab, different configurations are available: :ref:`Course `, :ref:`Access rights `, :ref:`Communication ` and :ref:`Display `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:None msgid "Overview of the Options tab" msgstr "" @@ -2806,7 +2912,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To manage course content, go to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Courses --> Contents`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a content item. Add the :guilabel:`Content Title` and any desired :ref:`Tags `, then fill in the required information in the different tabs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:None msgid "Create your content." msgstr "" @@ -2858,7 +2964,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`# Total Views`: displays the total number of views (non-enrolled and enrolled participants)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:None msgid "Provide information about the content." msgstr "" @@ -2914,7 +3020,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a link or a file that supports your participants' learning. The resource appears in the course content on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:None msgid "Additional ressources" msgstr "" @@ -2962,7 +3068,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To publish individual content items, click on an item to open it, then toggle the switch from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:None msgid "Publish your content." msgstr "" @@ -3492,7 +3598,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add the :guilabel:`Rank Name`, the :guilabel:`Required Karma` points to reach it, its :guilabel:`Description`, a :guilabel:`Motivational` message to encourage users to reach it, and an image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:None msgid "Default forum ranks" msgstr "" @@ -3548,7 +3654,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is possible to give the badge a :guilabel:`Forum Badge Level` (:guilabel:`Bronze`, :guilabel:`Silver`, :guilabel:`Gold`) to give it more or less importance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:None msgid "Default forum badges" msgstr "" @@ -3669,7 +3775,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`View` the related :ref:`Helpdesk ticket `, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:None msgid "Posts actions" msgstr "" @@ -3685,7 +3791,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the forum's front end, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Moderation tools` section gathers the essential moderator functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:None msgid "Forum sidebar moderation tools" msgstr "" @@ -3693,7 +3799,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`To Validate`: access all questions and answers waiting for validation before being displayed to non-moderator users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:None msgid "Question to validate" msgstr "" @@ -3705,7 +3811,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Flagged`: access all questions and answers that have been flagged as offensive. Click :guilabel:`Accept` to remove the offensive flag or :guilabel:`Offensive` to confirm it, then select a reason and click :guilabel:`Mark as offensive`. The post is then hidden from users without moderation rights, and 100 karma points are deducted from the offending user's tally." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:None msgid "Offensive reason selection" msgstr "" @@ -3773,7 +3879,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form (:ref:`Operators `, :ref:`Options `, :ref:`Channel Rules `, and :ref:`Widget `), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:None msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" @@ -3789,7 +3895,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Operators* are the users who act as agents and respond to live chat requests from customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they can receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the database. Chat windows open in the bottom-right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:None msgid "A live chat pop-up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" @@ -3897,7 +4003,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the :guilabel:`Create Rules` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:None msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" @@ -4001,7 +4107,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second :icon:`fa-clipboard` :guilabel:`(copy)` icon on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent directly to a customer. When they click the link, they are redirected to a new chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:None msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" @@ -4037,7 +4143,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatbots can be customized to fill various roles, from customer support, to creating leads, to collecting contact information. The goal of each chatbot can vary based on several criteria, including the webpage where it is located, and the information it captures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:None #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" @@ -4150,7 +4256,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The only accepted inputs for this step type are email addresses that are in a valid format. If a visitor attempts to enter anything other than a valid email address, the chatbot responds with a message stating it does not recognize the information submitted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:None msgid "View of a chatbot responding to an invalid email." msgstr "" @@ -4322,7 +4428,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the chatbot should only be active if there are no live chat operators available, check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:None msgid "View of the channel rules emphasizing the chatbot field." msgstr "" @@ -4368,7 +4474,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set a user's live chat expertise, click on the user avatar in the top-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My Preferences` from the drop-down menu to open the profile page. On the right side of the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab, select one or more options from the :guilabel:`Live Chat Expertise` drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/expertise.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/expertise.rst:None msgid "A user profile with the Live Chat Expertise menu open." msgstr "" @@ -4404,7 +4510,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When making selections in this field, consider the use case for the chatbot. A *Support* chatbot will cover different topics than a *Recruitment* chatbot." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/expertise.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/expertise.rst:None msgid "A forward to operator script step pop-up." msgstr "" @@ -4416,7 +4522,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Users can add other live chat agents to an ongoing conversation directly from the chat window. Open an active live chat conversation through the :menuselection:`Discuss app`. At the top-right of the chat, click the :icon:`fa-user-plus` :guilabel:`(user plus)` icon to open the *Invite People* menu. The user's expertise is listed next to the :icon:`fa-graduation-cap` :guilabel:`(graduation cap)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/expertise.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/expertise.rst:None msgid "The add users menu in a live chat conversation." msgstr "" @@ -4444,7 +4550,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If an agent has a matching expertise, the conversation is marked with a :icon:`fa-star` :guilabel:`(star)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/expertise.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/expertise.rst:None msgid "A conversation with the looking for help status and relevant expertise tagged." msgstr "" @@ -4477,7 +4583,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The information panel appears on the right side of the conversation. Click the :icon:`fa-info` :guilabel:`(information)` icon to toggle the info panel open or closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/information.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/information.rst:None msgid "The information panel for a known contact." msgstr "" @@ -4517,7 +4623,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Waiting for customer* status indicates that an agent has sent a message to the customer and is waiting for a response. When this status is applied, the conversation is highlighted in yellow with a :icon:`fa-hourglass-start` :guilabel:`(hourglass)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/information.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/information.rst:None msgid "A conversation with the waiting for customer status." msgstr "" @@ -4537,7 +4643,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a conversation with the *Looking for help* status has an :ref:`expertise ` listed that matches the user's, the conversation is marked with a :icon:`fa-star` :guilabel:`(star)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/information.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/information.rst:None msgid "The looking for help panel with a star marking conversations relevant to user expertise." msgstr "" @@ -4569,7 +4675,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the conversation was forwarded from a chatbot, the answers selected from the chatbot are included on the information panel under *Chatbot answers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/information.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/information.rst:None msgid "The chatbot answers section of the information panel." msgstr "" @@ -4598,7 +4704,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Any recent live chat conversations with this customer also appear in the information panel. Click on the :icon:`fa-external-link` :guilabel:`(external link)` icon on the ticket title to open the conversation in a new tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/information.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/information.rst:None msgid "The recent conversations field on the information panel." msgstr "" @@ -4610,7 +4716,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Any open **Helpdesk** tickets created by the customer also appear in the information panel. Click on the :icon:`fa-external-link` :guilabel:`(external link)` icon on the ticket title to open the ticket record in a new tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/information.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/information.rst:None msgid "The open ticket field on the information panel." msgstr "" @@ -4646,7 +4752,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the conversation is complete, scroll to the bottom of the info panel. The email address in the field can be edited to send to a different address.click the :icon:`fa-paper-plane` :guilabel:`(paper plane)` icon to send a copy of the conversation transcript." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/information.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/information.rst:None msgid "The send conversation button at the bottom of the info panel." msgstr "" @@ -4722,7 +4828,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Any channel where the user is currently active shows a :guilabel:`Leave` button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/participate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/participate.rst:None msgid "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" @@ -4742,7 +4848,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to the :menuselection:`Discuss app`. New conversations appear in bold under the channel name, located along the left panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/participate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/participate.rst:None msgid "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -4798,7 +4904,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Dissatisfied** - |frown|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:None msgid "View of the chat window from a user's side for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" @@ -4810,7 +4916,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the customer selects the |smile|, they are presented with a thank you message and a :guilabel:`Close Conversation` link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:None msgid "View of customer's live chat window with thank you message." msgstr "" @@ -4818,7 +4924,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the customer selects either the |meh| or the |frown|, a text box appears. Customers can add comments in this text box to explain why they chose this rating. This message, along with the rating icon, is sent to the live chat operator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:None msgid "View of a chat window from an operator's window highlighting a rating for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" @@ -4834,7 +4940,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the upper right corner of the page, click the red :guilabel:`Unpublished` slider. The slider changes from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:None msgid "View of the published ratings on the portal for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" @@ -4866,7 +4972,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The page lists the names of the :guilabel:`Live Chat Channels` whose ratings pages have been published. On the left side of the channel name is an icon, which users can click on to go to the ratings page for the respective channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:None msgid "View of the webpage for Live Chat ratings emphasizing the channel icon." msgstr "" @@ -4882,7 +4988,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To publish the `livechat` webpage, return to the list of webpages by navigating to :menuselection:`Site --> Content --> Pages`. Click the checkbox to the left of `livechat` in the list of pages to select the page and highlight the line. Then, click the checkbox under the column labeled :guilabel:`Is Published`. The field with the checkbox is highlighted in white. Click the checkbox a second time to activate the :guilabel:`Is Published` box. The webpage is now published." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:None msgid "View of the list of pages for a website with the 'is published' box emphasized." msgstr "" @@ -4902,7 +5008,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` report (:menuselection:`Live Chat --> Report --> Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on live chat conversations, as well as any additional comments submitted with the rating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:None msgid "View of the customer ratings report in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" @@ -4926,7 +5032,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To hide a rating, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> Report --> Customer Ratings`. Click on the Kanban card for the rating to be hidden. On the individual rating's detail page, check the box labeled :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:None msgid "View of an individual rating's detail page with the visible internally setting checked." msgstr "" @@ -4986,7 +5092,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access this report, navigate to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> Report --> Sessions History`. Each live chat session is represented by a Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/reports.rst:None msgid "Example of the Sessions History report from the Live Chat application." msgstr "" @@ -4998,7 +5104,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the *Discuss* thread, the conversation view displays the entire transcript of the conversation. If the visitor left a rating, it is included at the end of the transcript." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/reports.rst:None msgid "View of the chat transcript in the Discuss application." msgstr "" @@ -5120,7 +5226,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Time to answer`: the average amount of time before the operator responds to a chat request, in seconds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/reports.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/reports.rst:None msgid "Example of the Operator Analysis report from the Live Chat application." msgstr "" @@ -5208,8 +5314,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After entering the `/ticket` command, type a title for the ticket into the chat window, then press `Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:None msgid "View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." msgstr "" @@ -5249,7 +5355,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it generates a list of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:None msgid "View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." msgstr "" @@ -5261,7 +5367,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the **CRM** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:None msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." msgstr "" @@ -5375,7 +5481,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users' delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the user starts typing the address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:None msgid "Address autocomplete example" msgstr "" @@ -5391,7 +5497,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:None msgid "Enable address autocomplete" msgstr "" @@ -5471,7 +5577,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use ``https://yourdatabase.odoo.com`` and replace the *yourdatabase* subdomain prefix with the actual name of the database. A custom :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` can be used, as well, in place of the Odoo subdomain that was provided to the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cdn.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cdn.rst:None msgid "KeyCDN's Zone configuration page." msgstr "" @@ -5483,7 +5589,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, scroll to the bottom of the zone configuration page and :guilabel:`Save` the changes. KeyCDN will indicate that the new zone will be deployed. This can take about 10 minutes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cdn.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cdn.rst:None msgid "KeyCDN deploying the new Zone." msgstr "" @@ -5511,7 +5617,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings when complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cdn.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cdn.rst:None msgid "Activate the CDN setting in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -5523,7 +5629,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the HTML of the Odoo website, the :abbr:`CDN (content delivery network)` integration is evidenced as working properly by checking the :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locators)` of images. The *CDN Base URL* value can be seen by using your web browser's :guilabel:`Inspect` feature on the Odoo website. Look for it's record by searching within the :guilabel:`Network` tab inside of devtools." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cdn.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cdn.rst:None msgid "The CDN Base URL can be seen using the inspect function on the Odoo website." msgstr "" @@ -5547,7 +5653,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``Font from origin 'http://pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com' has been blocked from loading /shop:1 by Cross-Origin Resource Sharing policy: No 'Access-Control-Allow-Origin' header is present on the requested resource. Origin 'http://yourdatabase.odoo.com' is therefore not allowed access.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cdn.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cdn.rst:None msgid "Error message populated in the browser console." msgstr "" @@ -5743,7 +5849,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To register a one-year free domain name for your Odoo Online database, sign in to your account and go to the `database manager `_. Click the :icon:`fa-gear` (:guilabel:`gear`) button next to the database name and select :icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Domain Names`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:None msgid "Accessing a database's domain names configuration" msgstr "" @@ -5751,7 +5857,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Search for the desired domain name and check its availability." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:None msgid "Searching for an available domain name" msgstr "" @@ -5763,7 +5869,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select the desired domain name, fill in the :guilabel:`Domain Owner` form, and click :guilabel:`Register`. The chosen domain name is directly linked to the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:None msgid "Filling in the domain owner information" msgstr "" @@ -6314,7 +6420,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable Google Search Console for your website, go to `Google Search Console `_. Then, select the property type :ref:`GSC-Domain` or :ref:`GSC-URL prefix`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/google_search_console.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/google_search_console.rst:None msgid "Google Search Console domain or URL prefix" msgstr "" @@ -6506,7 +6612,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To switch from one website to another, click the menu next to the :guilabel:`+New` button in the top right corner and select the website you want to switch to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:None msgid "Website selector" msgstr "" @@ -6538,7 +6644,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, pages, products, events, etc. created from the frontend (using the :guilabel:`+New` button) are only available on the website from which it was created. Records created from the backend, however, are made available on all websites by default. The content's availability can be changed in the backend, in the :guilabel:`Website` field. For example, for products, go to :menuselection:`eCommerce --> Products`, then select the product and go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab. For forums, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Forums`, then select the forum." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:None msgid "Website field in Forum form" msgstr "" @@ -6631,7 +6737,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each website has its own :ref:`analytics `. To switch between websites, click the buttons in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:None msgid "Switch websites in analytics" msgstr "" @@ -6724,7 +6830,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:None msgid "Adding a website to Cloudflare Turnstile" msgstr "" @@ -6803,7 +6909,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:None msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" msgstr "" @@ -6839,7 +6945,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:None msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" msgstr "" @@ -6935,7 +7041,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translated text strings are highlighted in green; text strings that were not translated automatically are highlighted in yellow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:None msgid "Entering the translation mode" msgstr "" @@ -7055,7 +7161,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Based on the :ref:`configuration of the mail group `, users can subscribe to and unsubscribe from mail groups from the website page (`/groups` by default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/mail_groups.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/mail_groups.rst:None msgid "Mail group web page." msgstr "" @@ -7412,7 +7518,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Source`: The source identifies the precise platform or website that referred the visitor, such as a search engine, a newsletter, or a website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:None msgid "Create a link tracker URL" msgstr "" @@ -7432,7 +7538,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To get an overview of your tracked links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Link Tracker` and scroll down to :guilabel:`Your tracked links` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:None msgid "Get an overview of all the links you track." msgstr "" @@ -7444,7 +7550,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To measure the performance of tracked links, click the :guilabel:`Stats` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:None msgid "View the statistics related to a specific tracked link." msgstr "" @@ -7555,7 +7661,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**create a regular drop-down menu** by dragging and dropping the sub-menu items to the right, underneath their parent menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:None msgid "Menu editor with sub-menus" msgstr "" @@ -7643,7 +7749,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mega menus are similar to drop-down menus, but instead of a simple list of sub-menus, they display a panel divided into groups of navigation options. This makes them suitable for websites with large amounts of content or :doc:`e-commerce websites <../../ecommerce>`, as they can help include all of your web pages or :doc:`e-commerce categories <../../ecommerce/products/catalog>` in the menu while still making all menu items visible at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:None msgid "Mega menu in the navigation bar." msgstr "" @@ -7855,7 +7961,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Pages need to be published to make them visible to website visitors. To publish or unpublish a page, access it and toggle the switch in the upper-right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/pages.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/pages.rst:None msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" msgstr "" @@ -8083,7 +8189,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To optimize a webpage's SEO, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Optimize SEO`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/seo.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/seo.rst:None msgid "Optimize SEO" msgstr "" @@ -8368,7 +8474,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Microdata is a set of tags, introduced with HTML5, that help search engines better understand your content and display it in a relevant way. Odoo implements microdata as defined in the schema.org `specification `_ for events, eCommerce products, forum posts, and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/seo.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/seo.rst:None msgid "snippets in search engine results" msgstr "" @@ -8448,7 +8554,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Form` block is used to collect information from website visitors and create records in your database, if applicable. To add a form to a website page, drag and drop the :guilabel:`Contact & Forms` category, then select the :guilabel:`Form block`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:None msgid "Example of a form block" msgstr "" @@ -8484,7 +8590,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Create a Task` (:doc:`Project `)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:None msgid "Editing a form to change its action" msgstr "" @@ -8580,7 +8686,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After adding the block to a page, click the block, then go to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Replace the placeholder code with your custom embed code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:None msgid "Add the link to the embedded code you want to point to" msgstr "" @@ -8672,7 +8778,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Grid` layout allows you to reposition and resize elements, such as images or text, by dragging and dropping them. When :guilabel:`Grid` is selected, additional options are available to :guilabel:`Add Elements` by clicking :guilabel:`Image`, :guilabel:`Text`, or :guilabel:`Button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:None msgid "When the grid layout is selected, choose an image and drag and drop it where needed." msgstr "" @@ -8772,7 +8878,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default styles for headings, buttons, links, and paragraph text, for example, are defined in the :doc:`Theme tab ` of the website editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:None msgid "Type / to add website elements." msgstr "" @@ -8956,7 +9062,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose its :guilabel:`Thickness`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/elements.rst:None msgid "Highlight texts and titles" msgstr "" @@ -9122,7 +9228,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo automatically creates :guilabel:`Color Presets` for your chosen palette. These are predefined color combinations applied to different elements of your website to provide a structured and visually appealing design. When you select a color palette, its presets define how those colors are distributed across different elements from a building block, such as buttons, backgrounds, and text. If you want to modify them, click on :guilabel:`Color Presets` and click on a preset to customize it further. Each color preset contains colors for your building block’s background, text, headings, links, primary buttons, and secondary buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/themes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/themes.rst:None msgid "Color presets" msgstr "" @@ -9226,7 +9332,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add an animation when a button is clicked in the :guilabel:`On Click Effect` dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/themes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/themes.rst:None msgid "Primary and secondary buttons" msgstr "" @@ -9391,6 +9497,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blocks and elements with custom visibility settings are listed at the bottom of the website editor sidebar. You can preview how the page would look like by clicking the :icon:`fa-eye` (:guilabel:`visible`) button to hide a block or element, or the :icon:`fa-eye-slash` (:guilabel:`hidden`) to show it in the website editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/visibility.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/visibility.rst:None msgid "Blocks and elements with custom visibility settings displayed at the bottom of the editor" msgstr ""